QuickLinksTable of Contents-- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549




FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: 30 June 20092010

Commission file number 1-10691

DIAGEO plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

8 Henrietta Place,Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London W1G 0NB,NW10 7HQ, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

Paul Tunnacliffe Company Secretary
Tel: +44 20 7927 5200    Fax: +44 20 7927 46008978 6000
8 Henrietta Place,E-mail: the.cosec@diageo.com
Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London W1G 0NB,NW10 7HQ, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class  Name of each exchange on which registered 
American Depositary Shares
Ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each
 New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange*

         Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:None

         Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:None

         Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 2,821,857,2592,753,946,805 ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each.

         Indicate by check mark if each registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes ý    No o

         If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if each registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes ý    No o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o**

         Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer ý    Accelerated Filer o    Non-Accelerated Filer o

         Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAPo International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Boardý
 Othero

         If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17 o    Item 18 o

         If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes o    No ý

         This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F and the annual report to shareholders for the year ended 30 June 20092010 of Diageo plc (the 20092010 Form 20-F). Reference is made to the cross reference to Form 20-F table on pages 219250 to 221252 hereof (the Form 20-F Cross reference table). Only (i) the information in this document that is referenced in the Form 20-F Cross reference table, (ii) the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 2631 and 2732 and (iii) the Exhibits, shall be deemed to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for any purpose, including incorporation by reference into the Registration Statements on Form F-3 File Nos. 333-110804, 333-132732 and 333-153488 and Registration Statements on Form S-8 File Nos. 333-153481, 333-154338 and 333-154338,333-162490, and any other documents, including documents filed by Diageo plc pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which purport to incorporate by reference the 2009 Form 20-F. Any information herein which is not referenced in the Form 20-F Cross reference table, or the Exhibits themselves, shall not be deemed to be so incorporated by reference.


Table of Contents



Contents



1 Historical information

6

 

Business description
6 Strategy
7 Premium drinks
2024 Disposed businessesRisk factors
2131 Risk factors
26Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

2833

 

Business review
2833 Introduction
3036 Operating results 2010 compared with 2009
60Operating results 2009 compared with 2008
4978 Operating results 2008 compared with 2007Trend information
6578 Trend informationRecent developments
6579 Recent developments
66Liquidity and capital resources
7084 Contractual obligations
7185 Off-balance sheet arrangements
7185 Risk management
7488 Fair value measurements
89Market risk sensitivity analysis
7590 Critical accounting policies
7793 New accounting standards

7894

 

Directors and senior management
8399 Directors' remuneration report
105122 Corporate governance report
120138 Directors' report


123
141

 

Consolidated financial statements
124142 Report of independent registered public accounting firm
125143 Consolidated income statement
126144 Consolidated statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense
127145 Consolidated balance sheet
128146 Consolidated cash flow statement of changes in equity
129147 Consolidated statement of cash flows
148Accounting policies of the group
136155 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
199Principal group companies

200229

 

Principal group companies

230


Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls

202232

 

Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends


203
233

 

Additional information for shareholders
203233 Legal proceedings
203233 Related party transactions
203233 Material contracts
203234 Share capital
206236 Memorandum and articles of associationAmerican depositary shares
211236 Exchange controlsArticles of association
211242 Exchange controls
242Documents on display
211242 Taxation
216247 Signature
217248 Exhibits
219250 Cross reference to Form 20-F


Contents (continued)

222253

 

Glossary of terms and US equivalents
Exhibit 12.1
Exhibit 12.2
Exhibit 13.1
Exhibit 13.2
Exhibit 15.1

Table of Contents


Contents (continued)

This is the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2009.2010. The information set out in this Form 20-F does not constitute Diageo plc's statutory accounts under the UK Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2010, 2009 2008 or 2007.2008. KPMG Audit Plc has reported on those accounts; their audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 237 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the accounts for the years ended 30 June 20082009 or 20072008 nor a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2009.2010. The accounts for 20082009 and 20072008 have been delivered to the registrar of companies and those for 20092010 will be delivered in due course.

This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors beyond Diageo's control. For more details, please refer to the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 2631 and 27.32.

        The content of the company's website (www.diageo.com and www.diageoreports.com) should not be considered to form a part of or be incorporated into this report. This report includes names of Diageo's products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns or which others own and license to Diageo for use. In this report, the term 'company' refers to Diageo plc and terms 'group' and 'Diageo' refer to the company and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. A glossary of terms used in this report is included at the end of the document.report.

Diageo's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information contained in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

The brand ranking information presented in this report, when comparing volume information with competitors, has been sourced from data published during 20092010 by Impact Databank. Market data information isand competitive set classifications are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.

Information presented

Percentage movements    Unless otherwise stated in this document, percentage movements are organic movements unless otherwise stated.movements. These movements and operating margins are before exceptional items. Commentary, unless otherwise stated, refers to organic movements. Share, unless otherwise stated, refers to volumevalue share. See the 'Business review' for an explanation of organic movement calculations. The financial statements formarket data and competitive set classifications contained in this document are taken from independent industry sources in the year ended 30 June 2009 have been preparedmarkets in accordance with IFRS.

The content of the company's website (www.diageo.com) should not be considered to form a part of or be incorporated into this Form 20-F.which Diageo operates.


Table of Contents


Historical information

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data for Diageo prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for the five years ended 30 June 20092010 and as at the respective year ends. References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB, unless otherwise indicated. Consolidated financial data was prepared in accordance with IFRS for the first time for the year ended 30 June 2006, following the implementation of IFRS by the group, and the data for the year ended 30 June 2005 was adjusted accordingly to IFRS. The data presented below has been derived from Diageo's audited consolidated financial statements.

 
  
 Year ended 30 June 
 
 Notes 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
 
  
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 

Income statement data

                   

Sales

     12,283  10,643  9,917  9,704  8,968 

Operating profit

  2  2,443  2,226  2,159  2,044  1,731 

Profit for the year

                   

Continuing operations

  2,3  1,723  1,571  1,417  1,965  1,326 

Discontinued operations

  4  2  26  139    73 
               

Total profit for the year

  2,3  1,725  1,597  1,556  1,965  1,399 
               

 

 

 


 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

Per share data

                   

Dividend per share

  5  36.10  34.35  32.70  31.10  29.55 

Earnings per share

                   

Basic

                   

Continuing operations

     65.1  58.3  50.2  67.2  42.8 

Discontinued operations

     0.1  1.0  5.2    2.4 
               

Basic earnings per share

     65.2  59.3  55.4  67.2  45.2 
               

Diluted

                   

Continuing operations

     64.9  57.9  49.9  66.9  42.8 

Discontinued operations

     0.1  1.0  5.1    2.4 
               

Diluted earnings per share

     65.0  58.9  55.0  66.9  45.2 
               

 

 

 


 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

Average shares

     2,485  2,566  2,688  2,841  2,972 

                   
 
  
 As at 30 June 
 
  
 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
 
  
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 

Balance sheet data

                   

Total assets

     18,096  16,027  13,956  13,927  13,921 

Net borrowings

  6  7,419  6,447  4,845  4,082  3,706 

Equity attributable to the parent company's
equity shareholders

     3,221  3,498  3,972  4,502  4,459 

Called up share capital

  7  797  816  848  883  883 

 
  
 Year ended 30 June 
 
 Notes 2010 2009
(restated)
 2008
(restated)
 2007
(restated)
 2006
(restated)
 
 
  
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 

Income statement data

                   

Sales

     12,958  12,283  10,643  9,917  9,704 

Operating profit

  1,2  2,574  2,418  2,212  2,160  2,031 

Profit for the year

                   

Continuing operations

  1,2  1,762  1,704  1,560  1,417  1,956 

Discontinued operations

  3  (19) 2  26  139   
               

Total profit for the year

  1,2  1,743  1,706  1,586  1,556  1,956 
               

 

 

 


 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

Per share data

                   

Dividend per share

  4  38.10  36.10  34.35  32.70  31.10 

Earnings per share

                   

Basic

                   

Continuing operations

  1  66.3  64.5  58.0  50.2  66.9 

Discontinued operations

     (0.8) 0.1  1.0  5.2   
               

Basic earnings per share

  1  65.5  64.6  59.0  55.4  66.9 
               

Diluted

                   

Continuing operations

  1  66.2  64.3  57.6  49.9  66.6 

Discontinued operations

     (0.8) 0.1  1.0  5.1   
               

Diluted earnings per share

  1  65.4  64.4  58.6  55.0  66.6 
               

 

 

 


 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

Average shares

     2,486  2,485  2,566  2,688  2,841 

                   
 
  
 As at 30 June 
 
  
 2010 2009
(restated)
 2008
(restated)
 2007
(restated)
 2006
(restated)
 
 
  
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 

Balance sheet data

                   

Total assets

  1  19,454  18,018  15,992  13,934  13,909 

Net borrowings

  5  6,954  7,419  6,447  4,845  4,082 

Equity attributable to the parent company's equity shareholders

  1  4,007  3,169  3,463  3,947  4,477 

Called up share capital

  6  797  797  816  848  883 

Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)


Notes to the historical information

1      Accounting policies    All comparative financial data has been restated following the adoption of theAmendment to IAS 38 – Intangible assets for advertising expenditure and a change in the accounting policy in respect of returnable bottles and crates.

The financial statementsamendment to IAS 38 clarifies the accounting for the four years ended 30 June 2009 were prepared in accordance with IFRS. Extracts fromadvertising expenditure. The group charges advertising expenditure to the income statement when it has a right of access to the goods or services acquired, as opposed to charging such costs to the income statement when the advertisement is first shown to the public. Advertisements, non-depreciable point of sale materials, costs in respect of events and balance sheetsome sponsorship payments previously recorded in the income statement when delivered to the final customer are now expensed when delivered to the company. In addition, the group has changed its accounting policy in respect of returnable bottles and crates as the change more appropriately reflects the usage of these assets. These are now held within property, plant and equipment and depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives. Formerly a number of returnable bottles and crates were held within inventories and written down on purchase to their net realisable value.

        The impacts of the adoption of these changes in accounting policies have reduced operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2005 presented here have been restated under IFRS as applied2009 by the group£25 million (2008 – £14 million; 2007 – increase of £1 million; 2006 – £13 million), reduced profit from financial information previously reported in accordance with UK GAAP. The group adopted the provisions ofIAS 39 – Financial instruments: recognition and measurement from 1 July 2005. As permitted underIFRS 1 – First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards, financial instruments incontinuing operations for the year ended 30 June 2005 remain recorded2009 by £19 million (2008 – £11 million; 2007 – £nil; 2006 – £9 million) and reduced basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended 30 June 2009 by 0.6 pence (2008 – 0.3 pence; 2007 – nil; 2006 – 0.3 pence). The charge of £3 million for year ended 30 June 2009 is in accordance with previous UK GAAP accounting policies, and the adjustment to IAS 39 was reflected inrespect of non-controlling interests (2008 – £3 million; 2007 – £nil; 2006 – £1 million). On the consolidated balance sheet at 1 July 2005. The IFRS accounting policies applied30 June 2009 total assets decreased by the group to the financial information in this document are presented in 'Accounting policies£78 million (2008 – £35 million; 2007 – £22 million; 2006 – £18 million) and total equity reduced by £62 million (2008 – £42 million; 2007 – £29 million; 2006 – £29 million) of the group' in the financial statements.which non-controlling interests reduced by £10 million (2008 – £7 million; 2007 – £4 million; 2006 – £4 million).

2      Exceptional items    TheseExceptional items are itemscharges or credits which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper


Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)


understanding of the financial information. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate. An analysis of exceptional items before taxation for continuing operations is as follows:

 
 Year ended 30 June 
 
 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 

Exceptional items (charged)/credited to operating profit

                

Global restructuring programme

  (166)        

Restructuring of Irish brewing operations

  (4) (78)      

Disposal of Park Royal property

      40     

Park Royal brewery accelerated depreciation

          (29)

Seagram integration costs

          (30)

Thalidomide Trust

          (149)

Disposal of other property

          7 
            

  (170) (78) 40    (201)
            

Other exceptional items

                

Gain on disposal of General Mills shares

        151  221 

Gains/(losses) on disposal and termination of businesses

    9  (1) 6  (7)
            

    9  (1) 157  214 
            

Tax exceptional items

                

Tax credit in respect of exceptional operating items

  37  8      58 

Tax credit in respect of other exceptional items

        2  20 

Tax credit in respect of settlements agreed with tax authorities

  155      313   
            

  192  8    315  78 
            

Total exceptional items

  22  (61) 39  472  91 
            

 
 Year ended 30 June 
 
 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 

Items included in operating profit

                

Restructuring programmes

  (142) (170) (78)    

Brand impairment

  (35)        

Disposal of Park Royal property

        40   
            

  (177) (170) (78) 40   
            

Sale of businesses

                

(Losses)/gains on disposal and termination of businesses

  (15)   9  (1) 6 

Gain on disposal of General Mills shares

          151 
            

  (15)   9  (1) 157 
            

Items included in taxation

                

Tax credit on exceptional operating items

  39  37  8     

Tax credit on other exceptional items

  10        2 

Settlements agreed with tax authorities

    155      313 
            

  49  192  8    315 
            

Exceptional items in continuing operations

  (143) 22  (61) 39  472 

Discontinued operations net of taxation

  (19) 2  26  139   
            

Exceptional items

  (162) 24  (35) 178  472 
            

3      TaxationDiscontinued operations    The taxation charge deducted from income for the year was £292 million (2008 – £522 million; 2007 – £678 million; 2006 – £181 million; 2005 – £599 million). Included in the taxation charge were the following items: inIn the year ended 30 June 2009,2010 discontinued operations comprise a net tax creditcharge of £155£19 million in



Historical information (continued)


respect of settlements agreed with tax authorities which gave rise to changes in the discounted value of deferred tax assets and tax provisions, and a tax credit of £37 million on exceptional items; in the year ended 30 June 2008, a tax credit of £8 million on exceptional operating items; in the year ended 30 June 2007, a net tax charge of £24 million from intra group reorganisations of brand businesses, a reduction in the carrying value of deferred tax assets primarily following a reduction in tax rates of £74 million, and a provision for settlement of tax liabilities relatedanticipated future payments to the GrandMet/Guinness merger of £64 million; in the year ended 30 June 2006, an exceptional tax credit of £315 million arose principally as a consequence of the agreement with fiscal authorities of the carrying values of certain brands, which resulted in an increase to the group's deferred tax assets of £313 million; and in the year ended 30 June 2005, there were £58 million of tax credits on exceptional operating items and £20 million of tax credits on exceptional business disposals.

4      Discontinued operations    Discontinued operations innew thalidomide claimants. In the years ended 30 June 2009, 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007 and 30 June 2005discontinued operations are adjustments in respect of the former quick service restaurants business (Burger King, sold 13 December 2002) and the former packaged food business (Pillsbury sold 31 October 2001).

54      Dividends    The board expects that in each year Diageo will pay an interim dividend in April and a final dividend in October.October of each year. Approximately 40% of the total dividend in respect of any financial year is expected to be paid as an interim dividend and approximately 60% as a final dividend. The payment of any future dividends, subject to shareholder approval, will depend upon Diageo's earnings, financial condition and such other factors as the board deems relevant. Proposed dividends are not considered to be a liability until they are approved by the board for the interim dividend and by the shareholders at the annual general meeting for the final dividend. The information provided in the tables above and below represents the amounts payable in respect of the relevant financial year, and the final dividend amount included in these tables represents the dividend proposed by the directors but not approved by the shareholders and therefore is not reflected as a deduction from reserves at the balance sheet date.

        The table below sets out the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by the company on each ordinary share. The dividends are translated into US dollars per ADS (each ADS


Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)


representing four ordinary shares) at the noon buying rate on each of the respective dividend payment dates.

 
  
 Year ended 30 June 
 
  
 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
 
  
 pence
 pence
 pence
 pence
 pence
 

Per ordinary share

 Interim 13.90 13.20 12.55 11.95 11.35 

     Final 22.20 21.15 20.15 19.15 18.20 
              

     Total 36.10 34.35 32.70 31.10 29.55 
              

   $ $ $ $ $ 

Per ADS

 Interim 0.82 1.05 0.99 0.84 0.85 

     Final 1.47 1.46 1.64 1.43 1.29 
              

     Total 2.29 2.51 2.63 2.27 2.14 
              

 
  
 Year ended 30 June 
 
  
 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 
 
  
 pence
 pence
 pence
 pence
 pence
 

Per ordinary share

 Interim 14.60 13.90 13.20 12.55 11.95 

     Final 23.50 22.20 21.15 20.15 19.15 
              

     Total 38.10 36.10 34.35 32.70 31.10 
              

   $ $ $ $ $ 

Per ADS

 Interim 0.90 0.82 1.05 0.99 0.84 

     Final 1.41 1.46 1.46 1.64 1.43 
              

     Total 2.31 2.28 2.51 2.63 2.27 
              

Note: Subject to shareholdershareholders' approval the final dividend for the year ended 30 June 20092010 will be paid on 19 October 20092010, and payment to US ADR holders will be made on 2325 October 2009.2010. In the table above, an exchange rate as of 30 June 2009 of £1 = $1.65$1.50 has been used to calculateassumed for this dividend, but



Historical information (continued)


the exact amount of the payment to US ADR holders will be determined by the rate of exchange on 19 October 2009.2010.

6      Definitions5      Net borrowings definition    Net borrowings are defined as totalgross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease obligations),liabilities plus interest rate fair value hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency swaps and forwards used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents and other liquid resources. Other liquid resources represent amounts with an original maturity date of greater than three months but less than one year.

76      Share capital    The called up share capital representsDuring the par value ofyear ended 30 June 2010 the company did not repurchase any ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence in issue. There were 2,754 million ordinary shares in issue and fully paid up at the balance sheet date (2008 – 2,822 million; 2007 – 2,931 million; 2006 – 3,051 million; 2005 – 3,050 million). Of these, 23 million are held in employee share trusts (2008 – 26 million; 2007 – 33 million; 2006 – 42 million; 2005 – 43 million) and 255 million arefor cancellation or to be held as treasury shares (2008 – 279 million; 2007 – 281 million; 2006 – 252 million; 2005 – 86 million). Shares held in employee share trusts and treasury shares are deducted in arriving at equity attributable to the parent company's equity shareholders.

shares. During the year ended 30 June 2009, the company repurchased 38 million ordinary shares as part of its share buyback programmesprogram at a cost including fees and stamp duty of £354 million (2008 – 97 million ordinary shares, cost of £1,008 million; 2007 – 141 million ordinary shares, cost of £1,405 million; 2006 – 164 million ordinary shares, cost of £1,407 million; 2005 – 94 million ordinary shares, cost of £710 million) and 6 million ordinary shares to be held as treasury shares for hedging share scheme grants provided to employees during the year at a cost of £63 million (2008 – 11 million ordinary shares, cost of £124 million; 2007 – 9 million ordinary shares, cost of £82 million; 2006 – 2 million ordinary shares, cost of £21 million; 2005 – nil, £nil). In addition the company utilised 0.3 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares with an historical purchase cost of £3 million to satisfy options exercised by employees during the year (2008 – 1 million ordinary shares, cost of £11 million; 2007 – 1 million ordinary shares, cost of £10 million; 2006 and 2005 – nil, £nil).

87      Exchange rates    A substantial portion of the group's assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than pounds sterling. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the company's financial condition and results of operations, see 'Business review – Risk management'.

        The following table shows period end and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates, for the periods indicated, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 
 Year ended 30 June 
 
 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
 
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 

Year end

  1.65  1.99  2.01  1.85  1.79 

Average rate(a)

  1.60  2.01  1.93  1.78  1.86 

 
 Year ended 30 June 
 
 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 
 
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 

Year end

  1.50  1.65  1.99  2.01  1.85 

Average rate(a)

  1.57  1.60  2.01  1.93  1.78 

Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)

The following table shows period end, high, low and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates by month, for the six monthsix-month period to 31 August 2009,2010, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 
 2009 
 
 August July June May April March 
 
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 
Month end  1.63  1.67  1.65  1.62  1.48  1.43 
Month high  1.70  1.67  1.66  1.62  1.50  1.47 
Month low  1.62  1.60  1.60  1.49  1.44  1.37 
Average rate(b)  1.65  1.64  1.64  1.54  1.47  1.42 

 
 2010 
 
 August July June May April March 
 
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 
Month end  1.53  1.57  1.50  1.45  1.53  1.52 
Month high  1.60  1.57  1.51  1.53  1.55  1.54 
Month low  1.53  1.50  1.40  1.43  1.52  1.48 
Average rate(b)  1.57  1.53  1.48  1.47  1.53  1.51 

The averageAverage exchange rate for the period 1 to 78 September 20092010 was £1=$1.63£1 = $1.54 and the noon buying rate on 78 September 2009 was £1=$1.63.£1 = $1.55.


(a)
The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the year ended 30 June.

(b)
The average of the noon buying rates on each business day of the month.

(c)
These rates have been provided for information only. They are not necessarily the rates that have been used in this document for currency translations or in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. See note 2(c)2(e) to the consolidated financial statements for the actual rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents


Business description

Diageo is the world's leading premium drinks business, with a collection of international brands. Diageo was the eighteenth largest publicly quoted company in the United Kingdom in terms of market capitalisation on 7 September 2009, with a market capitalisation of approximately £24 billion.operating globally across spirits, beer and wine.

        Diageo plc is incorporated as a public limited company in England and Wales. Diageo plc's principal executive office is located at 8 Henrietta Place,Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London W1G 0NBNW10 7HQ and its telephone number is +44 (0) 20 7927 5200.8978 6000.

        Diageo is a major participant in the brandedglobal beverage alcohol industry and operates globally.industry. It brings together world-classworld class brands and a management team committedthat seeks to maximise shareholder value over the maximisation of shareholder value.long term. The management team expects to continue itsthe strategy of investing inbehind Diageo's global brands, expanding internationally and launching innovative new products, and brands.seeking to expand selectively either through partnerships or acquisition that add long term value for shareholders.

        Diageo produces and distributes a leading collection of branded premium spirits, beer and wine. The wide range of premiumThese brands it produces and distributes includes Smirnoff vodka,include Johnnie Walker, scotch whisky,Smirnoff, Baileys, Original Irish Cream liqueur, Captain Morgan, rum, JeB, scotch whisky, Tanqueray gin and Guinness stout.Guinness. In addition it also has the distribution rights for the JoséJose Cuervo tequila brands in North America and many other markets.


Strategy

Diageo is the world's leading premium drinks business and operates on an international scale. It is one of a small number of premium drinks companies that operate globally across spirits, beer and wine. Diageo is the leading premium spirits business in the world by volume, by net sales and by operating profit and itprofit. It manages eight of the world's top 20 spirits brands as defined by Impact Databank. Diageo's beer brands include the only global stout brand, Guinness, and together these beer brands accountin total accounts for approximately 22% of Diageo's net sales whilesales. Diageo's wine brands representare sold predominantly in North America and Europe and they comprise approximately 6% of Diageo's net sales.

        Diageo's size provides for scale efficiencies in production, distribution, selling and marketing. This enablesIn addition to these cost efficiencies, andDiageo is committed to the dissemination of best practicespractice in business operations across markets and brands, allowing Diageo to serve its customers and consumers better.

        All of the above factors enable Diageo to attract and retain talented individuals with the capabilities necessary to contribute to the delivery ofdeliver Diageo's strategy which is to focus onof growing its premium drinks business organically while looking to grow its business through organic sales and operating profit growth and the acquisition ofselectively acquire premium drinks brands that add long term value for shareholders.

        Diageo's brands have broad consumer appeal across geographies, and thegeographies. The company and its employees are proud of the responsible manner in which the brands are marketed and the positive role that moderate consumption of these brands plays in the lives of many people.

        Diageo acknowledges that when misused, alcohol – like many other products – when misused, alcohol may lead to health or social problems for the individual or society as a whole. Diageo seeks to be at the forefront of industry efforts to promote responsible drinking and works with other stakeholders to combat alcohol misuse. Diageo's approach is based on three principles: combating alcohol misuse;strategic approaches: setting world-classhigh company and industry standards forin responsible marketing, and innovation;implementing initiatives to minimise alcohol misuse and promoting a shared understanding of what responsible drinking means in order to reduce alcohol-related harm.effective and targeted alcohol policies through stakeholder dialogue.

Market participation    Diageo targetsmanages its geographical priorities in terms of the major regional economies in which it operates. These markets are managed underbusiness through four business areas:regions: North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific. The North American business area comprisesregion, comprising the United States



Business description (continued)


and Canada.Canada, accounts for the largest proportion of Diageo's net sales and operating profit. The European business area comprisessecond largest, Europe, is comprised of Great Britain, Ireland, Iberia, Northern Europe, Southern Europe, and Russia and Eastern Europe. The International region is made up of three distinct business area comprisesunits: Latin America and the Caribbean (including Mexico), Africa and the Global Travel and Middle East business.(GTME). The Asia Pacific business arearegion comprises India, TheSouth Korea, Japan, the People's Republic of China, South Korea, JapanIndia and other


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


Asian markets, Australia and New Zealand. In the past financial year roughly two-thirds of net sales were derived from developed markets (mainly North America accounts forand Western Europe) and one-third from developing markets (mainly Latin America and the largest proportionCaribbean, Africa and Asia Pacific). In 2005 approximately four-fifths of Diageo's operating profit.net sales arose in developed markets and one-fifth in developing markets.

Product offering    Diageo manages itsclassifies eight brands in terms ofas global priority brands: Smirnoff, Johnnie Walker, Baileys, Captain Morgan, JeB, Jose Cuervo, Tanqueray and Guinness. These brands local priority brands and category brands. Acting asare the main focus for the business global priorityand receive the majority of the marketing spend. In aggregate, they comprise 54% of Diageo's net sales.

        Several other brands are Diageo's primary growth drivers across markets. Local priority brandsalso have leading positions in the markets in which they are distributed. They drive growth on a significant scale but with a narrower geographical reach than the global priority brands. CategoryExamples of brands comprisewith regional strength are Crown Royal Canadian whisky and Ketel One vodka in North America, Buchanan's scotch whisky in Latin America and the smaller scale brandsCaribbean, and Windsor Premier scotch whisky in Diageo's collection.Asia Pacific.

Business effectiveness    Over the long term, Diageo's strategy continues to focus on driving growth and increasing shareholder value.

Incorporation    Diageo was originally incorporated as Arthur Guinness Son & Company Limited on 21 October 1886. The group was formed by the merger of Grand Metropolitan Public Limited Company (GrandMet) and Guinness PLC (the Guinness Group). in December 1997.


Premium drinks

Diageo is engaged in a broad range of activities within the beverage alcohol industry, with products tradingsold in approximately 180 markets around the world. Its operations include producing, distilling, brewing, bottling, packaging, distributing, developing and marketing a range of brands. Diageo markets a wide range of recognised beverage alcohol brands including a number of the world's leading spirits and beer brands. In calendar year 2008,2009, the Diageo brand range included 17 of the top 100 premium distilled spirits brands worldwide.

        References to ready to drink products in this documentreport include progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States. References to Smirnoff ready to drink include Smirnoff Ice, Smirnoff Black Ice, Smirnoff Twisted V, Smirnoff Mule, Smirnoff Spin, Smirnoff Storm, Smirnoff Caipiroska, Smirnoff Signatures and Smirnoff Cocktails. References to Smirnoff Black Ice include Smirnoff Ice Triple Black in the United States and Smirnoff Ice Double Black in Australia.

        In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, Diageo sold 113.4114.9 million equivalent units of spirits (including ready to drink), 24.725 million equivalent units of beer and 3.23.5 million equivalent units of wine. In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, ready to drink products contributed 6.25.9 million equivalent units of total volume, of which Smirnoff ready to drink variants accounted for 4.13.9 million equivalent units. Volume has been measured on an equivalent units basis to nine litrenine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine litrenine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33 ml33ml of spirits, 165 ml165ml of wine, or 330 ml330ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine litrenine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine litrenine-litre cases divide by 10 and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink in nine litrenine-litre cases divide by five.



Business description (continued)

        The collectionDiageo's portfolio of premium drinks comprises brands owned by the company as a principal and brands held by the company under agency or distribution agreements. They include:

Global priority brands:
Smirnoff vodka and Smirnoff ready to drink products
Johnnie Walker scotch whiskies
Baileys Original Irish Cream liqueur
Captain Morgan rum
José Cuervo tequila (agency brand in North America and many other markets)
JeB scotch whisky
Tanqueray gin
Guinness stout

Other spirits brands include:
Wine brands include:
Other beer brands include:
Crown Royal Canadian whisky
Buchanan's scotch whisky
Gordon's gin and vodka
Windsor Premier scotch whisky
Seagram's whiskey
Cacique rum
Old Parr scotch whisky
Bell's scotch whisky
Bundaberg rum
Bushmills Irish whiskey
Ketel One vodka (exclusive worldwide distribution rights)
Blossom Hill
Sterling Vineyards
Beaulieu Vineyard
Chalone Vineyard
Rosenblum Cellars
Barton & Guestier
Piat d'Or
Malta Guinness non-alcoholic malt
Harp lager
Smithwick's ale
Tusker lager
Red Stripe lager

Diageo's agency agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. Diageo's principal agency brand is JoséJose Cuervo in North America and many other markets (with distribution rights extending to 2013). There can be no assurances that Diageo will be able to prevent termination of distribution rights or rights to manufacture under licence, or renegotiate distribution rights or rights to manufacture under licence on favourable terms when they expire.

Diageo also brews and sells other companies' beer brands under licence, including


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


Budweiser and Carlsberg lagers in Ireland, Heineken lager in Jamaica and Tiger beer in Malaysia. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to prevent termination of distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements or to renegotiate distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms when they expire.

        Diageo classifies its brands as global priority brands and other brands. The classification of brands as 'local priority brands' and 'category brands' has been discontinued for reporting purposes.

Global priority brandsbrands:
Johnnie Walker scotch whiskies
Smirnoff vodka and Smirnoff ready to drink products
Baileys Original Irish Cream liqueur
Captain Morgan rum and rum based products
Jose Cuervo tequila (agency brand in North America and many other markets)
JeB scotch whisky
Tanqueray gin
Guinness stout

Diageo has eight global priority brands that it markets worldwide. Diageo considers these brands to have the greatest current and future earnings potential. Each global priority brand is marketed consistently around the world, and therefore can achieve scale benefits. The group manages and invests in these brands on a global basis. Figures for global priority brands include related ready to drink products, unless otherwise indicated.

        In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, global priority brands accounted for 58%57% of total volume (81.7(81.9 million equivalent units) and contributed net sales of £5,131£5,267 million.

        Smirnoff achieved volume of 28.6 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2009. Smirnoff vodka volume was 24.5 million equivalent units. It was ranked, by volume, as the number one premium vodka and the number one premium spirit brand in the world. Smirnoff ready to drink volume totalled 4.1 million equivalent units.



Business description (continued)

        Johnnie Walker scotch whiskies comprise Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label and several other brand variants. During the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, Johnnie Walker Red Label sold 9.210 million equivalent units, Johnnie Walker Black Label sold 4.65.3 million equivalent units and the remaining variants sold 0.7 million equivalent units. The Johnnie Walker franchise was ranked, by volume, as the number one premium scotch whisky and the number three premium spirit brand in the world.

        Smirnoff achieved volume of 28.3 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2010. Smirnoff vodka volume was 24.3 million equivalent units. It was ranked, by volume, as the number one premium vodka and the number one premium spirit brand in the world. Smirnoff ready to drink volume totalled 3.9 million equivalent units.

Baileys was ranked, by volume, as the number one liqueur in the world, having sold 6.76.6 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2009.2010.

        Captain Morgan was ranked by volume, as the number two premium rum brand in the world by volume, amongst its competitive set, the rum category, with volume of 8.68.9 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2009.2010.

        Guinness is the group's only global priority beer brand, and for the year ended 30 June 20092010 achieved volume of 11.110.7 million equivalent units.

        Other global priority brands were also ranked, by volume, among the leading premium distilled spirits brands by Impact Databank. These include: JoséJose Cuervo, ranked the number one premium tequila in the world; JeB scotch whisky (comprising JeB Rare, JeB Reserve, JeB Exception and JeB Jet), ranked the number three premium scotch whisky in the world; and Tanqueray, ranked the number


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


four premium gin brand in the world. During the year ended 30 June 2009, José2010, Jose Cuervo, JeB and Tanqueray sold 5.14.5 million, 5.24.9 million and 1.92.0 million equivalent units, respectively.

Other spirits brands include:    Diageo manages its other brands by category, analysing them between local priority brands and category brands.

        Local priority brands represent the brands, apart from the global priority brands, that make the greatest contribution to operating profit in a business area (North America, Europe, International or Asia Pacific), rather than worldwide. Diageo manages and invests in these brands within its business areas and, unlike the global priority brands, may not have a consistent marketing strategy around the world for such brands. For the year ended 30 June 2009, local priority brands contributed volume of 27.3 million equivalent units, representing 19% of total volume, and net sales of £2,148 million. Examples of local priority brands include
Crown Royal Canadian whisky in North America,
Buchanan's scotch whisky in International,
Ketel One vodka (exclusive worldwide distribution rights)
Windsor Premier scotch whisky in Asia Pacific,
Gordon's gin in Europe, Bundaberg rum in Asia Pacific, Cacique rum in Europe, Malta Guinness non-alcoholic malt in International, Tusker lager in International, and vodka
Old Parr scotch whisky
Seagram's 7 Crown whiskey and Seagram's VO whisky in North America,
Cacique rum
Bundaberg rum
Bell's scotch whisky in Europe and Sterling Vineyards wines in North America.
The Classic Malts scotch whiskies
Cîroc vodka
White Horse scotch whisky
Don Julio tequila
Bushmills Irish whiskey

        The remaining brands are grouped under category brands. Category brands include spirits, beer and wine brands and forFor the year ended 30 June 2009, these category2010, other spirits brands contributed volume of 32.333 million equivalent units, representing 23% of total volume, and net sales of £2,032£2,811 million. Of this, spirits achieved volume of 19.8 million equivalent units and contributed £1,326 million to Diageo's net sales in the year ended 30 June 2009. Examples of category spirits

Other beer brands are Gordon's gin (all markets except Europe in which it is a local priority brand), Gordon's vodka, The Classic Malt whiskies and White Horse scotch whisky.include:
Malta Guinness non-alcoholic malt
Harp lager
Tusker lager
Smithwick' sale
Senator lager
Red Stripe lager

In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, Diageo sold 13.514 million equivalent units of beers other than Guinness, achieving net sales of £894£985 million. Other beer volume was mainly attributable to owned brands such as Red Stripe, Pilsner, Tusker and Harp lager, with a minority being attributable to beers brewed and/or sold under licence, such as Tiger beer in Malaysia and Heineken lager in Jamaica.


Wine brands include:
Business description (continued)
Blossom Hill
Sterling Vineyards
Beaulieu Vineyard
Chalone Vineyard
Navarro Correas
Rosenblum Cellars
Santa Rita

        In addition, Diageo produces and markets a wide selection of wines. These include well known labels such as Beaulieu Vineyard, Sterling Vineyards, Rosenblum Cellars and Chalone Vineyard in the United States, Blossom Hill in the United Kingdom, and Barton & Guestier and Piat d'Or in Europe. For the year ended 30 June 2009, other2010, wine volume was 2.43.5 million equivalent units, contributing net sales of £291£545 million.

Production    Diageo owns production facilities including maltings, distilleries, breweries, packaging plants, maturation warehouses, cooperages, vineyards, wineries and distribution warehouses. Production


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


also occurs at plants owned and operated by third parties and joint ventures at a number of locations internationally.

        Approximately 80%85% of total production (including third party production) is undertaken by Global Supply organised into four production centres, namely Europe Supply, America Supply, Global Beer Supply and Asia Supply. The remaining production activities of the group are integrated with the distribution organisation, principally in five Diageo production areas, namely the United Kingdom, Baileys, Guinness, Santa Vittoria and North America centres.Africa within International. The majority of theseGlobal Supply's production centres have several production facilities. The locations, principal activities, products, packaging production capacity and packaging production volume in 2009 of theseGlobal Supply's principal production centres in the year ended 30 June 2010 are set out in the following table:

Production centre
 Location Principal products Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalent
units*
 Production
volume in
2009 in
millions of
equivalent
units

United Kingdom

 United Kingdom Scotch whisky, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink 62 42

Baileys

 Ireland Irish cream liqueur, vodka 10 8

Guinness

 Ireland Beers 11 8

Santa Vittoria

 Italy Vodka, wine, rum, ready to drink 7 5

North America

 United States, Canada Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, wine, ready to drink 48 40

Production centre
 Location Principal activities and products Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalent
units*
 Production
volume in
2010 in
millions of
equivalent
units

Europe Supply

 United Kingdom Scotch whisky, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink 73 45

 Ireland (Baileys) Irish cream liqueur, vodka 15 8

 Italy (Santa Vittoria) Vodka, wine, rum, ready to drink 10 7

America Supply

 

United States, Canada

 

Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, ready to drink

 
45
 
39

 United States Wine 1 1

Global Beer Supply

 

Ireland (Guinness)

 

Beer

 
11
 
8

 Jamaica Beer 1 1

Asia Supply

 

Australia

 

Rum, vodka, ready to drink

 
2
 
2

*
Capacity represents ongoing production capacity at any production centre. The production capacities quoted in the table are based on actual production levels for the year ended 30 June 2010 adjusted for the elimination of unplanned losses and inefficiencies, and taking into account planned manning levels for the coming year.

Spirits are produced in distilleries located worldwide. The group owns 2930 scotch whisky distilleries in Scotland, an Irish whiskey distillery in Northern Ireland, two whisky distilleries in Canada, and vodka/gin distilleries in the United Kingdom and the United States. Diageo produces Smirnoff vodka internationally, Popov vodka and Gordon's vodka in the United States, and Baileys in the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Rum is blended and bottled in the United States, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom, and is distilled, blended and bottled in Australia and Venezuela. All of Diageo's maturing scotch whisky is located in warehouses in Scotland.Scotland (primarily at Blackgrange), its maturing Canadian whisky in La Salle and Gimli in Canada and all its maturing American whiskey in Kentucky and Tennessee in the United States.

        On 1 July 2009, the group announced a restructuring of its operations in Scotland. The plans includeincluded the consolidation of distilling, packaging and warehousing activities into fewer sites and involveinvolved the closure of a packaging plant, a distillery and a cooperage over a two-year period. New investment is concentrated


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


in the production sites inat Leven in Fife and inwhere work has begun on the expansion of the packaging facility which is due to be fully operational within two years, at Shieldhall near Glasgow.Glasgow and at Cambus near Alloa.

        In June 2008, Diageo and the government of the US Virgin Islands announced a public/private initiative for the construction and operation of a high capacity distillery in St Croix. This new facility,



Business description (continued)


expected to open in 2010,become operational by January 2011, will have the capacity to distil up to 2012 million proof gallons per yearequivalent units annually and will supply all bulk rum used to produce Captain Morgan branded products for the United States.

        Diageo produces a range of ready to drink products mainly in the United Kingdom, Italy, South Africa, Australia, the United States and Canada.

        Diageo's principal brewing facilities are at the St James's Gate brewery in Dublin and in Kilkenny, Waterford and Dundalk in the Republic of Ireland, and in Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, Malaysia and Jamaica. Ireland is the main export centre for the Guinness brand. In other countries, Guinness is brewed by third parties under licence arrangements.

        All Guinness Draught production is at the St James's Gate brewery in Dublin in the Republic of Ireland. Guinness Draught in cans and bottles, which uses an in-container system to replicate the taste of Guinness Draught, is packaged at Runcorn and Belfast in the United Kingdom. The Runcorn facility performs the kegging of Guinness Draught, transported to the United Kingdom in bulk for the Great Britain market.

        Diageo announced the restructuring of its brewing operations in Ireland in 2008 with the intention of consolidating operations to a new greenfield brewery in the Dublin area and decommissioning the existing brewing infrastructure. The project was reviewed in 2009 due to the changing economic conditions both globally and locally in Ireland. A review of options continued in 2010 to examine the desirability of network consolidation. The project remains under review and a business case for investment behind consolidation is being developed for approval.

Diageo's principal wineries are in the United States France and Argentina. For European markets, wines are mainly bottled in Diageo's facilities in Italy. Wines are sold both in their local markets and overseas.

Property, plant and equipment    Diageo owns or leases land and buildings throughout the world. The principal production facilities are described above. As at 30 June 2009,2010, Diageo's land and buildings wereare included in the group's consolidated balance sheet at a net book value of £818£746 million. Diageo's largest individual facility, in terms of net book value, of property, is St James's Gate brewery in Dublin. Approximately 96% by value of the group's properties are owned and approximately 3% are held under leases running for 50 years or longer. Diageo's properties are primarily a variety of manufacturing, distilling, brewing, bottling and administration facilities spread across the group's worldwide operations, as well as vineyards and wineries in the United States. Approximately 40%39%, 22% and 20% of the book value of Diageo's land and buildings comprise properties located in the United KingdomGreat Britain, Ireland and the United States, respectively. Approximately 91% by value of the group's properties are owned and approximately 3% are held under leases running for 50 years or longer.

        In June 2010 Diageo entered into a sale and leaseback arrangement in respect of vineyards and facilities located in Napa Valley, California. The vineyards and facilities were purchased and leased back to Diageo under a 20-year lease, with Diageo holding options to extend the lease at fair value for up to 80 years in total. Diageo remains the operator of the properties under the lease agreement and


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


retains ownership of the brands, vines and grapes, which remain a strategic part of Diageo's wine business.

Raw materials    The group has a number of contracts for the forward purchasing of its raw material requirements in order to minimise the effect of raw material price fluctuations. Longlong term contracts are in place for the purchase of significant raw materials including glass, other packaging, tequila, bulk whisky, neutral spirits, cream, rum and grapes. In addition, forward contracts are in place for the purchase of other raw materials including sugar and cereals to minimise the effects of short term price fluctuations.

        Cream is the principal raw material used in the production of Irish cream liqueur and is sourced from Ireland. Grapes are used in the production of wine and are sourced from suppliers in the United States France and Argentina. Other raw materials purchased in significant quantities for the production of spirits and beer are tequila, bulk whisky, neutral spirits, molasses, rum, cereals, sugar and a number of flavours (such as juniper berries, agave, chocolate and herbs). These are sourced from suppliers around the world.

        The majority of products are supplied to customers in glass bottles. Glass is purchased from suppliers located around the world, the principal supplier being the Owens Illinois group.

        Diageo has a supply agreement with Casa Cuervo SA de CV, a Mexican company, for the supply of bulk tequila used to make the JoséJose Cuervo line of tequilas and tequila drinks in the United States. The supply agreement extends to June 2013.



Business description (continued)

        Diageo has a supply agreement with Destiléria Serrallés Inc, a Puerto Rican corporation, under which Diageo purchases all bulk rum for the supply of rum used to make theuse in Captain Morgan line of rums and rum drinksproducts sold in the United States. The supply agreementDiageo is entitled to terminate this contract with effect from the end of December 2011, at which time Diageo intends to source rum for 10 yearsits Captain Morgan products from 2002 and can be terminated either (1)the distillery that is being built in the last 18 months before the expiration of the 10-year term, on notice of the shorter of one year or the time remaining until the expiration of the original 10-year term, or (2) on three years' notice once the original 10-year term has expired.US Virgin Islands.

Marketing and distribution    Diageo is committed to investing in its brands. In the year ended 30 June 2009, £1,3122010, £1,419 million was spent worldwide on marketing brands. Diageo aims to maintain and improve its market position by enhancing the consumer appeal of its brands through consistent high investment in marketing support focused aroundwith a focus on the eight global priority brands whichthat accounted for 65%64% of total marketing expenditure in the year ended 30 June 2009.spend.

        Diageo makes extensive use of magazine, newspaper, point of sale and poster and billboard advertising, and uses radio, cinema, television and internet advertising where appropriate and permitted by law. Diageo also runs consumer promotional programmes in the on trade (for example, licensed bars and restaurants). Diageo also uses sponsorship to market its brands and is a sponsor of the Formula One Racing Team Vodafone McLaren Mercedes, a NASCAR racing team and the Johnnie Walker golf championships.

        Diageo markets and distributes its brands under a business area organisation comprisingthrough four regions: North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific.

Business analysis    In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific contributed 41%39%, 30%29%, 23%26% and 6%, respectively, of the group's operating profit before exceptional items and corporate costs.


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        An analysis of net sales and operating profit by marketoperating segment for the year ended 30 June 20092010 is as follows:

 
 Net sales Operating
profit/(loss)
 Operating
profit/(loss)
before
exceptional
items
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 

North America

  3,290  1,131  1,156 

Europe

  2,750  790  856 

International

  2,286  623  645 

Asia Pacific

  910  128  164 

Corporate

  75  (229) (208)
        

Total

  9,311  2,443  2,613 
        

 
 Net sales Operating
profit/(loss)
before
exceptional
items
 Operating
profit/(loss)
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 

North America

  3,306  1,170  1,132 

Europe

  2,759  859  806 

International

  2,627  771  766 

Asia Pacific

  1,018  176  146 

Global Supply

      (39)

Corporate

  70  (225) (237)
        

Total

  9,780  2,751  2,574 
        

For details see note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

North America    North America is the largest market for Diageo in terms of operating profit, and the largest market for premium drinks in the world. Diageo markets its products through four operating units: US Spirits, Diageo-Guinness USA, Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines Company and Diageo Canada.

        The US Spirits business, while managed as a single business unit, executes sales and marketing activities through 14 teams or clusters. National brand strategy and strategic accounts marketing are managed at the corporate North America level. The spirits clusters market the majority of Diageo's collection of spirits brands (including Smirnoff vodka, Baileys Original Irish Cream liqueur, JoséJose Cuervo tequila, Johnnie Walker scotch whisky, Captain Morgan, rum, Tanqueray gin, JeB scotch whisky, Crown Royal Canadian whisky, Seagram's 7 Crown American whiskey, Seagram's VO Canadian whisky, Buchanan's scotch whisky and Ketel One vodka) across the United States.

        Diageo-Guinness USA distributes



Business description (continued)


markets Diageo's US beer brands (including Guinness stout, Harp lager, Red Stripe lager and Smithwick's ale) as well as the group's progressive adult beverages (including Smirnoff Ice, Smirnoff premium mixed drinks and Captain Morgan Parrot Bay Tropical Malt Beverage). Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines (DC&E) owns and operates wineries in California and Washington State (including Beaulieu Vineyard, Sterling Vineyards, Chalone Vineyard and Provenance Vineyards) and markets these and other wines across the United States. In the year ended 30 June 2010, Diageo undertook a review of the DC&E wine business and announced the restructuring of its wine division including a reduction in the sales force, the sale and leaseback of vineyards and facilities in Napa Valley, California, and the anticipated sale of non-strategic wine brands in the year ending 30 June 2011.

        The Canada business unit distributes the group's collection of spirits, wine and beer brands across all Canadian territories.

        Within the United States, there are generally two types of regulatory environments: open states and control states. In open states, spirits companies are allowed to sell spirits, wine and beer directly to independent distributors. In these open states, Diageo generally trades through a three tierthree-tier distribution system, where the product is initially sold to distributors, who then sell it to on and off trade retailers. In most control states, Diageo markets its spirits products to state liquor control boards through the bailment warehousing system, and from there to state or agency liquor stores. There are variations –


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


for example, certain states control distribution but not retail sales. Generally, wines are treated in the same way as spirits, although most states that are control states for spirits are open states for wines. Beer distribution generally follows open states regulation across the United States. In Canada, beer and spirits distribution laws are generally consistent and similar to those of control states in the United States.

        Diageo, however, has some licences to deliver keg beer directly to licensed accounts, which account for approximately 20% of Diageo's beer business in Canada.

        Across the United States, Diageo's distributors and brokers have over 2,3002,500 dedicated sales people focused on selling its spirits and wine brands. Diageo has pursued a distribution strategy centred around consolidating the distribution of Diageo's US spirits and wine brands into a single distributor or broker in each state where possible. The strategy is designed to provide a consolidated distribution network, which will limit the duplication of activities between Diageo and the distributor, improve Diageo's and distributors' selling capabilities and enable a number of alternative approaches to optimise product distribution. To date, Diageo has consolidated its business in 41 markets (40 states plus Washington DC), representing over 80% of Diageo's US spirits and wine volume. The remaining states will be consolidated as opportunities arise. Diageo is now focused on building the capabilities and selling tools of the distributors' dedicated sales forces and creating a more efficient and effective value chain.

Europe    Diageo Europe comprises six operating units: Great Britain, Ireland, Iberia, Northern Europe, Southern Europe, and Russia and Eastern Europe.

        In Great Britain, Diageo sells and markets its products via three business units: Diageo GB (spirits, beer and ready to drink), Percy Fox & Co (wines) and Justerini & Brooks Retail (private client wines). Products are distributed both viathrough independent wholesalers and directly to the major grocers, convenience and specialist stores. In the on trade (for example, licensed bars and restaurants), products are sold through the major brewers, multiple retail groups and smaller regional independent brewers and wholesalers. The customer base in Great Britain has seen consolidation in recent years in both the on trade and home consumption channels. In particular, Great Britain's top four national multiple grocers together make up over 40%60% of home consumption total spirits volume.

        Ireland comprises the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. In both territories, Diageo sells and distributes directly to both the on trade and the off trade (for example, retail shops and wholesalers) through a telesales operation, extensive sales calls to outlets and third party logistics providers. The Guinness, Smirnoff and Baileys brands are market leaders in their respective categories of long alcoholic drinks, vodka and liqueurs. Budweiser and Carlsberg lagers, also major products in



Business description (continued)


the Diageo collection of brands in Ireland, are brewed and sold under licence in addition to the other European local priority brands of Smithwick's ale and Harp lager.

        In Russia, Diageo previously sold and marketed its products through a company in which Diageo owned a 75% interest, and this company was the exclusive distributor of Diageo spirits brands in Russia. In December 2008, Diageo purchased the remaining 25% interest and now operates in Russia through its wholly owned subsidiary.

        Across the remainder of mainland Europe, Diageo distributes its spirits brands primarily through its own distribution companies. Exceptions to this are:

sales. Smirnoff Ice is sold in Nordic countries through Carlsberg.

A specialist unit has been established for the distribution of Diageo's beer brands in mainland Europe in order to achieve synergies in the marketing and distribution of Guinness and Kilkenny brands. The distribution of these brands is managed by this specialist unit with particular focus on the markets in Germany, Russia and France, which are the largest mainland European beer markets by size for Diageo.

International    Diageo International comprises Latin America and the Caribbean (including Mexico), Africa (excluding North Africa) and the Global Travel and Middle East business.

        In Latin America and the Caribbean, distribution is achieved through a mixture of Diageo companies and third party distributors. In addition, Diageo owns a controlling interest in Desnoes & Geddes Limited, the Jamaican brewer of Red Stripe lager.

        Africa (excluding North Africa) is oneprovides some of the longest established and largest markets for the Guinness brand, with the brewing of Guinness Foreign Extra Stout in a number of African countries, either through subsidiaries or under licence. Diageo has a three-way venture with Heineken and Namibia Breweries Limited in South Africa for a combined beer, cider and ready to drink collection of brands. Diageo also has a 25% equity interest in a venture with Heineken which is constructingowns a brewery in Gauteng, South Africa. Diageo has a wholly-owned subsidiarywholly owned brewery in Cameroon and also has majority-owned subsidiariesmajority owned breweries in Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Uganda Réunion and the Seychelles.

        Global Travel and Middle East (GTME) encompasses a sales and marketing organisation which targets the international consumer in duty free and travel retail outlets such as airport shops, airlines and ferries around the world, and distribution of Diageo brands in the Middle East and North Africa. The global nature of the travel channel and its organisation structure allows a specialist Diageo management team to apply a co-ordinated approach to brand building initiatives and to build on consumer insights in this trade channel, where consumer behaviour tends to be different from domestic markets. In the Middle East and North Africa, distribution is achieved through third party distributors. Lebanon is an exception, where a Diageo subsidiary distributes mostthe majority of the Diageo brands sold there.



Business description (continued)

Asia Pacific    Diageo Asia Pacific comprises India, the People's Republic of China, South Korea, Japan, Thailand, Vietnam, Singapore, Malaysia and other Asian markets, Australia and New Zealand.

        Diageo works with a number of joint venture partners in Asia Pacific. In Singapore, Malaysia, Hong Kong and Macau, the People's Republic of China Thailand and Japan,Thailand, Diageo distributes the majority of its spirits brands through joint venture arrangements with Moët Hennessy. Diageo also has established in-market companiesa wholly owned subsidiary in China (forfor brands not included in the joint venture such as Smirnoff, Windsor and Baileys) and Vietnam (for all brands).Baileys. In South Korea, India, Vietnam and Taiwan, Diageo's own distribution companies distribute the majority of Diageo's brands. In Japan, during the year ended 30 June 2009, Diageo and Kirin Brewery Co Ltd formed a joint venture to expand distributionwith Moët Hennessy distributes super premium brands, such as the super deluxe variants of Diageo productsJohnnie Walker, while the joint venture with Kirin distributes Diageo's other premium spirits, like Johnnie Walker Black Label and contribute to the growth objectives of both companies. Kirin now distributesSmirnoff, as well as Guinness beer and Smirnoff Ice. Other spirits and winespirit brands, which are not distributed by either the Moët Hennessy or the Kirin joint venture, or Kirin, are handled by third parties. In Malaysia, Diageo's own and third party beers are brewed and distributed by a listed business (Guinness Anchor Berhad) in which Diageo and its partner, Asia Pacific Breweries, have a majority share through a jointly controlled joint venture company. In Singapore, Diageo's beer brands are brewed and distributed by Asia Pacific Breweries. In India, distribution


Table of both imported and locally produced products is achieved through a combination of Diageo's own distribution company and third party distributors. A joint venture has been formed with Radico Khaitan to manufacture and distribute certain premium local spirits, the first of which was Masterstroke.Contents


Business description (continued)

        Generally, the remaining markets in Asia are served by third party distribution networks monitored by regional offices.

        In Australia, Diageo has its own production and distribution company, which handles the majority of products sold in the Australian market. It also has production and distribution arrangements with VOK Beverages and a licensed brewing arrangement with Fosters.Foster's. In New Zealand, Diageo operates through third party distributors and has a licensed brewing arrangement with Lion Nathan.

Global Supply    Global Supply is responsible for the production of approximately 85% of Diageo's products sold globally, for sourcing materials and services through global procurement, for providing consistent technical support through the global technical function and providing logistic and customer services through the global supply chain organisation.

        Production is managed by four Global Supply production centres, Europe Supply, America Supply, Global Beer Supply and Asia Supply. Europe Supply comprises Scotland (scotch whisky, gin, vodka, rum and ready to drink), Baileys Ireland (Irish cream liqueur and vodka) and Santa Vittoria Italy (vodka, wine, rum and ready to drink), all producing goods for markets globally. America Supply comprises North America Spirits Supply located in the United States and Canada (vodka, gin, tequila, rum, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, wine and ready to drink) with domestic distribution, Venezuela (bulk rum) and North America wines. Global Beer Supply produces Guinness and other beers in Ireland distributed primarily in Europe and North America and beer, vodka and ready to drink in Jamaica. Asia Supply comprises Singapore (Baileys and scotch whisky packaging), the Philippines and Australia (rum, vodka and ready to drink).

        The global procurement organisation also forms part of Global Supply and has responsibility for sourcing goods and services for the group.

        A global network of suppliers provides for a wide range of raw materials and packaging items that are necessary to ensure consistency of quality to support the brands. With the high level of dependency on agricultural commodities such as cereals, hops, agave and sugar, forward-buying takes place to minimise value at risk. In marketing, global procurement supports the business in sourcing creative media solutions, sponsorship and point of sale activities. Global procurement also supports business services, facilities and computer services.

        The global technical function develops and implements consistent engineering solutions across the Global Supply organisation and in other production sites in Africa and Asia. The global supply chain function also provides logistics services in Europe and is responsible for a consistent customer service globally.

Corporate    Corporate costs which cannot be directly allocated to the business areas are reported separately within Corporate in the analysis of business performance. Also included in Corporate are the revenues and costs related to rents receivable in respect of properties not used by Diageo in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drink products and the results of Gleneagles Hotel.

Seasonal impacts    The festive holiday season provides the peak period for sales. Approximately 43%40% of annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Employees    Diageo's people, its culture and its values are at the heart of the company's strategy and Diageo's directors believe this to be a source of competitive advantage. It continues to be Diageo's goal to release the potential of all of its people.

        Employee engagement is a key element

 
 2010 2009 2008 

Average number of employees

          

North America

  1,615  2,258  2,234 

Europe

  3,007  3,253  3,144 

International

  5,097  4,952  5,000 

Asia Pacific

  2,636  2,668  2,923 

Global Supply

  8,171  8,116  8,238 

Corporate and other

  2,761  2,792  2,605 
        

  23,287  24,039  24,144 
        

Supply operations of Diageo's people strategy. Diageo's values are embeddedthe US wines business were transferred from North America to Global Supply in the business and guide how all employees operate and behave. A values survey, which includes a measure of employee engagement, is conducted with employees every year. Now in its seventh year this survey provides an annual insight into what employees are thinking and feeling about the business. The employee values survey allows Diageo, at group-wide, function and team levels, to assess how the business is tracking against the long term goals of engaging employees and consistently bringing Diageo's values to life. Independent research has shown a strong correlation between high levels of employee engagement and strong business performance.ended 30 June 2010.

Diageo aims to be amongst the most admired companies in all key geographies. Consistent with this, Diageo has increased participationparticipated in independent surveys during the last year and has achieved 'Top 10' ratingsis currently rated in the top 10 published best company results around the world. This is Diageo's best performanceemployers in these awards since the company was formed.six of its key markets. Further to this aim, Diageo endeavours to



Business description (continued)


create a workplace that is both welcoming and challenging for all employees. Diageo values diversity in its workforce and works to ensure that the group is inclusive of all people, regardless of their background or style. To enhance diversity, Diageo aims to create opportunities that are attractive to a wide range of candidates, including those with disabilities, and seeks to make working for Diageo compatible with a variety of lifestyles. Diageo sponsors a number of employee networks around the world that seek to support diverse interest groups. The groupcompany also seeks to design and adjust roles to accommodate people.people's lifestyles, and increasingly encourages flexible working. Not only is this approach to inclusion and diversity consistent with Diageo's values, it is also believed to be important for the long term health of the organisation. As part of Diageo's global policies, Diageo has emphasised the importance of treating individuals justly and in a non-discriminatory manner in all aspects of employment, including recruitment, compensation and benefits, training, promotion, transfer and termination. Accordingly, factors not relevant to the requirements of a role, including without limitation race, religion, colour, ethnic or national origin, disability, sexual orientation, gender or marital status, are not considered, and reasonable adjustments are considered (and if necessary appropriate training provided) so that no individual is disadvantaged.

        Strong and inspiringInspirational leadership to deliver great results is critical to the success of the business. To this end, theThe Diageo Leadership Performance Programme, which was developed and 900launched in 2007, is a key programme for the organisation. The programme continued in 2010 with the participation of 130 new leaders participated and completed the programme in the years ended 30 June 2008 and 2009.Diageo. The aim is for Diageo to be recognised for the outstanding quality of its business leaders and their ability to deliver great performance for the group.

        Consistent withWe strongly believe in the desire that its people have a stakevalue of our employees sharing in the company's performance, Diageo currently hassuccess and actively encourage employees to become shareholders. We seek out opportunities to extend employee share ownership around the world and in calendar year 2010 the number of countries operating an employee share plan will have increased from 25 to 32. The launch of Diageo's international sharematch plan in 2010 combined with existing employee share plans, in place in the United Kingdom, North America and Ireland. Employees in 22 additional countries are able to participate in Diageo's International Sharesave Plan, giving themwill further extend the opportunity to takethe majority of employees across a stakesignificant number of Diageo's markets to share in the company's future. Implementationgrowth and


Table of a new share match plan for international participants is planned for 2010. These plans are created and administered by employees for employees with a view toward both uniting and motivating Diageo's people.Contents

        Diageo's average number of employees during each of the three years ended
Business description (continued)


success. As at 30 June 2009 was as follows:2010, 15,785 past and present employees held 0.74% (2009 – 1.2%) of Diageo's issued ordinary share capital.

 
 2009 2008 2007 

Average number of employees

          

Full time

  23,802  23,908  22,086 

Part time

  468  465  434 
        

Total

  24,270  24,373  22,520 
        

        Diageo strives to keep its employees well informed on and engaged with the company's strategy and business goals as a high priority, focusing on dialogue and consultation (both formal and informal) on changes that affect its employees.

        In lightThe review of the current economic environment, Diageo conducted a review of its organisation and cost base during the year ended 30 June 2009.announced in 2009 has been largely concluded. The objectives of the review were to achievedeliver significant cost efficiencies as well as tosavings and create a more efficient and effective organisation and,are judged to have been achieved. There was no significant disruption to business performance as a result of this review. Further organisational changes at the local level have since been announced as Diageo continues to seek improvements and efficiencies.. Consistent with the Diageo value of 'valuing each other' where people are impacted by a restructuring of elements of Diageo's global business is inprogramme they will be treated with sensitivity and dignity and will be supported through the process of being implemented. The restructuring will mean the loss of a number of valued colleagues from the business. Throughout this process, as always, the company and its leadership have endeavoured to treat all Diageo employees with compassion and respect.change.

Environmental, social and community matters    Diageo realises that it is an increasingly important factor for investors to understand not only its financial performance, but also the manner in which it manages and operates its business. Diageo seeks to fulfil its responsibilities as a corporate citizen in a number of areas, including through examining its impact on the environment, and its policies relating to employees as well as social and community matters. The company believes these programmes help build a foundation for the business to succeed. Diageo consults its stakeholders to help identify its responsibilities as a corporate citizen and develop strategies that address the interests of the business and society.

Environment    Diageo has set stretching targets to reduce its impact on the environment, and to benefit the planet, the communities in which it operates and the business.environment. The Diageo executive environmental working group is responsible for setting environmental policy. ThisIn the year ended 30 June 2009, the working group revised and re-issued Diageo's environmental policy to reflect the increased ambition the company has for environmental



Business description (continued)


improvement. The policy is supported by Diageo'sGlobal Supply's risk management framework, which sets implementation criteria and provides a mechanism for monitoring compliance. As stated in Diageo's policy, the company's actions on the environment are planned in light of prevailing scientific knowledge and do not depend on having absolute proof of specific damage, thus supporting the concept of a precautionary approach.

        The release of greenhouse gases – notably carbon dioxide generated by burning fossil fuels – has an impact on climate change (in terms of global temperatures, weather patterns and weather severity) which, either directly or indirectly, presents considerable riskrisks both to business and the planet. The risks include impacts on the agriculture on which the company depends for raw materials, disruption of the company's operations or those of commercial partners, and changes to the nature or distribution of consumer demand. Diageo assumes that the risks from climate change could be mitigated if the releases of greenhouse gases were sufficiently diminished and, as such, has worked for many years to reduce direct emissions (from fuels) and indirect emissions (from electricity).

        Diageo uses theWorld Resources Institute (WRI)/World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard, Revised Edition as a basis for reviewing its emissions and includes the facilities over which it has operational control in its analysis. In the year ended 30 June 2010, Diageo's greenhouse gas emissions decreased compared to the prior year. During the year ended 30 June 2009, Global Supply achieved the Carbon Trust Standard for its efforts in Scotland, an award that certifies that the business there has measured, managed and reduced its carbon footprint rather than off-setting emissions. Reasons cited for the award were the ongoing reduction of the Scottish business's carbon emissions through implementation of a number of


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


projects at various facilities, such as steam pipe installations; new thermostats; and steam recovery. During the year ended 30 June 2010, Diageo set aside a special reserve fund of £10 million specifically dedicated to carbon and water reduction projects worldwide. Diageo spent this money improving metering and monitoring systems and implementing projects to drive efficiency such as flash steam recovery at its Scottish malt distilleries, conversion of boilers from diesel to natural gas at the George Dickel distillery in Tennessee in the United States, and waste heat recovery at the brewery in Nigeria.

        A reliable supply of water is essential to Diageo's business as water is the main ingredient in substantially all of Diageo's products and is used for cleaning and cooling at production sites.

        Water resources are under pressure from development in many parts of the world and from climatic changes that may restrict their availability in the future, impacting not only Diageo's business but also Diageo's business partners and local communities who rely on water for their livelihoods. Diageo strives to better understand its water footprint, impact of its water usage, and how a further reduction in impact may be achieved. Using United Nations and WBCSD data, Diageo has designated ten of its production sites as being located in areas which are 'water stressed', identifying them as higher risk in terms of having a sustainable water supply in the coming years, and in Africa, approximately half of its production sites are located in water stressed areas. In the year ended 30 June 2010, Diageo specifically targeted reductions in water usage at beer production facilities, seeking to drive improvement in water efficiency through appropriate engineering solutions.

        Diageo reviews water consumption data from across the production sites over which it has operational control using internally developed guidelines, which define water usage based on the total amount of water abstracted from source (such as groundwater, surface water or mains) less any clean water provided back to local communities directly from a site and water returned for agricultural irrigation. Cooling water abstracted and returned to the same source is excluded from the total water used. In addition to reviewing total water usage, Diageo also strives to improve its efficiency, monitoring the amount of water used to produce one litre of product packaged. In the year ended 30 June 2010, total water usage decreased as compared to the prior year, while water efficiency improved meaning that fewer litres of water were required to produce each litre of Diageo's product packaged.

        Ongoing improvements have been identified and implemented across a number of sites in the regions. For example, in Scotland, a process of continuous analysis and improvement delivered a significant improvement in water efficiency at the Cameronbridge grain distillery during the year ended 30 June 2010 compared to the prior year. Replacing the water-intensive pre-cooler at that distillery with more efficient equipment delivered immediate positive results, but also highlighted the role of a boiler feed valve in reducing water usage. Automating this boiler feed valve helped to deliver a total saving of approximately 250 million litres of bore water and resulted in savings of about £25,000 of electricity pumping costs during the fiscal year. Similarly, the Diageo bottling plant in Huntingwood, Australia implemented an innovative technology invented by a member of the site's Water-Watch team to re-use water in vacuum pumps. The invention significantly reduces the site's water consumption and has been implemented at several other Diageo sites around the globe. In May 2010 Diageo launched a new water strategy: The Diageo Blueprint. This will guide Diageo's approach to managing water and protecting water tables in the regions where Diageo operates over the coming years. It is based in large part on the advice of external stakeholders, on the targets set in the UN's Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and on the experience gained through leading business roundtables on water resource issues in Africa. The aim of the strategy is to optimise Diageo's impact on water resource use by


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


focusing efforts on countries where Diageo has a significant presence that face the greatest challenges in meeting the water-related MDGs.

        Diageo couples these initiatives with its community programmes designed to increase local access to safe water as described in more detail below.

Society and community    Diageo takes great care to market its brands responsibly to adults, to support programmes and to promote practices and policies that create a more positive role for alcohol in society. With more than 200 initiatives in over 40 countries in the year ended 30 June 2010, Diageo works with industry, government and other groups to establish high company and industry standards on responsible marketing, to invest in programmes that aim to minimise alcohol misuse, and to promote effective government alcohol policies. Among its many activities, in the year ended 30 June 2010 Diageo actively supported industry initiatives such as the UK Campaign for Smarter Drinking and ICAP Global Action on Harmful Drinking. Diageo also continued to partner and train retailers on how to prevent underage purchase of alcohol, and launched a bartender training toolkit designed to help the on trade address some of the issues it faces, such as preventing underage sale of alcohol, drink driving and serving intoxicated customers. In addition, a toolkit on implementing initiatives against drink driving was launched within Diageo to allow the business to draw on its experiences of successful responsible drinking campaigns such as Guardian Angels, Johnnie Walker's Join the Pact, Crown Royal's Safe Rides sponsorship of NASCAR and Drive Your Friends.

        Diageo recognises that its success in the future will depend in part on the prosperity of the communities in which the companyit operates and the strength of its relationshipsrelationship with those communities.

Diageo is committed to contributing to those communities by encouraging local hiring and local sourcing of raw materials when possible, as well as contributing through the payment of local taxes and community investment. Supporting long term sustainable initiatives in the communities where Diageo does business advances the development of those communities, engages employees, builds the company'sDiageo's reputation and enhances its relationships with governments and other stakeholders. Diageo focuses

        Community investment, which in the year ended 30 June 2010 amounted to about 1% of Diageo's operating profit before exceptional items, is primarily focused on projects that develop skills, increaseproviding safe water access to water, promote conservation, support employeeslocal communities, supporting skills training to help disadvantaged people find employment and respondcontributing to natural disasters.

        Diageo takes pride in its record of community investment.organisations that drive local economic development. Most of thisDiageo's investment comes from Diageoits businesses around the world in the form of cash, in-kind donations and volunteer time. It also includestime, together with grants from the Diageo FoundationFoundation. Diageo's largest community programmes are Water of Life, which focuses on bringing sustainable access to safe drinking water to local communities (primarily in Africa), and Learning for Life, which provides education and vocational training in Latin America and the Caribbean to help enable people to find employment. Many Diageo brands also helped drive awareness and support for its community programmes. In the community aspectsyear ended 30 June 2010, Buchanan's launched its third annual fundraiser campaign 'Buchanan's Forever' to contribute to Diageo's Learning for Life programme and Guinness established the Arthur Guinness Fund as part of responsible drinking projects from Diageo's Responsible Drinking Fund.the Guinness '250th Celebrations'. The Arthur Guinness Fund has pledged support to social entrepreneurs to help contribute to local economic development across Ireland, Africa, Asia, Great Britain and North America.

        In addition to global initiatives, Diageo supports direct involvement by its employees to benefit local communities. In difficult economic circumstances,communities and takes proactive measures to react rapidly to natural disasters affecting communities in the markets in which it operates, most recently delivering food, water and emergency supplies to victims of the earthquake in Haiti. Through the employee giving programme Giving for Good, Diageo employees chose World Water Dayraised enough money to show their commitmentdonate 3,500 water filter kits to the company's community programme through co-ordinated activitiesschools and health clinics in supportUganda.


Table of Diageo's Africa Water of Life programme. There were 30 'Make a Splash' events in 20 countries for employees and their families to enjoy, including half marathons, fun days, writing contests and water conservation games. More than £1.7 million was raised and donated to the Water of Life 1 Million Challenge and other community water projects.Contents


Business description (continued)

Competition    Diageo competes on the basis of consumer loyalty, quality and price.

        In spirits, Diageo's major global competitors are Pernod Ricard, Bacardi, Fortune Brands and Brown-Forman, each of which has several brands that compete directly with Diageo brands. In addition, Diageo faces competition from local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates.

        In beer, the Guinness brand competes globally as well as on a regional and local basis (with the profile varying between regions) with several competitors, including AB InBev, Heineken, SABMiller, Coors Brewing (Carling) and Carlsberg.

 ��      In wine, the market is fragmented with many producers and distributors.

Research and development    The overall nature of the group's business does not demand substantial expenditure on research and development. However, the group has ongoing programmes for developing new drinks products. Innovation forms an important part of Diageo's growth strategy, playing a key role in positioning its brands for continued growth. The strength and depth of Diageo's brand range provide solid platforms from which to drive innovation, while insights into shopper trends and changing consumer habits inform product and packaging development.

In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, the group's research and development



Business description (continued)


expenditure amounted to £17£13 million (2008(2009 – £17 million; 20072008 – £17 million). Research and development expenditure is generally written off in the year in which it is incurred.

Trademarks    Diageo produces and distributes branded goods and is therefore substantially dependent on the maintenance and protection of its trademarks. All brand names mentioned in this document are trademarks. The group also holds numerous licences and trade secrets, as well as having substantial trade knowledge related to its products. The group believes that its significant trademarks are registered and/or otherwise protected (insofar as legal protections are available) in all material respects in its most important markets. Diageo also owns valuable patents and trade secrets for technology and takes all reasonable steps to protect these rights.

Regulations and taxes    Diageo's worldwide operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems and environmental issues. In the United States, the beverage alcohol industry is subject to strict federal and state government regulations covering virtually every aspect of its operations, including production, distribution, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging and advertising.

        Spirits, beer and wine are subject to national import and excise duties in many markets around the world. Most countries impose excise duties on beverage alcohol products, although the form of such taxation varies significantly from a simple application to units of alcohol by volume, to advanced systems based on imported or wholesale value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories (such as scotch whisky or bourbon) in the rate of such tariffs. Within the European Union, such products are subject to different rates of excise duty in each country, but within an overall European Union framework, there are minimum rates of excise duties that can be applied.

        Import and excise duties can have a significant impact on the final pricing of Diageo's products to consumers. These duties have an impact on the competitive position versusas compared to other brands. The


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


group devotes resources to encouraging the equitable taxation treatment of all beverage alcohol categories and to reducing government-imposed barriers to fair trading.

        Advertising, marketing and sales of alcohol are subject to various restrictions in markets around the world. These range from a complete prohibition of alcohol in certain countries and cultures, through the prohibition of the import of spirits, wine and beer, to restrictions on the advertising style, media and messages used. In a number of countries, television is a prohibited medium for spirits brands and in other countries, television advertising, while permitted, is carefully regulated.

        Spirits, beer and wine are also regulated in distribution. In many countries, alcohol may only be sold through licensed outlets, both on and off premise,trade, varying from government or state operated monopoly outlets (for example, Canada, Norway and certain US states) to the common system of licensed on premisetrade outlets (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) which prevails in much of the western world (for example, most US states and the European Union). In about one-third of the states in the United States, price changes must be filed or published 30 days to three months, depending on the state, before they become effective.

        Labelling of beverage alcohol products is also regulated in many markets, varying from health warning labels to importer identification, alcohol strength and other consumer information. As well as producer, importer or bottler identification, specific warning statements related to the risks of drinking beverage alcohol products are required to be included on all beverage alcohol products sold in the United States.States and in other countries where Diageo operates. Following the end of the voluntary restrictions on television advertising of spirits in the United States, Diageo and other spirits companies have been advertising products on the air on local cable television stations. Expressions of political concern signify the uncertain future of beverage



Business description (continued)


alcohol products advertising on network television in the United States. Further requirements for warning statements and anyAny prohibitions on advertising andor marketing could have an adverse impact on sales of the group.

        Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo's costs and liabilities or impact on its business activities.

Business services    Diageo continues to standardise its key business activities with customers, consumers, suppliers and the processes that summarise and report financial performance. In that regard, global processes have been designed, built and implemented across a number of markets and operational entities.

        Diageo uses shared services operations to deliver transaction processing and certain central finance activities, using captive and outsourced centres. A captive business service centre in Budapest, Hungary, performs various process tasks for markets and operational entities. Diageo uses third party service centres in Manila, Shanghai and Bucharest to perform these tasks for basic processes. Certain central finance activities, including elements of group financial planning and reporting and treasury, are performed in the business service centre in Budapest.

Associates    Diageo's principal associate is Moët Hennessy. It also owns shares in a number of other associates. In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, the share of profits of associates after tax was £142 million (2009 – £164 million (2008million; 2008 – £177 million; 2007 – £149£176 million), of which Moët Hennessy accounted for £134 million (2009 – £151 million (2008million; 2008 – £161 million; 2007 – £136£160 million).

        Diageo owns 34% of Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wine subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH). LVMH is based in France and is listed on the Paris Stock Exchange. Moët Hennessy is also based in France and is a producer and exporter of a number of brands in its main


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


business areas of champagne and cognac. Its principal champagne brands are Moët & Chandon (including Dom Pérignon), Veuve Clicquot and Mercier, all of which are included in the top 10 champagne brands worldwide by volume. Moët Hennessy also owns Hennessy, which is the top cognac brand worldwide by volume, and Glenmorangie, a malt whisky.

        Since 1987, a number of joint distribution arrangements have been established with LVMH, principally covering distribution of Diageo's premium brands of scotch whisky and gin and Moët Hennessy's premium champagne and cognac brands in the Asia Pacific region and France. Diageo and LVMH have each undertaken not to engage in any champagne or cognac activities competing with those of Moët Hennessy. The arrangements also contain certain provisions for the protection of Diageo as a minority shareholder in Moët Hennessy. The operations of Moët Hennessy in France are conducted through a partnership in which Diageo has a 34% interest and, as a partner, Diageo pays any tax due on its share of the results of the partnership to the tax authorities.

Acquisitions and disposals    Diageo has made a number of acquisitions of brands, distribution rights and equity interests in premium drinks businesses includingbusinesses. In the three years ended 30 June 2010 acquisitions include the following:

        On 3 July 2006, Diageo acquired a 75% stake in the company that owns the Smirnov brand in Russia. This company unites the Smirnoff/Smirnov brands in Russia under common ownership and is the exclusive distributor of Smirnov and Diageo's spirits brands in Russia. In December 2008, Diageo purchased the remaining 25% stake in the company, and Diageo currently operates in Russia through this wholly owned subsidiary.

        On 27 January 2007, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 43% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Co Limited (Quanxing). Quanxing then held 39.48% of the equity in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Joint Stock Co Limited (ShuiJingFang), a leading maker of premium Chinese white



Business description (continued)


spirits, or baijiu. ShuiJingFang is listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. The agreed purchase price for the 43% equity interest in Quanxing was RMB 517 million (£37 million). Quanxing subsequently increased its equity stake in ShuiJingFang to 39.7%. On 30 July 2008, Diageo acquired a further 6% of the equity of Quanxing. Diageo now owns 49% of Quanxing and continues to equity account for this investment.

        On 29 February 2008, Diageo acquired Rosenblum Cellars in North America for a total cost of £54£53 million (including acquisition costs).

        On 1 May 2008, Diageo formed a new venture with Heineken and Namibia Breweries Limited (NBL) for their combined beer, cider and ready to drink businesses in South Africa, called DHN Drinks (Pty) Limited (DHN Drinks). The new venture builds on the success of brandhouse Beverages (Pty) Limited (brandhouse), the parties' existing venture in South Africa, which was formed in July 2004. Diageo and Heineken each own 42.25% of DHN Drinks and NBL owns 15.5%. The original cost of this acquisition was £43 million, with further deferred considerationan additional cost of £3£29 million paidrecognised in the year ended 30 June 2009.2010 (2009 – £3 million). Each party shares in the profits of DHN Drinks in proportion to their shareholding. Brandhouse continues to market and distribute the parties' products in South Africa. On 1 May 2008, Diageo and Heineken also entered into a second venture in South Africa called Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited whereby a brewery and bottling plant is beingwas constructed in Gauteng province, South Africa, which will produceproduces Amstel and certain other key brands. Heineken owns 75% and Diageo owns 25% of Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited. The original cost of this acquisition in the year ended 30 June 2008, was £8 million, with an additional cost of £19 million recognised in the year ended 30 June 2009.

        On 9 June 2008, Diageo completed the acquisition of Ketel One Worldwide BV (KOW), a 50:50 company based in the Netherlands, with the Nolet Group, owners of the Ketel One brand. The company owns the exclusive and perpetual global rights to market, sell and distribute Ketel One vodka products, including Ketel One vodka, Ketel One Citroen vodka and any line extensions of Ketel One vodka and Ketel One Citroen vodka. The business is operated pursuant to a global agreement and ancillary agreements relating to intellectual property, supply, distribution services and certain other matters. Diageo paid a total of £472£471 million (including acquisition costs) for a 50% equity stake in the company and is entitled to certain governance rights under the global agreement.agreement pursuant to which KOW is operated. Diageo consolidates the company with a minority interest. The Nolet Group has an option to sell their stake in the company to Diageo for $900 million (£545600 million) plus interest from 9 June 2011 to 9 June 2013. If the Nolet Group exercises this option but Diageo chooses not to buy their stake, Diageo will pay $100 million (£6167 million) and the Nolet Group may then pursue a sale of their stake to a third party, subject to rights of first offer and last refusal on Diageo's part.

        On 17 December 2008 Diageo purchased the remaining 25% stake in the company that owns the Smirnov brand in Russia for £35 million. This company unites the Smirnoff/Smirnov brands in Russia


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


under common ownership and is the exclusive distributor of Smirnov and Diageo's spirits brands in Russia. Diageo currently operates in Russia through this wholly owned subsidiary.

        On 16 June 2009, Diageo acquired the remaining 80% of equity in Stirrings LLC for £6 million and provided £7 million as deferred consideration payable.payable in 2014. Diageo initially acquired a 20% equity stake for £5 million in the year ended 30 June 2007.


Disposed businesses

Pillsbury/General Mills        On 1 March 2010, Diageo entered into an equity transfer agreement to acquire an additional 4% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd. (Quanxing) from Chengdu Yingsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd. for £14 million. The acquisition of the 4% equity stake, which is subject to a number of regulatory approvals, would bring Diageo's shareholding in Quanxing to 53%. Quanxing is a holding company controlling a 39.7% stake in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Co., Ltd. (ShuiJingFang), a super premium Chinese white spirits company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. Diageo acquired an investmenta 43% equity stake in the shares of General MillsQuanxing for £37 million on the disposal of Pillsbury to General Mills in October 2001. On 4 October 2004, Diageo sold 50 million shares of common stock in General Mills27 January 2007 and transferred a further 4 million shares6% on 30 July 2008 raising its investment to 49%. If the acquisition of the 4% equity stake is approved, Diageo UK pension fundwould become the indirect controlling shareholder of ShuiJingFang and, Diageo ceasedin accordance with Chinese takeover regulations, would be required to make a mandatory tender offer to all the other shareholders of ShuiJingFang. Were all other ShuiJingFang shareholders to accept the tender offer, the amount payable would be an affiliateapproximately £615 million. As required by Chinese law, 20% of General Mills for US federalthe maximum consideration payable under the tender offer (£123 million) was deposited with China's securities laws purposes at that time. In November 2005, Diageo sold its remaining 25 million shares of common stock of General Mills.depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch.

Burger King        On 29 June 2010, Diageo completedacquired a further 28.75% stake in London Group, owner of the disposalNuvo brand, for a consideration of Burger King on 13 December 2002.


£29 million. This increased Diageo's equity stake in London Group to 71.25%. Diageo has an obligation to purchase the remaining stake of 28.75% at a pre-agreed profit multiple, reflecting fair value in 2013.


Business description (continued)


Risk factors

Diageo believes the following to be the principal risks and uncertainties facing the group. If any of these risks occur, Diageo's business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer and the trading price and liquidity of securities could decline.

        In the current global financial crisis andongoing uncertain economic environment, certain risks may gain more prominence either individually or when taken together. The following are examples of ways that any of the risks below may become so exacerbated. Demand for beverage alcohol products, in particular luxury or super premium products, may decrease with a reduction in consumer spending levels. Costs of operations may increase if inflation were to become prevalent in the economic environment, resulting inor upon an increase in the costs of raw materials. These factors may also lead to intensified competition for market share, with consequential potential adverse effects on volumes and prices. The financial and economic situation may have a negative impact on third parties with whom Diageo does, or may do, business. Any of these factors may affect the group's results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Diageo has taken steps to manage its business through this challenging economic environment and position its business to benefit from economic recovery as and when it may occur in the various markets in which Diageo operates, but there can be no assurance that the steps taken will have the intended results.

        If there is an extended period of constraint in the capital markets, with debt markets in particular experiencing a lack of liquidity, at a time when cash flows from Diageo's business may be under pressure, this may have an impact on Diageo's ability to maintain current long term strategies, with a


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


consequent effect on the group's growth rate. Such developments may adversely affect shareholder returns or share price. Additionally, continued volatility in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo's reported results. Decreases in the trustees' valuations of Diageo's pension plans may also increase pension funding requirements.

Diageo faces competition that may reduce its market share and margins    Diageo faces substantial competition from several international companies as well as local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates. Diageo competes with drinks companies across a wide range of consumer drinking occasions. Within a number of categories, consolidation or realignment is still possible. Consolidation is also taking place amongst Diageo's customers in many countries. Increased competition and unanticipated actions by competitors or customers could lead to downward pressure on prices and/or a decline in Diageo's market share in any of these categories, which would adversely affect Diageo's results and hinder its growth potential.

Diageo may not be able to derive the expected benefits from its strategy to focus on premium drinks or its cost-saving and restructuring programmes designed to enhance earnings    Diageo's strategy is to focus on premium drinks to grow its business through organic sales, and operating profit growth and the acquisition of premium drinks brands that add value for shareholders. There can be no assurance that Diageo's strategic focus on premium drinks will result in opportunities for growth and improved margins.

        It is possible that the pursuit of this strategic focus on premium drinks could give rise to further business combinations, acquisitions, (including associated financing), disposals, joint ventures and/or partnerships.partnerships (including any associated financing or the assumption of actual or potential liabilities, depending on the transaction contemplated). There can be no assurance that any transaction will be completed. The success of any transaction will depend in part on Diageo's ability to successfully integrate new businesses with Diageo's existing operations and realise the anticipated benefits, cost savings or synergies. There can be no guarantee that any such business combination, acquisition, disposal, joint venture or partnership would deliver the benefits, intended.cost savings or synergies anticipated, if any.

        Similarly, there can be no assurance that the cost-saving or restructuring programmes implemented by Diageo in order to improve efficiencies and deliver cost-savings will deliver the expected benefits.

Systems change programmes may not deliver the benefits intended and systems failures could lead to business disruption    Certain change programmes designed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of end-to-end operating, administrative and financial systems and processes continue to be undertaken. This includes moving transaction processing from a number of markets to business service centres.



Business description (continued)


There can be no certainty that these programmes will deliver the expected operational benefits. There is likely to be disruption caused to production processes and possibly to administrative and financial systems as further changes to such processes are effected. They could also lead to adverse customer or consumer reaction. Any failure of information systems could adversely impact on Diageo's ability to operate. As with all large systems, Diageo's information systems could be penetrated by outside parties intent on extracting information, corrupting information or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorised access could disrupt Diageo's business and/or lead to loss of assets. The concentration of processes in business service centres also means that any disruption arising from system failure or physical plant issues could impact on a large portion of Diageo's global business.

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo's costs and liabilities or limit its business activities    Diageo's operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements which include those in respect of production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems, and environmental issues. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental policyor regulatory policies and/or practices could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business. In particular, governmental bodies in countries where Diageo operates may impose new labelling, product or production requirements, limitations on the advertising and/or promotion activities used to market beverage alcohol, restrictions on retail outlets, other restrictions on marketing, promotion and distribution or other restrictions on the locations or occasions where beverage alcohol is sold which directly or indirectly limit the sales of Diageo products. Regulatory authorities under whose laws Diageo operates may also have enforcement power that can subject the group to actions such as product recall, seizure of products or other sanctions, which could have an adverse effect on its sales or damage its reputation. An increase in the stringency of the regulatory environment could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business.


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        In addition, beverage alcohol products are the subject of national importexcise and exciseother duties in most countries around the world. An increase in importexcise or exciseother duties could have a significant adverse effect on Diageo's sales revenue or margin, both through reducing overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

        Diageo's reported after tax income is calculated based on extensive tax and accounting requirements in each of its relevant jurisdictions of operation. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), accounting policies and accounting standards could materially reduce Diageo's reported after tax income.

Diageo is subject to litigation directed at the beverage alcohol industry and other litigation    Companies in the beverage alcohol industry are, from time to time, exposed to class action or other litigation relating to alcohol advertising, product liability, alcohol abuse problems or health consequences from the misuse of alcohol, Diageo may be subject to litigation with tax, customs and other regulatory authorities, including with respect to the methodology for assessing importation value, transfer pricing and compliance matters, and Diageo is routinely subject to litigation in the ordinary course of its operations. If suchSuch litigation resultedmay result in damages, penalties or fines damages oras well as reputational damage to Diageo or its brands, and as a result, Diageo's business could be materially adversely affected. For additional information with respect to legal proceedings, see 'Additional information for shareholders – Legal proceedings' and note 31 to the consolidated financial statements.

Contamination, counterfeiting or other circumstances could harm the integrity of customer support for Diageo's brands and adversely affect the sales of those brands    The success of Diageo's brands depends upon the positive image that consumers have of those brands, and contamination, whether arising accidentally, or through deliberate third-partythird party action, or other events that harm the integrity or consumer support for those brands, could adversely affect their sales. Diageo purchases most of the raw materials for the production and packaging of its products from third-partythird party producers or on the open market. Diageo may be subject to liability if contaminants in those raw materials or defects in the distillation, fermentation or bottling process lead to low beverage quality or illness among, or injury to, Diageo's consumers. In addition, Diageo may voluntarily recall products in the event of contamination or damage. A significant product liability judgement or a widespread product recall may negatively



Business description (continued)


impact on sales and profitability of the affected brand or all Diageo brands for a period of time depending on product availability, competitive reaction and consumer attitudes. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, resulting negative publicity could adversely affect Diageo's reputation with existing and potential customers and its corporate and brand image.

        ToIn addition, to the extent that third parties sell products which are either counterfeit versions of Diageo brands or inferior brands that look like Diageo brands, consumers of Diageo brands could confuse Diageo products with them. This could cause them to refrain from purchasing Diageo brands in the future and in turn could impair brand equity and adversely affect Diageo's business.

Demand for Diageo's products may be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in consumer preferences and tastes and adverse impacts of a declining economy    Diageo's collection of brands includes some of the world's leading beverage alcohol brands as well as brands of local prominence. Maintaining Diageo's competitive position depends on its continued ability to offer products that have a strong appeal to consumers. Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors including changes in demographic and social trends, public health regulations, changes in travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, weather effects and a downturn in economic conditions, which may reduce consumers' willingness to purchase premium branded products. In addition, concerns about


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


health effects due to negative publicity regarding alcohol consumption, negative dietary effects, regulatory action or any litigation or customer complaints against companies in the industry may have an adverse effect on Diageo's profitability.

        The competitive position of Diageo's brands could also be affected adversely by any failure to achieve consistent, reliable quality in the product or service levels to customers.

        In addition, both the launch and ongoing success of new products is inherently uncertain especially as to their appeal to consumers. The failure to launch a new product successfully can give rise to inventory write offswrite-offs and other costs and can affect consumer perception of an existing brand. Growth in Diageo's business has been based on both the launch of new products and the growth of existing products. Product innovation remains a significant aspect of Diageo's plans for growth. There can be no assurance as to Diageo's continuing ability to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products or as to the profitable lifespan of newly or recently developed products.

Any significant changes in consumer preferences and failure to anticipate and react to such changes could result in reduced demand for Diageo's products and erosion of its competitive and financial position. Continued economic pressures could lead to consumer selection of products at lower price points, whether Diageo's or those of competitors, which may have an adverse effect on Diageo's profitability.

If the social acceptability of Diageo's products declines, Diageo's sales volume could decrease and the business could be materially adversely affected    In recent years, there has been increased social and political attention directed to the beverage alcohol industry. Diageo believes that this attention is the result of public concern over problems related to alcohol abuse, including drink driving, underage drinking and health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. If, as a result, the general social acceptability of beverage alcohol were to decline significantly, sales of Diageo's products could materially decrease.

Diageo's business may be adversely impacted by unfavourable economic conditions or political or other developments and risks in the countries in which it operates    Diageo may be adversely affected by political and economic developments or industrial action in any of the countries where Diageo has distribution networks, production facilities or marketing companies. Diageo's business is dependent on general economic conditions in the United States, Great Britain and other important markets. A significant deterioration in these conditions, including a reduction in consumer spending levels, customer destocking, the failure of customer, supplier or financial counterparties or a reduction in the availability of, or an increase in the cost of financing to, Diageo, could have a material adverse effect on Diageo's business and results of operations. Moreover, a substantial portion of Diageo's operations, representing approximately one third of Diageo's net sales for the year ended 30 June 2010, are carried out in developing markets, including Brazil, Venezuela, Mexico, Russia and developing markets in Africa and Asia.

        Diageo's operations are also subject to a variety of other risks and uncertainties related to trading in numerous foreign countries, including political or economic upheaval and the imposition of any import, investment or currency restrictions, including tariffs and import quotas or any restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and capital. Political and/or social unrest, potential health issues (including pandemic issues) and terrorist threats and/or acts may also occur in various places around the world, which will have an impact on trade, tourism and travel. Many of these risks are heightened, or occur more frequently, in developing markets. These disruptions can affect Diageo's ability to import or export products and to repatriate funds, as well as affecting the levels of consumer demand (for example, in duty free outlets at airports or in on trade premises in affected regions) and therefore Diageo's levels of sales or profitability. Developing markets are also generally exposed to relatively


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


higher risk of liquidity, inflation, devaluation, price volatility, currency convertibility and country default. Due to Diageo's specific exposures, any or all of the foregoing factors may affect Diageo disproportionately or in a different manner as compared to its competitors.

        Part of Diageo's growth strategy includes expanding its business in certain countries where consumer spending in general, and spending on Diageo's products in particular, has not historically been as great but where there are prospects for growth. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful and some of the markets represent a higher risk in terms of their changing regulatory environments and higher degree of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

Diageo's operating results may be adversely affected by increased costs or shortages of labour    Diageo's operating results could be adversely affected by labour or skill shortages or increased labour costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs. Diageo's success is dependent on the capability of its employees. There is no guarantee that Diageo will continue to be able to recruit, retain and develop the capabilities that it requires to



Business description (continued)


deliver its strategy, for example in relation to sales, marketing and innovation capability within markets or in its senior management. The loss of senior management or other key personnel or the inability to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel in the future could make it difficult to manage the business and could adversely affect operations and financial results.

Diageo's operating results may be adversely affected by disruption to production facilities or business service centres    Diageo would be affected if there were a catastrophic failure of its major production facilities or business service centres. See 'Business description – Premium drinks – Production' for details of Diageo's principal production areas. In addition, the maintenance and development of information systems may result in systems failures which may adversely affect business operations.

        Diageo has a substantial inventory of aged product categories, principally scotch whisky and Canadian whisky, which mature over periods of up to 30 years. The maturing inventory is stored primarily in Scotland, and the loss through contamination, fire or other natural disaster of all or a portion of the stock of any one of those aged product categories could result in a significant reduction in supply of those products, and consequently, Diageo would not be able to meet consumer demand for those products as it arises. There can be no assurance that insurance proceeds would cover the replacement value of Diageo's maturing inventory or other assets, were such assets to be lost due to contamination, fire or natural disasters or destruction resulting from negligence or the acts of third parties. In addition, there is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the quantity of maturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption. This could lead to an inability to supply future demand or lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in value of maturing stocks.

An increase in the cost of raw materials or energy could affect Diageo's profitability    The components that Diageo uses for the production of its beverage products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by changes in global supply and demand, weather conditions, agricultural uncertainty and/or governmental controls. Commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in the cost of raw materials, glass bottles and other packaging materials and Diageo's beverage products. Diageo may also be adversely affected by shortages of raw materials or packaging materials. In addition, energy cost increases result in higher transportation, freight and other operating costs. Diageo may not be able to increase its prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, sales and operating profit. Diageo may experience significant increases in commodity costs and energy costs.

Diageo's business may be adversely impacted by unfavourable economic conditions or political or other developments and risks in the countries in which it operates    Diageo's business is dependent on general economic conditions in the United States, Great Britain and other important markets. A significant deterioration in these conditions, including a reduction in consumer spending levels, customer destocking, the failure of customer, supplier or financial counterparties or a reduction in the availability of, or an increase in the cost of financing to, Diageo, could have a material adverse effect on Diageo's business andoperating results of operations. In addition, Diageo may be adversely affected by political and economic developments or industrial action in any of the countries where Diageo has distribution networks,disruption to production facilities or marketing companies.business service centres    Diageo would be affected if there were a catastrophic failure of its major production facilities or business service centres. See 'Business description – Premium drinks – Production' for details of Diageo's operations are also subjectprincipal production areas. Diageo operates production facilities around the world. If there were a technical integrity failure, fire or explosion at one of Diageo's production facilities, it could result in damage to the facilities, plant or equipment, their surroundings or the environment, could lead to a varietyloss in production capacity, or could result in regulatory action, legal liability or damage to Diageo's reputation. In addition, the maintenance and development of other risksinformation systems may result in systems failures which may adversely affect business operations.

        Diageo has a substantial inventory of aged product categories, principally scotch whisky and uncertainties relatedCanadian whisky, which may mature over periods of up to trading30 years or more. The maturing inventory is stored primarily in numerous foreign countries, including political or economic upheavalScotland, and the impositionloss through contamination, fire or other natural disaster of all or a portion of the stock of any import, investment or currency restrictions, including tariffs and import quotas or any restrictions on the repatriationone of earnings and capital. Political and/or social unrest, potential health issues (including pandemic issues) and terrorist threats and/or acts may also occurthose aged product categories could result in various places around the world, which will have an impact on trade, tourism and travel. These disruptions can affect Diageo's ability to import or exporta significant reduction in supply of those products, and consequently, Diageo would not be able to meet consumer demand for those products as it arises. There can be no assurance that insurance proceeds would cover the replacement value of Diageo's maturing inventory or other assets, were such assets to be lost due to contamination, fire or natural disasters or destruction resulting from negligence or the acts of third


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


repatriate funds, as well as affectingparties. In addition, there is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the levelsquantity of consumermaturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption. This could lead to an inability to supply future demand (for exampleor lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in duty free outlets at airportsvalue of maturing stocks.

Systems failures could lead to business disruption and systems change programmes may not deliver the benefits intended    Any failure of information systems could adversely impact Diageo's ability to operate. As with all large systems, Diageo's information systems could be penetrated by outside parties intent on extracting information, corrupting information or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorised access could disrupt Diageo's business and/or lead to loss of assets. The concentration of processes in on trade premises in affected regions) and therefore Diageo's levels of salesbusiness service centres also means that any disruption arising from system failure or profitability. Partphysical plant issues could impact a large portion of Diageo's growth strategyglobal business. Certain change programmes designed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of end-to-end operating, administrative and financial systems and processes continue to be undertaken. This includes expanding itsmoving transaction processing from a number of markets to business service centres. There can be no certainty that these programmes will deliver the expected operational benefits. There may be disruption caused to production processes and possibly to administrative and financial systems as further changes to such processes are effected. They could also lead to adverse customer or consumer reaction.

Climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect Diageo's business or operations, and water scarcity or poor quality could negatively impact Diageo's production costs and capacity    There is a growing concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. In the event that such climate change has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, Diageo may be subject to decreased availability or less favourable pricing for certain countries where consumer spending in general, and spending onraw materials that are necessary for Diageo's products, such as sugar, cereals, hops, agave and grapes. Water is the main ingredient in particular, has not historically been as great but where there are prospects for growth. Theresubstantially all of Diageo's products. It is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful and somealso a limited resource in many parts of the markets represent a higher risk in termsworld, facing unprecedented challenges from climate change, overexploitation, increasing pollution, and poor management. As demand for water continues to increase around the world, and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of their changing regulatory environments and higher degree of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

available water deteriorates, Diageo may alsobe affected by increasing production costs or capacity constraints, which could adversely affect Diageo's results of operations and profitability.

Diageo's operations and financial results may be adversely affected by movements in the value of its pension funds, fluctuations in exchange rates and returns from,fluctuations in interest rates    Diageo has significant pension funds. These funds may be affected by, among other things, the investmentsperformance of assets owned by these plans, the underlying actuarial assumptions used to calculate the surplus or deficit in the plans, in particular the discount rate and long term inflation rates used to calculate the liabilities of the pension funds, and any changes in applicable laws and regulations. If there are significant declines in financial markets and/or a deterioration in the value of fund assets or changes in discount rates or inflation rates, Diageo may need to make significant contributions to the pension funds in the future. Furthermore, if the market values of the assets held by itsDiageo's pension funds.

funds decline, or if the valuations of those assets by the pension trustees decline, pension expenses may increase and, as a result, could materially adversely affect Diageo's financial position. There is no assurance that interest rates or inflation rates will remain constant or that pension fund assets can earn the assumed rate of return annually, and Diageo's actual experience may be significantly more negative. Diageo may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. The results of operations of Diageo are accounted for in pounds sterling. Approximately 37%36% of sales in the year ended 30 June 20092010 were in US dollars,


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


approximately 17% were in euros and approximately 12% were in sterling and approximately 18% were in euros.sterling. Movements in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo's reported results of operations from year to year.

        Diageo may also be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates, mainly through an increased interest expense. To partly delay any adverse impact from interest rate movements, the group's policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of projected net borrowings, and the overall net borrowings portfolio is managed according to a duration measure. See 'Business review – Risk management'.

Diageo's operations may be adversely affected by failure to maintain or renegotiate distribution, supply, and manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms    Diageo's business has a number of distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements for brands owned by it or by other companies. These agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to renegotiate distributionits rights on favourable terms when they expire or that these agreements will not be terminated. Failure to renew distributionthese agreements on favourable terms could have an adverse impact on Diageo's sales and operating profit. In addition, Diageo's sales and operating profit may be adversely affected by any disputes with distributors of its products or with suppliers of raw materials, or a failure to renew supply or manufacturing agreements on favourable terms.materials.

Diageo may not be able to protect its intellectual property rights    Given the importance of brand recognition to its business, Diageo has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property rights, including trademark registration and domain names. Diageo's patents cover some of its process technology, including some aspects of its bottle marking technology. Diageo also uses security measures and agreements to protect its confidential information.information and trade secrets. However, Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it has taken will be sufficient or that third parties will not infringe on or misappropriate its intellectual property rights.rights in its brands or products. Moreover, some of the countries in which Diageo operates offer less intellectual property protection than Europe or North America. Given the attractiveness of Diageo's brands to consumers, it is not uncommon for counterfeit products to be manufactured. Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it takes to assist the authorities to prevent, detect and eliminate counterfeit products will be effective in preventing material loss of profits or erosion of brand equity resulting from lower quality or even dangerous counterfeit product reaching the market. If Diageo is unable to protect its intellectual property rights against infringement or misappropriation, this could materially harm its future financial results and ability to develop its business.

It may be difficult to effect service of US process and enforce US legal process against the directors of Diageo    Diageo is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The majority of Diageo's directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this document, reside



Business description (continued)


outside of the United States, principally in the United Kingdom. A substantial portion of Diageo's assets, and the assets of such persons, are located outside of the United States. Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon Diageo or these persons in order to enforce judgements of US courts against Diageo or these persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgements of US courts, of civil liabilities solely based on the US federal securities laws.


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This document contains 'forward-looking statements'. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. In particular, forward-looking statements include all statements that express forecasts, expectations, plans, outlook and projections with respect to future matters, including trends in results of operations, margins, growth rates, overall market trends, the impact of interest or exchange rates, the availability or cost of financing to Diageo, anticipated cost savings or synergies, the completion of Diageo's strategic transactions and restructuring programmes, anticipated tax rates, expected cash payments, outcomes of litigation and general economic conditions. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors that are outside Diageo's control.

These factors include, but are not limited to:



Business description (continued)


Table of Contents



Business description (continued)

        All oral and written forward-looking statements made on or after the date of this document and attributable to Diageo are expressly qualified in their entirety by the above factors and those described in 'Business description – Risk factors'. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Diageo speak only as of the date they are made. Diageo does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in Diageo's expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The reader should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Diageo may make in any documents which it publishes and/or files with the US Securities and Exchange Commission. All readers, wherever located, should take note of these disclosures.

The information in this document does not constitute an offer to sell or an invitation to buy shares in Diageo plc or an invitation or inducement to engage in any other investment activities.

        This document includes information about Diageo's debt rating. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organisation. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

Past performance cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance.


Table of Contents


Business review

Introduction

Information presented    Diageo is the world's leading premium drinks business and operates on an international scale selling all types of beverage alcohol. It is one of a small number of premium drinks companies that operate across spirits, beer and wine. Diageo's brands have broad consumer appeal across geographies;geographies, and as a result, the business is organised under the business areas of North America, Europe, International, and Asia Pacific and Global Supply. In view of the focus on reporting results by the location of third party customers in explaining the group's performance in the business analysis is presented on this basis.review, the results of the Global Supply segment have been allocated to the geographic segments. The following discussion is based on Diageo's results for the year ended 30 June 2010 compared with the year ended 30 June 2009, and the year ended 30 June 2009 compared with the year ended 30 June 2008, and the year ended 30 June 2008 compared with the year ended 30 June 2007.2008.

        In the discussion of the performance of the business, net sales, which is defined as sales after deducting excise duties, are presented in addition to sales, since sales includereflect significant components of excise duties which are set by external regulators and over which Diageo has no control. Diageo incurs excise duties throughout the world. In some countries, excise duties are based on sales and are separately identified on the face of the invoice to the external customer. In others, it is effectively a production tax, which is incurred when the spirit is removed from bonded warehouses. In these countries it is part of the cost of goods sold and is not separately identified on the sales invoice. Changes in the level of excise duties can significantly affect the level of reported sales and cost of sales, without directly reflecting changes in volume, mix or profitability that are the variables which impact on the element of sales retained by the group.

        The underlying performance on a constant currency basis and excluding the impact of exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals is referred to as 'organic' performance, and further information on the calculation of organic measures as used in the discussion of the business is included in the organic movements calculation and in the notes to that calculation.

Presentation of information in relation to the business    In addition to describing the significant factors impacting on the income statement compared to the prior year for both of the years ended 30 June 20092010 and 30 June 2008,2009, additional information is also presented on the operating performance and cash flows of the group.

        There are several principal financial key performance indicators (some of which are non-GAAPnot specifically used in the consolidated financial statements themselves (non-GAAP measures) used by the group's management to assess the performance of the group in addition to income statement measures of performance. These are volume, the organic movements in volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit and free cash flow. These key performance indicators are described below:

Volume    is a non-GAAP measure that has been measured on an equivalent units basis to nine litrenine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine litrenine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products, other than spirits, to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine litrenine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine litrenine-litre cases divide by 10 and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink in nine litrenine-litre cases divide by five.

Organic movements    in volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit and operating margin are measures not specifically used in the consolidated financial statements themselves (non-GAAP measures).non-GAAP measures. The performance of the group is discussed using these measures.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        In the discussion of the performance of the business, organic information is presented using pounds sterling amounts on a constant currency basis. This retranslates prior periodyear reported numbers at current periodyear exchange rates and enables an understanding of the underlying performance of the



Business review (continued)


market that is most closely influenced by the actions of that market's management. The risk from exchange rate movements is managed centrally and is not a factor over which local managers have any control. Residual exchange impacts are reported within Corporate.

        Acquisitions, disposals and exceptional items also impact on the reported performance and therefore the reported movement in any period in which they arise. Management adjusts for the impact of such transactions in assessing the performance of the underlying business.

        The underlying performance on a constant currency basis and excluding the impact of exceptional items, and acquisitions and disposals is referred to as 'organic' performance. Organic movement calculations enable the reader to focus on the performance of the business which is common to both periods.

        Diageo's strategic planning and budgeting process is based on organic movements in volume, sales, net sales and operating profit, and these measures closely reflect the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is monitored by the group's management.

        These measures are chosen for planning, budgeting, reporting and incentive purposes since they represent those measures which local managers are most directly able to influence and they enable consideration of the underlying business performance without the distortion caused by fluctuating exchange rates, exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals.

        The group's management believes these measures provide valuable additional information for users of the financial statements in understanding the group's performance since they provide information on those elements of performance which local managers are most directly able to influence and they focus on that element of the core brand portfolio which is common to both periods. They should be viewed as complementary to, and not replacements for, the comparable GAAP measures and reported movements therein.

Free cash flow    is a non-GAAP measure that comprises the net cash flow from operating activities as well as the net purchase and disposal of investments, and property, plant and equipment and computer software that form part of net cash flow from investing activities. The group's management believes the measure assists users of the financial statements in understanding the group's cash generating performance as it comprises items which arise from the running of the ongoing business.

        The remaining components of net cash flow from investing activities that do not form part of free cash flow, as defined by the group's management, are in respect of the purchase and disposal of subsidiaries, associates and businesses. The group's management regards the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software as ultimately non-discretionary since ongoing investment in plant, machinery and machinerytechnology is required to support the day-to-day operations, whereas acquisitions and disposals of businesses are discretionary. However, free cash flow does not necessarily reflect all amounts which the group has either has a constructive or legal obligation to incur. Where appropriate, separate discussion is given for the impacts of acquisitions and disposals of businesses, equity dividends paid and the purchase of own shares, each of which arises from decisions that are independent from the running of the ongoing underlying business.

        The free cash flow measure is used by management for their own planning, budgeting, reporting and incentive purposes since it provides information on those elements of performance which local managers are most directly able to influence.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Restatement of prior years' operating profit

As reported in note 1 in the consolidated financial statements, Diageo adopted the amendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assets andIFRS 8 – Operating segments from 1 July 2009. In addition, Diageo changed its accounting policy in respect of the accounting for returnable bottles and crates. The segmental figures for operating profit before exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2009 and 2008 have been restated as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2009

 
 As
previously
reported
 Amendment
to IAS 38
 IFRS 8 Returnables Restated Restated
organic
growth
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 

North America

  1,156  (2) (16)   1,138  (1)

Europe

  856  (10) 7    853  (1)

International

  645  (3) 17  (10) 649  11 

Asia Pacific

  164    (5)   159  3 

Corporate

  (208)   (3)   (211)  
               

  2,613  (15)   (10) 2,588  4 
               

Year ended 30 June 2008

 
 As
previously
reported
 Amendment
to IAS 38
 IFRS 8 Returnables Restated 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 

North America

  907  (3) 24    928 

Europe

  798  1  (11)   788 

International

  593  (2) (6) (9) 576 

Asia Pacific

  170  (1) (10)   159 

Corporate

  (164)   3    (161)
            

  2,304  (5)   (9) 2,290 
            

For further information and the impact on the group's consolidated results and financial position, see note 1 in the consolidated financial statements. All amounts shown in the tables above under 'Amendment to IAS 38' are in respect of marketing spend on which the other restatements have no impact. The following table summarises the impact of the restatement on marketing spend by operating segment for the years ended 30 June 2009 and 2008:

 
 Year ended 30 June 2009 Year ended 30 June 2008 
 
 As
previously
reported
 Restated As
previously
reported
 Restated 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
  
 

North America

  429  431  366  369 

Europe

  419  429  438  437 

International

  256  259  244  246 

Asia Pacific

  208  208  191  192 
          

  1,312  1,327  1,239  1,244 
          

Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Operating results 2010 compared with 2009

Summary consolidated income statement

 
 Year ended 30 June 
 
 2010 2009
(restated)
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 

Sales

  12,958  12,283 

Excise duties

  (3,178) (2,972)
      

Net sales

  9,780  9,311 

Operating costs

  (7,029) (6,723)
      

Operating profit before exceptional items

  2,751  2,588 

Exceptional items

  (177) (170)
      

Operating profit

  2,574  2,418 

Sale of businesses

  (15)  

Net finance charges

  (462) (592)

Share of associates' profits after tax

  142  164 
      

Profit before taxation

  2,239  1,990 

Taxation

  (477) (286)
      

Profit from continuing operations

  1,762  1,704 

Discontinued operations

  (19) 2 
      

Profit for the year

  1,743  1,706 
      

Attributable to:

       

Equity shareholders

  1,629  1,605 

Minority interests

  114  101 
      

  1,743  1,706 
      

Sales and net sales    On a reported basis, sales increased by £675 million from £12,283 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £12,958 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. On a reported basis net sales increased by £469 million from £9,311 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £9,780 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. Exchange rate movements increased reported sales by £346 million and reported net sales by £267 million.

Operating costs before exceptional items    On a reported basis, operating costs before exceptional items increased by £306 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 due to an increase in cost of sales of £175 million, from £3,878 million to £4,053 million, an increase in marketing expenses of £92 million from £1,327 million to £1,419 million, and an increase in other operating expenses before exceptional costs of £39 million, from £1,518 million to £1,557 million. The impact of exchange rate movements increased total operating costs before exceptional items by £141 million.

Exceptional operating items    Exceptional items are those that, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.

        Exceptional operating costs of £177 million for the year ended 30 June 2010 (2009 – £170 million) comprised a net charge of £142 million (2009 – £170 million) in respect of restructuring programmes


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


and an impairment charge of £35 million (2009 – £nil) in respect of the Ursus brand reflecting the impact of the significant downturn in the economy in one of its principal market, Greece. Restructuring programmes comprise £85 million (2009 – £166 million) for the global restructuring programme announced in February 2009 primarily in respect of employee and contract termination charges, £93 million (2009 – £nil) for the restructuring of Global Supply operations announced in July 2009 principally in Scotland, £12 million (2009 – £4 million) for the restructuring of brewing operations in Ireland announced in 2008 in respect of accelerated depreciation, and a £48 million net credit (2009 – £nil) for the restructuring of the wines business in the United States comprising an £89 million gain on the sale and leaseback of land, a £17 million charge for the write down of inventories and other charges of £24 million.

        The total restructuring cash expenditure in the year ended 30 June 2010 is £145 million (2009 – £53 million) of which £122 million relates to the global restructuring programme.

Post employment plans    Post employment net costs for the year ended 30 June 2010 were a charge of £133 million (2009 – £63 million) comprising £92 million (2009 – £98 million) included in operating costs before exceptional items, pension curtailment gains of £6 million (2009 – £33 million) in exceptional operating items and a charge of £47 million (2009 – gain of £2 million) in net finance charges. In the year ending 30 June 2011, the finance charge under IAS 19 is expected to be £5 million.

        The deficit before taxation in respect of post employment plans decreased by £178 million from £1,383 million at 30 June 2009 to £1,205 million at 30 June 2010. The reduction in the deficit included £147 million transferred into the UK Diageo Pension Scheme (the UK Scheme) from escrow under the deficit funding arrangements paid by the company in prior years. Deficit funding contributions to the group's UK and Irish pension schemes in the year ended 30 June 2010, other than the transfer to the UK Scheme of amounts paid into escrow in prior years, were £55 million.

Operating profit    Reported operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2010 increased by £156 million to £2,574 million from £2,418 million in the prior year. Exchange rate movements increased operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2010 by £122 million. Before exceptional operating items, operating profit for year ended 30 June 2010 increased by £163 million to £2,751 million from £2,588 million in the prior year. Exchange rate movements increased operating profit before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2010 by £126 million.

Exceptional non-operating items    A loss of £15 million on sale of businesses comprises a charge of £26 million in respect of the anticipated loss on the disposal of certain non-strategic wine brands in the United States in the year ending 30 June 2011 and a gain of £11 million arising on the revaluation of the current equity holding in the London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand, to revalue Diageo's stake to fair value, following the acquisition of a majority equity stake in the London Group.

Net finance charges    Net finance charges comprising net interest charge and net other finance charges decreased from £592 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £462 million in the year ended 30 June 2010.

        The net interest charge decreased by £141 million from £516 million in the prior year to £375 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. The reduction in the interest charge arose principally from a decrease in average floating interest rates which resulted in a reduction in interest charges of £90 million, from a decrease in average net borrowings in the year driven by strong cash flow generation and from a positive movement on the revaluation to year end market rates of interest swaps under IAS 39 of £20 million.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        The income statement interest cover was 7.7 times and cash interest cover was 10.3 times.

        Net other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2010 were £87 million (2009 – £76 million). There was an increase of £49 million in finance charges in respect of post employment plans from £2 million finance income in the year ended 30 June 2009 to a £47 million charge in the year ended 30 June 2010. Other finance charges also include £18 million (2009 – £21 million) on unwinding of discounts on liabilities, a hyperinflation adjustment of £16 million (2009 – £nil) in respect of the Venezuela operations, £10 million (2009 – £33 million) in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements where hedge accounting was not applicable and £4 million income (2009 – £13 million charge) in respect of other finance charges. In the year ended 30 June 2009 £11 million was recognised in respect of exchange movements on net borrowings not in a hedge relationship.

Associates    The group's share of associates' profits after interest and tax was £142 million for the year ended 30 June 2010 compared to £164 million in the prior year. Diageo's 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £134 million (2009 – £151 million) to share of associates' profits after interest and tax.

Profit before taxation    Profit before taxation increased by £249 million from £1,990 million in the prior year to £2,239 million in the year ended 30 June 2010.

Taxation    The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2010 was 21.3% compared with 14.4% for the year ended 30 June 2009. Factors that reduced the reported tax rate in the prior year included settlements agreed with tax authorities that gave rise to changes in the value of deferred tax assets and tax provisions.

Discontinued operations    Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2010 represent a charge after taxation of £19 million in respect of anticipated future payments to new thalidomide claimants. The credit of £2 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 relates to the Pillsbury disposal.

Exchange rate and other movements    Exchange rate movements are calculated by retranslating the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year exchange rates. The difference is excluded from organic growth.

        The estimated effect of exchange rate and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 2010 was as follows:


Gains/(losses)

£ million

Operating profit before exceptional items

Translation impact

37

Transaction impact

133

Impact of IAS 21 on operating profit

(44)

Total exchange effect on operating profit before exceptional items

126

Interest and other finance charges

Net finance charges – translation impact

2

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

20

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on other finance charges

34

Associates – translation impact

4

Total effect on profit before exceptional items and taxation

186

Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

 
 Year ended
30 June 2010
 Year ended
30 June 2009
 

Exchange rates

     
 

Translation £1 =

 $1.57 $1.60 
 

Transaction £1 =

 $1.67 $2.29 
 

Translation £1 =

 €1.13 €1.17 
 

Transaction £1 =

 €1.30 €1.40 

        The current situation in Venezuela with respect to currency controls and the official exchange rate is uncertain. In the year ended 30 June 2010 the Venezuelan denominated operating profit amounted to VEF485 million which was translated at the official exchange rate, $1 = VEF2.15 (£1 = VEF3.51) in the six months ended 31 December 2009 and $1 = VEF4.3 (£1 = VEF6.4) in the six months ended 30 June 2010. If the translation exchange rate is changed in fiscal 2011 this would most likely give rise to an adverse currency movement.

Dividend    The directors recommend a final dividend of 23.50 pence per share, an increase of 6% from the year ended 30 June 2009. The full dividend would therefore be 38.10 pence per share, an increase of 5.5% from the year ended 30 June 2009. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 19 October 2010 to shareholders on the register on 10 September 2010. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 25 October 2010. A dividend reinvestment plan is available in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 27 September 2010.


Analysis by business area and brand

In order to assist the reader of the financial statements, the following comparison of 2010 with 2009 includes tables which present the exchange, acquisitions and disposals and organic components of the year on year movement for each of volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit. Organic movements in the tables below are calculated as follows:

(a)    The organic movement percentage is the amount in the column headed Organic movement in the tables below expressed as a percentage of the aggregate of the amount in the column headed 2009 Reported, the amount in the column headed Exchange and the amount, if any, in respect of disposals included in the column headed Acquisitions and disposals. The inclusion of the column headed Exchange in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment to recalculate the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year's exchange rates.

(b)    Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency agreement was disposed of, or terminated, in the current year, the group, in organic movement calculations, adjusts the results for the comparable prior year to exclude the amount the group earned in that year that it could not have earned in the current year (i.e. the period between the date in the prior year, equivalent to the date of the announcement of the disposal in the current year, and the end of the prior year). As a result, the organic movement numbers reflect only comparable performance. Similarly, if a business was disposed of part way through the prior year then its contribution would be completely excluded from that prior year's performance in the organic movement calculation, since the group recognised no contribution from that business in the current year. In the calculation of operating profit, the overheads included in disposals are only those directly attributable to the businesses disposed of, and do not result from subjective judgements of management. For acquisitions, a similar adjustment is made in the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions subsequent to the end of the prior year, the post acquisition results in the current year are excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in the prior year, post acquisition results are included in full in the prior year but are only included from the


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


anniversary of the acquisition date in the current year. The acquisition adjustment also eliminates the impact of transaction costs directly attributable to acquisitions that have been publicly announced and charged to operating profit in either year.

        The organic movement calculations for volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2010 were as follows:

 
 2009
Reported
units
 Acquisitions
and
disposals
units
 Organic
movement
units
 2010
Reported
units
 Organic
movement
 
 
 million
 million
 million
 million
 %
 

Volume

                

North America

  53.0  0.1  (1.3) 51.8  (2)

Europe

  39.0  (0.1) 0.3  39.2  1 

International

  37.0* 0.3  3.0  40.3  8 

Asia Pacific

  11.8    0.3  12.1  2 
             

Total

  140.8* 0.3  2.3  143.4  2 
             

*
Decreased by 0.5 million equivalent units from the figures reported for the year ended 30 June 2009.

 
 2009
Reported
 Exchange(1) Acquisitions
and
disposals(2)
 Organic
movement
 2010
Reported
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 

Sales

                   

North America

  3,858  103  15  (123) 3,853  (3)

Europe

  4,279  78  13  1  4,371   

International

  2,803  18  10  391  3,222  14 

Asia Pacific

  1,268  146    28  1,442  2 

Corporate

  75  1    (6) 70    
               

Total sales

  12,283  346  38  291  12,958  2 
               



Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

 
 2009
Reported
 Exchange(1) Acquisitions
and
disposals(2)
 Organic
movement
 2010
Reported
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 

Net sales

                   

North America

  3,290  91  15  (90) 3,306  (3)

Europe

  2,750  53  10  (54) 2,759  (2)

International

  2,286  21  9  311  2,627  13 

Asia Pacific

  910  101    7  1,018  1 

Corporate

  75  1    (6) 70    
               

Total net sales

  9,311  267  34  168  9,780  2 
                 

Excise duties

  2,972           3,178    
                  

Total sales

  12,283           12,958    
                  

Marketing spend(4)

                   

North America

  431  12  1  28  472  6 

Europe

  429  9    (26) 412  (6)

International

  259  7  1  35  302  13 

Asia Pacific

  208  18    7  233  3 
               

Total marketing spend

  1,327  46  2  44  1,419  3 
               

Operating profit(4)

                   

North America

  1,138  26  3  3  1,170   

Europe

  853  11  1  (6) 859  (1)

International

  649  (27) (6) 155  771  25 

Asia Pacific

  159  14  (7) 10  176  6 

Corporate

  (211) 102    (116) (225)   
               

Total operating profit before exceptional items

  2,588  126  (9) 46  2,751  2 
                 

Exceptional items(3)

  (170)          (177)   
                  

Total operating profit

  2,418           2,574    
                  

Notes

(1)
The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit are primarily the retranslation of prior year reported results at current year exchange rates and are principally in respect of the strengthening of the euro and the US dollar partially offset by the weakening of the Nigerian naira and the Venezuelan bolivar fuerte.

(2)
The impacts of acquisitions and disposals are excluded from the organic movement percentages. In the year ended 30 June 2010 there were no acquisitions or disposals impacting organic growth but adjustment is made to exclude the impact of the disposal of the Bordeaux wine agency business in the United States and the acquisitions of Stirrings LLC and the distribution rights of Grand Marnier and Windhoek completed in the year ended 30 June 2009. Adjustment is also made to exclude directly attributable transaction costs incurred in the year ended 30 June 2010 of £12 million primarily in respect of the potential acquisitions of an additional equity stake in Quanxing and of Serengeti Breweries.

Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

(3)
Operating exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2010 comprised charges of £85 million in respect of the global restructuring programme, £93 million (2009 – £166 million) for the restructuring of Global Supply operations, £12 million (2009 – £4 million) in respect of the restructuring of Irish brewing operations, £48 million net credit for the restructuring of wine business in the United States and £35 million charge in respect of impairment of the Ursus brand.

(4)
The figures for the year ended 30 June 2009 have been restated following the adoption of the amendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assets and IFRS 8 – Operating segments and the change to the accounting treatment of returnables. See note 1 to the consolidated financial statements and page 35 for an explanation of the effect of the restatements.

Brand performance overview

 
 Volume
movement*
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

    (1) 3 

Other brands**

  4  5  8 

Total

  2  2  5 

Global priority brands***

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

  11  7  12 

Smirnoff

  (1) (4)  

Baileys

  (1) (4)  

Captain Morgan

  3  2  5 

Jose Cuervo

  (13) (14) (12)

JeB

  (7) (8) (3)

Tanqueray

  1  (1) 2 

Guinness

  (3)    

Other brands

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Crown Royal – North America

    (1) 2 

Buchanan's – International

  11  15  13 

Ketel One – North America

  2  4  6 

Windsor – Asia Pacific

      9 

*
Volume movement is both reported and organic.

**
Other brands consist of local priority brands and category brands. Movements in organic volume, reported volume, organic net sales and reported net sales for local priority brands are 2%, 2%, 1% and 4%, respectively, and for category brands 5%, 6%, 8% and 12%, respectively. The classification of brands as local priority brands and category brands has been discontinued for reporting purposes.

***
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Johnnie Walker:    Strong second half growth led by developing markets was the key driver of the full year performance of the Johnnie Walker brand. Johnnie Walker Black Label was the fastest growing variant with double-digit net sales growth driven by GTME, Latin America and South East Asia.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Marketing spend increased globally behind the "Walk with Giants" campaign and visibility of the brand was increased in GTME. Four percentage points of negative price/mix resulted from the slower volume growth of super deluxe variants and an increase in price promotional activity.

Smirnoff:    In developed markets, which account for over 80% of Smirnoff's net sales, the vodka category was intensely competitive. In North America, Smirnoff net sales declined 7% mainly due to lapping the increase in stock levels of the prior year. Effective marketing campaigns continued to build the brand's equity and strong consumer offers during key selling periods led to volume share gains in the United States. There was a similar trend in promotional activity in Great Britain where volume grew ahead of net sales. In the brand's largest developing markets of Brazil and South Africa, net sales grew solidly reflecting Diageo's confidence in the future growth of the vodka category in these key markets. Globally, marketing spend was increased, accelerating in the second half behind flavour launches and activation of the global marketing programme "Be There".

Baileys:    After a difficult first half, the brand grew volume and net sales in the second half as markets increased visibility on shelf through the "Baileys Bows" activation and flavours were launched into new markets. An increase in promotional activity, particularly in Europe over the Christmas period, led to 3 percentage points of negative price/mix.

Captain Morgan:    Very strong growth of Captain Morgan in Europe and International offset 3% net sales decline in North America. In the United States, growth of the rum category slowed during the year but Captain Morgan benefited from a range of successful innovations and grew volume and value share. The brand grew strongly in Canada with net sales up 7%. Marketing spend increased 25% in North America and 36% globally. This spend was weighted to the second half and drove net sales up 7% in that period.

Jose Cuervo:    The ongoing weakness of the North American on trade and aggressive pricing from competitors led to a sharp decline in Jose Cuervo. The new variant, Especial Silver continued to perform well and is now the fastest growing silver tequila in the US off trade. However, Jose Cuervo's super and ultra premium variants, Tradicional and Platino, were significantly impacted as consumers traded down to less expensive 100% agave tequilas.

JeB:    The majority of the brand's net sales decline stemmed from Iberia as the spirits market in that region continued to decline, particularly in the on trade. JeB grew share in the on trade in Spain but lost share in the off trade as consumers traded down to less expensive brands in that channel. There was improvement in the second half led by growth in developing markets and a reduction in the rate of decline in Spain.

Tanqueray:    Double-digit net sales growth in Spain and Great Britain only partially offset 4% net sales decline in North America. Weakness of the higher priced Rangpur and Tanqueray 10 variants led to negative price/mix of 2 percentage points.

Guinness:    Guinness, comprising a little over half of total beer net sales, posted flat net sales with strong double-digit growth in South East Asia broadly offsetting a 2% decline in Europe and flat net sales in Africa. In Great Britain and Ireland, Guinness once again gained share but net sales declined as a result of the continued decline of beer in those markets. In Africa, where the brand typically sells at a significant price premium to local lagers, performance slowed as some consumers chose to trade down to less expensive lagers; Performance by market, however, was varied. Strong net sales growth in East Africa was offset by declines in Ghana, due to utility shortages and higher taxes, and in Nigeria where some consumers traded down to less expensive lager brands.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Marketing spend

Marketing spend was up 3% driven by major increases in proven campaigns behind Diageo's most important brands and categories in the second half. This resulted in double-digit increases in full year spend behind the vodka and rum categories. Spend on vodka was up 13% mainly behind Smirnoff in North America and International. Marketing spend was also up on Cîroc in the United States and on Ketel One vodka worldwide. Investment behind Captain Morgan grew 36% in the year, up 25% in North America, up over 60% in International and almost doubled in Europe. Marketing spend on scotch represents Diageo's biggest category spend and while the percentage increase was in single digits the absolute increase was similar to that in vodka and rum. Over half of the increase in spend on scotch was behind Johnnie Walker in International. Baileys marketing spend reduced in absolute terms and as a percentage of net sales as the brand team reviewed the marketing campaign. Reduction in marketing spend behind Guinness in Europe was driven by media deflation and comparison against the prior year when spend was up behind innovation. This was broadly offset by increased marketing spend in beer in the other regions. Spend was down 2% on ready to drink and up 7% on wine.

Customer marketing

Diageo continued to invest to enhance the capabilities of its customer marketing function which now consists of about 500 people in over 30 countries covering over 80% of Diageo's net sales. This had a tangible impact, creating demand for Diageo's brands at the point of purchase, where on average 40% of final purchase decisions are made. Diageo made it easier for shoppers to find, choose and buy products in the spirits category forming partnerships with customers which helped them offer the right range of products, the appropriate amount of shelf space and providing enhanced navigation through signage. Diageo also delivered a large number of cross brand and category focused campaigns such as the "Summer Spirits" campaign in Great Britain, the multi-brand Christmas campaign in Latin America and the "Whiskey Festival" which was executed in multiple markets.

Corporate revenue and costs    Net sales were £70 million in the year ended 30 June 2010, down £5 million from £75 million in the prior year. Net operating costs before exceptional items, increased by £14 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £225 million.

        Diageo undertakes the majority of its currency transaction hedging centrally and therefore £104 million of positive year on year transaction impact was taken to corporate. In addition there was a negative year on year translation impact of £2 million in corporate. The geographical regions are reported using forecast transaction exchange rates with the difference between forecast and achieved rates being included in corporate. This amounted to an incremental £82 million cost this year. There was a £34 million increase in underlying corporate net costs mainly due to higher systems investment and business development charges together with the legal and accounting costs associated with ongoing regulatory matters.

North America

Key highlights


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Key measures
 2010 2009 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

     (2)(2)

Net sales

 3,306 3,290  (3)

Marketing spend

 472 431 10 6 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 1,170 1,138 3  

Operating profit

 1,132 1,115 2   

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £16 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £3,306 million, from £3,290 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £32 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £1,170 million, from £1,138 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £17 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £1,132 million, from £1,115 million in the prior year.

Organic performance    The weighted average exchange rate used to translate US dollar sales and profit moved from £1 = $1.60 in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £1 = $1.57 in the year ended 30 June 2010. Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £91 million, acquisitions increased net sales by £15 million and there was an organic decrease in net sales of £90 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit before exceptional items by £26 million, acquisitions and disposals increased operating


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


profit before exceptional items by £3 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit of £3 million.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

 (4)(5)(4)(2)

Other brands*

 (1)  4 

Total

 (2)(3)(2) 

Key brands**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

 5 4 5 6 

Smirnoff

 (3)(7)(3)(4)

Baileys

 (7)(7)(7)(4)

Captain Morgan

 (2)(3)(2) 

Jose Cuervo

 (15)(16)(15)(14)

Tanqueray

 (2)(4)(2)(1)

Crown Royal

  (1) 2 

Guinness

 5 4 5 8 

Ready to drink

 (5)(7)(5)(2)

*
Other brands consist of local priority brands and category brands. Movements in organic volume, reported volume, organic net sales and reported net sales for local priority brands are (1)%, (1)%, (1)% and 1%, respectively, and for category brands (1)%, 0%, 3% and 9%, respectively. The classification of brands as local priority brands and category brands has been discontinued for reporting purposes.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

United States    Johnnie Walker continued to outperform a difficult scotch category. Net sales grew 5% and share grew 1.1 percentage points led by Johnnie Walker Red, Black and Gold Labels. Discounting in the first half and slower net sales growth of some of the higher priced variants led to negative price/mix. Marketing spend increased 23% in the second half focused on the House of Walker mentoring programme, multicultural programmes and Father's Day media.

        The premium vodka segment in the United States continued to be highly competitive. Comparison against the prior fiscal year when stock levels rose, led to volume decline of Smirnoff. Smirnoff maintained its position as the leading vodka gaining 0.4 percentage points of volume share while value share declined 0.1 percentage points as a result of consumer promotions. Marketing spend behind the brand increased 24% behind the 'Be There' campaign and launch of the new 'I Choose' platform using television, digital, social networking and experiential programming.

        Despite continued consumer sentiment that liqueurs are luxury products, Baileys' performance markedly improved in the second half, driven by a reduction in the price gap against its leading competitor and targeted promotions. Baileys gained 0.4 percentage points of volume share and maintained its value share. Marketing spend reduced as focus was limited to the holiday season and a reduction in non-working dollars, which increased efficiency of the total marketing spend.

        Captain Morgan volume declined as stock levels were maintained against an increase in fiscal 2009 and a slowdown of growth in the rum category. Captain Morgan Original Spiced Rum posted strong


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


share gains of 0.6 percentage points despite decline in net sales and volume. This was partially offset by the introduction of Captain Morgan Lime Bite. Increased discounting to meet consumer demand for lower priced alternatives contributed to the decline in net sales. Marketing spend increased dramatically behind the 'Calling All Captains' campaign, 'Captain and Cola' programming and the launch of Captain Morgan Lime Bite.

        Jose Cuervo continued to be impacted as the competitive tequila category and heavy discounting from the leading competitor drove the reduction in volume and net sales. This was partially offset by the strong performance of Especial Silver, which has become the fastest growing silver tequila in the US off trade. Although Jose Cuervo lost share overall in the United States, down 1.7 percentage points, Especial, its leading variant, extended its position and gained 0.8 percentage points of share.

        Tanqueray net sales declined 3% as the gin category continued to decline with domestic brands taking share from imports. There was some negative mix caused by the weak performance of Tanqueray 10. Marketing spend increased and brand image improved.

        Crown Royal net sales were flat for the full year, but the brand grew strongly in the second half driven by innovation and growth of some of the higher priced variants. Crown Royal Black quickly became the number 1 new product in IRI's new product tracker. Price/mix was flat as price reductions on Crown Royal Extra Rare and Crown Royal Cask 16 offset mix improvement from Crown Royal Black. Crown Royal outperformed the category and gained 0.3 percentage points of share. Marketing on the brand increased behind the NASCAR sponsorship, multicultural marketing programmes and the launch of Crown Royal Black.

        Guinness volume growth was driven by the performance of Guinness Draft in Can, Guinness Extra Stout and Guinness Kegs, as it lapped the planned destock of the prior year. Although imported beers declined, Guinness grew share by 0.1 percentage points. Marketing spend increased behind the '250th Celebration', Arthur's Day and the integrated campaign 'Fortune Favors the Bold'.

        The reserve brands performed strongly with volume up 7% and net sales up 9% as the super premium segment returned to growth.

        Net sales growth was driven predominantly by innovation in the year around Ketel One vodka up 4% and Cîroc up 48%, each supported by strong marketing campaigns. Bulleit Bourbon performed well especially in the on trade with net sales up 23%. Buchanan's Special Reserve and Red Seal grew net sales 44% and 32% respectively and became the fastest growing blended scotch brand in the United States. Buchanan's is the clear leader in the US Hispanic market.

        Following the planned destock of the prior year, Diageo's beer brands grew volume 4% and net sales 4% driven predominantly by Guinness. Harp and Smithwicks also grew volume and net sales, albeit off a small base. The introduction of Red Stripe Light helped grow net sales of Red Stripe 3%.

        Diageo's wine business gained 0.1 percentage points of volume share and held value share. Volume growth in Sterling Vineyards, San Telmo and Stellani di Notte were offset by declines in Beaulieu Vineyard, Chalone Vineyard and Barton & Guestier. Net sales declined as consumers continued to trade down to lower price points. Diageo introduced nine new wine brands or varietals aimed at addressing the consumer demand for quality wines at value price points and the appeal for blends. In March 2010, Diageo announced the restructuring of the North American wine division (which included a sale and leaseback transaction and the intended sale of non-strategic brands) to reduce the cost base and improve returns.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Ready to drink remains challenging for Diageo. Net sales were down 5% and Diageo lost share. Smirnoff malt-based products grew net sales 6% as the strong performance of Smirnoff Ice Mango, Smirnoff Ice Multipack and the introduction of Smirnoff Mixed Drinks, offset the decline of established products. Similarly in the ready to serve segment innovation offset a decline in existing products. In the second half innovation behind Jose Cuervo Margaritas drove improved performance with the introduction of pomegranate and mango flavored margaritas but the segment remains highly competitive.

        Diageo launched over 30 innovations during the year spanning spirits, beer, wine and ready to drink and through the fiscal year averaged 5 of the top 10 new items in IRI. Innovation included extensions, which enhanced core brands such as Captain Morgan Lime Bite, Smirnoff Dark Roasted Espresso, Cîroc Coconut and Ketel One Oranje, as well as new brands such as Wily Jack wine and Moon Mountain vodka. Performance of innovation was led by Crown Royal Black, Cîroc Red Berry and Smirnoff mixed drinks.

        Marketing spend increased by 7%. In the second half spend was up 23%, focused behind innovation and up-weighted investment on key spirits brands, such as Captain Morgan, Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Crown Royal and Cîroc.

        Diageo has worked with key accounts at national, regional and local levels to bring shopper and category insights to optimise sales of beverage alcohol in their stores. In addition, Diageo has developed and rolled out shopper-insight driven programmes behind Diageo's brands. These programmes capture the shoppers' attention in off trade stores and on trade restaurants, bars and clubs, meeting shoppers' needs at the point of purchase. Focus on the customer marketing agenda resulted in improved visibility for Diageo's brands in thousands of on and off trade accounts.

Canada    Performance in Canada declined with volume down 1% and net sales down 4%. Spirits volume was impacted by destocking in the first half but Captain Morgan and JeB grew in the full year. Net sales declined as consumers continued to trade down and there was a shift from spirits to beer and ready to drink. Beer volume increased 17% and net sales grew 15% due to the good performance of Harp and Red Stripe. Wine grew volume 27% and net sales 31% on the strong growth of Sterling Vineyards. Ready to drink volume declined 15% and net sales declined 18% due to competition in the ready to serve segment.

Europe

Key highlights


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Key measures
 2010 2009 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

     1 1 

Net sales

 2,759 2,750  (2)

Marketing spend

 412 429 (4)(6)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 859 853 1 (1)

Operating profit

 806 801 1   

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £9 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £2,759 million, from £2,750 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £6 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £859 million, from £853 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £5 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £806 million, from £801 million in the prior year.

Organic performance    The weighted average exchange rate used to translate euro sales and profit moved from £1 = €1.17 in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £1 = €1.13 in the year ended 30 June 2010. Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £53 million, acquisitions and disposals increased net sales by £10 million and there was an organic decrease in net sales of £54 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit before exceptional items by £11 million, acquisitions and disposals increased operating profit before exceptional items by £1 million and there was an organic decrease in operating profit before exceptional items of £6 million.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

 (1)(3)(1)(2)

Other brands*

 5  5 3 

Total

 1 (2)1  

Key brands**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

 (6)(4)(6)(2)

Smirnoff

  (6) (5)

Baileys

 3 (3)3 (1)

JeB

 (8)(10)(8)(6)

Guinness

 (4)(2)(4)(1)

Ready to drink

 (6)(2)(6)(1)

*
Other brands consist of local priority brands and category brands. Movements in organic volume, reported volume, organic net sales and reported net sales for local priority brands are 2%, 2%, (4)% and (2)%, respectively, and for category brands 7%, 8%, 4% and 7%, respectively. The classification of brands as local priority brands and category brands has been discontinued for reporting purposes.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Great Britain    A strong performance was delivered in Great Britain with volume up 9% and net sales up 5%, driven by double-digit volume growth from spirits and wine. Solid share gains were achieved in spirits in the key off trade channel through a continued promotional strategy although key Diageo


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


brands continued to sell at a price premium relative to their category. The on trade, in contrast, continued to decline in the low single digits although the rate of pub closures slowed. In this context, Guinness outperformed the beer category with broadly flat net sales through the success of the 'Bring It to Life' and '250th Celebration' campaigns. Baileys and Pimm's both performed well with good volume, net sales and share growth driven by the continued strength of Baileys Flavours and distribution gains of Pimm's supported by a national television campaign. Smirnoff Flavours continued to grow strongly and have been particularly successful in the off trade, where it is now the best selling flavoured vodka range. The negative price/mix of 4 percentage points in Great Britain was driven by the faster growth of the grocery channel with its competitive promotional environment.

Ireland    Diageo's volume and net sales declined 6% and 8% respectively in Ireland, primarily driven by the weakness of the key on trade channel, but with share gains in beer and spirits. Guinness net sales decreased 5% but grew share, especially in the key Republic of Ireland on trade channel, where it has shown over 30 months of consecutive share growth, driven partly by the success of the '250th Celebration' campaign. Harp and Smithwicks also grew share following the successful launch of Harp Ice Cold and the repositioning of Smithwicks brand. Carlsberg performed broadly in line with the market while Budweiser lost share.

Iberia    Difficult economic conditions continued to impact Iberia, with consumer driven sectors still experiencing weakness. The rate of decline of spirits slowed but the category remained adversely affected by consumers trading down to less expensive brands and categories and the shift towards at home consumption. The off trade continued to grow and is now approaching 40% of the total market, although the majority of this growth is being driven by own label brands at lower price points. Diageo's volume and net sales were down 5% and 7% respectively. Aggressive pricing and on trade decline led to negative price/mix. JeB was impacted by the fall in scotch consumption in the on trade channel in Spain and volume decreased 12%. In contrast, Johnnie Walker continued to capitalise on its great brand momentum and increased volume, net sales and share. Similarly, cocktail innovation including Cacique Mojito performed well in the off trade.

Eastern Europe    Double-digit volume and net sales growth were delivered in Russia, reflecting the successful introduction of lower priced scotch brands into the market to appeal to value conscious consumers and maintain category participation. White Horse and Bell's captured this momentum, delivering strong volume and net sales growth. Captain Morgan also achieved good growth following the introduction of smaller sized bottles. In Eastern Europe, net sales declined as distributors and wholesalers continued to reduce their inventories and consumer demand remained weak. However, growth was achieved in certain countries on key brands, such as the double-digit net sales increase on Johnnie Walker Red Label in Poland and Bushmills in Bulgaria.

Other European markets    In Greece, net sales declined 4% for the year. Growth in the first half and the resilience of Diageo's scotch brands partly offset the decline in the second half as the government introduced tough austerity measures and excise taxes on alcohol were increased 87%. In Northern Europe, net sales and volume declined 1%, driven by the competitive pricing environment in Germany. Captain Morgan grew volume and net sales strongly following the recent focus on the brand.

Brands and activities    Johnnie Walker volume and net sales declined 6% and 4% respectively, driven by a weak performance in the first half in Eastern Europe and Russia. Price increases in Greece and the growth of Johnnie Walker Black Label in Spain, Greece and Turkey, led to 2 percentage points of positive price/mix. Similarly, Johnnie Walker Red Label showed a very strong performance in Spain and in Poland, gaining share and significantly growing volume and net sales.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Smirnoff volume was flat and net sales were down 6%. This performance was driven by the sharp decline of the vodka category in Ireland and heightened competition in Poland, where local vodka brands returned to popularity during the economic downturn. Despite the difficult context, Smirnoff grew share in Ireland, driven by the on trade and extending its market leading position. In Great Britain, Smirnoff's largest European market, the brand lost share in the on trade but remained the best selling vodka and made strong share gains in the growing off trade.

        Baileys increased volume 3% with net sales down 3%. A strong performance in Great Britain, its largest European market, with volume and net sales up 17% and 5% respectively, was driven by the double-digit growth in the off trade and the rapid growth of Baileys Flavours. The marketing strategy focused on in-store activity to improve visibility during key selling periods, such as the joint display of Baileys Original and Baileys Flavours. This performance was offset by weak results in Germany and the decline of the liqueurs category in Eastern Europe.

        JeB remained in decline with volume and net sales down 8% and 10% respectively, following the continued weakness of the scotch category in Spain and the increased competition by local and own label whisky brands in this market.

        Guinness volume and net sales declined across the region by 4% and 2% respectively, mainly caused by the decline of the on trade. In Great Britain, Guinness outperformed the beer category with broadly flat net sales and achieved its highest ever share of the on trade at 8% through the success of the 'Bring it to Life' and '250th Celebration' campaigns. Share gains were also achieved in Ireland, led by the performance in the key Republic of Ireland on trade channel. Price/mix was positive mainly because of a price increase on Guinness Draught in Great Britain.

        The ready to drink segment remained weak with volume and net sales down 6% and 2% respectively, reflecting the continued decline of the segment across the region and more particularly in the on trade. Smirnoff Ice remained in decline in larger markets, where investment in the brand was focused on improving visibility in the off trade.

        Premix cans delivered strong growth in Great Britain with volume and net sales up 23% and 28% respectively, making spirits more accessible to the at home consumer. The successful launch of Smirnoff & Cola in February 2010, supported by television and in-store activity, expanded the range of premix variants to eight. Cacique Mojito in Spain had a strong start and the introduction of Smirnoff Cocktails in Great Britain strengthened Diageo's offering in the growing ready to serve segment.

        As consumer behaviours evolved in Europe, innovation remained a crucial performance driver with particular success in Great Britain, Spain and Russia. In Great Britain performance was driven by a full rollout on Baileys with a hint of Coffee, premix cans and Smirnoff flavoured vodka. The launch of Cacique Mojito ready to serve cocktails in Spain addressed the at home consumption trend. In Russia the launch of Bell's in the scotch value segment provided a lower priced alternative as consumers traded down from higher priced scotch brands.

        The reserve brands grew in Europe focused on Diageo's single malt scotch brands and good growth was achieved on the Classic Malts range in France, Italy and Great Britain. Talisker and The Singleton of Dufftown also performed well, however Cardhu was impacted by the decline of the brand's principal on trade channel in Spain. Zacapa benefited from distribution gains across the region and grew net sales 19%.

        Marketing spend was down 6% in response to the challenging trading conditions across the region and more particularly in Ireland, Iberia and Eastern Europe. It was increased selectively behind proven


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


campaigns on key brands such as Captain Morgan in Northern Europe, the launch of new flavours of Smirnoff in Great Britain and Johnnie Walker in Russia. Media rate deflation in the largest markets led to the realisation of savings on Guinness and Baileys.

        Customer marketing initiatives were designed to ensure the right products are supplied, available and merchandised in the most effective manner in order to win at the point of purchase. The successful collaboration with key grocery customers continued with seasonal campaigns to increase sales at these key occasions.

International

Key highlights

Key measures
 2010 2009 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

     9 8 

Net sales

 2,627 2,286 15 13 

Marketing spend

 302 259 17 13 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 771 649 19 25 

Operating profit

 766 627 22   

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £341 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £2,627 million, from £2,286 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £122 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £771 million, from £649 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £139 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £766 million, from £627 million in the prior year.

Organic performance    Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £21 million, acquisitions and disposals increased net sales by £9 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £311 million. Exchange rate impacts decreased operating profit before exceptional items by £27 million,


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


acquisitions and disposals decreased operating profit before exceptional items by £6 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit before exceptional items of £155 million.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

 7 9 7 11 

Other brands*

 9 19 10 19 

Total

 8 13 9 15 

Key brands**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

 22 17 22 26 

Smirnoff

 7 7 7 18 

Baileys

 1 2 1 8 

Buchanan's

 11 15 11 13 

Guinness

 (6)(1)(6)(8)

Ready to drink

 (7)7 (7)10 

*
Other brands consist of local priority brands and category brands. Movements in organic volume, reported volume, organic net sales and reported net sales for local priority brands are 9%, 9%, 16% and 14%, respectively, and for category brands 9%, 11%, 21% and 22%, respectively. The classification of brands as local priority brands and category brands has been discontinued for reporting purposes.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Latin America and the Caribbean    Net sales grew 17% in Venezuela driven by price increases taken to reflect inflation and the weaker Bolivar/US dollar exchange rate. However, volume decreased 4% as the slowdown of the economy resulted in category declines within international spirits. This was especially true of the higher priced scotch segments where many consumers either switched into lower priced categories such as rum or locally produced vodka, or traded down within the category to standard variants. Within this environment, Diageo maintained its clear leadership position of both the scotch and rum categories.

        Volume grew 22% and net sales 15% in the Brazil hub, led by Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff which both grew share and extended their category leadership positions. Negative price/mix was a result of price reductions made in the second half of fiscal 2009. Marketing spend increased behind global brand campaigns such as Johnnie Walker 'Walk with Giants', category marketing programmes such as the Whisky Festival and activation behind Smirnoff, Cîroc and Ketel One vodka during the 2010 football World Cup.

        In Mexico, the strong performance of Johnnie Walker Red Label and Buchanan's Deluxe extended Diageo's position as the clear leader in scotch and led to volume growth of 25% and net sales growth of 31%. Price increases across the scotch range and the faster growth of deluxe variants resulted in 6 percentage points of positive price/mix. Marketing spend was significantly increased behind Johnnie Walker 'Keep Walking' and the 'Buchanan's Forever' platform.

Africa    Despite a challenging economic environment in South Africa, volume and net sales grew 1%. The scotch category was most affected by the reduction in consumer confidence, however Bell's


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


remained the best selling scotch in the market and Diageo's scotch brands grew share. Smirnoff delivered a strong performance, with net sales up 8%. Trading has generally improved in the second half, with signs of trading up starting to appear, particularly in scotch. Sales of beer through the brandhouse joint venture performed very well and grew share. The strong performance in Nigeria continued with net sales up 23% and Diageo gained share of the beer category. Harp, in particular, performed strongly as distribution gains and increased media activity led to excellent net sales growth for the brand. Guinness net sales declined 1% as a weaker economy led many consumers to trade down to lower priced beers. Marketing activity on Guinness was stepped up significantly, primarily behind television advertising of 'The Scout' and activation around the sponsorship of the Nigerian football team, the 'Super Eagles', during the 2010 football World Cup.

        In the East Africa hub, comprising Kenya, Uganda and Tanzania, trading conditions significantly improved in the second half as the domestic economies showed signs of recovery. Diageo's performance steadily improved and the hub delivered flat volume and net sales growth of 10% for the full year. The positive price/mix was due to price increases coupled with the faster growth of the higher margin Guinness brand, which grew net sales 21%. Tusker in Kenya was another highlight, growing net sales 26%.

        Elsewhere in Africa, net sales grew 1% in both Cameroon and Ghana. In Cameroon, growth of Malta Guinness and the introduction of Pilsner lager in November 2009 drove performance. Ghana faced a difficult year as water shortages and power outages reduced production volume while a significant increase in excise duties in January negatively impacted consumer demand. Marketing spend behind Guinness in both Cameroon and Ghana increased significantly.

Global Travel and Middle East    GTME recovered well from the travel reduction in 2009, with volume growth of 15% and net sales growth of 19%. Marketing spend was increased significantly reflecting the important role of GTME as a brand and category building channel. A greater focus on priority customers, increased resources behind shopper understanding and a step-up in programmes to encourage consumers into stores all contributed to the success. The stand out brand performance was from Johnnie Walker, particularly Black Label where net sales grew 38%. The largest non-scotch brands, Baileys, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan and Tanqueray, also grew net sales. Innovation played a significant role in driving growth, especially the launch of Johnnie Walker Double Black and the sustained momentum of Johnnie Walker King George V and The Singleton single malt scotch.

Brands and activities    Johnnie Walker volume grew 22% and net sales 17% with the rebound in performance from last year evident across Red, Black and Blue Labels. Negative price/mix reflected the reinstatement of promotional activity on scotch in Global Travel and price reductions on Johnnie Walker Red Label in Brazil. Johnnie Walker Red Label responded well to the 'Adventure in a Glass' global marketing programme activated across Latin America while improved trading with customers supplying the duty free outlets on the United States/Mexico border also contributed to the improved growth levels. The majority of growth of Johnnie Walker Black and Blue Labels was driven by GTME where the 'Walking with Giants' campaign was activated in 30 airports in the second half.

        Volume and net sales of Smirnoff grew 7%, with the three largest markets of Brazil, South Africa and GTME all posting single-digit increases. In Brazil, a price increase partially offset the reduction taken in fiscal 2009, while strong marketing spend behind the Smirnoff 'Be There' campaign contributed to the brand returning to growth.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Baileys net sales were up 2% across the region as good growth in the largest markets of GTME and Mexico of 7% and 10% respectively were partly offset by a slowdown in the Caribbean and Central America and an initial adverse impact due to a change of route to market for spirits in Nigeria.

        Buchanan's volume and net sales grew 11% and 15% respectively and marketing spend was increased ahead of net sales supporting the 'Buchanan's Forever' programme, which, in its third year, featured sold out concerts in Caracas, Bogota and Mexico City. Father's Day and Whisky Festival promotions across Latin America contributed to improved net sales momentum in the second half.

        Guinness volume declined 6% and net sales 1% as some consumers in Africa traded down to lower priced beers. In the largest markets of Nigeria, Cameroon and Ghana, the brand commands a price premium of upwards of 75% compared to mainstream lager brands. To support brand equity and this strong pricing position, marketing spend was significantly increased behind the '250th Celebration' in the first half and in strengthening the brand's association with football in the second half.

        Ready to drink net sales grew 7% led by the strong performance of Smirnoff ready to drink in Nigeria and Brazil. In South Africa, Smirnoff Ice volume declined as consumers traded into less expensive mainstream beer but the launch of premix versions of Captain Morgan and JeB helped grow ready to drink net sales 8% in that market.

        Marketing spend increased in line with net sales at 13% and was focused behind the largest categories and proven campaigns. By category, the majority of the additional spend was behind scotch as the 'Walk with Giants' marketing programme on Johnnie Walker was activated at scale in both Latin America and GTME. Guinness also received significantly more support in fiscal 2010. Marketing spend increased between 30% and 70% in the largest markets of Nigeria, Cameroon and East Africa.

        International was the largest contributor to Diageo's innovation net sales growth mainly due to new beer formats in Nigeria and Kenya and the introduction of super deluxe variants of scotch brands in the domestic markets of Latin America. The launch of premix cans in South Africa and Johnnie Walker Double Black in GTME both showed encouraging early results.

        Reserve brands recovered from a difficult year in fiscal 2009 to deliver 9% net sales growth. GTME performed strongly as increased visibility of Johnnie Walker Blue Label, especially in Asian airports, led to strong growth. Higher up the price range, successful launch events for The John Walker gave the brand visibility in some of the most sought after top tier outlets across the region and most importantly attracted high net worth consumers to the brand. In Mexico, a focused strategy of expanding reserve brand distribution into high-end bars and increasing distribution in department stores led to a 44% increase in net sales.

        Reflecting the region's focus on improving customer collaboration and shopper understanding, a dedicated customer marketing function was established in all three hubs. In Latin America and the Caribbean, the 'Ease of Shop' programme was rolled out across 3,500 stores. The Whisky Festival, activated in many markets across the region, was a great example of activating a category platform at scale. In South Africa, strategic partnerships were developed with key customers and Diageo now holds category captaincy positions in its top ten national accounts. Elsewhere in Africa the sales focus was on developing the capabilities of distributor partners. In Global Travel, Diageo has shown leadership in bringing together suppliers, airport authorities and retailers to deliver exciting category events to consumers, both in and out of store.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Asia Pacific

Key highlights

Key measures
 2010 2009 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

     2 2 

Net sales

 1,018 910 12 1 

Marketing spend

 233 208 12 3 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 176 159 11 6 

Operating profit

 146 124 18   

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £108 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £1,018 million, from £910 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £17 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £176 million, from £159 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £22 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £146 million, from £124 million in the prior year.

Organic performance    Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £101 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £7 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit before


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


exceptional items by £14 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit before exceptional items of £10 million.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

 5 3 5 14 

Other brands*

 (2)(2)(2)10 

Total

 2 1 2 12 

Key brands**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

 14 2 14 10 

Smirnof

 (5)(1)(5)11 

Bundaberg rum

 (8) (8)22 

Windsor

    9 

Guinness

 2 13 2 27 

Ready to drink

  (4) 15 

*
Other brands consist of local priority brands and category brands. Movements in organic volume, reported volume, organic net sales and reported net sales for local priority brands are 2%, 2%, 1% and 4%, respectively, and for category brands 3%, 3%, 6% and 16%, respectively. The classification of brands as local priority brands and category brands has been discontinued for reporting purposes.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Australia    In Australia net sales declined 1% as a result of a 5% decline in ready to drink net sales. In spirits the performance was stronger. The 'Strides' marketing campaign drove share gains and the strong performance of Johnnie Walker Red Label, with net sales growth of 19%, offset weakness in Baileys which was impacted by imports of the brand from outside Australia. Smirnoff volume was down 4%, however moderate price increases delivered flat net sales in a category that has seen increased competition from own label. Bundaberg volume declined 8% as growth slowed in dark spirits and a price increase held net sales flat. Marketing spend increased 2% and investment focused on the Smirnoff range.

Korea    The contraction of scotch in Korea during the global economic downturn combined with consumers trading down, led to a decline in volume and net sales of 8% and 3% respectively. A double-digit increase in marketing spend was focused on Windsor and Johnnie Walker Black Label and delivered 4 percentage points of volume share gain in the scotch category. Price increases on both Windsor 12 year old and Windsor 17 year old delivered price/mix improvement.

South East Asia    South East Asia, which includes Vietnam, Malaysia and Indonesia, performed well, delivering double-digit volume and net sales growth. Negative price/mix was driven by the increase in the level of business done through third party distributors, which led to a reduction in net sales per case and some destocking of super deluxe brands. Johnnie Walker performed well, as a result of a 15% increase in marketing spend which focused on the 'Keep Walking' campaign and Grand Prix sponsorship, and drove both share gains and increased brand equity. Guinness posted strong performance and the brand's price premium drove strong price/mix backed by a significant increase in marketing spend behind the '250th Celebration' and sponsorship of World Series Pool in Indonesia.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Thailand    In Thailand volume grew 9% as Johnnie Walker Black Label and Smirnoff both delivered good growth. However, the key growth driver in the market was Benmore, which delivered double-digit volume and net sales growth, and as a result of improved brand health grew share in a declining category as the uncertain political and economic environment led to trading down. The strong growth of Benmore at a lower price point to Johnnie Walker drove negative price/mix and net sales grew 4% in Thailand.

China    The second half performance in China was very strong although the destocking of Dimple in the first half of the year impacted overall performance, with volume down 1% and net sales down 2% for the full year. Global priority brands grew in China and the strong performance of Johnnie Walker Black Label, delivered over 2 percentage points of share in a scotch category which had returned to growth. Smirnoff and Baileys also performed well, albeit from a smaller base, as brand equity improved. Both brands increased share in their respective categories and trade investment efficiencies delivered positive price/mix. Increased focus behind Windsor delivered strong growth in volume and net sales. A double-digit increase in marketing spend focused on Johnnie Walker and Windsor increased Diageo's share of voice in the scotch category by 4 percentage points.

India    The business in India was impacted by destocking in the first half following inappropriate shipments in the prior year. As a result both volume and net sales were down. Marketing spend as a percentage of net sales was also below last year as the business was rebased. Marketing spend was focused behind Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff and Vat 69 and investment behind sales capabilities accelerated. Price increases on Smirnoff and Vat 69 in the second half delivered price/mix improvement.

Rest of Asia    Elsewhere in Asia there was strong growth of The Singleton of Glen Ord in Taiwan. In Japan net sales were down, however margins improved as the distribution of premium brands moved to the joint venture with Kirin.

Brands and activities    Johnnie Walker volume grew 14%. Negative price/mix was a result of an increase of competitively priced promotions at Easter in Australia and increased sales through third party distributors in South East Asia and therefore net sales grew 2%. Marketing spend increased behind 'Keep Walking', Grand Prix sponsorship and gifting occasions in China and South East Asia and a major television campaign to drive the quality perception of the brand in Taiwan.

        Smirnoff volume declined 5% driven by destocking in India and an increase in the competitive landscape in Australia. A price increase in Australia combined with a strong performance in Thailand and China broadly offset the volume decline with net sales down 1%. Marketing spend was directed towards the 'Be There' campaign and innovation. However total spend was down 9% as increased investment in South East Asia and Australia was offset by spend efficiencies in China and a reduction in line with the destock in India.

        Bundaberg rum volume was down 8% due to a slowdown in the growth in dark spirits in the second half of the year, which led to more intense competition. A price increase held net sales for the year flat. Growth of Bundaberg Red mitigated some volume decline on the core brand.

        Windsor volume and net sales were flat as increased distribution in China offset the decline caused by scotch contraction in Korea. The brand maintained category leadership in Korea, supported by increased investment in the new 'Diamond Jubilee Club' campaign, and grew volume share in China, as new packaging of Windsor XR combined with focused brand building activity increased brand equity, supporting further distribution expansion.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Guinness performed well and volume increased 2%. Price/mix improvement was driven by its premium price positioning in South East Asia and net sales grew 13%. Marketing spend increased by over a third to support the brand's '250th Celebration' activity, the new 'Rise Together' campaign and sponsorship of World Series Pool in South East Asia.

        Ready to drink volume was broadly flat as the performance of Smirnoff Cocktails and Johnnie Walker ready to drink offset a 3% decline in Bundaberg ready to drink in Australia. Price competition intensified between beer and ready to drink in Australia and net sales declined 4% in the region.

        Marketing spend grew 3%, primarily driven by increases in Korea, South East Asia and China. Investment increased behind the Johnnie Walker Grand Prix sponsorship and 'Keep Walking' campaigns and the Windsor 'Diamond Jubilee Club' programme, driving share gains in those markets. Marketing spend also increased behind Guinness, including the '250th Celebration', delivering a strong performance and share gains in Indonesia. In addition, investment increased behind Smirnoff innovation in South East Asia and Australia, whilst Baileys and JeB spend declined in the region.

        Innovation was focused on increasing the accessibility of spirits with Smirnoff Cocktails in Australia and Johnnie Walker gift packs in key scotch markets. Bundaberg Red continued to perform well in Australia, a year after launch.

        The performance of reserve brands in the region was mixed. The Singleton of Glen Ord in Taiwan delivered double-digit growth supported by television advertising, but this was more than offset by the destocking of super deluxe scotch in South East Asia and India.

        Fiscal 2010 was the inaugural year for customer marketing in Asia Pacific and a dedicated team was established across the region. The strong on trade bias in the region was the focus of this customer marketing activity with investments behind bar staff training across the region, an on trade solutions website in Australia which was used by about 75% of Diageo's on trade accounts, and a Smirnoff versatility tool, 'Smirnoff Tower' in China and India. In the Thai off trade, 'Ease of Shop' was introduced and delivered increased spend per basket for customers and brand uplift for Diageo in the accounts where the programme was implemented.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Operating results 2009 compared with 2008

Summary consolidated income statement

 
 Year ended 30 June 
 
 2009 2008 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 

Sales

  12,283  10,643 

Excise duties

  (2,972) (2,553)
      

Net sales

  9,311  8,090 

Operating costs

  (6,698) (5,786)
      

Operating profit before exceptional items

  2,613  2,304 

Exceptional items

  (170) (78)
      

Operating profit

  2,443  2,226 

Sale of businesses

    9 

Net finance charges

  (592) (319)

Share of associates' profits after tax

  164  177 
      

Profit before taxation

  2,015  2,093 

Taxation

  (292) (522)
      

Profit from continuing operations

  1,723  1,571 

Discontinued operations

  2  26 
      

Profit for the year

  1,725  1,597 
      

Attributable to:

       

Equity shareholders

  1,621  1,521 

Minority interests

  104  76 
      

  1,725  1,597 
      

 
 Year ended 30 June 
 
 2009
(restated)
 2008
(restated)
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 

Sales

 12,283 10,643 

Excise duties

 (2,972)(2,553)
      

Net sales

 9,311 8,090 

Operating costs

 (6,723)(5,800)
      

Operating profit before exceptional items

 2,588 2,290 

Exceptional items

 (170)(78)
      

Operating profit

 2,418 2,212 

Sale of businesses

  9 

Net finance charges

 (592)(319)

Share of associates' profits after tax

 164 176 
      

Profit before taxation

 1,990 2,078 

Taxation

 (286)(518)
      

Profit from continuing operations

 1,704 1,560 

Discontinued operations

 2 26 
      

Profit for the year

 1,706 1,586 
      

Attributable to:

     

Equity shareholders

 1,605 1,513 

Minority interests

 101 73 
      

 1,706 1,586 
      

Sales and net sales    On a reported basis, sales increased by £1,640 million from £10,643 million in the year ended 30 June 2008 to £12,283 million in the year ended 30 June 2009. On a reported basis net sales increased by £1,221 million from £8,090 million in the year ended 30 June 2008 to £9,311 million in the year ended 30 June 2009. Exchange rate movements increased reported sales by £1,362 million and reported net sales by £1,095 million. Acquisitions increased reported sales by £160 million and reported net sales by £151 million for the year.

Operating costs before exceptional items    On a reported basis, operating costs before exceptional items increased by £912£923 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 due to an increase in cost of sales of £623£624 million, from £3,245£3,254 million to £3,868£3,878 million, an increase in marketing expenses of £73£83 million, from £1,239£1,244 million to £1,312£1,327 million, and an increase in other operating expenses of £216 million, from £1,302 million to £1,518 million. The impact of exchange rate movements increased total operating costs before exceptional items by £928£926 million.

Exceptional operating items    Exceptional items are those that, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Exceptional costs totalling £170 million, being £166 million in respect of the global restructuring programme and £4 million in respect of the restructuring of Irish brewing operations are included Diageo Annual Report 2010 within operating costs for the year ended 30 June 2009. Exceptional costs of £78 million in respect of the restructuring of Irish brewing operations were included within operating costs in the year ended 30 June 2008.

Post employment plans    Post employment costs for the year ended 30 June 2009 were £63 million (2008 – £53 million) of which £65 million (2008 – £99 million) was included in operating costs and income of £2 million (2008 – £46 million) was included in net finance charges. Exceptional pension curtailment gains were £32 million for the year ended 30 June 2009.

        The deficit before taxation in respect of post employment plans increased by £975 million from £408 million at 30 June 2008 to £1,383 million at 30 June 2009. The increase in the deficit is primarily a result of a reduction in the value of the assets held by the plans, and a lower discount rate, partly offset by a lower inflation rate.

Operating profit    Reported operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2009 increased by £217£206 million to £2,443£2,418 million from £2,226£2,212 million in the prior year. Exchange rate movements increased operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2009 by £154£152 million. Excluding exceptional costs, operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2009 increased by £309£298 million to £2,613£2,588 million from £2,304£2,290 million in the prior year. Exchange rate movements increased operating profit before exceptional items by £167£165 million.

Acquisitions    Brand additions made in the year ended 30 June 2008, principally Ketel One vodka, Rosenblum Cellars wine and the distribution rights for Zacapa rum, contributed £151 million to net sales and £43 million to operating profit in the year ended 30 June 2009 in addition to the organic element.

Sale of businesses    In the year ended 30 June 2008, a gain of £9 million arose from the sale of businesses.

Net finance charges    Net finance charges increased from £319 million in the year ended 30 June 2008 to £592 million in the year ended 30 June 2009.

        The net interest charge for the year ended 30 June 2009 increased by £175 million to £516 million from £341 million in the prior year. This increase resulted principally from the increase in net borrowings in the year, adverse exchange rate movements of £64 million and an increase in the adverse impact of the revaluation to year end market rates of interest rate swaps under IAS 39 of £8 million.

        Net other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2009 were £76 million (2008 – net other finance income of £22 million). There was a reduction of £44 million in income in respect of the group's post employment plans from £46 million in the year ended 30 June 2008 to £2 million in the year ended 30 June 2009. Other finance charges also include £33 million (2008 – £5 million income) in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements that do not meet the accounting criteria for recognition in equity under IAS 21, £11 million (2008 – £6 million) in respect of exchange movements on net borrowings not in a hedge relationship and therefore recognised in the income statement, £21 million (2008 – £17 million) on unwinding of discounts on liabilities and £13 million (2008 – £6 million) in respect of other finance charges.

Associates    The group's share of associates' profits after interest and tax was £164 million for the year ended 30 June 2009 compared to £177£176 million in the prior year. Diageo's 34% equity interest in Moët


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Hennessy contributed £151 million (2008 – £161 million) to share of associates' profits after interest and tax.

Profit before taxation    Profit before taxation decreased by £78£88 million from £2,093£2,078 million to £2,015£1,990 million in the year ended 30 June 2009.

Taxation    The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2009 is 14.5%14.4% compared with 24.9% for the year ended 30 June 2008. Factors that reduced the reported tax rate in the year included settlements agreed with tax authorities that gave rise to changes in the value of deferred tax assets and tax provisions.

Discontinued operations    In connection with the past disposal of the Pillsbury business, Diageo guaranteed debt of a third party until November 2009 and profit after tax from discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2009 of £2 million (2008 – £2 million) represents a provision release in respect of this. In the year ended 30 June 2008 there was a £24 million tax credit relating to the disposal of the Pillsbury business.

Exchange rate and other movements    For the year ending 30 June 2010 at current exchange rates (US$/£1.65, €/£1.15) foreign exchangeExchange rate movements (excluding the exchange impacts of IAS 21 and IAS 39) are estimated to increase operating profit by £80 million and decrease the interest charge by £10 million.

Dividend    The directors recommend a final dividend of 22.20 pence per share, an increase of 5% on last year's final dividend. The full dividend would therefore be 36.10 pence per share, an increase of 5.1% from the year ended 30 June 2008. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 19 October 2009 to shareholders on the register on 11 September 2009. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 23 October 2009. A dividend reinvestment plan is available in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 28 September 2009.


Analysis by business area and brand

In order to assist the reader of the financial statements, the following comparison of 2009 with 2008 includes tables which present the exchange, acquisitions and disposals and organic components of the year on year movement for each of volume, sales, net sales and operating profit. Organic movements in the tables below are calculated as follows:

(a)    The organic movement percentage is the amount in the column headed Organic movement in the tables below expressed as a percentage of the aggregate of the column headed 2008 Reported, the column headed Exchange and the amounts, if any, in respect of disposals and transfers included in the column headed Acquisitions, disposals and transfers. The inclusion of the column headed Exchange in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment to recalculateby retranslating the prior periodyear results as if they had been generated at the current period'syear exchange rates.rates and are excluded from organic growth.

(b)    Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency agreement was disposed        The estimated effect of or terminated, in the current period, the group, in organic movement calculations, adjustsexchange rate and other movements on the results for the comparable prior period to exclude the amount the group earned in that period that it could not have earned in the current period (i.e. the period between the date in the prior period, equivalent to the date of the disposal in the current period, and the end of the prior period). As a result, the organic movement numbers reflect only comparable performance. Similarly, if a businessyear ended 30 June 2009 was disposed of part way through the equivalent prior period, then its contribution would be completely excluded from that prior period's performance in the organic movement calculation, since the group recognised no contribution from that business in the current period. In the calculation of operating profit, theas follows:

 
  
 Gains/(losses) 
 
  
 £ million
 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     
 

Translation impact

   274 
 

Transaction impact

   (107)
      

   167 

Translation impact – operating exceptional items

   (13)
      

Total operating profit impact

   154 

Associates

     
 

Translation impact

   30 

Interest and other finance charges

     
 

Net finance charges – transalation impact

   (66)
 

Exchange – in respect of IAS 21 and IAS 39

   (43)
 

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

   (8)
      

Total exchange effect on profit before taxation

   67 
      

 
Year ended
30 June 2009
 
Year ended
30 June 2008
 

Exchange rates

     
 

Translation £1=

 $1.60 $2.01 
 

Transaction £1=

 $2.29 $1.90 
 

Translation £1=

 €1.17 €1.36 
 

Transaction £1=

 €1.40 €1.39 

Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


overheads included in disposalsAnalysis by business area and brand

The organic movements for the year ended 30 June 2009 compared with the year ended 30 June 2008 are only those directly attributable tocalculated using the businesses disposed of, and do not result from subjective judgements of management. For acquisitions, a similar adjustment is made insame methodology as the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions subsequent tomovements for the end ofyear ended 30 June 2010 with the equivalent prior period, the post acquisition results in the current period are excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in the prior period, post acquisition results are included in full in the prior period but are only included from the anniversary of the acquisition date in the current period.year ended 30 June 2009.

        The organic movement calculations for volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2009 were as follows:

 
 2008
Reported
units
 Acquisitions,
disposals
and
transfers
units
 Organic
movement
units
 2009
Reported
units
 Organic
movement
 
 
 million
 million
 million
 million
 %
 

Volume

                

North America

  51.1  1.8  0.1  53.0   

Europe

  41.6    (2.6) 39.0  (6)

International

  39.1    (1.6) 37.5  (4)

Asia Pacific

  13.2    (1.4) 11.8  (11)
             

Total volume

  145.0  1.8  (5.5) 141.3  (4)
             


 
 2008
Reported
 Exchange Acquisitions,
disposals
and
transfers
 Organic
movement
 2009
Reported
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 

Sales

                   

North America

  2,965  715  149  29  3,858  1 

Europe

  4,046  353  7  (127) 4,279  (3)

International

  2,376  192  3  232  2,803  9 

Asia Pacific

  1,168  99  1    1,268   

Corporate

  88  3    (16) 75  (18)
               

Total sales

  10,643  1,362  160  118  12,283  1 
               
 
 2008
Reported
units
 Acquisitions
and
disposals(2)
units
 Organic
movement
units
 2009
Reported
units
 Organic
movement
 
 
 million
 million
 million
 million
 %
 

Volume

           

North America

 51.1 1.8 0.1 53.0  

Europe

 41.6  (2.6)39.0 (6)

International

 38.6* (1.6)37.0*(4)

Asia Pacific

 13.2  (1.4)11.8 (11)
            

Total

 144.5*1.8 (5.5)140.8*(4)
            

*
Decreased by 0.5 million equivalent units from the figures reported for the years ended 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008. All volume figures for the International region in this section have been amended accordingly.

 
 2008
Reported
 Exchange(1) Acquisitions
and
disposals(2)
 Organic
movement
 2009
Reported
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 

Sales

             

North America

 2,965 715 149 29 3,858 1 

Europe

 4,046 353 7 (127)4,279 (3)

International

 2,376 192 3 232 2,803 9 

Asia Pacific

 1,168 99 1  1,268  

Corporate

 88 3  (16)75   
              

Total sales

 10,643 1,362 160 118 12,283 1 
              

Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

 
 2008
Reported
 Exchange Acquisitions,
disposals
and
transfers
 Organic
movement
 2009
Reported
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 

Net sales

                   

North America

  2,523  602  142  23  3,290  1 

Europe

  2,630  260  6  (146) 2,750  (5)

International

  1,971  156  2  157  2,286  7 

Asia Pacific

  877  74  1  (42) 910  (4)

Corporate

  89  3    (17) 75  (18)
              

Total net sales

  8,090  1,095  151  (25) 9,311   
                 

Excise duties

  2,553           2,972    
                  

Total sales

  10,643           12,283    
                  

Operating profit

                   

North America

  907  206  45  (2) 1,156   

Europe

  798  66  (2) (6) 856  (1)

International

  593  (5)   57  645  10 

Asia Pacific

  170  (6)     164   

Corporate

  (164) (94)   50  (208)  
              

Total operating profit before exceptional items

  2,304  167  43  99  2,613  4 
                 

Exceptional items

  (78)          (170)   
                  

Total operating profit

  2,226           2,443    
                  

 
 2008
Reported
 Exchange(1) Acquisitions
and
disposals(2)
 Organic
movement
 2009
Reported
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 

Net sales

             

North America

 2,523 602 142 23 3,290 1 

Europe

 2,630 260 6 (146)2,750 (5)

International

 1,971 156 2 157 2,286 7 

Asia Pacific

 877 74 1 (42)910 (4)

Corporate

 89 3  (17)75   
              

Total net sales

 8,090 1,095 151 (25)9,311  
              

Excise duties

 2,553       2,972   
              

Total sales

 10,643       12,283   
              

Marketing spend(4)

             

North America

 369 85 21 (44)431 (10)

Europe

 437 45 4 (57)429 (12)

International

 246 19 1 (7)259 (3)

Asia Pacific

 192 28  (12)208 (5)
              

Total marketing spend

 1,244 177 26 (120)1,327 (8)
              

Operating profit(4)

             

North America

 928 180 45 (15)1,138 (1)

Europe

 788 73 (2)(6)853 (1)

International

 576 10  63 649 11 

Asia Pacific

 159 (4) 4 159 3 

Corporate

 (161)(94) 44 (211)  
              

Total operating profit before exceptional items

 2,290 165 43 90 2,588 4 
              

Exceptional items(3)

 (78)      (170)  
              

Total operating profit

 2,212       2,418   
              

Notes

(1)
The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales and operating profit are primarily the retranslation of prior period reported results at current period exchange rates and are principally in respect of the US dollar and the euro.

(2)
The impacts of acquisitions disposals and transfersdisposals are excluded from the organic movement percentages. Transfers represent the movement between operating units of certain activities. In the year ended 30 June 2009:

a.
Acquisitions in the year ended 30 June 2008 that affected volume, sales, net sales and operating profit were the acquisitions of Ketel One Worldwide BV, Rosenblum Cellars and the distribution rights for Zacapa rum

b.
rum. There were no disposalsdisposals.

c.
There were no transfers

(3)
Operating exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2009 comprised charges of £166 million in respect of the global restructuring programme and £4 million in respect of the restructuring of Irish brewing operations. Operating exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2008 comprised restructuring costs for Irish brewing operations of £78 million.

Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

(4)
The figures for the years ended 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008 have been restated following the adoption of the amendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assets and IFRS 8 – Operating segments and the change to the accounting treatment of returnables. See note 1 to the consolidated financial statements and page 35 for an explanation of the effect of the restatements.

Key brand performance

 
 Volume
movement*
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 

Smirnoff

  (2) 2  17 

Johnnie Walker

  (11) (6) 4 

Captain Morgan

  3  7  29 

Baileys

  (10) (9) 3 

JeB

  (13) (12)  

José Cuervo

  2  3  27 

Tanqueray

  (10) (8) 12 

Crown Royal – North America

  (1) (1) 23 

Buchanan's – International

  (15) 2  18 

Windsor – Asia Pacific

  3  22  17 

Guinness

  (3) 4  16 

Total key brands**

  (5) (1) 13 

 
 Volume
movement*
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 

Smirnoff

  (2) 2  17 

Johnnie Walker

  (11) (6) 4 

Captain Morgan

  3  7  29 

Baileys

  (10) (9) 3 

JeB

  (13) (12)  

Jose Cuervo

  2  3  27 

Tanqueray

  (10) (8) 12 

Crown Royal – North America

  (1) (1) 23 

Buchanan's – International

  (15) 2  18 

Windsor – Asia Pacific

  3  22  17 

Guinness

  (3) 4  16 

Total key brands**

  (5) (1) 13 

*
Volume movement is both reported and organic.

**
Spirits brand performance excludesbrands excluding ready to drink.

Smirnoff vodka:    strong net sales growth in North America, International and Australia offset weakness in Europe. The performance of Smirnoff Black in all its markets along with price increases which were taken in the majority of markets delivered 4 percentage points of price/mix.

Johnnie Walker:    the global economic environment had a significant impact on Johnnie Walker as it is the most global premium drinks brand. De-stocking, the reduction in travel which led to a decline in sales through travel retail outlets and a reduction in business entertaining and consumption in traditional on-trade outlets in Asia Pacific have led to a reduction in net sales.

Captain Morgan:    strong performance mainly driven by share gains in North America which accounts for almost 90% of net sales. The successful introduction of the brand into markets in Europe and International has continued. Innovation with the launch of Captain Morgan 100 in North America, together with price increases drove overall price/mix improvement.

Baileys:    weakness in Spain and de-stocking in many markets was partially offset by growth in Great Britain.

JeB:    the weakness of the Spanish scotch category was the primary driver of the decline in JeB.

        JoséJose Cuervo:    share gains on JoséJose Cuervo Gold plus a successful launch of JoséJose Cuervo Silver in North America led to volume and net sales growth.

Tanqueray:    weakness in North America drove overall performance although the brand grew in Europe and Asia Pacific.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Crown Royal:    volume reduction on the higher priced Reserve and Cask 16 variants led to a small decline in volume and net sales despite growth in Crown Royal.



Business review (continued)

Buchanan's:    growth in the key markets of Venezuela, Mexico and Colombia was offset by the decline in the Caribbean and other Latin American markets. The brand continued to grow in North America and gained share. Price increases drove net sales growth.

Windsor:    growth in Korea following the return to Diageo's normal route to market. The brand's share grew in Korea benefiting from a bottle re-design and also grew in China following its recent launch.

Guinness:    strong growth in Africa with net sales up 18%. Its performance in Asia Pacific continued to improve and sales stabilised in Ireland. Out-performance in the declining Great Britain beer category delivered further share gains in that market.

Category summary

 
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

  (5) (2) (5) 11 

Local priority brands*

  (1) 1  5  24 

Category brands*

  (2) 4  (1) 17 

Spirits**

  
(4

)
 
  
(3

)
 
16
 

Beer

    5    16 

Wine

  1  (5) 2  12 

Ready to drink

  (11) (8) (11) 5 

*
Ketel One vodka and Rosenblum Cellars wine are included in local priority brands in North America and in category brands in other regions while Zacapa rum is reported in category brands globally.

**
Spirits brand performance excludes ready to drink.

        Spirits:    Vodka net sales up 8% and rum net sales up 6% were the strongest categories in spirits. Scotch net sales declined 3% mainly as a result of de-stocking. The liqueurs category was weak as a result of de-stocking and declining consumer demand and net sales declined by 9%.

        Beer:    The strong performance of Diageo's beer brands in Africa was the key driver of the overall performance of beer. There was continued growth in Asia Pacific and while beer net sales declined in Ireland by 4% and in Great Britain by 1%, this performance was significantly stronger than that of the beer category in both countries.

        Wine:    The weakness of the higher priced wine segment in the US was the biggest contributor to the 5% overall decline in wine as the US accounts for over half of Diageo's total wine net sales. In contrast wine performed strongly in Great Britain and net sales grew 6%.

        Ready to drink:    The 2008 excise duty increase on ready to drink products in Australia drove much of the weakness in performance. While in International the segment continued to grow strongly, the planned de-stock of ready to drink brands in the US, together with weakness in the segment there and in Europe, contributed to the overall decline.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Corporate revenue and costs    Net sales decreased by £14 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £75 million, from £89 million in the prior year. Net operating costs before exceptional items increased by £44£50 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £208£211 million, from £164£161 million in the prior year.

        Diageo undertakes the majority of its currency transaction hedging centrally and therefore £86 million of negative year on year transaction impact was taken to Corporate. In addition there was a negative year on year translation impact of £8 million in Corporate. The regions are reported using forecast transaction exchange rates with the difference between forecast and achieved rates being included in Corporate. This amounted to a benefit of £38£32 million in the year. There was a £12 million reduction in underlying Corporate net costs.


North America

Key highlights

Key measures
 2009 2008 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

        4   

Net sales

  3,290  2,523  30  1 

Marketing spend

  429  366  17  (9)

Operating profit before exceptional items

  1,156  907  27   

Operating profit

  1,131  907  25   

Key measures
 2009 2008 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

     4  

Net sales

 3,290 2,523 30 1 

Marketing spend

 431 369 17 (10)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 1,138 928 23 (1)

Operating profit

 1,115 928 20   

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £767 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £3,290 million, from £2,523 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £249£210 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £1,156£1,138 million, from £907£928 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £224£187 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £1,131£1,115 million, from £907£928 million in the prior year.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Organic performance    The weighted average exchange rate used to translate US dollar sales and profit moved from £1 = $2.01 in the year ended 30 June 2008 to £1 = $1.60 in the year ended 30 June 2009. Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £602 million, acquisitions increased net sales by £142 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £23 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit by £206£180 million, acquisitions increased operating profit by £45 million and there was an organic decrease in operating profit before exceptional items of £2£15 million.

Despite the economic climate, the total beverage alcohol market in North America grew in both volume and value. Within spirits, there has been a trend for consumers to trade out of the super and ultra premium segments and down to lower price segments; however the premium segment, where Diageo is most represented, has proved the most resilient and has gained share of the overall spirits category. As consumer demand slowed stock levels reduced in aggregate across the whole supply chain. Spirits stocks with distributors at the end of June 2009 were higher when compared to June 2008, although there has been a significant reduction in absolute levels since December. Stock levels held by retailers are down year on year. The planned beer and ready to drink stock reduction was completed successfully resulting in net sales declines of 6% in beer and 8% in ready to drink. The slowdown of the wine category, especially at price points above $25 per bottle has led to a decline in Diageo wine net sales of 7%. Overall price/mix of 1 percentage point was achieved by strong price increases in the first half on premium brands partially offset by negative mix driven by volume declines in the higher net sales per case scotch category and ready to drink segment.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

 (2)(2)(2)22 

Local priority brands*

 1  19 47 

Category brands*

 6 11 6 36 

Total

  1 4 30 

Key brands**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

 1 6 1 30 

Johnnie Walker

 (6)(8)(6)14 

Captain Morgan

 3 7 3 32 

Baileys

 (5)(5)(5)16 

Jose Cuervo

 3 4 3 30 

Tanqueray

 (12)(12)(12)10 

Crown Royal

 (1)(1)(1)23 

Guinness

 (11)(6)(11)15 

Ready to drink

 (10)(8)(10)14 

*
Brand additions in the year ended 30 June 2008 Ketel One vodka and Rosenblum Cellars wine are included in local priority brands while Zacapa rum is included in category brands.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Smirnoff vodka grew as a result of higher marketing spend and price increases on Smirnoff Red. Marketing spend increased 2% behind core growth drivers reinforcing the quality message combined with investment behind innovation launches on the Smirnoff Flavours range.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Johnnie Walker was impacted by the economic climate that led to the total scotch category declining 3% in value with weaker performance in the deluxe segment. Johnnie Walker Red Label net sales declined 2% and Black Label declined 7% but both gained share of their segments while maintaining price premiums. In the super deluxe segment, Johnnie Walker Blue Label experienced double digit declines and marketing spend was re-directed towards Johnnie Walker Black Label.



Business review (continued)


Label Investment behind the 'Strides' marketing campaign and driving loyalty through relationship marketing have led to strong improvements across key brand equity measures.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

  (2) (2) (2) 22 

Local priority brands*

  1    19  47 

Category brands*

  6  11  6  36 

Total

    1  4  30 

Key brands:**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

  1  6  1  30 

Johnnie Walker

  (6) (8) (6) 14 

Captain Morgan

  3  7  3  32 

Baileys

  (5) (5) (5) 16 

José Cuervo

  3  4  3  30 

Tanqueray

  (12) (12) (12) 10 

Crown Royal

  (1) (1) (1) 23 

Guinness

  (11) (6) (11) 15 

Ready to drink

  (10) (8) (10) 14 

*
Brand additions in the year ended 30 June 2008 Ketel One vodka and Rosenblum Cellars wine are included in local priority brands while Zacapa rum is included in category brands.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Captain Morgan had a strong year, delivering volume and net sales growth and share gains. Four percentage points of positive price/mix was delivered through price increases on Original Spiced Rum and the launch of the higher priced Captain Morgan 100. Increased marketing spend behind the 'Got a little Captain in you' television campaign led to share gains in the rum category and improved brand equity scores.

        The liqueur category has been among the hardest hit in the current economic environment and Baileys net sales declined but share was maintained. The decline of Original Irish Cream was partially offset by the successful launch of Baileys with a hint of Coffee.

        JoséJose Cuervo grew volume 3% and net sales 4%. Share gains on JoséJose Cuervo Gold driven by an increase in distribution points and the launch of JoséJose Cuervo Silver more than offset weakness in the on-trade.

        Tanqueray net sales declined 12% in line with volumes as price increases on the core London Dry variant were offset by faster declines on the higher priced variants Tanqueray No.10 and Rangpur. Marketing investment was reduced as spend was re-directed to fund proven growth drivers on other brands.

        Crown Royal volume and net sales declined 1%. Positive net sales growth on the core variant was more than offset by the poor economic conditions impacting the higher priced Reserve and Cask 16 variants. Crown Royal in Canada under-performed the United States, as price increases were not followed by the competition leading to price gaps at retail that impacted volume.



Business review (continued)

        Guinness net sales declined 6% as a result of three factors: the planned stock reduction, consumers trading out of the higher priced imported beer segment and into domestic beer, and overall weakness in the on-trade which particularly impacted keg volume. Price increases on both keg and packaged Guinness contributed 5 percentage points of price/mix.

        Local priority brands grew volume 1% and held net sales flat driven by the organic contribution of Ketel One vodka and sales of Seagram's 7. This was offset by the decline in US wines, in particular on Chalone wines, as consumers traded down from higher price points. To offset this, Diageo wines increased promotional activity in the second half and launched a number of new products at price-points of $10 and below.

        Category brand volume grew 6% and net sales grew 11% reflecting the opportunities presented by Diageo's broad brand range. Cîroc vodka continued its strong growth trajectory, as a result of the combination of Diageo, Sean Combs and the brand itself, and grew volume 137% and net sales 159%. At the other end of the pricing spectrum and capitalising on the consumer shift towards value brands were Gordon's gin with net sales up 9%, Gordon's vodka up 11% and Popov vodka up 14%.

        Ready to drink net sales declined 8% as a result of segment decline and the planned stock reduction. Diageo continued to innovate in this segment with the launch of several new Smirnoff Ice


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


flavours and a range of ready to serve Smirnoff Cocktails, reflecting the trend for increased at-home consumption.

        Marketing spend for the year decreased 9%10% due to a reduction of investment behind those brands and segments most impacted by the current economic climate and media rate deflation. While investment behind ready to drink, beer and Tanqueray decreased, proven growth drivers elsewhere in the brand range were fully supported, in particular on Captain Morgan, Cîroc vodka and innovation launches. Overall, Diageo's share of voice of total spirits advertising spend increased 4 percentage points.

        Canada has also been affected by the global economic slowdown but it has not experienced contractions on the scale of the United States. Price increases on core spirits together with increased marketing spend behind Smirnoff and Captain Morgan delivered 7% net sales growth.

        Gross margin was adversely affected by input cost increases, the negative mix effect of consumers trading down within brands and the volume decline of higher gross margin segments and categories such as ready to drink, scotch and liqueurs. Price increases on core variants taken in the first half plus reductions in overall marketing spend combined to deliver constant operating profit for the year.


Europe

Key highlights



Business review (continued)

Key measures
 2009 2008 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

     (6)(6)

Net sales

 2,750 2,630 5 (5)

Marketing spend

 419 438 (4)(14)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 856 798 7 (1)

Operating profit

 790 720 10 (1)

Key measures
 2009 2008 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

     (6)(6)

Net sales

 2,750 2,630 5 (5)

Marketing spend

 429 437 (2)(12)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 853 788 8 (1)

Operating profit

 801 788 13   

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £120 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £2,750 million, from £2,630 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £58£65 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £856£853 million, from £798£788 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £70£91 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £790£801 million, from £720£788 million in the prior year.


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Organic performance    The weighted average exchange rate used to translate euro sales and profit moved from £1 = €1.36 in the year ended 30 June 2008 to £1 = €1.17 in the year ended 30 June 2009. Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £260 million, acquisitions increased net sales by £6 million and there was an organic decrease in net sales of £146 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit by £66 million, acquisitions decreased operating profit by £2 million and there was an organic decrease in operating profit before exceptional items of £6 million.

In Great Britain net sales were up 2% driven by strong spirits and wine performance and Diageo gained share of beer in the on-trade and of spirits and wine in the off-trade. Bell's and Baileys performed strongly with both brands gaining share in the on-trade and off-trade following a robust Christmas. Smirnoff vodka net sales declined 3% as the brand came under increased pressure from heavily promoted competitor brands.

        The performance in Ireland was impacted by the continued decline of the total beverage alcohol market where volume declined by 4% and value by 3%. Against this, Guinness net sales were flat as Diageo maintained investment behind the brand with the 250th250th Anniversary and the 'Alive inside' campaigns. For the second consecutive year Guinness grew share in the key Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland on-trade channels.

        In Spain volume was down 21% and net sales were down 20% in line with market trends following the steep decline in the economy from mid-November onwards. Rising unemployment, lower consumer confidence and spending power reduced demand across consumer categories and led to a shift from on-trade to off-trade impacting spirits consumption. Significant de-stocking occurred as limited credit availability in the market led to some wholesalers being unable to fund their stock.

        In Russia volume was up 2% and net sales were up 1% following a strong first half performance. Johnnie Walker remained the key brand and accounted for almost 50% of net sales. Price/mix was down 1 percentage point as consumers traded down from deluxe to standard scotch and both Johnnie Walker Red Label and White Horse grew share. In many markets in Eastern Europe Diageo's key brands gained share.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

 (8)(6)(8)4 

Local priority brands

 (6)(6)(6)4 

Category brands*

 (1)(2)(1)8 

Total

 (6)(5)(6)5 

Key brands**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

 (8)(6)(8) 

Johnnie Walker

 (5)(4)(5)7 

Baileys

 (9)(10)(9) 

JeB

 (13)(13)(13) 

Guinness

 (6) (6)8 

Ready to drink

 (17)(11)(17)(2)

*
Brand additions in the year ended 30 June 2008 Ketel One vodka, Rosenblum Cellars wine and Zacapa rum are included in category brands.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Smirnoff vodka net sales were down 6% with declines in Great Britain and Spain partially offset by net sales growth in Continental Europe. Smirnoff continued to be the number one premium spirit in Great Britain and grew share in Ireland.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

 (8)(6)(8)4 

Local priority brands

 (6)(6)(6)4 

Category brands*

 (1)(2)(1)8 

Total

 (6)(5)(6)5 

Key brands:**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

 (8)(6)(8) 

Johnnie Walker

 (5)(4)(5)7 

Baileys

 (9)(10)(9) 

JeB

 (13)(13)(13) 

Guinness

 (6) (6)8 

Ready to drink

 (17)(11)(17)(2)

*
Brand additions in the year ended 30 June 2008 Ketel One vodka, Rosenblum Cellars wine and Zacapa rum are included in category brands.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Johnnie Walker net sales decreased by 4% mainly driven by the performance in Spain and Russia. The brand continued to perform well in Greece where Johnnie Walker Black Label grew net sales by 14% following the successful launch of the anniversary pack supported by the 'Strides' and 'Crossroads' campaigns. The brand benefited from price increases in all markets leading to positive price/mix in the region.

        Baileys net sales were down 10%. The overall decline of the brand was mainly due to performance in Iberia, where net sales declined in line with the category. In Great Britain both Baileys Original and the Baileys Flavours variants grew volume and net sales with positive price/mix following the successful launch of Baileys Coffee.

        JeB volume and net sales were down 13%, principally due to performance in Iberia where the economic environment has driven a significant decline in consumption and customer stock levels.

        In Great Britain Guinness has now delivered 30 consecutive months of volume share growth in the on-trade and therefore despite the difficult on-trade beer segment, net sales of Guinness declined only 1%. In the second half net sales were flat, while the beer market continued to decline driven by the switch from on-trade to off-trade and the increase in beer duty. This share gain was driven by the execution of a new strategy to focus on less frequent purchasers, investment behind the 250th Anniversary250th Celebration and the '17:59' and 'Alive inside' campaigns. In Ireland net sales were also flat and Guinness grew share in key on-trade channels.

        Local priority brand net sales were down 6% driven by Cacique and Cardhu in Iberia and the agency beer brands in Ireland partially offset by Harp, which benefited from the continued rollout of Harp Ice Cold. Bell's had good net sales and volume growth in Great Britain, driven by the launch of



Business review (continued)


Bell's Original supported by a marketing programme called 'The Spirit of Arthur Bell' which included television, newspaper and direct mail advertising.

        Category brand volume was down 1% and net sales were down 2% with declines in most markets offset by growth in Blossom Hill in Great Britain and growth of White Horse scotch in Russia.

        Ready to drink volume was down 17% as the segment continued to decline. Smirnoff Ice volume was down 20% in Great Britain although the brand grew share in the on-trade.

        Marketing spend was down 14%12% across the region particularly driven by Spain and Ireland, countries where the economic conditions were harder and the beverage alcohol consumption declined more significantly.


International

Key highlights


Table of Contents



Business review (continued)

Key measures
 2009 2008 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

        (4) (4)

Net sales

  2,286  1,971  16  7 

Marketing spend

  256  244  5  (3)

Operating profit before exceptional items

  645  593  9  10 

Operating profit

  623  593  5  10 

Key measures
 2009 2008 Reported
movement
 Organic
movement
 
 
 £ million
 £ million
 %
 %
 

Volume

     (4)(4)

Net sales

 2,286 1,971 16 7 

Marketing spend

 259 246 5 (3)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 649 576 13 11 

Operating profit

 627 576 9   

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £315 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £2,286 million, from £1,971 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £52£73 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £645£649 million, from £593£576 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £30£51 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £623£627 million, from £593£576 million in the prior year.

Organic performance    Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £156 million, acquisitions increased net sales by £2 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £157 million. Exchange rate impacts decreased operating profit by £5 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit before exceptional items of £57 million.

Continued strong performance in Africa and net sales growth in Latin America drove International performance as Global Travel was impacted by the global economic weakness.



Business review (continued)

        In International 70% of scotch net sales are in Latin America where significant price increases were taken in the first half to offset the impact of major devaluations of local currencies. The strengthening of the US dollar particularly impacted the US dollar priced duty free business in the region. In the second half a number of these currencies have strengthened easing volume pressure, and prices have been moderated in line with the currency movement. In Venezuela, Mexico and Brazil volume and net sales grew with strong performances of Buchanan's, Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff ready to drink.

        Similarly Africa accounts for 90% of beer net sales in the region and performed strongly driven by Guinness, local beer brands and a strong innovation pipeline. Although growth slowed in the second half of the year as the region started to be impacted by the global economic downturn, volume was up 2% and net sales grew 16%.

        Global Travel continued to be impacted as global economic weakness led to a decline in passenger numbers and de-stocking in travel retail. Lower volume in the super deluxe segment led to negative


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


mix. In the Middle East, volume grew 3% and net sales grew 6% primarily from the growth in standard scotch.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

 (5)5 (5)12 

Local priority brands

  9  20 

Category brands

 (5)11 (5)20 

Total

 (4)7 (4)16 

Key brands*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

  9  17 

Johnnie Walker

 (12)(3)(12)2 

Baileys

 (16)(11)(16)(5)

JeB

 (15)2 (15)18 

Guinness

 3 15 3 28 

Ready to drink

 6 13 6 23 

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Smirnoff vodka volume was flat and net sales were up 9%. Volume performance was driven by growth in Brazil and South Africa offset by declines in the Global Travel and Middle East business and the Caribbean. Net sales growth was driven by price increases in Brazil and South Africa.

        Johnnie Walker volume declined by 12% and net sales by 3%. Johnnie Walker Red Label grew net sales following strong growth in Mexico while Johnnie Walker Black Label net sales were flat. Super deluxe variants net sales declined as growth in Latin America, Africa and the Middle East was offset by declines in Global Travel.

        Baileys net sales declined 11% as growth in Venezuela and Africa was offset by the slowdown in the duty free channel.



Business review (continued)

        Buchanan's net sales grew by 2% with strong volume and net sales growth in Venezuela, the brand's biggest market with net sales up 24% and in Mexico where net sales were up 28%. Volume and net sales saw declines in the duty free channel in Latin America as a result of de-stocking and credit and currency issues impacted performance.

Brand performance
 Organic
volume
movement
 Organic
net sales
movement
 Reported
volume
movement
 Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
 %
 %
 %
 %
 

Global priority brands

  (5) 5  (5) 12 

Local priority brands

    9    20 

Category brands*

  (5) 11  (5) 20 

Total

  (4) 7  (4) 16 

Key brands:**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Smirnoff

    9    17 

Johnnie Walker

  (12) (3) (12) 2 

Baileys

  (16) (11) (16) (5)

Buchanan's

  (15) 2  (15) 18 

Guinness

  2  15  2  28 

Ready to drink

  6  13  6  23 

*
Brand additions in the year ended 30 June 2008 Ketel One vodka, Rosenblum Cellars wine and Zacapa rum are included in category brands.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Guinness volume was up 2%3% and net sales grew 15% driven by the continued performance of the brand in Africa where volume was up 4% and net sales up 18%. Strong double-digit net sales growth was achieved in Nigeria, Ghana and East Africa supported by on-trade promotion around English Premier League football.

        Local priority brands net sales grew 9% with consistent performance across many markets. There was 7%8% volume and 15% net sales growth in Africa, notably from Malta Guinness in Nigeria, Pilsner and Tusker in East Africa and Bell's in South Africa. Price increases across the region offset the impact of the volume decline on scotch in Latin America.

        Category brand net sales were up 11% primarily as a result of Harp in Nigeria, Cacique in Venezuela, Senator in East Africa and Star in Ghana.

Ready to drink volume increased by 6% and net sales grew 13% on price increases on Smirnoff ready to drink brands in most markets and volume gains


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


in Latin America, especially Brazil, and in Nigeria. Volume growth in Brazil, Nigeria and Cameroon offset a volume decrease in South Africa where the ready to drink segment declined compared to the prior year.

        In a tough trading environment East Africa grew net sales 6%. Excise duty increases on non-malted beer led to declining volumes of Allsopps and Citizen though overall beer volumes were up driven by Guinness, Tusker and Senator. Further excise duty increases negatively impacted the spirits category with total spirits net sales declining 8%.



Business review (continued)

        Nigeria had a strong performance with volume up 22% and net sales up 30% driven by Guinness, Malta Guinness and Harp which all took price increases in the period. Smirnoff Ice performed well with volume up over 50% while Malta Guinness continued to benefit from the bottle relaunch in 2008.

        South Africa's global and local priority brands grew whilst category brands declined as a result of the focus on driving value in scotch. Smirnoff vodka drove global priority brand growth while growth in local priority brands was driven by Bell's, which grew share and maintained its position as the number one scotch in South Africa.

        Ghana faced a challenging year as a result of the economic environment and water shortages in the first half which led to constrained production and a full year volume decline of 6%. Strong pricing led to net sales growth of 24% as price increases were taken to cover off the increase in cost of goods arising as a result of the devaluation of the Cedi.

        Cameroon performed well with volume up 17% and net sales up 19%. Volume performance was driven by Guinness, Saltzenbrau and the successful launch of Smirnoff Ice in November. Net sales grew two percentage points ahead of volume as price increases on Guinness offset the small price decrease on Malta Quench, which brought it in line with competitor brands.

        In Mexico strong volume and net sales growth of Johnnie Walker and Buchanan's drove overall scotch net sales up 38% and maintained Diageo's leadership position in the scotch category.

        In Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil volume declines in scotch were partially offset by growth in Smirnoff vodka while net sales grew as price increases, particularly on scotch brands were made in the individual markets. Positive channel mix with stronger volumes from the higher value Brazil domestic channel helped to grow the top line.

        Strong performance of deluxe and super deluxe scotch along with Cacique growth ahead of the rum category drove volume and net sales growth in Venezuela. Johnnie Walker, Buchanan's and Old Parr all grew net sales by double digits as price increases were put through in line with Diageo's scotch strategy.

        Marketing spend in the region declined by 3% as increased spend in Nigeria and Cameroon was offset by efficiencies in Latin America and the transfer of ready to drink, cider and beer brand spend to the new South African venture.


Asia Pacific

Key highlights


Table of Contents



Business review (continued)

    Declining consumer confidence and supply chain inventory reductions have impacted performance particularly in China and South East Asia

    Top and bottom line growth in Korea and share gains for Windsor following the return to in-market company distribution

    Price/mix benefit of 7 percentage points came from the return to in-market distribution in Korea and strong price increases on scotch brands offset by negative product mix from lower volume in the higher net sales per case ready to drink segment



Business review (continued)

      Marketing spend decreased 5% although investment behind spirits grew 7% reflecting the importance of this category to future growth of the region
    Key measures
     2009 2008 Reported
    movement
     Organic
    movement
     
     
     £ million
     £ million
     %
     %
     

    Volume

            (11) (11)

    Net sales

      910  877  4  (4)

    Marketing spend

      208  191  9  (5)

    Operating profit before exceptional items

      164  170  (4)  

    Operating profit

      128  170  (25)  

    Key measures
     2009 2008 Reported
    movement
     Organic
    movement
     
     
     £ million
     £ million
     %
     %
     

    Volume

         (11)(11)

    Net sales

     910 877 4 (4)

    Marketing spend

     208 192 8 (5)

    Operating profit before exceptional items

     159 159  3 

    Operating profit

     124 159 (22)  

    Reported performance    Net sales increased by £33 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £910 million, from £877 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items remained unchanged at £159 million in the year ended 30 June 2009. Operating profit decreased by £6£35 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £164£124 million, from £170 million in the prior year. Operating profit decreased by £42 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £128 million, from £170£159 million in the prior year.

    Organic performance    Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £74 million, acquisitions increased net sales by £1 million and there was an organic decrease in net sales of £42 million. Exchange rate impacts decreased operating profit by £6 million and there was noan organic movementincrease in operating profit before exceptional items.of £4 million.

    Brand performance
     Organic
    volume
    movement
     Organic
    net sales
    movement
     Reported
    volume
    movement
     Reported
    net sales
    movement
     
     
     %
     %
     %
     %
     

    Global priority brands

     (14)(8)(14)2 

    Local priority brands

     (1)8 (1)8 

    Category brands

     (10)(8)(10)3 

    Total

     (11)(4)(11)4 

    Key brands*

     

     


     

     


     

     


     

     


     

    Smirnoff

     1 13 1 24 

    Johnnie Walker

     (20)(12)(20)(1)

    Bundaberg rum

     17 29 17 34 

    Windsor

     3 22 3 17 

    Guinness

     5 6 5 20 

    Ready to drink

     (26)(22)(26)(17)

    *
    Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

    Table of Contents


    Business review (continued)

    Smirnoff vodka grew volume 1% and net sales 13% in the region led by a strong performance from Australia, which grew volume 12% and net sales 38%. Strong price/mix was delivered by price increases taken in the first half combined with positive mix from the strong volume growth of the higher priced Smirnoff Black variant due to the successful 'Bond' activation.

            Johnnie Walker performance across the region was heavily impacted by the economic slowdown, which impacted consumer confidence and led to weakness in the on-trade and supply chain inventory reductions in key markets. Within the variants, Johnnie Walker Red Label performed well in the standard segment with net sales down 6% and grew share in its largest markets of Thailand and Australia.

    Johnnie Walker Black Label and super deluxe were down 13% as they were disproportionately affected by the weakness of the traditional on-trade in key markets such as China and South East Asia. The successful launch of Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve across the region provided a new premium offering for the brand and partially mitigated declines in the super deluxe segment.

            Bundaberg rum in Australia benefited from consumers trading out of the ready to drink segment but remaining loyal to the brand, and delivered 17% volume growth. Price increases implemented in the first half taken together with the successful launch of the premium priced Bundaberg Red combined to deliver 12 percentage points of price/mix and share gains.

            Windsor continued to grow share in its largest market of Korea, more than offsetting the scotch category decline and also benefited from the return of in-market distribution to deliver net sales growth of 23% in Korea. Price increases on the main 12 and 17 year-old variants plus the introduction of a new bottle design led to Windsor ending the year as the clear number one scotch brand in Korea having gained 5 percentage points of share.

            Guinness grew net sales 6% as the brand proved resilient in the turbulent economic environment, growing 11% in its largest market of South East Asia.



    Business review (continued)

            Australia remained the key market for Diageo's ready to drink brands in Asia Pacific. A 70% duty increase on spirit-based ready to drink brands imposed by the Australian government in April 2008 resulted in a decrease of 27% in volume and 23% in net sales in Australia this year.

    Brand performance
     Organic
    volume
    movement
     Organic
    net sales
    movement
     Reported
    volume
    movement
     Reported
    net sales
    movement
     
     
     %
     %
     %
     %
     

    Global priority brands

      (14) (8) (14) 2 

    Local priority brands

      (1) 8  (1) 8 

    Category brands*

      (10) (8) (10) 3 

    Total

      (11) (4) (11) 4 

    Key brands:**

     

     


     

     


     

     


     

     


     

    Smirnoff

      1  13  1  24 

    Johnnie Walker

      (20) (12) (20) (1)

    Bundaberg rum

      17  29  17  34 

    Windsor

      3  22  3  17 

    Guinness

      5  6  5  20 

    Ready to drink

      (26) (22) (26) (17)

    *
    Brand additions in the year ended 30 June 2008 Ketel One vodka, Rosenblum Cellars wine and Zacapa rum are included in category brands.

    **
    Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

    The impact of this duty increase was less severe in the final quarter as sales began to lap higher prices from the last financial year.

            Local priority brands, mainly comprised of Windsor in Korea and Bundaberg in Australia, grew net sales 8%.

            Category brands net sales declined 8% primarily as a result of volume decline in value scotch brands such as Haig in India and Spey Royal in Thailand in line with Diageo's scotch value strategy.

            In Australia net sales declined 10% as the weakness in the ready to drink segment was partially offset by a 13% net sales increase on spirits. This was driven by share gains on Bundaberg and Johnnie Walker and a successful innovation programme on the Bundaberg and Smirnoff trademarks. Excluding ready to drink, Australia grew net sales 11%.

            A full year of sales through the normal route to market in Korea had a positive effect on price/mix as volume was down 3% but net sales were up 16% reflecting higher net sales per case rates than in the comparable period. The two main brands in Korea, Windsor and Johnnie Walker, both grew volume and net sales, more than offsetting scotch category declines.


    Table of Contents


    Business review (continued)

            In China, low consumer confidence levels severely impacted consumption occasions as consumers reduced purchase frequency, especially in the traditional on-trade channel which accounts for almost half of the sales of international spirits in the market. In addition, trade de-stocking at the secondary and tertiary tiers reduced volumes to wholesalers in the South and East of the country where Johnnie Walker is strongest. Net sales of brands through the Diageo China organisation grew strongly albeit from a low base as they derived the majority of sales through the modern on-trade channel which has been less impacted by the financial crisis.



    Business review (continued)

            In India net sales declined 3%. Inappropriately high stock levels across many brands at 31 December 2008 were de-stocked in the second half. For the full year the volume decline in Smirnoff and Haig was only partially offset by growth in Johnnie Walker, Shark Tooth and VAT 69.

            Taiwan grew net sales 7%. Price increases on Johnnie Walker and the continued success of The Singleton roll out combined to outperform the 11% volume decline in the scotch category.

            Thailand saw net sales decline 3% but recorded share gains on Johnnie Walker Red and Black Labels, Benmore and Smirnoff.

            Diageo Korea received a preliminary customs audit assessment notice from the Korean customs authorities in connection with the application of the methodology used in transfer pricing on spirits imports since 2004. Diageo Korea is in discussions with the Korean customs authorities and intends to defend its position vigorously.

            Marketing spend declined 5% overall as a result of the reduction in spend behind ready to drink in Australia. However, investment behind spirits increased 7% reflecting the benefit of the transfer of advertising spend back to the in-market company in Korea and the importance of this category to future growth.


    Operating results 2008 compared with 2007

    Summary consolidated income statement

     
     Year ended 30 June 
     
     2008 2007 
     
     £ million
     £ million
     

    Sales

     10,643 9,917 

    Excise duties

     (2,553)(2,436)
          

    Net sales

     8,090 7,481 

    Operating costs

     (5,864)(5,322)
          

    Operating profit

     2,226 2,159 

    Sale of businesses

     9 (1)

    Net finance charges

     (319)(212)

    Share of associates' profits after tax

     177 149 
          

    Profit before taxation

     2,093 2,095 

    Taxation

     (522)(678)
          

    Profit from continuing operations

     1,571 1,417 

    Discontinued operations

     26 139 
          

    Profit for the year

     1,597 1,556 
          

    Attributable to:

         

    Equity shareholders

     1,521 1,489 

    Minority interests

     76 67 
          

     1,597 1,556 
          

    Sales and net sales    On a reported basis, sales increased by £726 million from £9,917 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £10,643 million in the year ended 30 June 2008. On a reported basis, net sales increased by £609 million from £7,481 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £8,090 million in



    Business review (continued)


    the year ended 30 June 2008. Exchange rate movements increased reported sales by £160 million and reported net sales by £112 million, principally arising from the strengthening of the euro. Acquisitions and disposals resulted in a net increase in reported sales and reported net sales of £1 million for the year.

    Operating costs    On a reported basis, operating costs increased by £542 million in the year ended 30 June 2008 due to an increase in marketing costs of £77 million, from £1,162 million to £1,239 million, an increase in cost of sales of £242 million, from £3,003 million to £3,245 million, and an increase in other operating expenses of £223 million, from £1,157 million to £1,380 million. Exceptional costs of £78 million in respect of restructuring costs for the Irish brewing operations are included within operating expenses in the year ended 30 June 2008. Offset within other operating expenses in the year ended 30 June 2007 was an exceptional gain of £40 million on the disposal of land at Park Royal in the United Kingdom. Excluding exceptional items, operating costs increased by £424 million from £5,362 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £5,786 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

    Post employment plans    Post employment costs for the year ended 30 June 2008 of £53 million (2007 – £56 million) included amounts charged to operating profit of £99 million (2007 – £104 million) partly offset by finance income of £46 million (2007 – £48 million). At 30 June 2008, Diageo's deficit before taxation for all post employment plans was £408 million (2007 – £419 million).

    Operating profit    Reported operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2008 increased by £67 million to £2,226 million from £2,159 million in the prior year. In the year ended 30 June 2008, there were exceptional operating costs of £78 million in respect of the restructuring of the Irish brewing operations. Exceptional property profits of £40 million relating to Park Royal were generated in the year ended 30 June 2007. Excluding exceptional items, operating profit for the year increased by £185 million from £2,119 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £2,304 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

            Exchange rate movements reduced operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2008 by £5 million compared to the prior year.

    Sale of businesses    In the year ended 30 June 2008, a gain of £9 million arose from the sale of businesses including a £5 million gain on the sale of the 49% equity holding in Toptable and a £4 million gain on the sale of distribution rights for ready to drink products and Guinness in South Africa to a 42.25% equity accounted associate. In the year ended 30 June 2007, a loss before taxation of £1 million arose from the disposal of businesses.

    Net finance charges    Net finance charges increased by £107 million from £212 million in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £319 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

            The net interest charge increased by £90 million from £251 million in the prior year to £341 million in the year ended 30 June 2008. This movement principally resulted from the increase in net borrowings in the year and an increase in US dollar and euro interest rates. Exchange rate movements increased the net interest charge by £1 million.

            Other net finance income of £22 million (2007 – £39 million) included income of £46 million (2007 – £48 million) in respect of the group's post employment plans.

            Other net finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2008 of £24 million (2007 – £9 million) included net charges of £17 million (2007 – £16 million) in respect of the unwinding of the discount on discounted provisions, £6 million (2007 – £nil) on the conversion of cash transferred out of countries



    Business review (continued)


    where exchange controls are in place and £1 million (2007 – income of £7 million) in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements that do not meet the accounting criteria for recognition in equity.

    Associates    The group's share of associates' profits after interest and tax was £177 million for the year ended 30 June 2008 compared to £149 million in the prior year. Diageo's 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £161 million (2007 – £136 million) to share of associates' profits after interest and tax.

    Profit before taxation    Profit before taxation decreased by £2 million from £2,095 million to £2,093 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

    Taxation    The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2008 was 24.9% compared with 32.4% for the year ended 30 June 2007. Factors that increased the reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2007 were a provision for the settlement of tax liabilities relating to the Guinness/GrandMet merger, lower carrying value of deferred tax assets primarily following a reduction in tax rates and the tax impact of an intra group reorganisation of certain brand businesses.

    Discontinued operations    In the year ended 30 June 2008, profit after tax in respect of discontinued operations was £26 million. This principally arose from a tax credit of £24 million relating to the disposal of the Pillsbury business. In the year ended 30 June 2007, profit after tax in respect of discontinued operations was £139 million. This profit represented a tax credit of £82 million in respect of the recognition of capital losses that arose on the disposal of Pillsbury and Burger King and a tax credit of £57 million following resolution with the tax authorities of various audit issues including prior year disposals.

    Exceptional items before taxation    Exceptional items are those that, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.

     
     2008 2007 
     
     £ million
     £ million
     

    Operating costs

         

    Restructuring of Irish brewing operations

     (78) 

    Gain on disposal of Park Royal property

      40 

    Disposals

         

    Other business disposals

     9 (1)


    Analysis by business area and brand

    The organic movements for the comparison of the year ended 30 June 2008 compared with the year ended 30 June 2007 are calculated using the same methodology as the organic movements for the year ended 30 June 2009 compared with the year ended 30 June 2008.



    Business review (continued)

            The organic movement calculations for volume, sales, net sales and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2008 were as follows:

     
     2007
    Reported
    units
     Acquisitions
    and
    disposals
    units
     Organic
    movement
    units
     2008
    Reported
    units
     Organic
    movement
     
     
     million
     million
     million
     million
     %
     

    Volume

               

    North America

     50.2 0.1 0.8 51.1 2 

    Europe

     40.9  0.7 41.6 2 

    International

     37.3  1.8 39.1 5 

    Asia Pacific

     12.9  0.3 13.2 2 
                

    Total volume

     141.3 0.1 3.6 145.0 3 
                


     
     2007
    Reported
     Exchange Acquisitions,
    disposals
    and
    transfers
     Organic
    movement
     2008
    Reported
     Organic
    movement
     
     
     £ million
     £ million
     £ million
     £ million
     £ million
     %
     

    Sales

                 

    North America

     2,915 (91) 141 2,965 5 

    Europe

     3,765 183  98 4,046 2 

    International

     2,031 34 1 310 2,376 15 

    Asia Pacific

     1,131 33  4 1,168   

    Corporate

     75 1  12 88 16 
                  

    Total sales

     9,917 160 1 565 10,643 6 
                  

    Net sales

                 

    North America

     2,472 (73) 124 2,523 5 

    Europe

     2,427 128  75 2,630 3 

    International

     1,667 37 1 266 1,971 16 

    Asia Pacific

     840 19  18 877 2 

    Corporate

     75 1  13 89 17 
                  

    Total net sales

     7,481 112 1 496 8,090 7 
                  

    Excise duties

     2,436       2,553   
                  

    Total sales

     9,917       10,643   
                  


    Business review (continued)


     
     2007
    Reported
     Exceptional
    items
     Exchange Acquisitions,
    disposals
    and
    transfers
     Organic
    movement
     2008
    Reported
     Organic
    movement
     
     
     £ million
     £ million
     £ million
     £ million
     £ million
     £ million
     %
     

    Operating profit

                   

    North America

     850  (27)2 82 907 10 

    Europe

     723 (78)47 6 22 720 3 

    International

     499  2 (4)96 593 19 

    Asia Pacific

     196  2 (4)(24)170 (12)

    Corporate

     (109)(40)(29)(2)16 (164)9 
                    

    Total

     2,159 (118)(5)(2)192 2,226 9 
                    

    Notes

    (1)
    Differences between the reported volume movements and organic volume movements are due to acquisitions and disposals.

    (2)
    Transfers represent the movement between operating units of certain activities, the most significant of which were the reallocation of certain net operating items between Corporate and the regions. Transfers reduced operating profit for International, Asia Pacific and Corporate by £5 million, £4 million and £1 million, respectively, and increased operating profit in North America and Europe by £4 million and £6 million, respectively.

    (3)
    The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales and operating profit are principally in respect of the US dollar and the euro.

    (4)
    Acquisitions in the year ended 30 June 2008 that affected sales, net sales and operating profit were the acquisition of Rosenblum Cellars, Ketel One Worldwide BV and the distribution rights for Zacapa rum, which contributed volume, sales, net sales and operating costs of 65,000 equivalent units, £7 million, £7 million and £1 million, respectively, in the year ended 30 June 2008. The only disposal affecting the year was the disposal of the distribution rights of certain champagne brands, which contributed volume, sales, net sales and operating profit of 6,000 equivalent units, £6 million, £6 million and £1 million, respectively, in the year ended 30 June 2007.

    (5)
    Operating exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2008 comprised restructuring costs for the Irish brewing operations of £78 million. Operating exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2007 comprised a gain on the disposal of land at the Park Royal site of £40 million.


    Business review (continued)

    Brand performance
     Volume
    movement*
     Reported
    net sales
    movement
     Organic
    net sales
    movement
     
     
     %
     %
     %
     

    Global priority brands

     4 8 6 

    Local priority brands

     2 10 4 

    Category brands

     1 8 10 

    Total

     3 8 7 

    Key spirits brands:**

           

    Smirnoff

     8 12 10 

    Johnnie Walker

     5 14 12 

    Captain Morgan

     8 10 13 

    Baileys

     1 6 3 

    JeB

     5 15 9 

    José Cuervo

     (4)(5)(3)

    Tanqueray

     1 2 4 

    Crown Royal – North America

     5 5 9 

    Buchanan's – International

     (2)15 5 

    Windsor – Asia Pacific

     7 (17)(12)

    Guinness

     
    1
     
    9
     
    6
     

    Ready to drink

     
    (7

    )

    (4

    )

    (5

    )

    *
    Reported and organic volume movements are the same for all brands in all regions.

    **
    Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
     
     2008 2007 
    Analysis by business
     Net sales Operating
    profit/(loss)
     Net sales Operating
    profit/(loss)
     
     
     £ million
     £ million
     £ million
     £ million
     

    North America

     2,523 907 2,472 850 

    Europe

     2,630 720 2,427 723 

    International

     1,971 593 1,667 499 

    Asia Pacific

     877 170 840 196 

    Corporate

     89 (164)75 (109)
              

     8,090 2,226 7,481 2,159 
              


    Corporate revenue and costs

    Net sales were £89 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up £14 million from £75 million in the prior year. Net reported operating costs were £164 million, up from £149 million in the prior year. £29 million of this increase relates to exchange rate movements. Excluding this and the impact of transfers and acquisitions (£2 million increase in costs), net operating costs decreased £16 million.



    Business review (continued)


    North America

    Key highlights

      Growth driven by priority and reserve brands

      Net sales growth of spirits up 7%, wine up 12% and beer up 6%

      The majority of the priority spirits, wine and beer brands gained share

      Share of US spirits broadly maintained at 28.3 percentage points despite share loss in value brands as priority brands gained 0.3 percentage points of share

      Ready to drink segment continued to be challenging with net sales down 10%
    Key measures
     2008
     2007
     Reported
    movement
     Organic
    movement
     
     
     £ million
     £ million
     %
     %
     

    Volume

            2  2 

    Net sales

      2,523  2,472  2  5 

    Marketing spend

      366  364  1  3 

    Operating profit

      907  850  7  10 

    Reported performance    Net sales were £2,523 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up by £51 million from £2,472 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit increased by £57 million to £907 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

    Organic performance    The weighted average exchange rate used to translate US dollar sales and profit moved from £1 = $1.93 in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £1 = $2.01 in the year ended 30 June 2008. Exchange rate impacts decreased net sales by £73 million. Acquisitions increased net sales by £6 million, the loss of distribution rights for certain champagne brands decreased net sales by £6 million and there was an organic increase of £124 million. Exchange rate impacts reduced operating profit by £27 million and transfers of costs between regions increased operating profit by £4 million. Acquisitions and the loss of distribution rights for certain champagne brands decreased operating profit by £2 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit of £82 million.

            Overall volume growth was driven by the priority brands. Price increases on 40% of spirits volume in the United States drove net sales growth despite negative mix within the global priority brands due to the strong growth of Smirnoff and Captain Morgan. The continued challenges in the ready to drink segment reduced overall volume growth by 1 percentage point and net sales growth by 2 percentage points. Marketing spend grew 3% as investment was realigned behind the priority and reserve brands and away from ready to drink. Marketing excluding ready to drink grew 5%. Diageo grew share on the majority of its priority spirits and wine brands. Loss of share in the value brands resulted in overall share of US spirits being broadly maintained during the year at 28.3 percentage points, with share of priority spirits brands up 0.3 percentage points.

            In Canada share gains of 1.0 percentage points were delivered in the spirits category. Volume grew 6% driven by the global priority brands and net sales were up 9% as price increases were implemented.

            Smirnoff continued its strong performance from the first half and grew volume 8%. Price increases were taken in key markets driving net sales growth of 12% and share grew 0.2 percentage points.



    Business review (continued)


    Growth of Smirnoff Red was driven by two successful advertising campaigns, the 'Diamonds' programme and 'Vladimir's Journey', which reinforced the quality image of the brand and its heritage. Smirnoff flavours were driven by the launch of three new flavours (Blueberry, Passion Fruit and White Grape) and the 'Simple Drinks' campaign, which taught consumers simple ways of making drinks at home with flavoured vodka.

            Johnnie Walker also grew ahead of the category with volume up 5% and net sales up 10% driven by Johnnie Walker Black Label and the super deluxe labels, leading to share growth of 1.2 percentage points. Price increases were taken across the Johnnie Walker range. Expansion of the Johnnie Walker Blue Label bottle engraving programme and the distribution of Johnnie Walker Blue Label King George V drove growth of the super deluxe labels and improved mix.

            Captain Morgan volume was up 7% and net sales were up 12% driven by Captain Morgan Original Spiced rum which gained a further 0.6 percentage points of share despite the launch of two competitor brands in the rum category. Successful marketing campaigns around holidays and the 'Pose-off' contest continued to build this iconic brand.

    Brand performance
     Volume
    movement
     Reported
    net sales
    movement
     Organic
    net sales
    movement
     
     
     %
     %
     %
     

    Global priority brands

      2    3 

    Local priority brands

      3  5  8 

    Category brands

      1  6  10 

    Total

      2  2  5 

    Key brands:*

     

     


     

     


     

     


     

    Smirnoff

      8  9  12 

    Johnnie Walker

      5  6  10 

    Captain Morgan

      7  9  12 

    Baileys

      (6) (5) (3)

    José Cuervo

      (5) (7) (4)

    Tanqueray

        (1) 3 

    Crown Royal

      5  5  9 

    Guinness

      5  4  7 

    Ready to drink

      (13) (13) (10)

    *
    Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

    The overall Baileys results were constrained by lower volume in Baileys flavours, which lapped the launch in fiscal 2007. Baileys Original Irish Cream outperformed the category with volume up 3% and net sales up 7% as price increases were taken across most of its markets. Strong year round marketing support of the brand along with summer programming for Baileys 'Shiver' helped drive the growth.

            The release of José Cuervo Platino in the first half of 2008 to good consumer response is one of the ways José Cuervo is positioning itself in an increasingly premiumising category. José Cuervo Especial experienced heavy pricing competition and volume decreased 5% as the José Cuervo brand maintained price and in some states increased it, to support the premiumisation of the brand. Marketing spend on José Cuervo was weighted toward the summer season and promoted the mixability of the brand.



    Business review (continued)

            Tanqueray again outperformed a declining gin category, gaining 1.6 percentage points of share driven by the continued growth of Tanqueray Rangpur.

            Crown Royal continued to take share in the North American whiskey category, up 0.4 percentage points. Volume grew 5% and price increases drove net sales up 9%. Crown Royal Cask 16, launched in October 2007, helped to drive mix. The brand was supported by two off trade promotions, the 'Legend of the Purple Bag' and 'I'd Rather Be' as well as its continued sponsorship of NASCAR.

            Guinness showed good growth against the import segment which was broadly flat, with volumes up 5% driven by keg sales and Guinness Extra Stout. Net sales grew 7% as price increases were implemented. The brand was supported by a new advertising campaign, 'Guinness Alive Inside'.

            The local priority brands grew volume 3% and net sales were up 8%, benefiting from price increases and mix improvement from the higher margin spirits brands. Crown Royal led this performance. Buchanan's volume was up 18% and net sales up 24% and Seagram's 7 Crown and Seagram's VO grew net sales 4% and 1%, respectively, on flat volumes. Local priority wines grew volume 6% and net sales were up 8%, driven by strong performance of Sterling Vineyards and Chalone Vineyard and price/mix improvement in Beaulieu Vineyard.

            Within the category brands, mix improvement was driven by strong growth of Don Julio volume up 19% and net sales up 22%, the Classic Malts volume up 14% and net sales up 19%, Bushmills volume up 13% and net sales up 16% and Cîroc volume up 89% and net sales up 90% on strong marketing and distribution gains. Successful marketing of Smithwick's Irish heritage delivered strong growth albeit off a low base with volume up 19% and net sales up 20% following national price increases. This offset net sales declines among the value brands such as Gordon's vodka, net sales down 10% and Gordon's Gin, down 1%.

            The ready to drink segment continued to decline with volume down 13% and net sales down 10%. This was driven by progressive adult beverages, led by the decline of Smirnoff Ice. Smirnoff Ice Light, Smirnoff Ice Strawberry Acai and Captain Morgan Parrot Bay Mojito were introduced in the second half of the year to help refresh the segment. The decline in progressive adult beverages was partially offset by the successful launch of the Smirnoff cocktail line. Consequently marketing spend was reduced on progressive adult beverages and support provided to the spirit based cocktails.

            On 9 June 2008, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 50% equity stake in the newly formed company Ketel One Worldwide BV, which holds the exclusive and perpetual rights to market, sell and distribute Ketel One vodka products.


    Europe

    Key highlights

      Eastern Europe and Russia contributed over two-thirds of net sales growth

      Strong performance in Great Britain generated nearly 20% of the region's growth

      Guinness' outperformance against the beer categories in Great Britain and Ireland continued

      Strong performance of JeB with net sales growth driven by price increases in Spain and volume growth in mainland Europe

      Price increases implemented across the region


    Business review (continued)

      Key measures
       2008
       2007
       Reported
      movement
       Organic
      movement
       
       
       £ million
       £ million
       %
       %
       

      Volume

              2  2 

      Net sales

        2,630  2,427  8  3 

      Marketing spend

        438  391  12  6 

      Operating profit before exceptional items

        798  723  10  3 

      Operating profit

        720  723    3 

      Reported performance    Net sales were £2,630 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up by £203 million from £2,427 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit decreased by £3 million to £720 million in the year ended 30 June 2008. Exceptional costs of £78 million in respect of restructuring costs for the Irish brewing operations are included within operating expenses in the year ended 30 June 2008. Reported operating profit excluding exceptional items increased by £75 million to £798 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

      Organic performance    The weighted average exchange rate used to translate euro sales and profit moved from £1 = €1.48 in the year ended 30 June 2007 to £1 = €1.36 in the year ended 30 June 2008. Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £128 million. Acquisitions increased net sales by £1 million, transfers between regions decreased net sales by £1 million and there was an organic increase of £75 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit by £47 million. Transfers of costs between regions increased operating profit by £6 million, exceptional costs decreased operating profit by £78 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit of £22 million.

              Strong volume growth in Great Britain, driven by Smirnoff and Baileys, and in Eastern Europe and Russia, was partially offset by continued volume weakness in Iberia. Price increases across Europe, combined with focus on the premium spirits brands, offset negative market mix from the rapid growth in Eastern Europe and resulted in net sales up 3%.

              Global priority brands were the key growth driver with volume up 3% and net sales up 4%. Johnnie Walker was the main contributor with double-digit net sales growth. JeB, Smirnoff and Baileys also performed strongly and Guinness continued its positive performance from the first half, delivering net sales growth for the full year.

              Smirnoff volume was up 6% and net sales were up 5%. This performance was driven by Great Britain where new advertising campaigns and a successful Christmas trading period drove volume up 10%. Net sales were up 8% as a simplified promotional strategy led to higher volume but an increased percentage of that volume being sold on promotion. Within mainland Europe, negative market mix generated by the growth of Smirnoff Vladimir in Poland was partially offset by price increases and the growth of Smirnoff Black as it was seeded across a number of markets.

              Johnnie Walker volume was up 6%, driven by growth in Eastern Europe and Russia, both of which were up over 30%, albeit off a small base. Consistent advertising has increased awareness and the status of the brand in these markets. This growth was partially offset by declines in Iberia and Greece.



      Business review (continued)


      Net sales were up 11% as a result of price increases and mix improvement as investment focused on Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker super deluxe labels.

      Brand performance
       Volume
      movement
       Reported
      net sales
      movement
       Organic
      net sales
      movement
       
       
       %
       %
       %
       

      Global priority brands

        3  10  4 

      Local priority brands

        (3) 3  (2)

      Category brands

          9  4 

      Total

        2  8  3 

      Key brands:*

       

       


       

       


       

       


       

      Smirnoff

        6  9  5 

      Johnnie Walker

        6  19  11 

      Baileys

        4  11  4 

      JeB

        1  14  6 

      Guinness

          7  3 

      Ready to drink

        (11) (10) (13)

      *
      Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

      Baileys returned to growth in Great Britain and delivered strong growth in Russia, resulting in overall volume and net sales up 4%. In Great Britain a return to advertising on television and a revised promotional strategy at Christmas drove the brand back to growth. In Russia Baileys continued to demonstrate great potential with net sales growth of 37%, albeit off a small base. In mainland Europe net sales were flat as the brand lapped the Baileys flavours launch in the prior year.

              JeB returned to growth in Europe supported by the 'Start a Party' advertising campaign and expansion across mainland Europe. In Iberia category volume declines worsened, however JeB delivered net sales growth and share gains as further price increases were implemented. Within mainland Europe, France and Eastern Europe were the main growth drivers. In France a price increase was implemented and JeB gained share. In Romania and Bulgaria, the brand's biggest markets in Eastern Europe, the 'Start a Party' campaign has delivered strong growth.

              Guinness volume was flat and net sales were up 3% as the brand continued to outperform the beer categories in both Ireland and Great Britain. This was the result of new advertising campaigns, focus on quality and the cooler summer of 2007. In Ireland net sales were up 2% and share gains were made in both the on and off trade, driving an overall share gain for Diageo Ireland in the beer category. In Great Britain the beer category worsened in the second half. However, Guinness net sales were up 2% as it continued to outperform the category, particularly in the on trade where it recorded its highest ever share. Volume was up 3% in the rest of Europe as a result of growth across a number of markets which, combined with price increases, led to net sales up 6%.

              Local priority brand volume was down 3% and net sales were down 2%. This was driven by beer in Ireland and Cacique in Spain. Local beer brands in Ireland declined, impacted by the continued decline of the beer category in the on trade and the decision to reduce the volume sold on promotion in the off trade. Carlsberg, however, delivered net sales growth as a result of distribution gains and a new advertising campaign and gained share. In Spain lower volumes of Cacique were partially offset by price increases.



      Business review (continued)

              Category brands delivered price/mix improvement with volume flat and net sales up 4%, as a result of price increases on category scotch brands and the strategy to drive net sales from wine through a change in promotional strategy and mix improvement.

              Ready to drink continued to decline, driven by Smirnoff Ice in Great Britain. The segment accounted for less than 5% of net sales in the region for the year ended 30 June 2008.


      International

      Key highlights

        Continued double-digit net sales growth in Latin America, Africa and Global Travel and Middle East driven by strong price/mix improvements across categories and markets

        In Africa strong performance of beer brands with net sales growth of 19% combined with continued net sales growth of spirits brands up 21% drove very strong growth

        Volume growth across the region combined with price increases drove strong net sales growth of 14% in scotch

        Increased focus on categories outside of scotch and beer, such as vodka and rum, drove broader based growth
      Key measures
       2008 2007 Reported
      movement
       Organic
      movement
       
       
       £ million
       £ million
       %
       %
       

      Volume

              5  5 

      Net sales

        1,971  1,667  18  16 

      Marketing spend

        244  208  17  16 

      Operating profit

        593  499  19  19 

      Reported performance    Net sales were £1,971 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up £304 million from £1,667 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit increased by £94 million from £499 million to £593 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

      Organic performance    Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £37 million. Transfers between regions increased net sales by £1 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £266 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit by £2 million and transfers of costs between regions reduced operating profit by £5 million. Acquisitions increased operating profit by £1 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit of £96 million.

              Across global priority, local priority and category brands, net sales growth outpaced volume growth driven by price increases. Global priority brands are the drivers of the International business and net sales were up 15%, with Johnnie Walker, Guinness and Smirnoff the main contributors.

              Smirnoff volume grew 7%, driven mostly by Brazil and South Africa where successful marketing campaigns led to further share gains. Price increases in key markets led to strong price/mix improvement, resulting in 15% net sales growth.

              Johnnie Walker delivered 8% volume growth, mostly driven by South Africa, Mexico and Global Travel and Middle East, fuelled by strong trade support and successful advertising. Net sales increased by 18% as a result of price increases implemented across the region and stronger growth in more



      Business review (continued)


      profitable channels in Latin America and of higher margin brands in Africa and Global Travel and Middle East.

              Baileys volume grew 1% and net sales were up 6%, driven by premium priced gift packs combined with brand promotion in Global Travel and the launch of Baileys flavours in Mexico and Central America.

              Buchanan's is the key local priority brand in International. Buchanan's strategy was to increase price in all key markets and this impacted volume while increasing net sales. Volume decreased 2% while improved price/mix drove net sales growth of 5%. The main growth came from Mexico driven by strong on trade activities and successful media campaigns.

              Guinness volume increased 2%, with strong growth coming from Cameroon and East Africa driven by the 'Guinness Greatness' campaign and economic expansion. Net sales for the region were up 13% as a result of price increases and a benefit from changes in excise duty in some markets.

              Increased focus on the 'Start a Party' campaign for JeB led to strong growth with volume up 13% and net sales up 21%. The key markets were Mexico, South Africa and Global Travel and Middle East, where price increases drove net sales growth.

      Brand performance
       Volume
      movement
       Reported
      net sales
      movement
       Organic
      net sales
      movement
       
       
       %
       %
       %
       

      Global priority brands

        6  17  15 

      Local priority brands

        4  20  15 

      Category brands

        4  19  17 

      Total

        5  18  16 

      Key brands:*

       

       


       

       


       

       


       

      Smirnoff

        7  18  15 

      Johnnie Walker

        8  21  18 

      Baileys

        1  9  6 

      Buchanan's

        (2) 15  5 

      Guinness

        2  15  13 

      Ready to drink

        3  12  13 

      *
      Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

      Local priority brands delivered 4% volume growth and 15% net sales growth, mostly driven by improved price/mix across Buchanan's and beer. Tusker and Pilsner continued to show double-digit net sales growth, driven by price increases and wider availability. As a result of successful marketing campaigns and the development of the off trade in key markets Nigeria and Ghana, Malta Guinness also showed double-digit net sales growth.

              Category brands volume increased 4% and net sales increased 17%. Volume growth was driven by double-digit growth of beer brands in Africa. Significant price increases on value and standard scotch brands in Latin America resulted in volume decline, but strong price/mix improvement drove net sales growth.

              Ready to drink volume grew 3%, mainly driven by Smirnoff ready to drink brands, in particular the introduction of new flavours in Brazil and the continued success of Smirnoff Ice in Brazil and



      Business review (continued)


      Nigeria and Smirnoff ready to drink in South Africa. Net sales grew 13% mainly as a result of price increases in South Africa, Venezuela and Brazil.

              In Diageo's major African markets net sales growth was in double-digits, with the main growth coming from East Africa, Nigeria and South Africa, where net sales were up 23%, 14% and 20%, respectively.

              In East Africa net sales growth was driven by strategic price increases in the key market of Kenya, significantly improving price/mix, and effective marketing on Guinness and Tusker increasing visibility and driving volume growth.

              In South Africa Diageo's scotch brands and Smirnoff benefited from price increases and, supported by successful marketing campaigns, continued to outperform the category. The introduction of Foundry cider contributed to growth and gave access to a profitable and growing cider category.

              In Ghana net sales grew 32%, driven by price increases across all brands. The largest volume growth came from lagers, malt and stout, as a result of successful marketing investments and expansion in the off trade. In Nigeria net sales increased 14%, driven by a re-launch of Malta Guinness and price increases across all brands. Net sales growth was 9% in Cameroon, as a result of price increases on main brands combined with an improved route to market.

              Latin America delivered double-digit net sales growth, with main growth coming from Mexico and Brazil as a result of price increases in key brands and strong marketing campaigns.

              In Venezuela and Mexico prices were increased across brands. In Venezuela volume was down 14% as price increases were implemented as a result of the economic situation, however net sales were up 4% as a result of improved price/mix and strong performance in rum. Mexico's volume grew 26% as a result of continued scotch category growth led by Diageo, combined with share gains. Mexico's net sales grew 31% driven by premiumisation and price increases.

              Net sales grew 10% in the Brazil, Uruguay and Paraguay hub with scotch and Smirnoff the key drivers. Successful marketing campaigns on scotch and Smirnoff combined with continued growth in the ready to drink segment led to volume increases. Increased prices and favourable channel and product mix improved price/mix driving net sales growth.

              In Global Travel and Middle East, volume grew 2% and net sales grew 16%. Volume growth was driven by strong performance of scotch, especially Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker super deluxe labels, as a result of gift pack promotions and successful advertising campaigns. Strong price/mix improvements, driven by price increases combined with favourable mix on scotch, resulted in double-digit net sales growth.


      Asia Pacific

      Key highlights

        Continued investment in regional infrastructure to support future growth objectives

        Net sales growth in the region driven by global priority brands

        India route to market strengthened as a result of continued growth of locally produced brands

        Further share gains in scotch in China

        Loss of import licence in Korea for part of the year impacted all measures


      Business review (continued)

          Ready to drink performance was affected by the excise duty increase in Australia in the fourth quarter
        Key measures
         2008 2007 Reported
        movement
         Organic
        movement
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         %
         %
         

        Volume

                2  2 

        Net sales

          877  840  4  2 

        Marketing spend

          191  199  (4) (6)

        Operating profit

          170  196  (13) (12)

        Reported performance    Net sales were £877 million in the year ended 30 June 2008, up £37 million from £840 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit decreased by £26 million from £196 million to £170 million in the year ended 30 June 2008.

        Organic performance    Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £19 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £18 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit by £2 million and transfers between regions decreased operating profit by £4 million. There was an organic decrease in operating profit of £24 million.

                Following the loss of Diageo's import licence in Korea, the route to market was through a third party distributor for part of the year. There was a reduction in net sales per case, marketing spend and operating profit in Korea and this had a significant impact on the overall performance of Asia Pacific for the year. Excluding Korea net sales increased 5% and marketing increased 4%. In addition, overheads increased to support the future performance in the region with the establishment of in market companies in China and Vietnam, increased resources behind the Indian domestic route to market and the creation of the distribution hub in Singapore.

                Smirnoff grew volume 20% and net sales 29%. This performance was driven by double-digit volume and net sales growth in India, Australia and Thailand. The focus on Smirnoff flavours in India and Smirnoff Black and flavours in Australia drove the overall price/mix improvement. A significant increase in marketing spend fuelled performance in Thailand. The brand grew share in all these markets.

                Johnnie Walker volume was marginally down, with volume decline in India as a result of the closure of the duty free channel which was only partially offset by the growth of sales in the domestic channel, in Australia where net sales grew as a result of significant price increases and in Taiwan where the scotch category declined but Johnnie Walker gained share. In China Johnnie Walker grew volume 7% in the second half. Therefore volume was flat for the year, recovering from the 8% decline in the first half. Full year net sales increased 4%, following a 10% decline in the first half. Consumer demand continued to strengthen and Johnnie Walker gained an estimated 3 percentage points of volume share in the growing deluxe scotch segment in China. In Thailand Johnnie Walker grew net sales 5% and



        Business review (continued)


        Diageo remained the market leader in both premium and deluxe scotch. Across the region net sales grew 4% on the back of price increases. Marketing spend was broadly in line with last year.

        Brand performance
         Volume
        movement
         Reported
        net sales
        movement
         Organic
        net sales
        movement
         
         
         %
         %
         %
         

        Global priority brands

          4  9  6 

        Local priority brands

          4  (7) (7)

        Category brands

          (4) 11  6 

        Total

          2  4  2 

        Key brands:*

         

         


         

         


         

         


         

        Smirnoff

          20  37  29 

        Johnnie Walker

          (1) 5  4 

        Windsor

          7  (17) (12)

        Guinness

          1  6  6 

        Ready to drink

          (2) 8  (1)

        *
        Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

        Windsor volume increased 7% whilst net sales were down 12% as a result of having to pay distributor margin in Korea for part of the year. Consistent marketing activity throughout the year extended Windsor's leading share within deluxe scotch by 1.1 percentage points in volume terms.

                Guinness volume was up 1% and net sales up 6%, with increased distribution and successful consumer promotions driving strong double-digit net sales growth in Korea and with the expansion of the brand in China following a new distribution agreement, supported by significant marketing activity.

                Overall performance of local priority brands was impacted by Korea, with volume up 4% but net sales down 7%. Excluding Korea volume was up 2% and net sales were up 3%. This was driven by Bundaberg in Australia, with volume up 5% and net sales up 6% as a result of strong sales of Bundaberg ready to drink prior to the significant increase in duty which was implemented at the end of April and, after this duty increase, an uplift in Bundaberg spirits sales. This was partially offset by declines in Old Parr and Dimple.

                The volume of category brands in the region was down 4%, however net sales value grew 6% as a result of continued focus on improving profitability of scotch brands in Thailand where low value brands were discontinued. The growth of locally bottled scotch brands in India, together with the growth of bottled in India brands in other categories, enhanced Diageo's route to market there and offset much of the volume decline in category scotch brands. The growth of The Singleton malt whisky in Greater China further contributed to price/mix improvement.

                The Australia ready to drink segment represents over 90% of ready to drink net sales in the region. Ready to drink brands in Australia performed strongly for the first 10 months of the year but slowed significantly following a 70% duty increase in April 2008, and for the full year volume declined 2% and net sales were down 1% for the region.



        Business review (continued)

        Trend information

        The following comments were made by Paul Walsh, chief executive of Diageo, in Diageo's preliminary results announcement on 2726 August 2009:2010:

                'While        'The impact of the global economyeconomic crisis varied by market and the strength of the recovery appears to be stabilising, there is still uncertaintyequally variable. However, as towe demonstrated this year, the sustainabilityglobal diversity of our business, together with the strength and pacerange of any recoveryour brands and the next financial yearagility we have demonstrated gives us confidence that in fiscal 2011 we will be challenging, as we lap a strong first quarter and a reasonable first half performance this year. That being recognised, we expectable to deliver low single digitimprove on the organic operating profit growth we have delivered this year. We are recommending a 6% increase in the year ending 30 June 2010.final dividend.'


        Recent developments

        On 2725 August 2009, Betsy D. Holden2010, Lord Mervyn Davies of Abersoch was appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc with effect from 1 September 2009.2010.


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)


        Liquidity and capital resources

        Cash flow    A summary of the cash flow and reconciliation to movement in net borrowings for the three years ended 30 June 20092010 is as follows:

         
         Year ended 30 June 
         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Profit for the year

          1,725  1,597  1,556 

        Discontinued operations

          (2) (26) (139)

        Taxation

          292  522  678 

        Share of associates' profits after tax

          (164) (177) (149)

        Net interest and other net finance income

          592  319  212 

        (Gains)/losses on disposal of businesses

            (9) 1 

        Depreciation and amortisation

          276  233  210 

        Movements in working capital

          (282) (282) (180)

        Dividend income

          179  143  119 

        Other items

          10  (15) (36)
                

        Cash generated from operations

          2,626  2,305  2,272 

        Interest received

          63  67  42 

        Interest paid

          (478) (387) (279)

        Dividends paid to equity minority interests

          (98) (56) (41)

        Taxation paid

          (522) (369) (368)
                

        Net cash from operating activities

          1,591  1,560  1,626 

        Net investment in property, plant and equipment

          (313) (262) (205)

        Net (purchase)/disposal of other investments

          (24) 4  (6)

        Payment into escrow in respect of the UK pension fund

          (50) (50) (50)
                

        Free cash flow

          1,204  1,252  1,365 

        Disposal of businesses

          1  4  4 

        Purchase of businesses

          (102) (575) (70)

        Proceeds from issue of share capital

            1  1 

        Net purchase of own shares for share schemes

          (38) (78) (25)

        Own shares repurchased

          (354) (1,008) (1,405)

        Net increase in loans

          256  1,094  1,226 

        Equity dividends paid

          (870) (857) (858)
                

        Net increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents

          97  (167) 238 

        Cash flows from loans (excluding overdrafts)

          (256) (1,094) (1,226)

        Exchange differences

          (784) (372) 211 

        Finance leases acquired

          (15)    

        Other non-cash items

          (14) 31  14 
                

        Increase in net borrowings

          (972) (1,602) (763)
                

         
         Year ended 30 June 
         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Operating profit after exceptional items

          2,574  2,418  2,212 

        Depreciation and amortisation

          372  300  248 

        Movements in working capital

          334  (253) (268)

        Dividend income from associates

          111  179  143 

        Other items

          (207) 10  (10)
                

        Cash generated from operations

          3,184  2,654  2,325 

        Net interest paid

          (305) (415) (320)

        Dividends paid to equity minority interests

          (107) (98) (56)

        Taxation paid

          (474) (522) (369)
                

        Net cash from operating activities

          2,298  1,619  1,580 

        Net investment in property, plant and equipment and computer software

          (231) (341) (282)

        Net (purchase)/disposal of other investments

          (43) (24) 4 

        Payment into escrow in respect of the Diageo UK Pension Scheme

            (50) (50)
                

        Free cash flow

          2,024  1,204  1,252 

        Net purchase of businesses

          (205) (101) (571)

        Proceeds from issue of share capital

              1 

        Net sale/(purchase) of own shares for share schemes

          85  (38) (78)

        Own shares repurchased

            (354) (1,008)

        Net (decrease)/increase in loans

          (422) 256  1,094 

        Equity dividends paid

          (914) (870) (857)
                

        Net increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents

          568  97  (167)

        Net decrease/(increase) in loans

          422  (256) (1,094)

        Exchange differences

          (429) (784) (372)

        Other non-cash items

          (96) (29) 31 
                

        Decrease/(increase) in net borrowings

          465  (972) (1,602)

        Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

          (7,419) (6,447) (4,845)
                

        Net borrowings at the end of the year

          (6,954) (7,419) (6,447)
                

        The primary source of the group's liquidity over the last three financial years has been cash generated from operations. These funds have generally been used to pay interest, dividendstaxes and taxes,dividend, and to fund share repurchases,capital expenditure, acquisitions and capital expenditure.share repurchases.



        Business review (continued)

                FreeNet cash flow decreased by £48 million to £1,204from operating activities    Cash generated from operations increased from £2,654 million in the year ended 30 June 2009. Cash generated from operations increased from £2,305 million2009 to £2,626£3,184 million in the year ended 30 June 2009.2010. This £321increase of £530 million increase primarily arose from an increase of £217£156 million in operating profit, an increase of £30£587 million in cash flows from net movements in working capital, partly offset by a reduction of £63 million in the dividend received from Moët HennessyHennessy. Cash generated from operations is after exceptional restructuring costs of £145 million (2009 – £53 million; 2008 – £4 million). The reduction in


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)


        working capital of £334 million (2009 – increase of £253 million) was mainly achieved through initiatives to improve the collection of receivables and a decreaseby agreeing new payment terms with certain suppliers. In the year ended 30 June 2010 inventories increased by £104 million (2009 – £236 million; 2008 – £202 million) principally in respect of £18maturing inventories to satisfy forecast demand. Other items include £114 million of cash contributions to post employment schemes in excess of the income statement charge (2009 – £68 million higher contributions; 2008 – £13 million lower contributions) and gains on sale of property, profits (includedincluded in operating profit)profit, of £89 million (2009 – £6 million; 2008 – £24 million) partly offset by the fair value charge in respect of share-based incentive plans of £31 million (2009 – £31 million; 2008 – £26 million).

                Tax payments were higher Net interest payable in the year ended 30 June 2010 was £110 million lower than the year ended 30 June 2009 primarily due to lower interest rates on floating rate debt and the receipt of £113 million following the renegotiation of the terms of certain interest rate swaps. Tax payments in the years ended 30 June 2010 and 2009 were higher than in the comparative year ended 30 June 2008 primarily as a result of settlements agreed with tax authorities paid over two years.

        Net cash from investing activities    The purchase of tangible fixed assets and computer software increased from £355 million in the year ended 30 June 2009.2009 to £374 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. The expenditure was incurred on a number of projects throughout the world with the largest projects in Global Supply in Scotland and North America. Additional expenditure was invested in returnable bottles in Nigeria and Kenya and casks in Scotland. Property disposals increased from £14 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £143 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. Property disposals in the year ended 30 June 2010 included the receipt of £134 million on the sale and leaseback of land located in Napa Valley, California. This land was purchased by a third party and leased back to the group for an initial period of 20 years with Diageo holding options, exercisable at fair value, to extend the lease term up to a total of 80 years. In addition, the wineries associated with the land have been sold to the same third party and leased back for the same period. The winery leases are accounted for as finance leases and therefore the cash received from the sale of the wineries of £36 million has been included in financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

                In the year ended 30 June 2010 expenditure of £206 million arose in respect of business acquisitions. This included £123 million deposited with China's securities depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch in connection with a possible tender offer to the shareholders of Sichuan ShuiJingFang Co., Ltd. (see note 31(f) to the consolidated financial statements). It also included £25 million on the purchase of a further equity stake in the London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand, and an additional equity investment in DHN Drinks in South Africa.

                In the year ended 30 June 2009 Diageo investedthe group spent £102 million on acquisitions of which £35 million was in businessrespect of the remaining 25% equity stake in the company that owns the Smirnov brand in Russia, £18 million in respect of additional equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd. in China and £19 million on Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited, an associate company in South Africa.

                In the year ended 30 June 2008 the group spent £575 million on acquisitions (2008including £471 million on a 50% equity stake in Ketel One Worldwide BV and £53 million on Rosenblum Cellars.

        Free cash flow    Free cash flow increased by £820 million to £2,024 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. Free cash flow comprises net cash flow from operating activities and net cash from investing activities apart from cash payments and receipts arising from the purchase and disposal of subsidiaries, associates and businesses.


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)

        Cash flows from financing activities    Cash flows from financing activities included receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £90 million (2009 – £575£39 million; 2008 – £65 million) and purchasedsale of treasury shares of £24 million (2009 and 2008 – £nil) less the net payments by the share trusts to purchase call options and shares of £29 million (2009 – £77 million; 2008 – £143 million) for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes. There were no share repurchases under the share buy back programme in the year ended 30 June 2010. In the year ended 30 June 2009 under the share buy back programme 38 million shares as part of the share buyback programme (2008 – 97 million shares) atmillion) ordinary shares were purchased for cancellation for a cost including feestotal consideration of £354 million including expenses (2008 – £1,008 million). Net payments to acquire shares for employee share schemes totalled £38 million (2008 – £78 million). Equity dividends ofincreased from £870 million were paid duringin the year (2008 – £857 million).ended 30 June 2009 to £914 million in the year ended 30 June 2010.

        Capital structure    The group's management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to improve the return on investment and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, maximise flexibility and give the appropriate level of access to debt markets at attractive cost levels.

        Capital repayments    During the year ended 30 June 2009, the company purchased 38 million ordinary shares for cancellation (2008 – 97 million for cancellation; 2007 – 120 million for cancellation and 21 million to be held as treasury shares) as part of its share buyback programme, for a total consideration of £354 million including expenses (2008 – £1,008 million; 2007 – £1,405 million). In addition, the company purchased 6 million ordinary shares to be held as treasury shares for hedging share scheme grants provided to employees during the year (2008 – 11 million; 2007 – 9 million) for a total consideration of £63 million (2008 – £124 million; 2007 – £82 million).

        The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. Share repurchases for cancellation were suspended during the year ended 30 June 2009 and remain suspended as at the date of this report.

                The total number of shares purchased for settlement in each calendar month and the average price paid excluding expenses for the year ended 30 June 2009 were as follows:

        Calendar month
         Number of shares
        purchased(a)
         Average price paid
        pence
         Authorised purchases
        unutilised at month end
         

        July 2008

          14,730,000  893  176,751,218 

        August 2008

          9,975,000  944  166,776,218 

        September 2008

          11,370,946  995  155,405,272 

        October 2008

          800,000  924  251,625,000 

        November 2008

          4,265,000  919  247,360,000 

        December 2008

          3,285,000  909  244,075,000 

        January to June 2009

              244,075,000 

        Notes

        (a)
        All shares were purchased as part of publicly announced programmes.

        (b)
        Authorisation was given by shareholders on 1614 October 20072009 to purchase a maximum of 263,122,000 shares. Under the authority granted, the249,964,000 shares at a minimum price which may be paid isof 28101/108 pence and thea maximum price is the higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market


        Business review (continued)

        (c)
        Authorisation was given by shareholders on 15 October 2008 to purchase a maximum of 252,025,000 shares. Under the authority granted, the minimum price which may be paid is 28101/108 pence and the maximum price is the higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The expiration date for the programme is 14 October 2009.2010.

        Borrowings    The group policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings of group financing companies is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, it is group policy to maintain backstop facility terms from relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

                The group's net borrowings and gross borrowings in the tables below are measured at amortised cost with the exception of borrowings designated in fair value hedge relationships, interest rate hedging instruments and foreign currency swaps and forwards. For borrowings designated in fair value hedge relationships, Diageo recognises a fair value adjustment tofor the risk being hedged in the balance sheet,


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)


        whereas interest rate hedging instruments and foreign currency swaps and forwards are measured at fair value. Net borrowings, reported on this basis, comprise the following:

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Overdrafts

          (68) (31) (46)

        Other borrowings due within one year

          (822) (1,632) (1,489)
                

        Borrowings due within one year

          (890) (1,663) (1,535)

        Borrowings due between one and three years

          (1,537) (802) (1,209)

        Borrowings due between three and five years

          (2,747) (1,765) (1,206)

        Borrowings due after five years

          (3,401) (2,978) (1,717)

        Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards

          170  29  (29)

        Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

          93  27  (20)

        Finance leases

          (21) (9) (14)
                

        Gross borrowings

          (8,333) (7,161) (5,730)

        Offset by:

                  

        Cash and cash equivalents

          914  714  885 
                

        Net borrowings

          (7,419) (6,447) (4,845)
                

         
         30 June 
         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Overdrafts

          (55) (68) (31)

        Other borrowings due within one year

          (532) (822) (1,632)
                

        Borrowings due within one year

          (587) (890) (1,663)

        Borrowings due between one and three years

          (2,189) (1,537) (802)

        Borrowings due between three and five years

          (2,732) (2,747) (1,765)

        Borrowings due after five years

          (3,256) (3,401) (2,978)

        Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards

          227  170  29 

        Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

          191  93  27 

        Finance lease liabilities

          (61) (21) (9)
                

        Gross borrowings

          (8,407) (8,333) (7,161)

        Offset by: Cash and cash equivalents

          1,453  914  714 
                

        Net borrowings

          (6,954) (7,419) (6,447)
                

        Based on average monthly net borrowings and interest charge, the effective interest rate for the year ended 30 June 20092010 was 6.2% (20084.8% (2009 – 5.9%6.2%; 20072008 – 5.5%5.9%). For this calculation, the interest charge excludes finance charges unrelated to net borrowings, the forward element on derivative financial instruments and fair value adjustments to interest rate swaps and borrowings.

                Designated netNet borrowings designated in net investment hedge relationships amounted to £5,266£5,451 million as at 30 June 2009 (20082010 (2009 – £5,266 million; 2008 – £5,396 million; 2007 – £4,624 million).

                The group's gross borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:

         
         Total US dollar Sterling Euro Other 
         
         £ million
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        Gross borrowings

                        

        2010

          (8,407) 46  20  22  12 

        2009

          (8,333) 39  25  25  11 

        2008

          (7,161) 38  17  33  12 

        Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

         
         Total US dollar Sterling Euro Other 
         
         £ million
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        Cash and cash equivalents

                        

        2010

          1,453  58  5  8  29 

        2009

          914  29  9  30  32 

        2008

          714  21  13  16  50 

        In the year ended 30 June 2010, the group borrowed $500 million (£305 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in January 2015 with a coupon of 3.25%. A $300 million (£184 million) medium term note and a $750 million (£493 million) global bond were repaid. In addition, $696 million (£466 million) of outstanding 7.375% notes due in January 2014 were exchanged in May 2010 for


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)


        $696 million (£466 million) of 4.828% notes due in July 2020 plus an aggregate cash payment to holders of $125 million (£84 million). The group's gross borrowings were denominated indebt exchange did not represent a substantial modification of the following currencies:

         
         Total US dollar Sterling Euro Other 
         
         £ million
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        Gross borrowings

                        

        2009

          (8,333) 39  25  25  11 

        2008

          (7,161) 38  17  33  12 

        2007

          (5,730) 48  5  33  14 

        Cashterm of the existing liability and cash equivalents were denominated inwas therefore not treated as an extinguishment of the following currencies:

         
         Total US dollar Sterling Euro Other 
         
         £ million
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        Cash and cash equivalents

                        

        2009

          914  29  9  30  32 

        2008

          714  21  13  16  50 

        2007

          885  23  15  13  49 

        Duringoriginal debt. In the year ended 30 June 2009, the group borrowed $1,500 million (£909 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in January 2014 with a coupon of 7.375% and €1,000 million (£855 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in December 2014 with a coupon of 6.625%. A €500 million (£427 million) medium term note, a $400 million (£242 million) medium term note and a $250 million (£152 million) medium term note were repaid. During the year ended 30 June 2008, the group borrowed $750 million (£367 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2013, €1,150 million (£917 million) in the form of a euro bond that matures in 2013 and $1,250 million (£611 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2017. During the year ended 30 June 2007, the group borrowed $600 million (£298 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2012, $600 million (£298 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2016, $600 million (£298 million) in the form of a global bond that matures in 2036 and €750 million (£507 million) in the form of a floating rate euro bond that matures in 2012. The proceeds of all issuances have been used in the ongoing cash management and funding activities of the group.

                When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, Diageo may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a pre-determined threshold. At 30 June 2009,2010, the collateral received under these agreements amounted to $80 million (£54 million) and €32 million (£26 million) (2009 – $84 million (£51 million) (2008; 2008 – $nil, £nil)).

                At 30 June 2009, theThe group had available undrawn US dollar denominated committed bank facilities of $3,480 million (£2,109 million) (2008 – $3,230 million (£1,623 million); 2007 – $3,230 million (£1,607 million)). Of the facilities, $400 million (£242 million) expire in May 2010, $1,080 million (£655 million) expire in May 2011, $1,350 million (£818 million) expire in May 2012 and $650 million (£394 million) expire in May 2013. as follows:


        As at
        30 June
        2010

        £ million

        Expiring within one year

        920

        Expiring between one and two years

        833

        Expiring after two years

        780

        2,533

        Commitment fees are paid on the undrawn portion of these facilities. Borrowings under these facilities will beare at prevailing LIBOR rates (dependent on the period of drawdown) plus an agreed margin. These facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group's commercial paper programmes. The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being a minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items aggregated with share of associates' profits to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.



        Business review (continued)

                Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo's financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain notes and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants throughout each of the periods presented.

                Capital commitments not provided for at 30 June 2009 were2010, excluding the potential Chinese acquisition – see note 31(f) of the consolidated financial statements, are estimated at £112 million (2009 – £202 million (2008million; 2008 – £130 million; 2007 – £86 million). Diageo management believes that it has sufficient funding for its working capital requirements.


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)


        Contractual obligations

         
         Payments due by period 
         
         Less than
        1 year
         1-3 years 3-5 years More than
        5 years
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        As at 30 June 2009

                        

        Long term debt obligations

          752  1,492  2,723  3,370  8,337 

        Interest obligations

          503  838  703  1,317  3,361 

        Credit support obligations

          51        51 

        Operating leases

          93  122  82  219  516 

        Purchase obligations

          922  705  509  52  2,188 

        Provisions and other non-current payables

          152  104  60  101  417 
                    

          2,473  3,261  4,077  5,059  14,870 
                    

         
         Payments due by period 
         
         Less than
        1 year
         1-3 years 3-5 years More than
        5 years
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        As at 30 June 2010

                        

        Long term debt obligations

          439  2,124  2,666  3,205  8,434 

        Interest obligations

          461  829  600  1,335  3,225 

        Credit support obligations

          80        80 

        Operating leases

          95  147  108  322  672 

        Finance leases

          8  16  12  80  116 

        Deferred consideration payable

          3  25      28 

        Purchase obligations

          776  585  142  17  1,520 

        Provisions and other non-current payables

          134  113  52  138  437 
                    

          1,996  3,839  3,580  5,097  14,512 
                    

        Long term debt obligations comprise the principal amount of borrowings (excluding foreign currency swaps) with an original maturity of greater than one year. Interest obligations comprise interest payable on these borrowings. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, it is assumed that rates will remain unchanged fromof each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve at the last business day of the year ended 30 June 2009 until maturity of the instruments.2010. Credit support obligations represent liabilities to counterparty banks in respect of cash received as collateral under credit support agreements. Purchase obligations include various long term purchase contracts entered into for the supply of certain raw materials, principally bulk whisky, grapes, cans and glass bottles. The contracts are used to guarantee supply of raw materials over the long term and to enable more accurate predictions of future costs. Provisions and other non-current payables exclude £17£14 million in respect of vacant properties and £82£75 million for onerous contracts, which are included in operating leases and purchase obligations, respectively.

                Potential income tax exposures included within corporate tax payable of £532£391 million (2008(2009 – £685£532 million) and deferred tax liabilities are not included in the table above, as the ultimate timing of settlement cannot be reasonably estimated.

                Post employment benefit liabilities are also not included in the table above. The group makes service-based cash contributions to the Diageo pension schemeUK Pension Scheme which in the United Kingdom. In the year ending 30 June 2010, the contribution is2011, are expected to be £46approximately £50 million. In addition, the groupThe company has agreed a deficit funding plan with the trustee of the UK DiageoScheme based on the trustee's actuarial valuation at 31 March 2009 under which annual income of approximately £25 million will be generated by the new funding structure for the UK Pension Scheme, which provides for the group to make a further payment of £50 millioncommencing in the year toended 30 June 2010 into2011. The company also agreed to make conditional contributions of up to £338 million if an escrow account. The amount already heldequivalent reduction in escrow at 30 June 2009deficit is £144 million. Itnot achieved over the 10 year term of the funding plan. In addition, Diageo has provisionally agreed a deficit funding arrangement in respect of the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme (the Irish Scheme) which is anticipated that the escrow will be releasedexpected to result in additional annual contributions to the Irish Scheme of €21 million (£17 million) for the next 18 years. The company also provisionally agreed to make conditional contributions of up to €188 million (£154 million) if an equivalent reduction in deficit is not achieved over the next 18 years. Annual contributions to the GrandMet Irish Pension Fund of €6 million (£5 million) have been agreed with the Irish trustee and invested intofor the Scheme during the year ending 30 June 2010. Funding arrangements are being reviewed and may be adjusted following agreement between Diageo and the



        Business review (continued)


        trustee, based on the results of the valuation as at 31 March 2009. Additionally, funding arrangements will be reviewed and adjusted in the light of future triennial actuarial valuations.next seven years. Contributions to other plans in the year ending 30 June 20102011 are expected to be approximately £125£128 million.


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)

                Capital commitments at 30 June 2010 are excluded from the table above.


        Off-balance sheet arrangements

        In connection with the disposal of Pillsbury in October 2001, Diageo has guaranteed debt of International Multifoods Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of The JM Smucker Company as from 18 June 2004, to the amount of $200 million (£121 million), until November 2009. The directors are not aware of any instances of default by the borrower at present, but the ability of the borrower to continue to be in compliance with the guaranteed debt instrument, and in particular remaining current on payments of interest and repayments of principal, is significantly dependent on the current and future operations of the borrower and its affiliates. This guarantee is unrelated to the ongoing operations of the group's business.

                Save as disclosed above, neitherNeither Diageo plc nor any member of the Diageo group has any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material future effect on the group's financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.


        Risk management

        This section on risk management forms part of the audited financial statements.

                The group's funding, liquidity and exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks are managed by the group's treasury department. The treasury department uses a combination of derivative and conventional financial instruments to manage these underlying risks.

                Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board-approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and subsequently monitored by the finance committee. This committee is described in the corporate governance report. These policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk. The benchmarks, hedge cover and overall appropriateness of Diageo's risk management policies are reviewed by the board following, for example, significant business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal application of the board-approved strategies. Transactions giving rise to exposures away from the defined benchmark levels arising on the application of this flexibility are separately monitored on a daily basis using value at risk analysis. These derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value and gains or losses are taken to the income statement as they arise. AtIn the year ended 30 June 20092010 gains and losses on these transactions were not material.

                The finance committee receives monthly reports on the activities of the treasury department, including any exposures away from the defined benchmarks.



        Business review (continued)

        Currency risk    The group publishes its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency exchange risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group's transaction coststransactions and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign operations. Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for hedge effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the income statement to be material.

        Hedge of net investment in foreign operations    The group hedges a substantial portion of its exposure to fluctuations onin the translation into sterling value of its foreign operations by designating net borrowings held in foreign currencies and by using foreign currency swaps and forwards. Where a liquid foreign exchange market exists, the group's policy approved by the board is to seek to hedge currency exposure on its net investment in foreign operations within the following percentage bands: 80% to 100% for US dollars 80% to 100% forand euros and 50% to 100% for other significant currencies. As at 30 June 2010, these ratios were 91% and 89% for US dollars and euros, respectively, and between 66 and 75% for other significant currencies.

                Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of foreign currency borrowings (including foreign currency swaps and forwards), to the extent that they are in an effective hedge relationship, are


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)


        recognised in the statement of recognisedother comprehensive income and expense to match exchange differences on net investments in foreign operations. Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings not in a hedge relationship and any ineffectiveness are taken to the income statement.

        Transaction exposure hedging    For currencies in which there is an active market, the group's policy approved by the board is to seek to hedge between 60% and 100% of forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk, for up to a maximum of 21 months forward, using forward foreign currency exchange contracts with coverage levels increasing nearer to the forecast transaction date. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the statement of recognisedother comprehensive income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

        Hedge of foreign currency debt    The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the forward foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated bonds. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the statement of recognisedother comprehensive income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

        Interest rate risk    The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate term debt and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices serve to reduce the volatility of the group's reported financial performance. To facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting, the group's policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of projected net borrowings, and the overall net borrowings portfolio is managed according to a duration measure. The boardA Board approved template specifies different duration guidelines and fixed/floating amortisation periods (time taken for the fixed element of debt to reduce to zero) depending on different interest rate environments. The majority of Diageo's existing interest rate hedgesderivatives are designated as hedges. Designatedhedges and these hedges are expected to be effective.

        Liquidity risk    Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity willDiageo may encounter difficulty in meeting its obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. The group's policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings of group financing companies



        Business review (continued)


        is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, it is group policy to maintain backstop facility terms from relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

        Credit risk    Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk arises from cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents), fixed income and money market investments and derivative financial instruments, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions. Credit risk is managed on a group basis separately for financial and business related credit exposures.

        Financial credit risk    Diageo minimises its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the board. Counterparties are limited to major banks and financial institutions, and the board defined policy restricts the exposure to any one counterparty bank by setting credit limits taking into account the credit quality of the counterparty bank as definedassessed by Moody's, Standard and


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)

        Poor's or Fitch. The board also defines the types of financial instruments which may be transacted. The group policy ensuresis designed to ensure that individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. Financial instruments are onlyprimarily transacted with major international financial institutions with a long term credit rating within the A band or better. The credit risk arising through the use of financial instruments for interest rate and foreign exchangecurrency risk management is estimated with reference to the fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional amount of the instruments themselves.

                When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, Diageo may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a pre-determined threshold.

                During the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, Diageo reviewed the credit limits applied and continued to monitor the counterparties' credit quality in response toreflecting market credit conditions.

        Business related credit risk    Trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer. There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade and other receivables as the group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed.

                The maximum credit risk exposure of the group's financial assets as at 30 June 20092010 and 30 June 20082009 was as follows:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Derivative financial assets

          240  70 

        Other investments

          231  168 

        Trade and other receivables

          1,755  1,941 

        Cash and cash equivalents

          914  714 
              

        Total

          3,140  2,893 
              

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Trade and other receivables (excluding taxes)

          1,825  1,731 

        Accrued income

          31  24 

        Assets held for sale

          13   

        Cash and cash equivalents

          1,453  914 

        Derivative financial assets

          334  240 

        Other investments

          117  231 
              

        Total

          3,773  3,140 
              

        Derivative financial assets comprise the fair value of derivatives receivable from financial institutions partly offset by cash collateral received.

        Commodity price risk    The group uses long term purchase and commodity futures contracts to hedge against price risk in certain commodities. Long term purchase contracts are used to secure prices with



        Business review (continued)


        suppliers to protect against volatility in commodity prices. All commodity futures contracts hedge a projected future purchase of raw material. Commodity futures contracts are held in the balance sheet at fair value. To the extent that they are considered an effective hedge, the fair value movements are recognised in the statement of recognisedother comprehensive income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement.

                Realised net losses recognised in the income statement in the year ended 30 June 20092010 were £nil (2009 – £5 million (2008 – £4 million gains)million). There wereare no open deals on the balance sheet at 30 June 2009 (20082010 (2009 – £nil) as all commodity futures contracts had been sold before that date..


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)

        Insurance    The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains insurable risk where external insurance is not considered an economic means of mitigating these risks.


        Fair value measurements

        This section on fair value measurement forms part of the audited financial statements.

                The adoption of the amendment to IFRS 7 in the year ended 30 June 2010 requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements of financial instruments through the use of a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the valuation techniques used in fair value calculations. The levels can be broadly described as follows:

                Diageo maintains policies and procedures to value instruments using the most relevant data available. If there are multiple inputs available that fall into different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument is categorised on the basis of the lowest level input.

        Derivatives and other financial liabilities    Interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps and foreign currency forwards and swaps are valued in the market using discounted cash flow techniques. These techniques incorporate inputs at levels 1 and 2, such as interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. These market inputs are used in the discounted cash flow calculation incorporating the instrument's term, notional amount and discount rate, and taking credit risk into account.

                As significant inputs to the valuation are observable in the markets, these instruments are categorised as level 2 in the hierarchy.

                The put option to acquire the remaining equity stake in Ketel One Worldwide is classified as a derivative financial liability with changes in fair value included in operating profit. As this valuation of the option uses assumptions not observable in the market, it is categorised as a level 3 instrument in the fair value hierarchy.

                The group's financial assets and liabilities, excluding finance lease liabilities, measured at fair value at 30 June 2010 are categorised as follows:

         
         Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Assets

                     

        Derivative assets

            570    570 
                  

        Total assets

            570    570 
                  

        Liabilities

                     

        Derivative liabilities

            (229) (23) (252)

        Other financial liabilities

              (28) (28)
                  

        Total liabilities

            (229) (51) (280)
                  

        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)

        The movements in level 3 instruments, measured on a recurring basis, for the year ended 30 June 2010 are as follows:

         
         Derivative
        liabilities
         Other
        financial
        liabilities
         Total
        level 3
        instruments
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2009

          (40)   (40)

        Deferred consideration payable

            (26) (26)

        Net gains/(losses) included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

          17  (2) 15 
                

        At 30 June 2010

          (23) (28) (51)
                


        Market risk sensitivity analysis

        This section on market risk sensitivity analysis forms part of the audited financial statements.

                The group has usedis using a sensitivity analysis technique that measures the estimated impacts on the income statement and on equityother comprehensive income of either an instantaneous increase or decrease of 1% (1000.5% (50 basis points) in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies, from the rates applicable at 30 June 2009,2010 (2009 – 100 basis points increase or decrease in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies), for each class of financial instrumentinstruments with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of market risks on the net post employment benefit obligationsliability and taxation.corporate tax payable. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as in practice interest and foreign exchange rates rarely change in isolation.

                The sensitivity analysis is based on the following:

        The amounts generated from the sensitivity analysis are estimates of the impact of market risk assuming that specified changes occur.in interest and foreign exchange rates. Actual results in the future may differ materially from these results materially due to developments in the global financial markets which may cause fluctuations in interest and exchange rates to vary from the


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)

        hypothetical amounts disclosed in the following table, which therefore should not be considered a projectionas projections of likely future events, andgains or losses.

                As at 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008, hypotheticalHypothetical changes in other risk variables would not significantly affect the fair value of financial instruments at those dates.



        Business review (continued)
        30 June 2010 and 30 June 2009.


        Sensitivity analysis table

         
         1% decrease
        in interest
        rates
         1% increase
        in interest
        rates
         10%
        weakening
        in sterling
         10%
        strengthening
        in sterling
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2009

                     

        Impact on income statement: gain/(loss)

          33  (39) (38) 31 

        Impact on equity: gain/(loss)(a)

          30  (31) (834) 682 

        At 30 June 2008

                     

        Impact on income statement: gain/(loss)

          24  (24) (31) 25 

        Impact on equity: gain/(loss)(a)

          24  (24) (727) 595 

         
         0.5% decrease
        in interest
        rates
         0.5% increase
        in interest
        rates
         10%
        weakening
        of sterling
         10%
        strengthening
        of sterling
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2010

                     

        Impact on income statement – gain/(loss)

          19  (19) (33) 27 

        Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income – gain/(loss)(a)(b)

          34  (33) (739) 605 


         
         1% decrease
        in interest
        rates
         1% increase
        in interest
        rates
         10%
        weakening
        of sterling
         10%
        strengthening
        of sterling
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2009

                     

        Impact on income statement – gain/(loss)

          33  (39) (38) 31 

        Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income – gain/(loss)(a)(b)

          30  (31) (834) 682 

        (a)
        The group's foreign currency debt is used as a hedge of net investments in foreign operations and as such the translation of foreign net investments would mostlymainly offset the foreign currency gains or losses on financial instruments recognised directly in equity.other comprehensive income.

        (b)
        Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the impact on the income statement.

        The above analysis considers the impact of all financial instruments including financial derivatives, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and other financial assets and liabilities.


        Critical accounting policies

        This section on critical accounting policies forms part of the audited financial statements.

                The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Diageo's accounting policies are set out in the notes to the consolidated financial statements in this annual report.Annual Report. In applying these policies, the directors are required to make estimates and subjective judgements that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported profit for the year. The directors base these on a combination of past experience and any other evidence that is relevant to the particular circumstance. The actual outcome could differ from those estimates. Of Diageo's accounting policies, the directors consider that policies in relation to the following areas are particularly subject to estimates and the exercise of judgement.

        Brands, goodwill and other intangibles    Acquired intangible assets are held on the consolidated balance sheet at cost. Where these assets are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, they


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)


        are not amortised. Assessment of the useful economic life of an asset, or that an asset has an indefinite life, requires management judgement.

                Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that intangible assets, including brands, are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. In particular, the group performs a discounted cash flow analysis at least annually to compare discounted estimated future operating cash flows to the net carrying value of each acquired brand. The analysis is based on forecast cash flows with terminal values being calculated using the long term growth rate (the real GDP growth rate of the country plus its inflation rate) of the principal countriesmarkets in which the majority of the profits of each brand are or will be generated. The estimated cash flows are discounted at the group's weighted average cost of capital in the relevant country.

                In assessing whether goodwill is carried at above its recoverable amount, a discounted cash flow analysis is performed annually to compare the discounted estimated future operating cash flows of cash generating units of the group to the net assets attributable to the cash generating units including goodwill. The discounted cash flow review is consistent with the brand review in its use of estimated



        Business review (continued)


        future operating cash flows, weighted average cost of capital for the cash generating unit concerned and long term growth rates.

                The tests are dependent on management's estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applied to those cash flows and the expected long term growth rates. Such estimates and judgements are subject to change as a result of changing economic conditions. Management attempts to make the most appropriate estimates, but actual cash flows and rates may be different.

                For some recently acquired intangible assets, there is limited headroom as the recoverable amount has been affected in the short term by the slowdown in the worlwideworldwide economy. In the year ended 30 June 2010 there was an impairment loss of £35 million in respect of the Ursus brand. One of the principal markets for Ursus is Greece where the economy suffered a significant downturn and shows no signs of recovery. For the Ketel OneUrsus vodka worldwide distribution rights,brand acquired on 9 June 2008,in July 2004 and for the Bushmills Irish whiskey, acquired in August 2005, a negative change in the assumptions used to calculate the recoverable amount would result in an impairment charge. A 1%For the Ursus vodka brand a 1 percentage point increase in the discount rate, a 1%1 percentage point decrease in the long term growth rate or a 5% decrease in forecast annual cash flows would result in an impairment charge of £105£3 million, £65£2 million or £44£1 million, respectively. For the Bushmills brand a 1 percentage point increase in the discount rate, would result in an impairment charge of £2 million.

        Post employment benefits    Diageo accounts for post employment benefits in accordance withIAS 19 – Employee benefits.benefits. Application of IAS 19 requires the exercise of judgement in relation to various assumptions including future pay rises in excess of inflation, employee and pensioner demographics and the future expected returns on assets.

                Diageo determines the assumptions to be adopted in discussion with its actuaries, and believes these assumptions to be in line with UK practice generally, but the application of different assumptions could have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income statement, statement of recognisedother comprehensive income and expense and balance sheet in respect of post employment benefits. The assumptions vary among the countries in which the group operates, and there may be an interdependency between some of the assumptions. The major assumptions used by the group for the three years ended 30 June 20092010 are set out in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. It would be impracticable to give the impact of the effect of changes in all of the assumptions used to calculate the post employment charges in the


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)


        income statement, statement of recognisedother comprehensive income and expense and balance sheet, but the following disclosures are provided to assist the reader in assessing the impact of changes in the more critical assumptions.

                The finance income and charges included in the income statement for post employment benefits are partly calculated by assuming an estimated rate of return on the assets held by the post employment plans. For the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, this was based on the assumption that equities would outperform fixed interest government bonds by four percentage points. A one percentage point increase in this assumptionthe expected return on plan assets would have increased profit before taxation by approximately £48£51 million.

                The rates used to discount the liabilities of the post employment plans are determined by using rates of return on high quality corporate bonds of appropriate currency and term. A half a percentage point increase in the discount rate assumption used to determine the income statement charge in the year ended 30 June 20092010 would have increased profit before taxation by approximately £9£3 million. A half a percentage point increase in the discount rate assumption used to determine the post employment liability at 30 June 20092010 would have decreased the liabilities before tax by approximately £421£420 million.

                The net liability for post employment benefits is partly determined by the fair value at the end of the year of the assets owned by the post employment plans. A 10% movement in worldwide equity values would increase/decrease the net post employment liability before tax at 30 June 20092010 by approximately £210£240 million.



        Business review (continued)

                The mortality assumptions used in the UK plan were reassessed in 2006 and arethe year ended 30 June 2010 based on the mortality experience of the plan to 31 March 2009 and allowallowing for future improvements in life expectancy. For example, it is assumed that members who retire in 20292030 at age 65 will live on average for a further 23 years if they are male and for a further 2425 years if they are female. If assumed life expectancies had been one year greater, the charge to profit before taxation would have increased by approximately £13£14 million and the net post employment liability before tax would have increased by approximately £186£232 million.

        Exceptional items    These are items which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information. The determination of which items are separately disclosed as exceptional items requires a significant degree of judgement.

        Taxation    The group is required to estimate the corporate tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets or liabilities which are included within the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realised in the future. This evaluation requires judgements to be made including the forecast of future taxable income.

                Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation.

                The group operates in many countries in the world and is subject to many tax jurisdictions and rules. As a consequence the group is subject to tax audits, which by their nature are often complex and


        Table of Contents


        Business review (continued)


        can require several years to conclude. Management judgement is required to determine the total provision for income tax. Amounts accrued are based on management's interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the group's profit and loss and/or cash position.


        New accounting standards

        A number of IFRS standards and interpretations have been issued by the IASB or IFRIC. Those that are of relevance to the group are discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.


        Table of Contents


        Directors and senior management

         
         Age Nationality Position (committees)
        Directors       
        Dr Franz B Humer  6364 Swiss/Austrian Chairman, non-executive director(3)*
        Paul S Walsh  5455 British Chief executive, executive director(2)*
        Nicholas C Rose  5152 British Chief financial officer, executive director(2)
        Lord Hollick of Notting Hill  6465 British Senior non-executive director(1)(3)(4)*
        Peggy B Bruzelius  5960 Swedish Non-executive director(1)(3)(4)
        Laurence M Danon  5354 FrenchNon-executive director(1)(3)(4)
        Lord Mervyn Davies of Abersoch57British Non-executive director(1)(3)(4)
        Betsy D Holden  5354 AmericanNon-executive director(1)(3)(4)
        Maria Lilja65Swedish Non-executive director(1)(3)(4)
        Philip G Scott  5556 British Non-executive director(1)*(3)(4)
        H Todd Stitzer  5758 American Non-executive director(1)(3)(4)
        Paul A Walker  5253 British Non-executive director(1)(3)(4)

        Senior management

         

         

         

         

         

         

         
        Ronald Anderson  5354 British Chief customer officer(2)GRAPHIC
        Nicholas B Blazquez  4849 British Managing director, Diageo Africa(2)GRAPHIC
        Andrew Fennell  4243 British Chief marketing officer(2)GRAPHIC
        Stuart R Fletcher  5253 British President, Diageo International(2)
        Gilbert Ghostine  4950 Lebanese President, Diageo Asia Pacific(2)GRAPHIC
        David Gosnell53BritishManaging director, Global Supply and global procurement(2)
        James N D Grover  52 British Managing director, global supply and global procurement(2) GRAPHIC
        James N D Grover51BritishGlobal business support director(2)GRAPHIC
        Deirdre A Mahlan  4748 American Deputy chief financial officer(2)GRAPHIC
        Ivan M Menezes  5051 American President, Diageo North America; chairman,Chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific(2)
        Randolph JJohn R Millian  5657 American Managing director, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean(2)GRAPHIC
        Andrew Morgan  5354 British President, Diageo Europe(2)
        Timothy D Proctor  5960 American/British General counsel(2)
        Larry Schwartz  5657 American President, Diageo USA(2)GRAPHIC
        Gareth Williams  5657 British Human resources director(2)
        Ian Wright  5152 British Corporate relations director(2)GRAPHIC

        Officer

         

         

         

         

         

         

         
        Paul D Tunnacliffe  4748 British Company secretary

        Key to committees:


        (1)

         

        Audit

        (2)

         

        Executive (comprising senior management)

        (3)

         

        Nomination

        (4)

         

        Remuneration

        *

         

        Chairman of committee

        GRAPHIC


        Joined the executive committee during the year ended 30 June 2009

        Table of Contents


        Directors and senior management (continued)

        Dr Franz Humer    was appointedChairman, non-executive director, Swiss/Austrian (64)

                Appointed chairman of Diageo plc in July 2008, having been a non-executive director since April 2005. He is also chairman of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd in Switzerland and a non-executive directorchairman of Allianz Versicherungs AG in Germany.INSEAD's board of directors. He was formerly chief operating director of Glaxo Holdings plc and has held a number of other non-executive directorships. During the year, he resigned as a non-executive director of ChugaiAllianz Versicherungs AG in Japan.Germany.

        Paul Walsh    was appointedChief executive, Executive director, British (55)

                Appointed chief executive of Diageo plc in September 2000, having been chief operating officer since January 2000. He has served in a number of management roles since joining GrandMet's brewing division in 1982, including chief executive officer of The Pillsbury Company. He was appointed to the GrandMet board in October 1995 and to the Diageo plc board in December 1997. He was appointedis a non-executive director of Unilever PLC in May 2009 and is also a member of the Council of the University of Reading, a member of the Business Council for Britain, chairman of the Scotch Whisky Association and a non-executive director of FedEx Corporation in the United States. During the year he resignedretired as a non-executive directormember of Centrica plc.the Council of the University of Reading.

        Nicholas (Nick) Rose    was appointedChief financial officer, executive director, British (52)

                Appointed chief financial officer of Diageo plc in July 1999. He will retire as chief financial officer and be succeeded by Deirdre Mahlan on 1 October 2010, and will retire as a director of Diageo plc at the AGM on 14 October 2010. He has served in a number of finance roles since joining GrandMet in June 1992, including group treasurer and group controller and was appointed to the Diageo plc board in June 1999. He is also a member of the main committeeMain Committee of the 100 Group of Finance Directors and during the year, was formerlyappointed a non-executive director of Scottish PowerBAE Systems plc.

        Lord (Clive) Hollick of Notting Hill    was appointedSenior non-executive director, British (65)

                Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in December 2001 and senior non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee in September 2004. He is a senior adviser to Kohlberg Kravis Roberts and is also a member of the supervisory boardboards of ProSiebenSat.1 Media AG and BMG Music Rights GmbH, both in Germany, a non-executive director of Honeywell International Inc in the United States, and a founding trustee of the Institute of Public Policy Research. He was formerly chief executive of United Business Media plc and has held a number of other non-executive directorships. During the year, he resignedwas appointed a partner of GP Bullhound, and he retired as a member of the supervisory board of The Nielsen Company.partner and subsequently senior adviser to Kohlberg Kravis Roberts.

        Peggy Bruzelius    was appointedNon-executive director, Swedish (60)

                Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in April 2009. She is chairman of Lancelot Asset Management and vicedeputy chairman of AB Electrolux, both in Sweden, and sits on the boards of Akzo Nobel NV in the Netherlands, Syngenta AG in Switzerland, Axfood AB and Husqvarna AB in Sweden and the Stockholm School of Economics, as well as chairing the Swedish Board of Higher Education.Economics. She was formerly managing director of ABB Financial Services AB and headed the asset management arm of Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB. During the year, she resigned as a non-executive director of Scania AB.

        Laurence Danon    was appointedNon-executive director, French (54)

                Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in January 2006. She is a memberchairman of the executive board of Edmond de Rothschild Corporate Finance in France and is also a non-executive director of Plastic Omnium and Rhodia SA, both in France, and a non-executive director of Experian Group Limited, from which office she will resign at the end of December 2009. She was appointed a non-executive director ofGroupe BPCE France's second largest banking group,and Rhodia SA, all in July 2009.France. Formerly she served with the French Ministry of Industry and Energy, held a number of senior management posts with Total Fina Elf and was chairman and chief


        Table of Contents


        Directors and senior management (continued)


        executive officer of France Printemps. During the year, she resigned as a non-executive director of Lafuma SA.Experian Group Limited and was recently appointed a non-executive director of TF1 and resigned as a non-executive director of Plastic Omnium, both in France.

        Lord Mervyn Davies of Abersoch    Non-executive director, British (57)

        Betsy D Holden    was appointed        Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc with effect from 1 September 2009. She2010. He is a senior advisorpartner of Corsair Capital and was previously Minister for Trade, Investment and Small Business for the UK Government between January 2009 and May 2010. Prior to McKinsey & Companythis role, he was Chairman of Standard Chartered PLC, the financial services company with leading positions in Asia, Africa and the Middle East and for which he was also sits on the boards of Tribune Company, Western Union Company, MediaBank LLC, the Kellogg School of Management Dean's Advisory Board,Group Chief Executive from 2001 until 2006. He was a non-executive director at Tesco PLC from 2003 to 2008 and Duke University's Trinity College Board of Visitors. She was formerly co-chief operating



        Directors and senior management (continued)


        officer of Kraft Foods and chief operating officer of Kraft Foods North America, and has over 25 years of experience in consumer goods with expertise in general management, strategy, marketing and innovation.at Tottenham Hotspur PLC from 2004 to 2009.

        Maria LiljaBetsy Holden    was appointedNon-executive director, American (54)

                Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in November 1999.September 2009. She is a senior adviser to McKinsey & Company and a director of MediaBank LLC, and holds non-executive directorships of Tribune Company and Western Union Company, all in the United States. She is chairman of the board of visitors at Duke University, Trinity College and a member of the Dean's advisory board at the Kellogg School of Management. She was formerly headpresident, global marketing and category development and co-chief executive officer of American Express Europe (having played a leading role in building Nyman & Schultz, a long-established Scandinavian travel management company, which was acquired by American Express) and has held a number of other non-executive directorships.Kraft Foods, Inc.

        Philip Scott    was appointedNon-executive director, British (56)

                Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc and chairman of the audit committee with effect from 17Audit Committee in October 2007. He isretired during the year as chief financial officer of Aviva plc, to which position he was appointed in July 2007 and from which office he will retire at the end of December 2009. He beganhaving begun his career with Norwich Union as a trainee actuary in 1973 and subsequently held a number of senior roles with that company and its successor Aviva, including that of group executive director. During the year, he was appointed a non-executive director of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc.

        H Todd Stitzer    was appointedIndependent non-executive director, American (58)

                Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in June 2004. He isDuring the year, he resigned as chief executive of Cadbury plc (to which office he wasfollowing its takeover by Kraft Foods having been appointed to that position in 2003)2003 and having formerly held a number of marketing, sales, strategy and general management posts subsequent toafter joining the companyCadbury in 1983 as an assistant general counsel. He has beenis a member of the board of trustees forof Business in the Community since 2008.and recently became a member of the Advisory Board of Hamlin Capital Management, LLC, a New York based investment advisory firm.

        Paul Walker    was appointedNon-executive director, British (53)

                Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in June 2002. He is chief executive of The Sage Group plc (to which office he was appointed in 1994, having previously been finance director) and was formerly a non-executive director of MyTravel Group plc. During the year, he was appointed a non-executive director of Experian plc.

        Paul Tunnacliffe    was appointedCompany secretary, British (48)

                Appointed company secretary of Diageo plc in January 2008. He was formerly company secretary of Hanson PLC (to which office he was appointed in 1997) where he previously served as assistant company secretary, having joined the company in 1983.

        Maria Lilja

        William (Bill) Shanahan    retiredRetired as a non-executive director of Diageo plc in AprilOctober 2009.


        Table of Contents


        Executive committee

        Ronald (Ron) Anderson    was appointedChief customer officer, British (54)

                Appointed chief customer officer of Diageo plc in July 2008, having previously held various senior sales and general management roles in the United Kingdom,UK, Canada and the United States. He joined the company in 1985, and prior to which hethat worked for Tesco and Gillette.

        Nicholas (Nick) Blazquez    was appointedManaging director, Diageo Africa, British (49)

                Appointed managing director, Diageo Africa in August 2004, prior to which he was managing director, Diageo Asia Key Markets. He held various managerial positions in United Distillers between 1989 and 1998.

        Andrew (Andy) Fennell    was appointedChief marketing officer, British (43)

                Appointed chief marketing officer of Diageo plc in September 2008, and has held2008. Held a number of marketing roles in the United KingdomUK and internationally with Guinness and Diageo, prior to which he worked in various sales and marketing roles with Britvic and Bass plc.

        Stuart Fletcher    was appointedPresident, Diageo International, British (53)

                Appointed president, Diageo International in October 2004, having been president, Key Markets since September 2000. He held a number of senior management positions with Guinness, after joining the company in 1986, including managing director of Developing and Seed Markets, and previously held various financial positions with Procter & Gamble and United Glass.

        Gilbert Ghostine    was appointedPresident, Diageo Asia Pacific, Lebanese (50)

                Appointed president, Diageo Asia Pacific on 1in July 2009, having previously been managing director, Diageo Continental Europe, since July 2006. He was formerly managing director, Northern Europe, and president, US Major Marketsmarkets and held various senior managerial rolespositions in Africa, Asia, Europe and the United States, having joined International Distillers & Vintners in 1995.

        David Gosnell    was appointedManaging director, Global Supply and Global Procurement, British (53)

                Appointed managing director, global supplyGlobal Supply and global procurement,Global Procurement, Diageo plc in JanuaryJuly 2003. He joined Diageo in 1998 as European supply director, then headed up Guinness & European RTD supply, prior to which he spent 20 years in various roles with Heinz. He isresigned as a non-executive director of Brambles plc.plc during the year.

        James (Jim) Grover    was appointed global business supportGlobal Business Support Director, British (52)

                Appointed Global Business Support director of Diageo plc in February 2004, having been strategy director since December 1997. Formerly he held a number of senior strategy positions in GrandMet and worked as a management consultant with Booz-Allen & Hamilton Inc and OC&C Strategy Consultants.

        Deirdre Mahlan    was appointedDeputy chief financial officer, American (48)

                Appointed deputy chief financial officer of Diageo plc in May 2009, prior to which she was head of tax and treasury Diageo plc and before that, chief financial officer, Diageo North America. She joined the groupcompany in 2001, having held various senior finance positions in Joseph E Seagram & Sons Inc since 1992, and having formerly been a senior manager with Price Waterhouse.PricewaterhouseCoopers. She will succeed Nick Rose as chief financial officer and become a director of Diageo plc on 1 October 2010.


        Table of Contents


        Executive committee (continued)

        Ivan Menezes    was appointed president,President, Diageo North AmericaAmerica; chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific, American (51)

                Appointed president, North America; in January 2004, having been chief operating officer, Diageo North America since July 2002. In October 2008, he was also appointed chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific. Formerly he held various senior management positions with Guinness and then Diageo and worked across a variety of sales, marketing and strategy roles with Nestlé in Asia, Booz-Allen & Hamilton Inc in North America and Whirlpool in Europe. He is also a non-executive director of Coach IncInc., in the United States.USA.

        RandolphJohn R (Randy) Millian    was appointedManaging director, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean, American (57)

                Appointed managing director, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean in 2005, having joined United Distillers & Vintners Brazil in 1995 as its managing director. Prior to joining Diageo, he held senior management positions with American Express, Schering-Plough, Personal Care Group USA and Pepsi in a number of territories, including Latin America, Europe, Asia and Asia.the USA.

        Andrew Morgan    was appointedPresident, Diageo Europe, British (54)

                Appointed president, Diageo Europe in October 2004, having been president, Venture Markets since July 2002. He joined United Distillers in 1987 and held various senior



        Executive committee (continued)


        management positions with Guinness and then Diageo, including group chief information officer and president, New Business Ventures for Guinness United Distillers & Vintners and director, global strategy and innovation for United Distillers & Vintners.

        Timothy (Tim) Proctor    was appointedGeneral counsel, American/British (60)

                Appointed general counsel of Diageo plc in January 2000. Formerly he was director, worldwide human resources of Glaxo Wellcome and senior vice president, human resources, general counsel and secretary for Glaxo's US operating company. He has over 25 years' international legal experience, including 13thirteen years with Merck and six years with Glaxo Wellcome. He resigned as a non-executive director of Wachovia Corporation in the United States during the year.

        Larry Schwartz    was appointedPresident, Diageo USA, American (57)

                Appointed president, Diageo USA in September 2008, prior to which he was president, Diageo North America key market hub, and president of Diageo's US spirits business. He joined the company in 2001, as president of Joseph E Seagram & Sons Inc, having held a variety of senior management positions with Seagram.

        Gareth Williams    was appointedHuman Resources director, British (57)

                Appointed human resources director of Diageo plc in January 1999. Formerly he held a number of senior personnel management positions with GrandMet and then United Distillers & Vintners and spent 10ten years with Ford of Britain in a number of personnel and employee relations positions.

        Ian Wright    was appointedCorporate Relations director, British (52)

                Appointed corporate relations director of Diageo plc in July 2004, having previously held positions with a number of public relations positions with public relations consultancies and The Boots Company.


        Robert (Rob) Malcolm    retired as president, global marketing, sales and innovation in December 2008.Table of Contents

        John Pollaers    resigned as president, Diageo Asia Pacific with effect from 30 June 2009.



        Directors' remuneration report

        Dear Shareholder

        I am pleased to presentDiageo faced many tough challenges in the remuneration report for the 2009 financial year.

                Thelast fiscal year: an unprecedented global economic downturn, has created an unusually challenging economic environment overvolatile markets and weakening consumer confidence. The restructuring programme announced in 2009, and the past year. The business has nevertheless delivered a resilient set of results while taking significant measures to protect sustainabilitysharp focus on market share gains, innovation and to promotegeographic expansion will drive long term growth.

        The most important objectivefiscal 2010 results demonstrate the great resilience of our remuneration policy is to reward Diageo's people, at all levelsbusiness, the strong and in all countries, fairly and competitively, in line with performance, to enable your company to attract and retain the very best talent available. The strength and stabilityeffective leadership of the executiveour management team at Diageo and the company's impressive operating performance over the last decade testify to the robustnessterrific commitment of the remuneration policies in place.our global workforce.

                The remuneration committee has been mindful of the uncertain environment both in assessing performance outcomes for this year and in seekingstriven to ensure that remuneration policies remain appropriate. This process, supported by Deloitte LLP aspeople at all levels are fairly rewarded for achieving their financial and business targets and for strengthening the remuneration committee's appointed independent adviser, has ledcompany's long term leadership position. We have been alert to the remuneration committeedanger of encouraging short term measures and risk taking, which would be to concludethe detriment of Diageo's longer term interests.

                We believe that the remuneration levels and the mix between fixed and variable compensation continue to be appropriateoutturn for the contextlast fiscal year fairly and reasonably reflects management's success in whichdealing with the company is operatingparticularly difficult and followingvolatile conditions in many of our business units and for achieving the implementation of two new long term incentive plansimpressive financial results described in 2008, no changes to the overall remuneration mix are proposed this year.

                The tougher environment is reflecteddetail in the reward outcomesBusiness review.

                Salaries for senior management were frozen in fiscal 2010, as the year ended 30 June 2009; total direct compensation deliveredcommittee felt that was the responsible approach to take in the executive directors is significantly lower compared to 2008 (bonus payments are substantially lower than last year andcontext of the economic climate at that time. During fiscal 2010, the performance share awardsshares, which were due to vest in September 2009, lapsed in full) demonstrating a clear alignment between company performance,full upon failing the required total shareholder interestsreturn (TSR) metric, and the executive remuneration arrangements that are in place. In addition, the remuneration committee has made some adjustments to remuneration arrangementssame outcome will apply for the forthcomingaward due to vest in September 2010. This outcome, in part, reflects the extreme currency volatility that has followed the global economic downturn and the impact of this on Diageo's TSR measured in a common currency of US dollars. Diageo's strong TSR performance against the FTSE 100 can be seen in the graph later in this report. The corresponding SESOP share option awards have fully vested upon exceeding the adjusted earnings per share measure. The annual incentive plan award for 2010, detailed later in this report, reflects the company's resilient annual results, exceeding targets for both profit before exceptional items and tax and net sales, and significantly exceeding targets for free cash flow.

                During the year that reflectending 30 June 2011, the changed environment in which the company is currently operating. These include:

                The remuneration committee will closely monitor developments in the external environment over the months aheadPerformance Share Plan with a view to maintaining remuneration programmes that continuebroadening the success factors against which management are incentivised and measured in order to be competitiveenhance the alignment between reward and stretching. Duringour medium term strategic goals. An important factor in this is the last yearextreme currency volatility, referred to above, resulting from the remuneration committee has consultedunprecedented devaluation of sterling against the US dollar and euro. We will consult with majorour shareholders on a number of aspects of remuneration policy and is committed to an ongoing dialogue with shareholders. In this regard, I am pleased to note that the new long term incentive plans for executive directors, which were put to shareholders at last year's AGM, received strong support.

                The substantial increase in the transfer value of executive pensions reflects changes in the calculation methodology adopted by the pension trustees during the year as well as the impact of changing market conditions, interest rates and increases to pensionable pay, age and service. The



        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        remuneration committee has made noany proposed changes to pension policy nor made any enhancement to the executive directors' pension benefits during the year.our remuneration plans.

                The following report provides further explanation of the current remuneration arrangements for executive directors and the reward outcomes for the 2009 performance year.in the year ended 30 June 2010.

                Finally, we will be submitting severalplan to submit resolutions relating toin respect of the renewal of two employee share plans for shareholder approval at the company's AGM in October 2009 AGM.2010. Details are included in the Notice of Meeting.

                We look forward to receiving your support at the AGM in October.October 2010.


        Lord Hollick of Notting Hill

        SeniorIndependent non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        Remuneration Summarysummary for the year ended 30 June 20092010

        Base salary

        Base salaries for the executive directors were increasedfrozen in October 2008 as part of the normal annual review. With effect from 1 October 2008,year ended 30 June 2010 in response to economic conditions. Therefore, the annual salaries payable to the chief executive and the chief financial officer wereof £1,155,000 and £673,000, respectively. In light of current economic conditions, no annual review for executive directors and senior management will occur inrespectively, have remained unchanged since October 2009 and salaries will therefore remain at 2008 levels.2008.


        Summary of salary reviews for executive directors

         
         Oct 2009
        %
        increase
         Oct 2008
        %
        increase
         

        NC Rose

          0% 6%

        PS Walsh

          0% 5%

        Percentage increase in year ended 30 June
         2010 2009 

        NC Rose

          0% 6%

        PS Walsh

          0% 5%

        Short term incentive plans    The committee set stretching performance targets based on a mix of profit, net sales and free cash flow measures for the performance year ended 30 June 2009. The business delivered a resilient set of results in the context of the current economic climate, and the challenges presented by this changing environment are reflected in the level of bonus payout achieved. In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, 80% of the short term incentive plan for executive directors was based on stretching financial performance targets for net sales, profit and sales were below target, but the free cash flow targets were exceeded, thereforemeasures, and 20% on individual business objectives. Performance against both profit before exceptional items and tax and net sales measures was ahead of target, and delivery of free cash flow was significantly ahead of target. The remuneration committee also assessed performance against the executive directors received paymentsindividual business objectives and concluded that there had been very strong performance against the operational and strategic goals set. The committee determined that awards under the annual incentive plan that were equivalent to 44%171% and 173% of their 2008salary as at 30 June 2010 for the chief executive and chief financial officer, respectively, were appropriate given the resilient performance delivered in challenging economic circumstances.


        Summary of short term incentive awards as a percentage of base salary. No discretionary adjustments were madesalary for individual performance or the exceptional circumstances in which the business was operating.executive directors

        Percentage award earned for year ended 30 June
         2010 2009 

        NC Rose

          173% 44%

        PS Walsh

          171% 44%

        Long term incentive plans    In 2008,During the remuneration committee implemented two new long term incentive plans following shareholder approval obtained atyear ended 30 June 2010, the October 2008 AGM. The first awards under the new share option and performance share plans were made in October 2008. The executive directors received option grants and were awarded performance shares in the range of 300% to 375% of their salaries. The vesting of these awards is subject to the achievement of stretching relative and absolute performance conditions over a three-year period.

                The performance shares awarded in 2005 vested at 35% of2006 failed the initial award in September 2008 based on a relativerequired performance condition with Diageo's total shareholder return (TSR) ranking below the median of ninth position (median) inthe TSR peer group of 16 other companies (reduced to 15 other companies for the 2007 award following the removal of Cadbury during the year and maintained at 16 other companies from 2008 onwards with the addition to the peer group of 17 companies atKraft). Consequently, the end ofaward lapsed in full in September 2009. In addition, the performance cycle (the peer groupTSR target for awards granted in September 2007 was reducednot met and these awards are due to



        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        16 companies for subsequent performance cycles following a peer group company acquisition during the year). lapse in September 2010.

                Share options granted in 20052006 vested in full in September 20082009 upon exceeding the required performance condition of adjusted EPS growth of RPI plus 15 percentage points. For share options granted in 2007, the adjusted measure was exceeded and the options will vest in full in September 2010.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        Summary of long term incentive awards vesting for executive directors

        Percentage vesting in year ended 30 June
         2010 2009 

        Performance shares

          0% 35%

        Share options

          100% 100%

        Shareholding requirements    The executive directors are required to hold a minimum shareholding in order to participate fully in the long term incentive plans. The status of that requirement as at 30 June 20092010 for NC Rose and PS Walsh is shown below:

         
         NC Rose PS Walsh 

        Value of shareholdings (£000)

          4,044  6,414 

        Minimum shareholding as % of salary

          250% 300%

        Actual shareholding as % of salary

          610% 562%

         
         NC Rose PS Walsh 

        Value of shareholdings (£000)

          4,918  7,480 

        Minimum shareholding requirement as % of salary

          250% 300%

        Actual shareholding as % of salary

          731% 648%

        This information is based on the share interests disclosed in the table 'Share and other interests' in this report, base salary earned in the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, and an average share price for the same period of 8911027 pence.

        Pensions    The executive directors participate in a final salary pension scheme. Accrued annual pension as at 30 June 20092010 is £369,000£396,000 per annum for NC Rose and £637,000£670,000 per annum for PS Walsh. The executive directors contribute 6% of their pensionable pay to the scheme. With effect from 31 December 2010, NC Rose will take early retirement from the company at the age of 53; his pension benefit will be subject to actuarial reduction in line with the normal rules of the scheme and will not be augmented.

        Non-executive directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 20092010

        An    In light of the salary freeze applied to executive directors and senior management during the year, no increase of £5,000 per annum was appliedmade to the base fee and committee chairman fees for non-executive directors, effective from 1 January 2009. At the same time, the £3,000 overseas travel allowance was removed.directors. The previousnext review of fees and allowances tookis anticipated to take place in December 2010 with any changes expected to take effect on 1 January 2007.2011.

        Appointment of new chief financial officer    During the year ended 30 June 2010, the company announced that Mr NC Rose would stand down from the board at the company's AGM on 14 October 2010 and that Ms D Mahlan would replace him on the board in the position of chief financial officer with effect from 1 October 2010. Subject to shareholder approval, Ms. Mahlan will be formally appointed as a director at the company's AGM on 14 October 2010. It is proposed that Ms. Mahlan is paid a base salary of £575,000 per annum and that she will participate in the annual bonus and long term incentive plans on a similar basis to the previous incumbent.


        Governance

        The remuneration committee    The committee's principal responsibilities are:


        Table of Contents



        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        The remuneration committee consists of Diageo's non-executive directors, all of whom are independent: PB Bruzelius, LM Danon, BD Holden (appointed 24 April1 September 2009), LM Danon, Lord Hollick, M Lilja, PG Scott, HT Stitzer and PA Walker. WS ShanahanM Lilja retired from the remuneration committee on 30 April14 October 2009. Lord Hollick is chairman of the remuneration committee. The chairman of the board and the chief executive may, by invitation, attend remuneration committee meetings except when their own remuneration is discussed.



        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

                The remuneration committee met five times during the year to consider, and approve, amongst other things:

                During the year, the remuneration committee undertook a review of its own effectiveness and concluded that the committee was acting effectively.

        Further information on meetings held and director attendance is disclosed in the corporate governance report. The remuneration committee's terms of reference are available at www.diageo.com and on request from the company secretary.

        Advice    During the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, the remuneration committee appointed the following independent consultants:

        Additional remuneration survey data published by Hewitt Associates, Towers PerrinWatson (formerly Towers Perrin) and Monks (partEquilar, were presented to the remuneration committee during the year. In addition, advice provided by Ernst&Young LLP on the implementation of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP), werean employer financed retirement benefit scheme (EFRBS) was presented to the remuneration committee during the year.

                Diageo's human resources director and director of performance and reward were also invited by the remuneration committee to provide their views and advice.


        Executive remuneration philosophy and principles

        The plans in which Diageo's executive directors and senior management participate are designed to reflect the principles detailed below:Table of Contents

        WhatWhyHow
        Performance-related compensationIt influences and supports performance and the creation of a high-performing organisation.• Short and long term incentives conditional upon achieving stretching performance targets.


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        WhatWhyHow
        Rewarding sustainable performanceIt is at the heart of Diageo's corporate strategy and is vital to meeting investors' goals.• A balanced mix of absolute and relative performance measures for short and long term incentives that reflect sustainable profit and underlying financial performance.
        • Shareholding requirements that align the interests of senior executives with shareholders and that are a condition of full participation in share award and share option plans.

        Measuring performance over three years


        It aligns with the time cycle over which management decisions are reflected in the creation of value in this business.


        • Long term incentives that comprise a combination of share option grants and share awards in each year and vary with three-year EPS and TSR performance respectively.

        Providing a balanced mix of remuneration


        It enables focus on long term value creation while avoiding disproportionate risk-taking.


        • Base salary, benefits, pension, short term cash incentives and long term equity incentives.

        Providing a competitive total remuneration opportunity


        It helps Diageo attract and retain the best global talent.


        • Reward levels considered against the total remuneration packages paid in the top 30 companies in the FTSE 100 by market capitalisation, excluding those in the financial services sector. Total remuneration positioned between the median and upper quartile of this group, reflecting the size and complexity of Diageo's business globally.

        Simplicity and transparency


        It allows targets to be motivating and demonstrably linked to company performance.


        • Targets that are within a sphere of direct influence and that align with the company's short and long term goals.

        Executive remuneration philosophy and principles

        Alignment with strategy    The remuneration structures and performance measures used are designed to align with business strategy as follows:

        Pay for performance    The board of directors sets stretching performance targets for the business and its leaders. To achieve these targets and deliver performance requires exceptional business management and strategic execution. This approach to target setting reflects the aspirational performance environment that Diageo wishes to create.

                The annual incentive plan aims to reward the delivery of short term financial and individual business performance goals with commensurate levels of remuneration. Long term incentive plans aim to reward long term sustained performance.performance and create alignment with the delivery of value for shareholders. Under both sets of plans, if the demanding targets are achieved, high levels of reward may be earned. All incentives are capped in order that inappropriate business risk-taking is neither encouraged nor rewarded.

        Risk management    The remuneration committee considers the management of risk to be important to the process of designing and implementing sustainable remuneration structures and to setting appropriate performance targets for incentive plans. The members of the remuneration committee also constitute the membership of the audit committee, thus ensuring total oversight of any risk factors that may be relevant to remuneration arrangements and target setting specifically.

                The plans in which Diageo's executive directors and senior management participate are designed to reflect the principles detailed below:

        WhatWhyHow
        Performance-related compensationIt influences and supports performance and the creation of a high-performing organisation.

        •       Short and long term incentives conditional upon achieving stretching performance targets.

        Rewarding sustainable performanceIt is at the heart of Diageo's corporate strategy and is vital to meeting investors' goals.

        •       A balanced mix of absolute and relative performance measures for short and long term incentives that reflect sustainable profit and underlying financial performance.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        WhatWhyHow

        •       Shareholding requirements that align the interests of senior executives with those of shareholders and that are a condition of full participation in share award and share option plans.

        Measuring performance over three yearsIt aligns with the time cycle over which management decisions are reflected in the creation of value in this business.

        •       Long term incentives that comprise a combination of share option grants and share awards in each year and vary with three-year EPS and TSR performance respectively.

        Providing a balanced mix of remunerationIt enables focus on long term value creation while avoiding disproportionate risk-taking.

        •       Base salary, benefits, pension, short term cash incentives and long term equity incentives.

        Providing a competitive total remuneration opportunityIt helps Diageo attract and retain the best global talent.

        •       Reward levels considered against the total remuneration packages paid in the top 30 companies in the FTSE 100 by market capitalisation, excluding those in the financial services sector. Total remuneration positioned between the median and upper quartile of this group, reflecting the size, complexity and global scope of Diageo's business.

        Simplicity and transparencyIt allows targets to be motivating and demonstrably linked to company performance.

        •       Targets that are within a sphere of direct influence and that align with the company's short and long term goals.


        Fixed and variable remuneration

        The balance between fixed and variable elements of remuneration changes with performance. The anticipated normal mix between fixed and variable remuneration for executive directors is that for £100 of remuneration earned, £32 will be fixed remuneration and £68 will be performance-related remuneration, excluding pensions and other benefits. This mix is illustrated in the following chart. In some years, the variable element may be higher or lower depending on the performance of the business.


        Table of Contents

        GRAPHIC
        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        GRAPHIC


        Summary of current remuneration policy for executive directors

        A breakdown of the reward programmes in which Diageo's executive directors participate, the remuneration strategy that they support and the policy governing their execution is detailed in the table below:

        What Why How
        Base salary Reflects the value of the individual, their skills and experience, and performance. 

        •       Reviewed annually with changes usually taking effect from 1 October.

        •       Benchmarked against the top 30 companies in the FTSE 100 by market capitalisation excluding those in the financial services businesses.
        sector.

        •       Generally positioned at the median of the relevant market or, in exceptional circumstances, positioned above median if justified by the requirement to recruit or retain key executives.

        Annual incentive plan

        Incentivises year on year delivery of short term performance goals.

        •       Targets set by reference to the annual operating plan.

        •       Level of award determined by Diageo's overall financial performance.

        Provides focus on key financial metrics including profit growth and cash performance.

        •       Annual incentive plan awards based 80% on financial measures (net sales, profit and cash flow) and 20% on specific individual business objectives related to business strategy and operational targets.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        What Why How
        Annual performance bonus Incentivises year on year delivery of short term performance goals. • Targets set by reference to the annual operating plan.
        • Level of payout determined by Diageo's overall financial performance.
        • Bonus payout historically based 100% on financial measures. Effective from 1 July 2009, based 80% on financial measures and 20% on specific individual business objectives.

        •       Up to 100% of salary earned for on target performance with a maximum of 200% of salary payable for outstanding performance.


        Share options (SESOP 2008)


         

        Incentivises three-year earnings growth above a minimum threshold.


         

        •       A discretionary annual grant of market price share options subject to a performance test based on absolute annual compound growth in adjusted EPS over three years.


         

         

        Provides focus on increasing Diageo's share price over the medium to longer term.

         

        •       Stretching growth targets set annually by the remuneration committee.

        •       Maximum annual grant of 375% of salary.

        •       Threshold vesting level of 30% (October 2008 awards) and 25% (September 2009 awards)awards onwards), with pro rata vesting up to 100% maximum.

        •       No re-test facility.


        Performance share awards (PSP 2008)


         

        Incentivises three-year total shareholder return relative to a selected peer group of companies.


         

        •       A discretionary annual award of shares subject to a three-year performance test based on TSR performance against a peer group of companies.

        •       Maximum annual award of 375% of salary.

        Provides focus on delivering superior returns to shareholders.

        •       Threshold vesting of 25% for median performance up to vesting of 100% for position 1 or 2 relative to the TSR peer group.

        •       Notional dividends accrue on awards, delivered as shares or cash at the discretion of the remuneration committee.

        Pension

        Provides competitive post-retirement benefits.

        •       Accrual rate of1/30 of pensionable pay.

        •       Bonus and other benefits excluded from pensionable pay.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        What Why How
          Provides focus on delivering superior returns to shareholders. • Threshold vesting of 25% for median performance up to vesting of 100% for position 1 or 2 relative to a TSR peer group.
        • Notional dividends accrue on awards, delivered as shares or cash at the discretion of the remuneration committee.

        Pension


        Provides competitive post-retirement benefits.


        •       Accrual rate of1/30 of pensionable pay.
        • 
        Maximum pension is restricted to2/3 of final remuneration minus retained benefits.

        •       Normal retirement age (NRA) is 62.

        •       Subject to company consent, no actuarial reduction applied upon early retirement from age 57.

        •       Contributory – 6% of pensionable pay.

        •       Subject to election, benefits in excess of the lifetime allowance (LTA) provided through unfunded non-registered arrangement.

        Base salary    The summary table on the previous pageabove sets out the policy on base salary for the executive directors. Base salaries are generally set around the median of the relevant market for each role and take account of level of experience, performance and the external market. TheWhen setting executive director pay, the remuneration committee also has regardtakes into account the level and structure of remuneration for other employees. Particular consideration is given to pay conditionsthe overall increase in salaries throughout the company, when deciding annualwith the intention that any increase in executive director salaries in fiscal 2011 will be at a similar level to the overall employee increase.

                In light of economic conditions in the last two years and the focus on cost constraint, no salary increases forwere made during the executive directors.

        year ended 30 June 2010 and, therefore, salaries remained at 2008 levels. The table 'Summary of salary reviews for executive directors' in the remuneration summary at the beginning of this report shows the salary increases that werehave been applied duringto the performance year. In light of current economic conditionsexecutive directors in the years ended 30 June 2010 and focus on cost constraint, no salary increases will be made in calendar year 2009.

        Annual performance bonusincentive plan    The annual bonusincentive plan is designed to incentivise year on year delivery of short term performance goals that are determined by pre-set stretching targets and measures agreed by the remuneration committee with reference to the annual operating plan. The remuneration committee determines the level of performance achieved based on Diageo's overall financial performance at the financial year end. The business results for the year ended 30 June 20092010 are described in the Business review.

                The targets for the year ended 30 June 20092010 were a combination of measures including net sales, profit before exceptional items and tax net sales and free cash flow. These measures focus on key drivers of Diageo's growth strategy while supporting sustainability and the underlying financial health of the company. For the first time, the executive directors were also measured against a set of individual business objectives (IBO) that were relevant to their specific area of accountability. These were determined with reference to a set of collective business priorities that support the long term growth and sustainability of the business. Profit and sales targets were below target butexceeded and free cash flow targets were exceeded, thereforesignificantly exceeded. The committee evaluated the performance of the chief executive and chief financial officer against their specific IBOs and concluded that the objectives were exceeded. The overall level of performance achieved resulted in an actual performance bonus paidannual incentive plan award equating to 44%171% of


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        base salary.salary for the chief executive and 173% for the chief financial officer. The actual bonus paymentsawards received by the executive directors are shown in this report in the table 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2009'2010'.



        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

                For the year ending 30 June 2010, the remuneration committee has introduced specific individual business objectives as a weighted measure in addition to the existing financial measures. This new measure will focus on business objectives, derived from a set of collective business goals, that are specific to the executive's particular area of accountability and will be focused on supporting the long term growth of the business.


        Long term incentive plans (LTIPS)

        Current long term incentives compriseare a combination of share options under the SESOP and performance share awards under the PSP and are designed to incentivise executive directors and senior managers to strive for long term sustainable performance. These awards are made on an annual basis with the level of award considered each year in light of individual and business performance. Awards made under both sets of plans are subject to performance conditions normally measured over a three-year period. The regular review of the performance measures and the vesting schedule used in each plan are designed to ensure that the LTIPs continue to support the business objectives and are in line with current best practice. All of Diageo's share plans are operatedoperate within the ABIAssociation of British Insurers' dilution guidelines for share-based remuneration.

        Senior executive share option plan 2008 (SESOP 2008)    Options granted under the SESOP 2008 are subject to a performance condition based on compound annual growth in adjusted EPS over a three-year period, with growth targets set by the company's remuneration committee for each grant. For the purpose of the SESOP, an underlying measure of EPS is used to ensure that items such as exceptional items and movements in exchange rates are excluded from year on year comparisons of performance. Options will only vest when stretching adjusted EPS targets are achieved. Vesting is on a pro rata basis currently ranging from a threshold level of 25% to a maximum level of 100%.

                Given the recent changes in the external environment and their impact on global growth rates, theThe adjusted EPS growth targets for the awards to be made in September 2009 have been set at a range2010 are unchanged from 2009. Therefore, the adjusted EPS growth target for the September 2010 grant of 3% compound annual growth for threshold vestingoptions to vest in full remains 7% compound annual growth for maximum vesting,which is equivalent to 9% growth and 23% growth over a three-year periodperiod. The threshold when options start to vest remains 3% compound annual growth in adjusted EPS which is equivalent to 9% growth over a three-year period. 100% of the initial award will vest for performance greater than or equal to the upper target and 25% of the initial award will vest for threshold and maximum vesting, respectively. In light of these adjusted targets, threshold vesting was reduced from 30% to 25% of grant for the 2009 award.performance.

                The adjusted EPS growth target for the October 2008 grant of options to vest in full is 10% per annum compound which is equivalent to 33% growth over a three-year period. The threshold when options start to vest is when adjusted EPS grows by an average of 6% compound per annum, equivalent to 19% over a three-year period, at which point 30% of the award would vest.

                The maximum annual grant under the plan is 375% of base salary. However, the remuneration committee has the discretion to grant awards in excess of the maximum limit in exceptional circumstances.

        Adjusted EPS growth pa
         September
        2009 grants
         
         
         % vesting
         

        7% +

          100%

        3% – 7%

          25% – 100%

          (pro rata)

        3%

          25%

        Less than 3%

          0%

                The following chart shows the performance targets, minimum and maximum vesting percentages for awards made in 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the compound annual growth for adjusted EPS performance for the performance years ended 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2010.

                In the year ending 30 June 2009, adjusted EPS grew by 4.1% (restated from prior year) and in the year ending 30 June 2010, adjusted EPS grew by 5.9%.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        Adjusted EPS growth pa
         September
        2008 grants
         
         
         % vesting

         

        10% +

          100%

        6% – 10%

          30% – 100%

          (pro rata)

        6%

          30%

        Less than 6%

          0%

        In the year ended 30 June 2009, the adjusted EPS measure used in the SESOP 2008 has grown by 2.6%. This represents the first year's growth of the three-year performance cycle for the SESOP award made in October 2008 and is significantly below target, reflecting the challenging economic conditions of the last year.GRAPHIC

        Senior executive share option plan 1999 (SESOP 1999)    The executive directors currently hold unvestedlast grant of options grantedmade under anthe expired SESOP 1999 with the final grant under this planis due to vest in September 2010. These options are subject to satisfying a performance condition based on adjusted EPS growth relative to RPI over a three-year period. The vesting schedule is shown in the table below:

        Adjusted EPS growth relative to RPI
         %
        option grant
        released
         

        RPI + 15%

          100100%%

        RPI + 12%

          5050%%

        Less than RPI + 12%

          00%%

        Under both the 1999 and 2008 plans, the remuneration committee has discretion to extend the option exercise period from 12 to 18 months for share options awarded to qualifying leavers. During the year ended 30 June 2010, the remuneration committee exercised this discretion for a total of 114,020 ordinary shares awarded under the SESOP 1999 and SESOP 2008 to one qualifying participant. This discretion was applied after consideration of the leaving circumstances and prior personal performance of the individual.

        Performance share plan (PSP 2008)    Under this plan, participants are granted a discretionary, conditional right to receive shares. All conditional rights awarded vest after a three-year period subject to the achievement of two performance tests. The primary performance test is a comparison of Diageo's three-year TSR – the percentage growth in Diageo's share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are reinvested) – with the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and fast moving consumer goods (FMCG) companies. TSR calculations are converted to a common currency (US dollars). The second performance test requires that there has been an underlying improvement in Diageo's three-year financial performance, typically measured by an adjusted EPS measure, for the remuneration committee to recommend the release of awards. The maximum annual award under the plan is 375% of salary. However, the remuneration committee has discretion to grant awards in excess of this maximum in exceptional circumstances. Notional dividends accrue on awards and are paid out either in cash or shares in accordance with the vesting schedule shown in the table below.

                During the year ending 30 June 2011, the committee intends to undertake a review of the performance measures for the PSP with a view to broadening the success factors against which


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        management is incentivised and measured to enhance strategic alignment. In addition, in light of the unprecedented devaluation of sterling against the US dollar and euro, the committee also intends to review the way in which TSR is being calculated to ensure it continues to achieve its original purpose of incentivising management to deliver core shareholder value.

        Total shareholder return plan (TSR 1998)    The executive directors hold unvestedfinal award of performance shares awardedmade under the expired TSR plan with the final award under this planis due to vest in September 2010. As with the current PSP, theThe proportion vesting is subject to TSR performance relative to the selected peer group.group as described above. Outstanding awards under this expired plan are subject to the vesting schedule below. The maximum annual award under the plan is 250% of salary. Notional dividends do not accrue on awards made under the expired TSR plan.




        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Vesting schedules and TSR peer group for the PSP and the TSR plan

        TSR ranking
         PSP 2008 TSR 1998
        (expired)
         
         
         % vesting(a)
         % vesting
         

        1st or 2nd

          100% 150%

        3rd

          95% 142%

        4th

          75% 114%

        5th

          65% 94%

        6th

          55% 83%

        7th

          45% 67%

        8th

          25% 35%

        9th or below

          0% 0%

        TSR ranking
         PSP 2008 TSR 1998
        (expired)
         
         
         % vesting
         % vesting
         

        1st or 2nd

          100%  150% 

        3rd

          95%  142% 

        4th

          75%  114% 

        5th

          65%  94% 

        6th

          55%  83% 

        7th

          45%  67% 

        8th

          25%  35% 

        9th or below

          0%  0% 

         

        TSR peer group(b)group(a)
          

        AB InBev

         HJ HeinzKraft (2008 onwards)

        Brown-Forman

         Nestlé

        CadburyCarlsberg

         PepsiCo

        CarlsbergCoca-Cola

         Pernod Ricard

        Coca-ColaColgate-Palmolive

         Procter & Gamble

        Colgate-PalmoliveGroupe Danone

         SABMiller

        Groupe DanoneHeineken

         Unilever

        HeinekenHJ Heinz

          

        NotesNote

        (a)
        An adjustment was made to grant levels to ensure that broadly the same payout as a percentage of salary would be achieved under both old and new schedules.

        (b)
        The TSR peer group was reviewed during the year following the takeoverdelisting of Anheuser-Busch.Cadbury. Following this review, the remuneration committee concluded in accordance with the rules that the three-year TSR performance for current and future awardsthe final outstanding award under the expired TSR 1998 would be measured on the basis of a reduced peer group of 15 companies including Diageo, and that the three-year TSR performance for current and future awards made under the PSP 2008 would be measured on the basis of a revised peer group of 16 companies, including Diageo.Diageo, following the addition of Kraft.

        Long-termLong term incentive plans and change of control    In the event of a change of control and at the remuneration committee's discretion, outstanding PSP and TSR plan awards would be released and outstanding share options would become exercisable based on the extent to which the relevant performance conditions had been met and, if the remuneration committee determines, the time elapsed since the initial award or grant respectively.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        All employee share plans    The executive directors are eligible to participate in the UK HM Revenue & Customs approved share incentive and sharesave plans that Diageo operates on the same terms as for all eligible employees.


        Share ownership

        Senior executives are currently required to build up significant holdings of shares in Diageo from their own resources over a defined period of time. Full participation in the share option and share award plans is conditional upon meeting this requirement. This policy reflects Diageo's belief that its most senior leaders should also be shareholders. With effect from 1 January 2009, theThe chief executive and chief financial officer are required to hold company shares equivalent to 300% and 250% of their base



        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        salary, respectively. The current status of their shareholding requirement is shown in the shareholding table on page 101 in the remuneration summary at the beginning of this report.


        Pension provision

        NC Rose and PS Walsh are members of the Diageo Pension Scheme. They currently accrue pension rights at the rate of one-thirtieth of pensionable pay each year. Bonus payments and other benefits are not included in pensionable pay. The pension at normal retirement age (NRA) may not exceed two-thirds of final remuneration minus retained benefits. Subject to the consent of the company, no actuarial reduction is currently applied upon early retirement on or after the age of 57. Pensions in payment are increased each year in line with increases in the RPI, subject to a maximum of 5% per year and a minimum of 3% per year.

                On death in service, a lump sum of four times pensionable pay becomes payable, together with a spouse's pension of two-thirds of the executive director's prospective pension. Upon death after retirement, a spouse's pension of two-thirds of the executive director's pension before commutation is payable.

                The executive directors make employee contributions of 6% of pensionable pay.

                As a result of changes introduced by the UK Finance Act 2004 affecting the taxation of pensions from 6 April 2006, executive directors were offered the option of having benefits in excess of their lifetime allowance (LTA) provided by an unfunded non-registered arrangement. Both executive directors have opted to have part of their benefits provided from this unfunded arrangement, if appropriate. Total pension benefits remain subject to the HM Revenue & Customs limits that were in force on 5 April 2006.


        Service contracts

        The executive directors have rolling service contracts which provide for six months' notice by the director or 12 months' notice by the company and contain non-compete obligations. In the event of early termination by the company without cause, the agreements provide for a termination payment to be paid, equivalent to 12 months' base salary for the notice period and an equal amount in respect of all benefits. The remuneration committee may exercise its discretion to require half of the termination payment to be paid in monthly instalments and, upon the executive commencing new employment, to be subject to mitigation. If the board determines that the executive has failed to perform his duties competently, the remuneration committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the termination payment on the grounds of poor performance. PS Walsh's service contract with the company is dated 1 November 2005. NC Rose's service contract with the company is dated 14 February 2006.


        External appointments

        Executive directors may accept external appointments as non-executive directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the board in each case.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

                During the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, PS Walsh served as a non-executive director of Centrica plc (resigned 11 May 2009), Unilever PLC (appointed 14 May 2009), and FedEx Corporation and NC Rose served as a non-executive director of BAE Systems (appointed on 8 February 2010); both executive directors retained



        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        the fees paid to himthem for histheir services. The total amounts of such fees paid to himboth executive directors in the year ended 30 June 20092010 are set out in the table below.


        PS Walsh

        £000

        Centrica plc

        55

        Unilever PLC(a)

        11

        FedEx Corporation(a)

        48

        114

         
         NC Rose PS Walsh 
         
         £000
         £000
         

        Unilever PLC(a)

            76 

        FedEx Corporation(a)

            62 

        BAE Systems

          30   
              

          30  138 
              

        Note

        (a)
        Fees paid in currencies other than sterling are converted using average exchange rates for the year ended 30 June 2009.2010.

        In line with the FedEx Corporation policy for outside directors, PS Walsh is eligible to be granted share options. During the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, he was granted 4,4006,440 options at an option price of $80.045. PS Walsh did not exercise any$74.88. He exercised 8,000 FedEx options induring the year, ended 30 June 2009.of which 4,000 were granted at an option price of $41.03 and sold at an average price of $80.66, and 4,000 were granted at an option price of $35.89 and sold at the price of $92.75.


        Chairman and non-executive directors – policy, terms, conditions and fees

        Diageo's policy on chairman's and non-executive directors' fees is as follows:

        The chairman of the board, Dr FB Humer, commenced his appointment on 1 July 2008. Dr FB Humer has a letter of appointment for an initial five-year term from 1 July 2008. It is terminable on six months' notice by either party or, if terminated by the company, by payment of six months' fees in lieu of notice. The annual fee payable to Dr FB Humer is £400,000.

                The chairman's fee is normally reviewed every two years and any changes would normally take effect from 1 January. Fees are reviewed in the light of market practice in large UK companies and anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities. As recommended by the Combined Code on Corporate Governance, any changes willhave to be approved by the remuneration committee. In line with Diageo's policy, a proportion of the chairman's annual fee is used for the monthly purchase of Diageo


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        ordinary shares, which have to be retained until the chairman retires from the company or ceases to be a director for any other reason.

                The next review of the chairman's fee is anticipated to take place in December 2010 with any changes expected to take effect on 1 January 2011.

        All non-executive directors have letters of appointment. A summary of their terms and conditions of appointment is available at www.diageo.com.



        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

                The fees paid to the non-executive directors have historically beenare reviewed every two yearsannually with any changes normally taking effect from 1 January. The last scheduled review of fees was undertaken in December 2008 with changes taking effect from 1 January 2009. At this time, fees were benchmarked against market practice in large UK companies and reviewed in light of anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities. As a result of this review and in light of the salary freeze for executive directors and senior management during 2009, the fees paid to non-executive directors were unchanged. The next review of the non-executive director fees were increased as shownis anticipated to take place in the table below. At the same time, it was agreedDecember 2010 with any changes expected to remove the £3,000 travel allowance payable each time an overseas based non-executive director travels to attend board and committee meetings, also effective fromtake effect on 1 January 2009. In line with current market practice, fees for non-executive directors will now be reviewed annually.2011.

        Per annum fees effective from
         January 20092010 January 20072009 

        Base fee

          £75,000  £70,00075,000 

        Senior non-executive director

          £20,000  £20,000 

        Chairman of audit committee

          £25,000  £20,00025,000 

        Chairman of remuneration committee

          £15,000  £10,00015,000 

        The emoluments received by the non-executive directors in the year ended 30 June 20092010 are shown in the table 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2009'.2010.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)


        Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 20092010

         
         2009 2008 
        Emoluments
         Base
        salary
         Annual
        performance
        bonus
         Share
        incentive
        plan
         Other
        benefits(c)
         Total Total 
         
         £000
         £000
         £000
         £000
         £000
         £000
         

        Chairman – fees

                           

        Dr FB Humer(a) (appointed chairman 1 July 2008)

          400      1  401   

        Lord Blyth(b) (retired 30 June 2008)

                     539 

        Executive directors

                           

        NC Rose

          663  296  3  34  996  1,373 

        PS Walsh

          1,141  508  3  54  1,706  2,317 
                      

          1,804  804  6  88  2,702  3,690 
                      

        Non-executive directors – fees

                           

        PB Bruzelius (appointed 24 April 2009)

          13        13   

        LM Danon

          78      1  79  86 

        Lord Hollick

          105      1  106  101 

        M Lilja

          78      1  79  86 

        PG Scott

          95      1  96  65 

        WS Shanahan (retired 30 April 2009)

          66      1  67  80 

        HT Stitzer

          72      1  73  71 

        PA Walker

          72      1  73  71 

        Former non-executive directors – fees

                           

        Dr FB Humer (chairman from 1 July 2008)

                    86 

        JR Symonds

                    30 
                      

          579      7  586  676 
                      

        Total

          2,783  804  6  96  3,689  4,905 
                      

         
         2010 2009 
        Emoluments
         Base
        salary
         Annual
        incentive
        plan(b)
         Share
        incentive
        plan
         Other
        benefits(c)
         Total Total 
         
         £000
         £000
         £000
         £000
         £000
         £000
         

        Chairman – fees

                           

        Dr FB Humer(a)

          400      6  406  401 

        Executive directors

                           

        NC Rose

          673  1,164  3  32  1,872  996 

        PS Walsh

          1,155  1,975  3  45  3,178  1,706 
                      

          1,828  3,139  6  77  5,050  2,702 
                      

        Non-executive directors – fees

                           

        PB Bruzelius

          75      1  76  13 

        LM Danon

          75      1  76  79 

        BD Holden (appointed 1 September 2009)

          62      1  63   

        Lord Hollick

          110      1  111  106 

        M Lilja (retired 14 October 2009)

          21        21  79 

        PG Scott

          100      1  101  96 

        HT Stitzer

          75      1  76  73 

        PA Walker

          75      1  76  73 

        Former non-executive directors – fees

                           

        WS Shanahan (retired 30 April 2009)

                    67 
                      

          593      7  600  586 
                      

        Total

          2,821  3,139  6  90  6,056  3,689 
                      

        Notes

        (a)
        £160,000 of Dr FB Humer's remuneration in the year ended 30 June 20092010 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which must be retained until he retires from the company or ceases to be a director for any other reason. His

        (b)
        During the year, the remuneration committee agreed to establish the Diageo Executive Savings Plan (ESP). This plan is an employer financed retirement benefit scheme (EFRBS) under which an ESP contribution can be made on behalf of an executive director in lieu of all or part of their discretionary annual incentive plan (AIP) award. Through this scheme, eligible employees may express a preference for up to 100% of their potential gross AIP award to be delivered as a non-executive director incash contribution to the ESP; any such decision is taken entirely at the company's discretion. The ESP contribution means that cash is paid into a trust for long term investment. The resulting funds are only available to provide benefits to the participant after they have left the employment of Diageo and have reached a minimum of age 55. For the year ended 30 June 2008 is shown in2010, the table under Former non-executive directors – fees.

        (b)
        £210,000chief executive expressed a preference for some or all of Lord Blyth's remuneration inhis potential gross AIP award to be delivered as a cash contribution to the year ended 30 June 2008 was usedESP, and the company has decided to make such ESP contribution. No ESP contribution will be made for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares.chief financial officer.

        (c)
        Other benefits may include company car and driver, fuel, product allowance, financial counselling and medical insurance.

        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Long term incentive plans

        Payments and gains

        In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, the executive directors received payments and made gains under long term incentive plans as follows:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         Executive
        share option
        exercises
         September
        2005
        TSR award
         Total Total 
         
         £000
         £000
         £000
         £000
         

        Executive directors

                     

        NC Rose

            553  553  2,861 

        PS Walsh

          595  1,200  1,795  2,742 
                  

        Total

          595  1,753  2,348  5,603 
                  

         
         2010 2009 
         
         Executive
        share option
        exercises
         September
        2006
        TSR award
         Total Total 
         
         £000
         £000
         £000
         £000
         

        Executive directors

                     

        NC Rose

          984    984  553 

        PS Walsh

          2,859    2,859  1,795 
                  

        Total

          3,843    3,843  2,348 
                  

        Directors' share options over ordinary shares

        The following table shows the number of options held under all executive share option plans and savings-related schemes for the directors who held office during the year.

         
          
         UK option
        plan
         30 June
        2008
         Granted Exercised 30 June
        2009
         Option
        price in
        pence
         Market
        price
        at date of
        exercise in
        pence
         Date from
        which first
        exercisable
         Expiry date

        NC Rose

             SESOP 1999  262,269        262,269  815    20 Sep 2008 20 Sep 2015

          (a)  SESOP 1999  243,951        243,951  930    19 Sep 2009 19 Sep 2016

          (b)  SAYE  2,914        2,914  567    01 Dec 2009 31 May 2010

             SESOP 1999  226,569        226,569  1051    18 Sep 2010 18 Sep 2017

             SESOP 2008     287,770     287,770  877    27 Oct 2011 27 Oct 2018
                                  

                735,703  287,770     1,023,473          
                                  

        PS Walsh

             SESOP 1999  370,553     (100,000) 270,553  759  1,050 11 Oct 2005 11 Oct 2012

             SESOP 1999  379,584     (100,000) 279,584  649  953 10 Oct 2007 10 Oct 2013

             SESOP 1999  493,281        493,281  707    11 Oct 2007 11 Oct 2014

             SESOP 1999  455,521        455,521  815    20 Sep 2008 20 Sep 2015

          (a)  SESOP 1999  423,387        423,387  930    19 Sep 2009 19 Sep 2016

             SESOP 1999  392,483        392,483  1051    18 Sep 2010 18 Sep 2017

          (b)  SAYE  2,465        2,465  653    01 Dec 2010 31 May 2011

             SESOP 2008     493,871     493,871  877    27 Oct 2011 27 Oct 2018
                                 

                2,517,274  493,871  (200,000) 2,811,145          
                                 

         
          
         UK option
        plan
         30 June
        2009
         Granted Exercised 30 June
        2010
         Option
        price in
        pence
         Market price
        at date of
        exercise in
        pence
         Date from
        which first
        exercisable
         Expiry date

        NC Rose

             SESOP 1999  262,269     (262,269)   815  1040 20 Sep 2008 20 Sep 2015

             SESOP 1999  243,951     (243,951)   930  1086 19 Sep 2009 19 Sep 2016

          (b)  SAYE  2,914     (2,914)   567  1040 01 Dec 2009 31 May 2010

          (a)  SESOP 1999  226,569        226,569  1051    18 Sep 2010 18 Sep 2017

             SESOP 2008  287,770        287,770  877    27 Oct 2011 27 Oct 2018

             SESOP 2008     265,099     265,099  952    17 Sep 2012 17 Sep 2019
                                 

                1,023,473  265,099  (509,134) 779,438          
                                 

        PS Walsh

             SESOP 1999  270,553        270,553  759    11 Oct 2005 11 Oct 2012

             SESOP 1999  279,584     (100,000)   649  985 10 Oct 2007 10 Oct 2013

             SESOP 1999        (100,000)   649  1000 10 Oct 2007 10 Oct 2013

             SESOP 1999        (79,584)   649  1025 10 Oct 2007 10 Oct 2013

             SESOP 1999  493,281     (100,000)   707  1060 11 Oct 2007 11 Oct 2014

             SESOP 1999        (93,281)   707  1070 11 Oct 2007 11 Oct 2014

             SESOP 1999        (100,000)   707  1088 11 Oct 2007 11 Oct 2014

             SESOP 1999        (100,000)   707  1100 11 Oct 2007 11 Oct 2014

             SESOP 1999        (100,000)   707  1114 11 Oct 2007 11 Oct 2014

             SESOP 1999  455,521        455,521  815    20 Sep 2008 20 Sep 2015

             SESOP 1999  423,387        423,387  930    19 Sep 2009 19 Sep 2016

          (a)  SESOP 1999  392,483        392,483  1051    18 Sep 2010 18 Sep 2017

          (b)  SAYE  2,465        2,465  653    01 Dec 2010 31 May 2011

             SESOP 2008  493,871        493,871  877    27 Oct 2011 27 Oct 2018

             SESOP 2008     454,963     454,963  952    17 Sep 2012 17 Sep 2019
                                 

                2,811,145  454,963  (772,865) 2,493,243          
                                 

        Notes

        (a)
        The performance condition in respect of this SESOP grant was measured after 30 June 2009.2010. The growth in Diageo's EPS over the three years ended 30 June 20092010 exceeded the performance condition (RPI plus 15 percentage points) and 100% of these options will become exercisable in September 2009.2010.

        (b)
        Options granted under the UK savings-related share option scheme.

        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        The mid-market price for ordinary shares at 30 June 20092010 was 1060 pence (2009 – 871 pence (2008pence; 16 August 2010 – 924 pence; 10 August 2009 – 9301110 pence). The highest mid-market price during the year was 10651160 pence and the lowest mid-market price was 733867 pence.



        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Directors' interests in PSP and TSR plan awards

        The following table shows the directors' interests in the PSP and the TSR plan. Details of executive share options are shown separately above.

         
          
          
         Interests at
        30 June 2008
         Awards
        made
        during
        year
         Awards released
        during year
          
         
         
         Performance
        period
         Date of award Target
        award(a)
         Maximum
        award(b)
         Maximum
        award(b)
         Number
        of shares
        vested(c)
         Market price
        at date of
        vesting in
        pence(d)
         Interests at
        30 June
        2009(e)
         

        NC Rose

          2005 – 2008 02 Sep 05  154,237  231,356     53,982  1024   

          2006 – 2009 19 Sep 06(f)  142,018  213,027           213,027 

          2007 – 2010 18 Sep 07  127,895  191,843           191,843 

          2008 – 2011 27 Oct 08(g)        194,321        194,321 
                            

               424,150  636,226  194,321  53,982     599,191 
                            

        PS Walsh

          2005 – 2008 02 Sep 05  334,858  502,287     117,200  1024   

          2006 – 2009 19 Sep 06(f)  308,098  462,147           462,147 

          2007 – 2010 18 Sep 07  276,938  415,407           415,407 

          2008 – 2011 27 Oct 08(g)        416,867        416,867 
                            

               919,894  1,379,841  416,867  117,200     1,294,421 
                            

         
          
          
         Interests at
        30 June 2009
         Awards
        made
        during
        year
         Awards released
        during year
          
         
         
         Performance
        period
         Date of award Target
        award(a)
         Maximum
        award(b)
         Maximum
        award(b)
         Number
        of shares
        vested(c)
         Market price
        at date of
        vesting in
        pence(d)
         Interests at
        30 June
        2010(e)
         

        NC Rose

          2006 – 2009 19 Sep 06  142,018  213,027       982   

          2007 – 2010 18 Sep 07(f)  127,895  191,843           191,843 

          2008 – 2011 27 Oct 08  194,321  194,321           194,321 

          2009 – 2012 17 Sep 09(g)        226,599        226,599 
                            

               464,234  599,191  226,599       612,763 
                            

        PS Walsh

          2006 – 2009 19 Sep 06  308,098  462,147       982   

          2007 – 2010 18 Sep 07(f)  276,938  415,407           415,407 

          2008 – 2011 27 Oct 08  416,867  416,867           416,867 

          2009 – 2012 17 Sep 09(g)        486,111        486,111 
                            

               1,001,903  1,294,421  486,111       1,318,385 
                            

        Notes

        (a)
        This is the number of shares initially awarded. In accordance with the plan rules, the number of shares awarded is determined based on the average of the daily closing price for the preceding financial year. Of this number of shares initially awarded, 25% under the PSP and 35% under the TSR plan would be released for achieving position eight in the peer group (previously position nine prior to the peer group reduction from 17 to 16 companies in 2008).group. No shares would be released for achievement of position nine or below.

        (b)
        This number reflects the maximum number of shares that could be awarded based on the vesting schedule. Under the PSP, the maximum would be 100% of the target award. Under the TSR plan, this would be 150% of the number of shares initially awarded. The entire amount of these shares would only be released for achieving position one or two in the peer group.

        (c)
        The three-year performance period for the September 2005 TSR plan award ended on 30 June 2008. The number of shares released in September 2008 was 35% of the initial award. This was based on a relative TSR ranking of position nine in the peer group at the end of the performance period. Kepler Associates independently verified the TSR increase and ranking. The remuneration committee reviewed Diageo's adjusted EPS growth over the performance period and confirmed that it exceeded the growth in the RPI over the same period and determined that this represented an underlying improvement in financial performance that permitted the release of the awards.

        (d)
        The price on 3 September 2008, the release date. The market price was 815 pence when the award was made on 2 September 2005.

        (e)
        The directors' interests at 10 August 2009 were the same as at 30 June 2009.

        (f)
        The three-year performance period for the September 2006 TSR plan award ended on 30 June 2009. The number of shares that will be released in September 2009 iswas 0% of the initial award. This was based on a relative TSR ranking of position 11 in the peer group at the end of the performance period. Kepler Associates independently verified the TSR increase and ranking.

        (d)
        The price on 21 September 2009, the release date. The market price was 937 pence when the award was made on 19 September 2006.

        (e)
        The directors' interests at 16 August 2010 were the same as at 30 June 2010.

        (f)
        The three-year performance period for the September 2007 TSR plan award ended on 30 June 2010. The number of shares that will be released in September 2010 is 0% of the initial award. This was based on a relative TSR ranking of position 14 in the peer group at the end of the performance period. Kepler Associates independently verified the TSR increase and ranking.

        (g)
        The market price on 27 October 2008, the first PSP award date,17 September 2009 was 894975 pence.

        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Executive directors' pension benefits

        Details of the accrued pension to which each director would have been entitled had they left service on 30 June 20092010 and the transfer value of those accrued pensions are shown in the following table. The accrued pensions shown represent the annual pension to which each executive director would be entitled at NRA.normal retirement age. The transfer value is broadly the cost to Diageo if it had to provide the equivalent pension benefit. The transfer values shown in the following table have been calculated as set by the trustees of the scheme.

         
         Age at
        30 June
        2009
         Pensionable
        service at
        30 June
        2008
         Accrued
        pension at
        30 June
        2008
         Additional
        pension
        accrued
        in the
        year(a)
         Accrued
        pension at
        30 June
        2009(a)(b)
         Transfer
        value at
        30 June
        2008
         Change in
        transfer
        value during
        the year(c)
         Transfer
        value at
        30 June
        2009(c)
         
         
         Years
         Years
         £000 pa
         £000 pa
         £000 pa
         £000
         £000
         £000
         

        NC Rose

          51  17  328  41  369  4,351  1,794  6,145 

        PS Walsh

          54  27  555  82  637  8,261  3,402  11,663 

         
         Age at
        30 June
        2010
         Pensionable
        service at
        30 June
        2009
         Accrued
        pension at
        30 June
        2009
         Additional
        pension
        accrued
        in the
        year(a)
         Accrued
        pension at
        30 June
        2010(a)(b)
         Transfer
        value at
        30 June
        2009
         Change in
        transfer
        value during
        the year(c)
         Transfer
        value at
        30 June
        2010(c)
         
         
         Years
         Years
         £000 pa
         £000 pa
         £000 pa
         £000
         £000
         £000
         

        NC Rose

          52  18  369  27  396  6,145  1,165  7,310 

        PS Walsh

          55  28  637  33  670  11,663  1,818  13,481 

        Notes

        (a)
        Of theThe additional pension accrued in the year the changesis mainly attributable to factors other than inflation were an increasethe additional year of £25,000 pa for NC Rose and £54,000 pa for PS Walsh.service. None of the additional pension is attributable to inflation.

        (b)
        Part of the pension for both NC Rose and PS Walsh may be provided from the unfunded non-registered arrangement. As at 30 June 2009,2010, the percentage of pension provided from this arrangement for NC Rose was 78% (200879% (2009 – 75%78%) but for PS Walsh it was zero (20080% (2009 – 15%0%).

        (c)
        The changes in the transfer values during the year attributable to an additional year's service waswere an increase of £371,000£414,000 for NC Rose and £697,000 for PS Walsh, and for salary increases received during the year, an increase of £313,000 for NC Rose and £820,000£776,000 for PS Walsh. The changechanges in the transfer valuesvalue during the year attributabledue to legislative changes to the calculation methodology wasincreases in pensionable pay were an increase of £697,000£97,000 for NC Rose and £1,110,000but a reduction of £116,000 for PS Walsh. (This reduction was due to the increase in PS Walsh's pensionable pay being less than the inflationary increase applied to the pensions debit that was established in 2007 as a result of a pension sharing order.) The remainder of the change in the transfer values was mainly attributable to changes in market conditions, in particular, interest earned on the transfer value and changes in index-linked gilt markets over the year.

        The remuneration committee made no change to the company's pension policy during the year.



        (d)
        During the year, NC Rose made pension contributions of £39,810 (2008£40,380 (2009 – £28,275)£39,810) and PS Walsh made pension contributions of £68,475 (2008£69,300 (2009 – £49,000)£68,475).

        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Share and other interests

        The beneficial interests of the directors in office at 30 June 20092010 in the ordinary shares of the company are shown in the table below.

         
         Ordinary shares 
         
         10 August 2009 30 June 2009 30 June 2008 or appointment 

        Chairman

                  

        Dr FB Humer (appointed chairman 1 July 2008)

          15,272  13,500  3,500 

        Executive directors

                  

        NC Rose

          453,937  453,895  403,517 

        PS Walsh

          719,918  719,876  683,334 

        Non-executive directors

                  

        PB Bruzelius (appointed 24 April 2009)

               

        LM Danon

          5,000  5,000  2,000 

        Lord Hollick

          5,000  5,000  5,000 

        M Lilja

          4,532  4,532  4,532 

        PG Scott

          5,000  5,000  5,000 

        HT Stitzer

          6,922  6,701  5,355 

        PA Walker

          44,250  44,250  44,250 
                

        Total

          1,259,831  1,257,754  1,156,488 
                

         
         Ordinary shares 
         
         16 August 2010 30 June 2010 30 June 2009 or appointment 

        Chairman

                  

        Dr FB Humer

          24,801  23,354  13,500 

        Executive directors

                  

        NC Rose

          478,911  478,878  453,895 

        PS Walsh

          728,446  728,413  719,876 

        Non-executive directors

                  

        PB Bruzelius

          5,000  5,000   

        LM Danon

          5,000  5,000  5,000 

        BD Holden (appointed 1 September 2009)

          2,000  2,000   

        Lord Hollick

          5,000  5,000  5,000 

        PG Scott

          25,000  25,000  5,000 

        HT Stitzer

          8,053  7,872  6,701 

        PA Walker

          44,250  44,250  44,250 
                

        Total

          1,326,461  1,324,767  1,257,754 
                

        Notes

        (a)
        At 30 June 2008, Lord Blyth2009, M Lilja (retired 30 June 2008) held 161,137 shares and WS Shanahan (retired 30 April14 October 2009) held 29,1554,532 shares.

        (b)
        At 30 June 2009,2010, there were 3,129,3552,030,340 shares (30 June 2008 – 3,262,709; 10 August 2009 – 3,129,355)3,129,355; 16 August 2010 – 2,029,036) held by trusts to satisfy grants made under Diageo incentive plans and savings-related share option schemes, and 109,834 shares (30 June 20082009 – 109,834; 1016 August 20092010 – 109,834) held by a trust to satisfy grants made under ex-GrandMet incentive plans. NC Rose and PS Walsh are among the potential beneficiaries of these trusts and are deemed to have an interest in all these shares.

        (c)
        On 27 August 2010, BD Holden purchased an additional 1,525 American depositary shares ("ADS") (representing 6,100 ordinary shares), and as such held 2,025 ADS (representing 8,100 ordinary shares) as at 27 August 2010.

        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Performance graph

        The graph below shows the total shareholder return for Diageo and the FTSE 100 Index since 30 June 2004.2005. The FTSE 100 Index reflects the 100 largest UK quoted companies by market capitalisation and has been chosen because it is a widely recognised performance benchmark for large UK companies.

        GRAPHICGRAPHIC

        Source: Bloomberg

        Notes: TSR based on end of year prices. FTSE 100 dividends based on the average 12-month dividend yield of constituents.

        Additional information

        Emoluments and share interests of senior management    The total emoluments for the year ended 30 June 20092010 of the executive directors, the executive committee members and the company secretary (together, the senior management) of Diageo comprising base salary, annual performance bonus,incentive plan, share incentive plan and other benefits were £12,097,780 (2008£21,116,825 (2009 – £12,079,987)£12,097,780). (Note that the executive committee increased in membership during the year.)

                The aggregate amount of gains made by the senior management from the exercise of share options and from the vesting of awards during the year was £6,737,903.£8,934,556. In addition, they were granted 2,665,9172,294,887 options under the SESOP during the year at a weighted average share price of 879954 pence, exercisable by 2018.2019. They were also initially awarded 1,845,5422,186,001 shares under the PSP in October 2008,September 2009, which will vest in three years subject to the performance tests described above. Two members of the executive committee were also awarded an exceptional grant of 164,952 deferred shares under the Discretionary Incentive Plan (DIP) in October 2008. There are performance conditions attached to the release of this award and it will vest, subject to achievement of the performance conditions, in three equal instalments in September 2011, 2012 and 2013.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Senior management options over ordinary shares    At 1016 August 2009,2010, the senior management had an aggregate beneficial interest in 2,734,2432,736,264 ordinary shares in the company and in the following options over ordinary shares in the company:

         
         Number
        of options
         Weighted
        average
        exercise price
        in pence
         Option period

        NC Rose

          1,023,473  911 Sep 08 – Oct 18

        PS Walsh

          2,811,145  835 Oct 05 – Oct 18

        Other*

          7,017,758  1036 Sep 03 – Oct 18
                

          10,852,376     
                

         
         Number
        of options
         Weighted
        average
        exercise price
        in pence
         Option period

        NC Rose

          779,438  953 Sep 10 – Sep 19

        PS Walsh

          2,493,243  903 Oct 05 – Sep 19

        Other*

          6,312,521  1078 Oct 04 – Sep 19
                

          9,585,202     
                

        *
        Other members of the executive committee and the company secretary.

        Key management personnel related party transactions    Key management personnel of the group comprises the executive and non-executive directors, the members of the executive committee and the company secretary. As previously disclosed, Lord Hollick, PS Walsh, NC Rose and G Williams have informed the company that they have purchased seasonal developments at Gleneagles from a subsidiary of the company, Gleneagles Resort Developments Limited. The transactions were priced on the same basis as all the external seasonal development transactions and were at arm's length. The values of the transactions at the date of purchase were as follows: Lord Hollick – £25,000, PS Walsh – £43,000, NC Rose – £11,600 and G Williams – £19,400. Each director continued to hold these seasonal developments at 30 June 2009.2010.

                Diageo plc has granted rolling indemnities to the directors and the company secretary, uncapped in amount, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as directors or company secretary (as applicable) of Diageo plc or of one or more of its subsidiaries. These indemnities continue to be in place at 30 June 2009.2010.

                Other than disclosed in this report, no director had any interest, beneficial or non-beneficial, in the share capital of the company. Save as disclosed above, no director has or has had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature, or which is or was significant to the business of the group and which was effected by any member of the group during the financial year, or which having been effected during an earlier financial year, remains in any respect outstanding or unperformed. There have been no material transactions during the last three years to which any director or officer, or 3% or greater shareholder, or any relative or spouse thereof, was a party. There is no significant outstanding indebtedness to the company from any directors or officer or 3% or greater shareholder.

        ComplianceStatutory and audit requirements    This report was approved by the remuneration committee, which is a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors, on 2524 August 20092010 and was signed on its behalf by Lord Hollick of Notting Hill who is senior non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee. As required by the Companies Act 2006, a resolution to approve the directors' remuneration report will be proposed at the AGM and will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote.

                The board has followed and complied with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 with reference to Schedules 5 and 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 and section 1 of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance in preparing this report and in designing performance-related remuneration for senior executives.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' remuneration report (continued)

                KPMG Audit Plc has audited the report to the extent required by the Regulations, being the sections headed 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2009',2010, 'Long term incentive plans', 'Directors' share options over ordinary shares', 'Directors' interests in PSP and TSR plan awards' and 'Executive directors' pension benefits'. In addition, the following sections form part of the audited financial statements: 'Share and other interests' and 'Key management personnel related party transactions'.

                Terms defined in this remuneration report are used solely herein.

        Definitions

        AGM– annual general meeting of shareholders.

        EPS– earnings per share.

        Adjusted EPS– for the purpose of the SESOP, an underlying measure of EPS is used, calculated as reported EPS adjusted to exclude exceptional items and the impact of changes in exchange rates, to apply an underlying tax rate for each year and to exclude the impacts of IAS 19, 21 and 39 from net finance charges. The adjusted EPS for the year ended 30 June 2009 has been restated to reflect the impact of changes in accounting policies and after changes adopted in the year ended 30 June 2010 to ensure that items such as exceptional items and movements in exchange rates are excluded from yearperformance over the three-year cycle is calculated on year comparisons of performance.a consistent basis.

        NRA– the normalNormal retirement age for pension purposes this is age 62.

        RPI– the retail prices index is a UK government index that measures changes in cost of living.

        TSR– for the purpose of the PSP and TSR plan, total shareholder return is the percentage growth in Diageo's share price assuming all dividends and capital distributiondistributions are reinvested.


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report

        Dear Shareholder

        On behalf of the board, I am pleased to present the corporate governance report for the year ended 30 June 2009.2010.

                Reputation is criticalThe year has seen various reviews and commentaries on corporate governance in the UK, mostly in response to commercial successthe recent severe economic downturn. Among the most notable are the review of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance (as defined below) by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) and can only be enhancedSir David Walker's review of the governance of banks and other financial institutions. In addition to the detailed observations and recommendations produced by behavioursthese reviews, we have discerned several key themes that we believe already characterise Diageo's corporate governance and give us some comfort (but not a sense of whichcomplacency) that we are proud. At Diageo,aligned with the current thinking on best practice in this area. Indeed some of the phrasing used here is borrowed from the FRC and Walker reviews. In particular, we strive to haveshare the highest standardsbelief that good governance is not merely a compliance exercise but something that supports the long term success of integrity in the waycompany and further, we behave towards our consumers, customers, employees, public officials, suppliers, shareholders and other stakeholders.

                Diageo's board and executive committee are therefore committed to achievingrecognise that the highest standardsquality of corporate governance beingultimately depends on behaviours not process, with the result that there is a responsible corporate citizenlimit to the extent to which any regulatory framework can deliver good governance. It follows that the role of the chairman in leading the board, the commitment of all members of the board and the mix of skills, experience and independence that they bring, is paramount. We believe that Diageo has a board which: is up to the challenge of meeting these standards, understanding and helping to meet the challenges facing the company; has sufficient independence to allow an objective approach; and which provides leadership and constructive challenge in the communities of which we are part and applying the appropriate level of risk management when directing and controlling the business.boardroom.

                The activitiesdescription in this report of Diageo's corporate governance structures and procedures and of the work of the board and executive committee asis intended to give a sense of how Diageo seeks to achieve the aspirations described in this report underpin the company's commitment to achieving these aspirations.

                We share the view, expressed in the preamble to the Code (as defined below), that good corporate governance will contribute to better company performance as it helps a board discharge its duties in the best interests of shareholders. Good governance will also facilitate efficient, effective and entrepreneurial management that can deliver shareholder value over the longer term.above.

                The principal corporate governance rules applying to UK companies listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) for the year ended 30 June 2010 are contained in The Combined Code on Corporate Governance as updated and published by the Financial Reporting CouncilFRC in June 2008 (the Code) and the UK Financial Services Authority (FSA) Listing Rules, which require companies listed on the Main Market of the LSE to describe, in their annual report, their corporate governance from two points of view: the first dealing generally with their adherence to the Code's main principles and the second dealing specifically with non-compliance with any of the Code's provisions. The two descriptions together are designed to give shareholders a picture of governance arrangements in relation to the Code as a criterion of good practice. Diageo has complied with both the main principles set out in section 1 of the Code and the provisions set out in section 1 of the Code throughout the year. The Code is publicly available under the heading 'Corporate Governance' at the website of the Financial Reporting Council, www.frc.co.uk.www.frc.org.uk.

                Following its review of the Code in 2009, the FRC published the revised Code (renamed the UK Corporate Governance Code) in May 2010. The revised Code will apply to reporting periods beginning on or after 29 June 2010 (for Diageo, the year ending 30 June 2011).

                Diageo must also comply with corporate governance rules contained in the FSA Disclosure and Transparency Rules as well as certain related provisions in the Companies Act 2006 (the Act).

                As well as being subject to UK legislation and practice, as a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), Diageo is subject to the listing requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Compliance with the provisions of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), as it applies to foreign issuers, is continually monitored. Whilst the directors believe that the group's corporate governance policies arecontinue to be robust, changes have been and


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)


        will continue to be made to ensure compliance within light of the rules that are in place at any point in time. Diageo follows UK corporate governance practice; differences from the NYSE corporate governance standards are summarised below within this report and on the company's website at www.diageo.com.

                The way in which the Code's principles of good governance and relevant provisions of SOX are applied is described within this corporate governance report.

        PD Tunnacliffe
        Company Secretary



        Corporate governance report (continued)

        Board of directors

        Membership of the board and board committees, other directorships and attendance at meetings    The chairmen, senior non-executive director and other members of the board, audit committee, nomination committee and remuneration committee are as set out above in the biographies of directors and members of the executive committee. The directors' biographies also show the significant other commitments of the chairman and other directors and whether there have been any changes to them during the year. Directors' attendance during the year at board meetings, meetings of the audit, nomination and remuneration committees and at the Annual General Meeting was as set out in the table at the end of this report.

                The board considers that it is beneficial for the executive directors to hold an external directorship to broaden their experience and normally this would be limited to one company. The chief executive, PS Walsh, holds a UK non-executive directorship in Unilever PLC (having retired from his non-executive directorship of Centrica plc during the year) and a US non-executive directorship in FedEx Corporation. The board considers that, given the importance of the United States to the company's business, the FedEx directorship is of benefit to Mr Walsh in terms of market awareness, US business practices and networking and that the time commitment is not onerous as the meetings can be combined with other business trips to the United States. The chief financial officer, NC Rose, does not currently have an external directorship.holds a UK non-executive directorship in BAE Systems PLC (to which he was appointed during the year). DA Mahlan (who, as detailed above in the section on biographies of directors, will succeed Mr Rose as chief financial officer on 1 October 2010) holds no non-executive directorships.

                There is a clear separation of the roles of the chairman and the chief executive. The chairman, Dr FB Humer, is responsible for the running of the board and for ensuring all directors are fully informed of matters sufficient to make informed judgements. As chief executive, PS Walsh has responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the board and for managing the group. He is supported in this role by the executive committee.

                The non-executive directors, all of whom the board has determined are independent, are experienced and influential individuals from a range of industries and countries. Their mix of skills and business experience is a major contribution to the proper functioning of the board and its committees, ensuring that matters are fully debated and that no individual or group dominates the board's decision-making processes.

                Through the nomination committee, the board ensures that plans are in place for the succession of the executive and non-executive directors.

                A summary of the terms and conditions of appointment of the non-executive directors is available at www.diageo.com or on request from the company secretary.

        Activities of the board    It is the responsibility of the chairman and the company secretary to work closely together in planning the annual programme and agendas for meetings. During the year, six scheduled board meetings were held, allfive in the United Kingdom. In addition, aKingdom and one in China. With the plans for the joint annual strategy conference was held off-site with the full executive committee at whichbeing disrupted by travel


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)


        restrictions, the group's strategy was revieweddiscussions were re-scheduled and held within extended board and board committee meetings, particularly those held in depth.China.

                When directors are unable to attend a meeting, they are advised of the matters to be discussed and given an opportunity to make their views known to the chairman prior to the meeting.

        The board manages overall control of the company's affairs with reference to the formal schedule of matters reserved for the board for decision. The schedule is reviewed annually and was last revised in June 2009.



        Corporate governance report (continued)

                The board makes decisions and reviews and approves key policies and decisions of the company, in particular in relation to: group strategy and operating plans; corporate governance; compliance with laws, regulations and the company's code of business conduct; business development, including major investments and disposals; financing and treasury; appointment or removal of directors and the company secretary; risk management; financial reporting and audit; corporate citizenship, ethics and the environment; and pensions.

                The Act sets out directors' general duties concerning conflicts of interest and related matters. Following the coming into effect of these provisions of the Act in October 2008, theThe board have agreed an approach and adopted guidelines for dealing with conflicts of interest and agreed to add responsibility for authorising conflicts of interest to the schedule of matters reserved for the board. The board confirmed that it was aware of no situations that may or did give rise to conflicts with the interests of the company other than those that may arise from directors' other appointments as disclosed in their biographies above. In accordance with the articles, the board authorised the chairman or the company secretary, as appropriate, to receive notifications of conflicts of interest on behalf of the board and to make recommendations as to whether the relevant matters should be authorised by the board. The company has complied with these procedures during the year since they were put in place.year.

                All directors are equally accountable for the proper stewardship of the company's affairs.

                The non-executive directors have a particular responsibility for ensuring that the business strategies proposed are fully discussed and critically reviewed. This enables the directors to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its shareholders as a whole, whilst having regard to, among other matters, the interests of employees, the fostering of business relationships with customers, suppliers and others, and the impact of the company's operations on the communities in which the business operates and the environment.

                The non-executive directors also oversee the operational performance of the whole group. To do this they have full and timely access to all relevant information, with updates also provided on governance and regulatory matters affecting the company. In addition, executive committee members and other senior executives are invited, as appropriate, to board and strategy meetings to make presentations on their areas of responsibility. Non-executive directors are also invited to attend the executive committee members' senior leadership meetings to gain further insight into different aspects of the business.

                In order to fulfil their duties, procedures are in place for directors to seek both independent advice and the advice and services of the company secretary who is responsible for advising the board, through the chairman, on all governance matters.

                The non-executive directors meet independently without the chairman present, and also meet with the chairman independently of management, on a regular basis.

                The non-executive directors fulfil a key role in corporate accountability. The remits and membership of the audit, the nomination and the remuneration committees of the board are set out below.below and membership of these committees is as set out above in the 'Board of directors and executive committee' section of this


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)


        Annual Report. The company secretary acts as secretary to all of these committees. The terms of reference of the committees are available on the company's website at www.diageo.com.www.diageo.com/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

        Training    There is a formal induction programme for new directors; they meet with the executive committee members individually and receive orientation training from the relevant senior executive in relation to the group and its business, for example in relation to its assurance processes, environmental and social policies, and corporate responsibility policies and practices.



        Corporatepractices and governance report (continued)
        matters.

                All directors are provided with the opportunity, and encouraged to go, for training to ensure they are kept up to date on relevant legal developments or changes and best practice and changing commercial and other risks. Typical training experience for all directors includes attendance at seminars, forums, conferences and working groups and during the year also included training fromon pensions and treasury matters within audit committee meetings. Training for directors is kept under review during the company's global audit and risk function on the updated code of business conduct.year.

        Performance evaluation    During the year, the board, audit committee, nomination committee and remuneration committee each undertook a formal evaluation of its own performance and effectiveness and each of the committees also reviewed its terms ofto reference. Internally produced questionnaires were used for the performance evaluation process. The board questionnaire included:focussed on the extent to which the group's strategy was clear, viable, understood and communicated; the effectivenessperformance of the board throughout the past year in monitoring the implementationareas of strategy, performance management, management succession, risk management and boardroom dynamics. The chairman additionally held individual meetings with each director. In concluding that it and its committees continued to operate effectively, the group's strategy, and in assessingboard also identified areas to further enhance its effectiveness. As a result the operating and financial performance of the group; the structure/compositionannual agendas of the board and its committees in terms of mix of knowledge, experiencehave been reviewed and skills;will be updated to reflect the performance of the committees; how effectively the internal board relationships were working; how well the board related to the business; how well the board had responded to the unforeseen and rapid changes in the economic environment; the processes for formulating strategy and the effectiveness of the annual strategy conference; the effectiveness of board meetings; and how well informed the board was of business activity. The board concluded that appropriate actions had been identified to address areas that could be improved and that the board and its committees continued to operate effectively.feedback received.

                The performance of each director, who met individually with the chairman, was evaluated by the chairman based on self-analysis and input from the other directors. The chairman's performance was evaluated by the directors, using an internally produced questionnaire which was completed and returned to the senior non-executive director, who discussed the feedback in a meeting with the executive and non-executive directors and then privately with the chairman. A report on the individual performance evaluation process was given to the nomination committee. Following the performance evaluation of individual directors, the chairman has confirmed that the non-executive directors standing for re-election at this year's AGM continue to perform effectively and demonstrate commitment to their roles. It is the board's intention to continue to review annually its performance and that of its committees and individual directors. A decision is taken each year on the performance evaluation process to be used. In respect of the coming year's evaluation process, no decision has yet been made whether to continue with the same method of internal evaluation or to engage an external facilitator.

                During the year the remuneration committee commissioned an independent evaluation of its own effectiveness. This evaluation was carried out by Deloitte and covered the role of contributors, process, topics covered on the annual agenda, papers produced and the quality of decisions. The committee noted the areas highlighted and will keep them under review.

        Audit committee

        Role of the audit committee    The audit committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing:


        Table of Contents



        Corporate governance report (continued)



        Corporate governance report (continued)

        For the purposes of the Code and the relevant rule under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), the board has determined that PG Scott is independent and may be regarded as an audit committee financial expert.

                The chairman, the chief financial officer, the group controller, the head of global audit and risk, the director of technical accounting and the external auditor are normally invited to attend meetings.

                The audit committee met privately with the external auditor and with the head of global audit and risk as appropriate.

        Work of the audit committee    During the year, the audit committee formally reviewed the annual reports and associated preliminary year-end results announcement, focusing on key areas of judgement, provisioning and complexity, critical accounting policies and any changes required in these areas or policies. In addition, the audit committee also reviewed the interim results announcement and the company's interim management statements. The audit committee also reviewed the work of the filings assurance committee described below and was updated on litigation risks by the group's general counsel.

                The audit committee received detailed presentations from certain senior executives on the management of key risk and control issues in their respective business areas, reviewed the effectiveness and findings from internal control and risk management processes described below and reviewed the work of the compliance programme and the work of the audit and risk committee, described below.

                The audit committee had available to it the resources of the global audit and risk function, the activities of which are described below.

                During the year, the audit committee reviewed the external audit strategy and the findings of the external auditor from its review of the interim announcement and its audit of the annual financial statements. The audit committee also met privately with the external auditor.

                Following a review byThe audit committee reviews annually the appointment of the auditor and, on the audit committee in December 2007,committee's recommendation, the board agreed in June 2008August 2010 to recommend to shareholders at the annual general meeting in 2008,2010, the re-appointment of the external auditor for a period of one year. The current overall tenure of the external auditor dates from 1997. Any decision to open the external auditor to tender is taken on the recommendation of the audit committee, based on the results of the effectiveness review described below. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the company's current choice of external auditor.

                The audit committee assessed the ongoing effectiveness of the external auditor and audit process on the basis of meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review with finance, global audit &and risk staff and other senior executives. In reviewing the independence of the external auditor, the audit


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)


        committee considered a number of factors. These include: the standing, experience and tenure of the external audit director; the nature and level of services provided by the external auditor; and confirmation from the external auditor that it has complied with relevant UK and US independence standards.



        Corporate governance report (continued)

                The group has a policy on auditor independence and on the use of the external auditor for non-audit services, which is reviewed annually, most recently in June 2009.2010. Under this policy the provision of any non-audit service must be approved by the audit committee, unless the proposed service is both expected to cost less than £250,000 and also falls within one of a number of service categories which the audit committee has pre-approved. These pre-approved service categories may be summarised as follows:

        Nomination committee

        Role of the nomination committee    The nomination committee is responsible for keeping under review the composition of the board and succession to it, and succession planning for senior management positions. It makes recommendations to the board concerning appointments to the board, whether of executive or non-executive directors, having regard to the balance and structure of the board and the required blend of skills and experience.

                The nomination committee also makes recommendations to the board concerning the re-appointment of any non-executive director at the conclusion of his or her specified term and the re-election of any director by shareholders under the retirement provisions of the company's articles of association. No director is involved in determining his or her own re-appointment or re-election.

                Any new directors are appointed by the board and, in accordance with the company's articles of association, they must be elected at the next AGM to continue in office. They must retire, and may stand for re-election by the shareholders, at leastshareholders. As referred to above, the new UK Corporate Governance Code requires that all directors retire by rotation every three years.year. This will have effect from the Company's AGM in October 2010.

        Activities of the nomination committee    The principal activities of the nomination committee during the year were: the review of individual performance; a review of the executive committee structure, membership and succession planning for it; and the consideration of potential non-executive directors.directors; and succession to the role of chief financial officer.

                In respect of the appointment of PB BruzeliusBD Holden to the board during the year, the recruitment process included the development of a candidate profile and the engagement of a professional search agency specialising in the recruitment of high calibre non-executive directors. Reports on potential appointees were provided to the committee, which after careful consideration, made a recommendation to the board.


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)

                In respect of the appointment of DA Mahlan to the board and her appointment as chief financial officer, both with effect from 1 October 2010, the committee undertook an independent review of the role and after careful consideration, made a recommendation to the board.

        Remuneration committee

        Role of the remuneration committee    The role of the remuneration committee and details of how the company applies the principles of the Code in respect of directors' remuneration are set out in the directors' remuneration report.

                The chairman and the chief executive may, by invitation, attend remuneration committee meetings, except when their own remuneration is discussed. No director is involved in determining his or her own remuneration.



        Corporate governance report (continued)

        Executive direction and control

        Executive committee    The executive committee, appointed and chaired by the chief executive, consists of the individuals responsible for the key components of the business: North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific markets, global supply and global functions. During the year, membership of the committee was increased, bringing even greater focus to every aspect of the planning, orchestration and delivery of the operating performance of the business and providing better representation of the breadth of markets across which the business operates. The members of the committee and their biographies are set out above in the 'Board of directors and executive committee' section of this Annual Report. It met sixfour times during the year, including an off-site executive strategy meeting and the joint annual strategy conference with the board, and spent most of its time discussing strategy, people, performance (including brands) and governance. One of the meetings was held in the United States, one in Brazil and the remainder in the United Kingdom. In addition, scheduled interim update meetings were held by teleconference throughout the year. Responsibility and authority (within the financial limits set by the board) are delegated by the chief executive to individual members of the executive committee who are accountable to him for the performance of their business units.

                Executive direction and control procedures include approval of annual strategic plans submitted by each business unit executive and periodic business reviews. These reviews are generally attended by the regional president responsible for the market (and in certain cases additional members of the executive committee) and are held in the relevant market. The reviews focus on business performance management and specific issues around brands, people, key business decisions and risk management.

                The chief executive has created several executive working groups to which are delegated particular tasks, generally with specific time spans and success criteria. He has also created committees, intended to have an ongoing remit, including the following.

        Audit and risk committee    Chaired by the chief executive and responsible for: overseeing the approach to securing effective internal control and risk management in the group; reviewing the adequacy of the group's sources of assurance over the management of key risks; reviewing management's self-assessment process over internal controls; reviewing the effectiveness of the group's compliance programme; and reporting periodically on the above to the audit committee or to the board.

                In addition, the audit and risk committee is responsible for promoting the culture and processes that support effective compliance with the group's codes of conduct, business guidelines and marketing practices throughout the business and supports the audit committee, board and executive committee in satisfying its corporate governance responsibilities relating to internal control and risk management within the group.


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)

        Corporate citizenship committee    Chaired by the chief executive and responsible for making decisions or, where appropriate, recommendations to the board or executive committee, concerning corporate citizenship strategy, policies and issues. This includes such matters as: corporate citizenship performance, measurement and reporting; community affairs; environmental matters; and other emerging corporate citizenship issues. Progress in these areas is reported periodically to the board and publicly through a separate corporate citizenship report, which is subject to external assurance. That report and the group's social, ethical and environmental policies are published on the Diageo website. A copy of the corporate citizenship report is available on request.



        Corporate governance report (continued)
        the Diageo website.

                Two executive working groups (one on alcohol and responsibilityin society and one on environmental performance) assist the committee with its work on specific issues. They bring together the key executives from the business and functional representatives involved in developing and achieving Diageo's commitments in these key areas.

        Finance committee    Chaired by the chief financial officer and including the chief executive, this committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board on funding strategy, capital structure and management of financial risks and the policies and control procedures (including financial issues relating to treasury and taxation) required to implement the company's financial strategy and financial risk management policies. In certain specific circumstances, the board has delegated authority to the finance committee to make decisions in these areas. Treasury activity is managed centrally within tightly defined dealing authorities and procedures recommended by the finance committee and approved by the board.

        Filings assurance committee    Chaired by the chief financial officer and including the chief executive, this committee is responsible for implementing and monitoring the processes which are designed to ensure that the company complies with relevant UK, US and other regulatory reporting and filing provisions, including those imposed by SOX or derived from it. As at the end of the period covered by this report, the filings assurance committee, with the participation of the chief executive and chief financial officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined as those controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, the chief executive and the chief financial officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the management, including the company's principal executive and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.


        Additional information

        Internal control and risk management

        Diageo's aim is to manage risk and to control its business and financial activities cost-effectively and in a manner that enables it to: exploit profitable business opportunities in a disciplined way; avoid or reduce risks that can cause loss, reputational damage or business failure; support operational effectiveness; and enhance resilience to external events. To achieve this, an ongoing process has been established for identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by the group. This process, which complies with the requirements of the Code, has been in place for the full financial year and up to the date the financial statements were approved and accords with the guidance issued by the Financial


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)


        Reporting Council in October 2005, 'Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code', also known as the Turnbull guidance (as amended by the Flint review).

                The board acknowledges that it is responsible for the company's systems of internal control and risk management and for reviewing their effectiveness. The board confirms that, through the activities of the audit committee described above, it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company's systems of internal control and risk management described below.

                All significant business units and the executive committee are required to maintain a process to ensure key risks are identified, evaluated and managed appropriately. This process is also applied to



        Corporate governance report (continued)


        major business decisions or initiatives, such as systems implementations, new product development, business combination activity or significant business strategy implementation. Additional risk management activity is focused directly towards operational risks within the business, including health and safety, product quality and environmental risk management.

                Business unit risk assessments, and the activities planned to manage those risks, are reviewed by relevant executives, for example at periodic business reviews. The oversight of primary risks, as detailed in the executive committee risk assessment, is allocated as appropriate between the board, board committees and the executive committee. The executive committee risk assessment, and selected key risk assessments, are reviewed by the audit and risk committee and by the audit committee.

                In addition, business units are required to self-assess the effectiveness of the design of their internal control framework. Relevant executives review the results of these self-assessments and summary reporting is provided to the audit and risk committee and audit committee. Risk management and internal control processes encompass activity to mitigate financial, operational, compliance and reputational risk. Specific processes are also in place to ensure management maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, as separately reported on below.

                A network of risk management committees is in place, which has overall accountability for supporting the audit and risk committee in its corporate governance responsibilities by working with business units to proactively and effectively manage risk and monitor the effectiveness of internal controls.

                Processes are in place to ensure appropriate action is taken, where necessary, to remedy any deficiencies identified through the group's internal control and risk management processes.

                The global audit and risk function:function gives the audit committee, board and executive committee visibility and understanding of the group's key risks and risk management capability; oversees the group's compliance programme;capability and provides assurance over the quality of the group's internal control and management of key risks in line with a plan agreed by the audit committee. It also oversaw the group's compliance and ethics programme, throughout the financial year until May 2010, at which time the global compliance and ethics director began reporting direct to the chief financial officer as a function distinct from global audit and risk (as described in more detail below).

                The above risk management processes and systems of internal control, together with the filings assurance processes, are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve the group's strategic objectives. It should be recognised that such systems can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

                The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company's financial reporting process and the group's process for preparation of consolidated accounts. These systems are described above and under the headings 'Filings assurance committee', 'Audit and


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)


        risk committee' and 'Management's report on internal control over financial reporting'. Diageo's filings assurance committee and audit and risk committee are each responsible for overseeing elements of these internal control and risk management systems. Furthermore, a review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein.

        Compliance and ethics programme

        Diageo is committed to conducting its business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which its business activities are subject. The board has a well establishedcomprehensive compliance and ethics programme to support achievement of this commitment. This year, an updatedManagement responsibility for the compliance and ethics programme rests with the global compliance and ethics director. As referred to above, in May 2010, the global compliance and ethics director began reporting direct to the chief financial officer, thus making the compliance and ethics function distinct from the global audit and risk function.

                The code of business conduct has been introduced, which provides greater clarity and guidance in respect of Diageo's expectations of its businesses and employees in relationcontinued to issues such as conflicts of interest, entertainment and gifts, confidentiality, improper payments, competition and antitrust, as well as



        Corporate governance report (continued)

        providing the standards against which these expectations are to be met. The introduction and roll-out of this updated code is supported by a comprehensive mandatory training programme, which has to date been focused on senior employees and will be cascaded throughout the organisation on an ongoing basis.programme. The Diageo marketing code together with Diageo's digital code of practice establishes the principles that Diageo follows in relation to advertisingmarketing and promotionpromotional activities of its brands and products.

                In addition, in accordance with the requirements of SOX (and related SEC rules), Diageo has adopted a code of ethics covering its chief executive, chief financial officer, regional presidents and other identifiable persons in the group, including those performing senior accounting and controller functions. No amendments to, or waivers in respect of, the code of ethics were made during the year. The full texts of the code of ethics, code of business conduct, marketing code and other codesDiageo policies that comprise the compliance programme are available on the company's website at www.diageo.com.www.diageo.com/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

                Compliance and ethics programme guidelines specify the manner in which any potential violations of these codes should be dealt with, including line manager reporting and an independent 'SpeakUp' help line. The latter is operated independently and reports to the global compliance and ethics director for escalation to the audit committee as required. There is an annual certification requirement for all senior employees to confirm compliance with the code of business conduct or to identify areas of possible non-compliance to the global compliance and ethics director. Training and education (including 'e-learning') activities are also undertaken. Both the audit and risk committee and the audit committee review the operation of the compliance programme.

        Relations with shareholders

        The company values its dialogue with both institutional and private investors. The board's primary contact with institutional shareholders is through the chief executive and chief financial officer.

                The chief executive and chief financial officer are supported by the investor relations department, who are in regular contact with institutional shareholders and sell-side analysts. Coverage of the company by sell-side analysts is circulated to the board. The board also ensures that all directors develop an understanding of the views of major institutional shareholders through an independent survey of shareholder opinion. In addition, major shareholders are invited to raise any company matters of interest to them at an annual meeting with the chairman and senior non-executive director. The


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)


        chief executive and chief financial officer are normally also present and available to take questions and the chairman reports on the meeting to the board.

                Investor seminars and analyst presentations, including those following the announcement of interim results and preliminary year end results, are webcast and other presentations made to institutional investors are available on the company's website.

                For the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, Diageo produced a short-form summary review and an annual report, which areis available to all shareholders on its website, or in paper form by election or on request. As an alternative to receiving shareholder documents through the post, shareholders may elect to receive email notification that the documents are available to be accessed on the company's website. Shareholders can also choose to receive email notification when new company information is published on www.diageo.com. The website also provides private shareholders with the facility to check their shareholdings online and to send any questions they may have to the company.

                Private shareholders are invited to write to the chairman or any other director and express their views on any issues of concern at any time and the AGM provides an opportunity for private



        Corporate governance report (continued)


        shareholders to put their questions in person. The company also holds an annual presentation to the UK Shareholders' Association.

                The chairmen of the audit, nomination and remuneration committees are normally available at the AGM to take any relevant questions and all other directors attend, unless illness or another pressing commitment precludes them from doing so.

                At general meetings, a schedule of the proxy votes cast is made available to all shareholders and is published on www.diageo.com. The company proposes a separate resolution on each substantially separate issue and does not bundle resolutions together inappropriately. Resolutions on the receipt of the reports and accounts and the approval of the directors' remuneration report are put to shareholders at the AGM.

        Charitable and political donations

        During the year, total charitable donations made by the group were £23.4£24.9 million (2008(2009 – £23.9£23.4 million). UK group companies made donations of £11.2£12.0 million (2008(2009 – £10.7£11.2 million) to charitable organisations including £1.1 million (2008(2009 – £1.0£1.1 million) to the Diageo Foundation and £7.4 million (2008(2009 – £7.1£7.4 million) to the Thalidomide Trust. In the rest of the world, group companies made charitable donations of £12.9 million (2009 – £12.2 million (2008 – £13.2 million).

                The group has not given any money for political purposes in the United Kingdom. During the year, Diageo Deutschland GmbH, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the group, made a political donation to the German Young Christian Democrat Union by way of non-cash support for its summer event in Berlin with a total value of approximately €7,000. Otherwise, the groupKingdom and made no donations to EU political organisations and incurred no EU political expenditure during the year. The group made contributions to non-EU political parties totalling £0.7£0.5 million during the year (2008(2009 – £0.3£0.7 million).

                These were all made, consistent with applicable laws, to federal and state candidates and committees in the United States, where it is common practice to make political contributions. With respect to the EU political donation and the contributions to non-EU political parties, noNo particular political persuasion was supported and contributions were made with the aim of promoting a better understanding of the group and its views on commercial matters, as well as a generally improved business environment.


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)

        Supplier payment policies and performance

        Given the international nature of the group's operations, there is no group standard in respect of payments to suppliers. OperatingThe group is moving to a standard term of 60 days in respect of payments to suppliers and will seek to implement these trading terms for all suppliers in the future. Where this standard term does not yet apply, operating companies are responsible for agreeing terms and conditions for their business transactions when orders for goods and services are placed, so that suppliers are aware of the terms of payment and the relevant terms are included in contracts where appropriate. These arrangements are adhered to when making payments, subject to the terms and conditions being met by the supplier. Creditor days have not been calculated, as Diageo plc had no material trade creditors at 30 June 2009.2010. The company's invoices for goods and services are settled by subsidiaries acting on behalf of the company.

        Going concern

        The group's business activities together with significant risk factors are set out above in the Business description. The liquidity position, capital resources and risk management processes covering exposure to currency, interest rate, credit, liquidity and price risk are described above in the Business review.



        Corporate governance report (continued)

                The group has significant financial resources, strong cash generation from operations and good access to debt markets. Consequently, the directors believe that the group is well placed to manage its business risks despite the current uncertain economic outlook.

                The directors confirm that, after making appropriate enquiries, they have reasonable expectation that the companygroup has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

        Management's report on internal control over financial reporting

        Management, under the supervision of the chief executive and chief financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate control over the group's financial reporting. Diageo's internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB); provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorisation of management and the directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of any unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

                Management has assessed the effectiveness of Diageo's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13(a)-13(f)13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) based on the framework in 'Internal Control – Integrated Framework', issued by the committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as at 30 June 2009,2010, internal control over financial reporting was effective.

                Any internal control framework, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls and procedures and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)

                During the period covered by this report, there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

                KPMG Audit plc, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also auditaudits the group's consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness of the group's internal control over financial reporting as at 30 June 2010, and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which iswill be included on pages 200230 and 201231 of this document.

        Directors' responsibilities in respect of the annual report and financial statements

        The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report, andthe information filed with the SEC on Form 20-F and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.



        Corporate governance report (continued)

                Company law requires the directors to prepare group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are required to prepare the group financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). The directors have taken responsibility to prepare the group financial statements also in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The directors have also presented certain additional information required by the SEC for the purposes of the company's Form 20-F.

                The group financial statements are required by law and IFRS to present fairly the financial position and the performance of the group; the Act provides in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of the Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

                The parent company financial statements are required by law to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the parent company.

                In preparing each of the group and parent company financial statements, the directors are required to:

        The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regard to group consolidated accounts, Article 4 of the IAS


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)


        Regulation. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

                Under applicable UK and US law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a directors' report, a directors' remuneration report and a corporate governance report that comply with that law and those regulations.

                In addition, the directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.



        Corporate governance report (continued)

        Responsibility statement

        Each of the directors, thewhose names of whom are set out above in the 'Board of directors and executive committee' section of this Annual Report, confirms that to the best of his or her knowledge:

        The responsibility statement was approved by the board of directors on 2625 August 2009 and signed on its behalf by NC Rose, the chief financial officer.2010.

        New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules

        Under applicable SEC rules and the NYSE's new corporate governance rules for listed companies, Diageo must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under NYSE listing standards.

                Diageo believes the following to be the significant areas in which there are differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies. This information is also provided on the company's website at www. diageo.com.www.diageo.com.


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)



        Corporate governance report (continued)


        Table of Contents


        Corporate governance report (continued)

         
         20082009
        Annual
        General
        Meeting
         Board
        (maximum 6)
         Audit
        committee
        (maximum 6)
         Nomination
        committee
        (maximum 6)
        5)
         Remuneration
        committee
        (maximum 5)
         

        Dr FB Humer

         ü  6/6  6/6* 6/65/5  5/5*

        PS Walsh

         ü  6/6  3/4/6** 6/65/5* 5/5*

        NC Rose

         ü  6/6  6/6* n/a  n/a 

        Lord Hollick

         ü  6/6  6/6  6/65/5  5/5 

        PB Bruzelius

         n/a  1/15/6  1/15/6  1/14/5  1/15/5 

        LM Danon

         ü  6/6  6/6  6/65/5  5/5 

        BD Holden

        ü5/55/54/44/4

        M Lilja

        ü2/22/22/21/1

        PG Scott

         ü  6/6  6/6  6/65/5  5/5

        PG Scott

        ü5/66/65/65/5

        WS Shanahan

        ü4/54/54/53/4 

        HT Stitzer

         ü  6/6  6/6  6/65/5  5/5 

        PA Walker

         ü  6/6  6/6  6/65/5  5/5 

        *
        Attended by invitation.

        **
        Attended by invitation, for part only.

        Table of Contents


        Directors' report

        The directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2009.2010.

        Annual General Meeting

        The AGM will be held at The Institution of Engineering and Technology, Savoy Place, London WC2R 0BL at 2.30 pm2.30pm on Wednesday,Thursday, 14 October 2009.2010.

        Dividends

        Diageo paid an interim dividend of 13.914.6 pence per share on 6 April 2009.2010. The directors recommend a final dividend of 22.223.5 pence per share. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 19 October 20092010 to shareholders on the register on 1110 September 2009.2010. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 2325 October 2009.2010. A dividend reinvestment plan, which enables ordinary shareholders to invest their dividends in ordinary shares, is available in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 2827 September 2009.2010.

        Directors

        The directors of the company who served during the year are shown in the section 'Board of directors and executive committee' above.

                LM Danon, Lord Hollick and PS WalshIn accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all the directors retire by rotation at the AGM in accordance with the articles and being eligible, offer themselves for re-election. M Liljare-election, with the exception of NC Rose who will retire immediately after the AGM and will therefore not seek re-election. PB Bruzelius,DA Mahlan, who was appointed since the last AGM, retires in accordance with the articles and, being eligible, offers herself for election at the AGM. The non-executive directors proposed for election and re-election do not have service contracts.

                Further details of directors' contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of the company at 30 June 20092010 are given in the directors' remuneration report above.

        Auditor

        The auditor, KPMG Audit Plc, is willing to continue in office and a resolution for its re-appointment as auditor of the company will be submitted to the AGM.

        Disclosure of information to the auditor

        The directors who held office at the date of approval of this directors' report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company's auditor is unaware; and each director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the company's auditor is aware of that information.

        Purchases of own shares

        At the 2008 AGM, shareholders gave the company renewed authority to purchase a maximum of 252 million ordinary shares. During the year ended 30 June 2009, the company purchased 44 million ordinary shares (nominal value £13 million), representing approximately 1.6% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares) at 10 August 2009, for a consideration including expenses of £417 million. Of the shares purchased, 38 million were purchased and subsequently cancelled and 6 million were held as treasury shares for the hedging of grants made under employee share plans.



        Directors' report (continued)

        Business review

        The review of the business of the company and the description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the company, prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the Chief executive's review, the Business description and the Business review.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' report (continued)

        Corporate governance statement

        The corporate governance statement, prepared in accordance with rule 7.2 of the FSA's Disclosure and Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the Corporate governance report and the Additional information for shareholders.

        Significant agreements – change of control

        The following significant agreements contain certain termination and other rights for Diageo's counterparties upon a change of control of the company.

                Under the agreement governing the company's 34% investment in Moët Hennessy SNC ('MH')(MH) and Moët Hennessy International SAS ('MHI')(MHI), if a competitor (as defined therein) directly or indirectly takes control of the company (which, for these purposes, would occur if such competitor acquired more than 34% of the voting rights or equity interests in the company), LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA ('LVMH')(LVMH) may require the company to sell its shares in MH and MHI to LVMH.

                The master agreement governing the operation of the group's regional joint ventures with LVMH states that upon a change of control of the company (being, for these purposes, the acquisition by a third party of 30% or more of the issued share capital having voting rights in the company), LVMH may either appoint and remove the chairman of each joint venture entity governed by such master agreement, who shall be given a casting vote, or require each joint venture entity to be wound up.

                Agreements for the distribution of the JoséJose Cuervo tequila brands allow Casa Cuervo SA de CV ('Cuervo')(Cuervo) the right to terminate such agreements upon a change of control of the company, if Cuervo's advance written consent to the change of control is not obtained.


        Table of Contents


        Directors' report (continued)

        Other information

        Other information relevant tot heto the directors' report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

        Information
         Location in Annual Report
        Amendment of memorandum and articles of associationAdditional information for shareholders – Memorandum and articles of association
        Charitable and political donations Corporate governance report
        Corporate citizenship Corporate governance report
        Directors – appointment and powers Additional information for shareholders – Memorandum and articles of association
        Directors' indemnities and compensation for loss of office Directors' remuneration report
        Employment policies Business description – Premium drinks – Employees
        Events since 30 June 20092010 Financial statements – note 3335 Post balance sheet events
        Future developments Business review – Trend information
        Memorandum and articles of associationAdditional information for shareholders – Memorandum and articles of association
        Purchase of own shares Business review – Liquidity and capital resources and Financial statements – note 2628 Total equity
        Principal activities of the company and its subsidiary undertakings in the course of the yearFinancial statements – Principal group companies
        Research and development Business description – Premium drinks – Research and development
        Share capital – structure, voting and other rights Additional information for shareholders – Share capital and Memorandum and articles of association
        Share capital – employee share plan voting rights Financial statements – note 3234 Employee share compensation
        Shareholdings in the company Additional information for shareholders – Share capital
        Supplier payment policies and performance Corporate governance report

                The directors' report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 20092010 comprises these pages and the sections of the Annual Report referred to under 'Directors', 'Business review', 'Corporate governance statement' and 'Other information' above, which are incorporated into the directors' report by reference.

                The directors' report was approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors on 2625 August 20092010 and signed on its behalf by PD Tunnacliffe, the company secretary.


        Table of Contents


        Consolidated financial statements – contents

        124142 Report of independent registered public accounting firm

        125143

         

        Consolidated income statement

        126144

         

        Consolidated statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense

        127145

         

        Consolidated balance sheet

        128146

         

        Consolidated cash flow statement of changes in equity

        129147

         

        Consolidated statement of cash flows

        148


        Accounting policies of the group

        136155

         

        Notes to the consolidated financial statements

        199


        Principal group companies

        Table of Contents


        Report of independent registered public accounting firm

        The board of directors and shareholders
        Diageo plc:

                We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2010, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of recognisedcomprehensive income, and expense,consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flow statementsflows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 20092010 on pages 125143 to 198,228, including the disclosures identified as 'part of the audited financial statements' within the 'Risk management' section on pages 7185 to 74,88, the 'Fair value measurements' section on pages 88 and 89, the 'Market risk sensitivity analysis' section on pages 7489 and 7590 and the 'Critical accounting policies' section on pages 7590 to 77.93. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

                We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2010, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2009,2010, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

                As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in the current financial year, Diageo plc and subsidiaries adopted the amendment to IAS 38 –Intangible assets and changed their accounting policy in respect of the accounting for returnable bottles and crates.

                We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Diageo plc's internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2009,2010, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 2625 August 20092010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting.

        KPMG Audit Plc
        London, England
        2625 August 20092010


        Table of Contents


        Consolidated income statement

         
         Notes Year ended
        30 June
        2009
         Year ended
        30 June
        2008
         Year ended
        30 June
        2007
         
         
          
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Sales

          2  12,283  10,643  9,917 

        Excise duties

          3  (2,972) (2,553) (2,436)
                   

        Net sales

             9,311  8,090  7,481 

        Cost of sales

          3  (3,883) (3,245) (3,003)
                   

        Gross profit

             5,428  4,845  4,478 

        Marketing expenses

          3  (1,312) (1,239) (1,162)

        Other operating expenses

          3,5  (1,673) (1,380) (1,157)
                   

        Operating profit

          2  2,443  2,226  2,159 

        Sale of businesses

          5    9  (1)

        Interest receivable

          6  252  153  111 

        Interest payable

          6  (768) (494) (362)

        Other finance income

          6  2  51  55 

        Other finance charges

          6  (78) (29) (16)

        Share of associates' profits after tax

          7  164  177  149 
                   

        Profit before taxation

             2,015  2,093  2,095 

        Taxation

          8  (292) (522) (678)
                   

        Profit from continuing operations

             1,723  1,571  1,417 

        Discontinued operations

          9  2  26  139 
                   

        Profit for the year

             1,725  1,597  1,556 
                   

        Attributable to:

                     

        Equity shareholders of the parent company

             1,621  1,521  1,489 

        Minority interests

             104  76  67 
                   

             1,725  1,597  1,556 
                   

        Basic earnings per share

          10          

        Continuing operations

             65.1p  58.3p  50.2p 

        Discontinued operations

             0.1p  1.0p  5.2p 
                   

             65.2p  59.3p  55.4p 
                   

        Diluted earnings per share

          10          

        Continuing operations

             64.9p  57.9p  49.9p 

        Discontinued operations

             0.1p  1.0p  5.1p 
                   

             65.0p  58.9p  55.0p 
                   

         
         Notes Year ended
        30 June
        2010
         Year ended
        30 June
        2009
        (restated)
         Year ended
        30 June
        2008
        (restated)
         
         
          
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Sales

          2  12,958  12,283  10,643 

        Excise duties

          3  (3,178) (2,972) (2,553)
                   

        Net sales

          2  9,780  9,311  8,090 

        Cost of sales

          3,5  (4,099) (3,893) (3,254)
                   

        Gross profit

             5,681  5,418  4,836 

        Marketing expenses

          3  (1,419) (1,327) (1,244)

        Other operating expenses

          3,5  (1,688) (1,673) (1,380)
                   

        Operating profit

          2  2,574  2,418  2,212 

        Sale of businesses

          5  (15)   9 

        Interest receivable

          6  469  252  153 

        Interest payable

          6  (844) (768) (494)

        Other finance income

          6  4  2  51 

        Other finance charges

          6  (91) (78) (29)

        Share of associates' profits after tax

          7  142  164  176 
                   

        Profit before taxation

             2,239  1,990  2,078 

        Taxation

          8  (477) (286) (518)
                   

        Profit from continuing operations

             1,762  1,704  1,560 

        Discontinued operations

          9  (19) 2  26 
                   

        Profit for the year

             1,743  1,706  1,586 
                   

        Attributable to:

                     

        Equity shareholders of the parent company

             1,629  1,605  1,513 

        Non-controlling interests

             114  101  73 
                   

             1,743  1,706  1,586 
                   

        Basic earnings per share

          10          

        Continuing operations

             66.3p  64.5p  58.0p 

        Discontinued operations

             (0.8)p  0.1p  1.0p 
                   

             65.5p  64.6p  59.0p 
                   

        Diluted earnings per share

          10          

        Continuing operations

             66.2p  64.3p  57.6p 

        Discontinued operations

             (0.8)p  0.1p  1.0p 
                   

             65.4p  64.4p  58.6p 
                   

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                Comparatives have been restated following the adoption of the amendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assets and the change to the accounting treatment of returnable bottles and crates. For an explanation of the effect of the restatements see note 1 – New accounting policies.


        Table of Contents


        Consolidated statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense

         
         Year ended
        30 June
        2009
         Year ended
        30 June
        2008
         Year ended
        30 June
        2007
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations excluding borrowings

                  

        – group

          685  125  (236)

        – associates and minority interests

          246  211  (33)

        Exchange differences on borrowings and derivative net investment hedges

          (773) (366) 199 

        Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                  

        – gains taken to equity

          90  26  28 

        – transferred to income statement

          (71) (69) 35 

        Fair value movement on available-for-sale investments

                  

        – gains taken to equity

          4     

        Net actuarial (loss)/gain on post employment plans

          (1,007) (15) 328 

        Tax on items taken directly to equity

          254  15  (99)
                

        Net (expense)/income recognised directly in equity

          (572) (73) 222 

        Profit for the year

          1,725  1,597  1,556 
                

        Total recognised income and expense for the year

          1,153  1,524  1,778 
                

        Attributable to:

                  

        Equity shareholders of the parent company

          957  1,445  1,719 

        Minority interests

          196  79  59 
                

        Total recognised income and expense for the year

          1,153  1,524  1,778 
                

         
         Notes Year ended
        30 June
        2010
         Year ended
        30 June
        2009
        (restated)
         Year ended
        30 June
        2008
        (restated)
         
         
          
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Other comprehensive income

                     

        Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations excluding borrowings

                     

        – group

             494  684  123 

        – associates and non-controlling interests

             37  246  211 

        Exchange differences on borrowings and derivative net investment hedges

             (429) (773) (366)

        Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                     

        – (losses)/gains taken to other comprehensive income

             (27) 90  26 

        – transferred to income statement

             (26) (71) (69)

        Hyperinflation adjustment

          6  25     

        Fair value gains on available-for-sale investments

               4   

        Net actuarial gain/(loss) on post employment plans

          4  8  (1,007) (15)

        Tax on other comprehensive income

          27  (16) 254  15 
                   

        Other comprehensive income, net of tax, for the year

             66  (573) (75)

        Profit for the year

             1,743  1,706  1,586 
                   

        Total comprehensive income for the year

             1,809  1,133  1,511 
                   

        Attributable to:

                     

        Equity shareholders of the parent company

             1,628  940  1,435 

        Non-controlling interests

             181  193  76 
                   

        Total comprehensive income for the year

             1,809  1,133  1,511 
                   

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                Comparatives have been restated following the adoption of the amendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assets and the change to the accounting treatment of returnable bottles and crates. For an explanation of the effect of the restatements see note 1 New accounting policies.


        Table of Contents


        Consolidated balance sheet

         
         Notes 30 June 2009 30 June 2008 
         
          
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

                        

        Intangible assets

          11  6,215     5,530    

        Property, plant and equipment

          12  2,268     2,122    

        Biological assets

          13  37     31    

        Investments in associates

          14  2,045     1,809    

        Other investments

          16  231     168    

        Other receivables

          18  18     11    

        Other financial assets

          21  364     111    

        Deferred tax assets

          25  672     590    

        Post employment benefit assets

          4  41     47    
                       

                11,891     10,419 

        Current assets

                        

        Inventories

          17  3,162     2,739    

        Trade and other receivables

          18  2,031     2,051    

        Other financial assets

          21  98     104    

        Cash and cash equivalents

          19  914     714  �� 
                       

                6,205     5,608 
                       

        Total assets

                18,096     16,027 

        Current liabilities

                        

        Borrowings and bank overdrafts

          20  (890)    (1,663)   

        Other financial liabilities

          21  (220)    (126)   

        Trade and other payables

          23  (2,173)    (2,143)   

        Corporate tax payable

          8  (532)    (685)   

        Provisions

          24  (172)    (72)   
                       

                (3,987)    (4,689)

        Non-current liabilities

                        

        Borrowings

          20  (7,685)    (5,545)   

        Other financial liabilities

          21  (99)    (124)   

        Other payables

          23  (30)    (34)   

        Provisions

          24  (314)    (329)   

        Deferred tax liabilities

          25  (621)    (676)   

        Post employment benefit liabilities

          4  (1,424)    (455)   
                       

                (10,173)    (7,163)
                       

        Total liabilities

                (14,160)    (11,852)
                       

        Net assets

                3,936     4,175 
                       

        Equity

                        

        Called up share capital

             797     816    

        Share premium

             1,342     1,342    

        Other reserves

             3,282     3,163    

        Retained deficit

             (2,200)    (1,823)   
                       

        Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

                3,221     3,498 

        Minority interests

                715     677 
                       

        Total equity

          26     3,936     4,175 
                       

         
         Notes 30 June 2010 30 June 2009 (restated) 30 June 2008 (restated) 
         
          
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

                              

        Intangible assets

          11  6,726     6,215     5,530    

        Property, plant and equipment

          12  2,404     2,326     2,175    

        Biological assets

          13  30     37     31    

        Investments in associates

          14  2,060     2,041     1,805    

        Other investments

          16  117     231     168    

        Other receivables

          18  115     18     11    

        Other financial assets

          22  472     364     111    

        Deferred tax assets

          26  529     678     593    

        Post employment benefit assets

          4  49     41     47    
                         

                12,502     11,951     10,471 

        Current assets

                              

        Inventories

          17  3,281     3,078     2,688    

        Trade and other receivables

          18  2,008     1,977     2,015    

        Assets held for sale

          19  112              

        Other financial assets

          22  98     98     104    

        Cash and cash equivalents

          20  1,453     914     714    
                         

                6,952     6,067     5,521 
                            

        Total assets

                19,454     18,018     15,992 
                            

        Current liabilities

                              

        Borrowings and bank overdrafts

          21  (587)    (890)    (1,663)   

        Other financial liabilities

          22  (186)    (220)    (126)   

        Trade and other payables

          24  (2,615)    (2,172)    (2,161)   

        Liabilities held for sale

          19  (10)             

        Corporate tax payable

          8  (391)    (532)    (685)   

        Provisions

          25  (155)    (172)    (72)   
                         

                (3,944)    (3,986)    (4,707)

        Non-current liabilities

                              

        Borrowings

          21  (8,177)    (7,685)    (5,545)   

        Other financial liabilities

          22  (155)    (99)    (124)   

        Other payables

          24  (76)    (30)    (34)   

        Provisions

          25  (318)    (314)    (329)   

        Deferred tax liabilities

          26  (744)    (606)    (665)   

        Post employment benefit liabilities

          4  (1,254)    (1,424)    (455)   
                         

                (10,724)    (10,158)    (7,152)
                            

        Total liabilities

                (14,668)    (14,144)    (11,859)
                            

        Net assets

                4,786     3,874     4,133 
                            

        Equity

                              

        Called up share capital

          28  797     797     816    

        Share premium

             1,342     1,342     1,342    

        Other reserves

             3,245     3,279     3,161    

        Retained deficit

             (1,377)    (2,249)    (1,856)   
                         

        Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

                4,007     3,169     3,463 

        Non-controlling interests

                779     705     670 
                            

        Total equity

                4,786     3,874     4,133 
                            

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

        These consolidated financial statements were approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors on 2625 August 20092010 and were signed on its behalf by PS Walsh and NC Rose, directors.

        Comparatives have been restated following the adoption of the amendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assets and the change to the accounting treatment of returnable bottles and crates. For an explanation of the effect of the restatements see note 1 – New accounting policies.


        Table of Contents


        Consolidated cash flow statement of changes in equity

         
         Notes Year ended
        30 June 2009
         Year ended
        30 June 2008
         Year ended
        30 June 2007
         
         
          
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cash flows from operating activities

                              

        Profit for the year

             1,725     1,597     1,556    

        Discontinued operations

             (2)    (26)    (139)   

        Taxation

             292     522     678    

        Share of associates' profits after tax

             (164)    (177)    (149)   

        Net interest and net other finance charges/income

             592     319     212    

        (Gains)/losses on disposal of businesses

                  (9)    1    

        Depreciation and amortisation

             276     233     210    

        Movements in working capital

             (282)    (282)    (180)   

        Dividend income

             179     143     119    

        Other items

             10     (15)    (36)   
                            

        Cash generated from operations

          27     2,626     2,305     2,272 

        Interest received

                63     67     42 

        Interest paid

                (478)    (387)    (279)

        Dividends paid to equity minority interests

                (98)    (56)    (41)

        Taxation paid

                (522)    (369)    (368)
                            

        Net cash from operating activities

                1,591     1,560     1,626 

        Cash flows from investing activities

                              

        Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

             14     66     69    

        Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

             (327)    (328)    (274)   

        Net (purchase)/disposal of other investments

             (24)    4     (6)   

        Payment into escrow in respect of the UK pension fund

             (50)    (50)    (50)   

        Disposal of businesses

             1     4     4    

        Purchase of businesses

          28  (102)    (575)    (70)   
                            

        Net cash outflow from investing activities

                (488)    (879)    (327)

        Cash flows from financing activities

                              

        Proceeds from issue of share capital

                  1     1    

        Net purchase of own shares for share schemes

             (38)    (78)    (25)   

        Own shares repurchased

             (354)    (1,008)    (1,405)   

        Net increase in loans

             256     1,094     1,226    

        Equity dividends paid

             (870)    (857)    (858)   
                            

        Net cash used in financing activities

                (1,006)    (848)    (1,061)
                            

        Net increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents

                97     (167)    238 

        Exchange differences

                66     11     (50)

        Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

                683     839     651 
                            

        Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

                846     683     839 
                            

        Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:

                              

        Cash and cash equivalents

          19     914     714     885 

        Bank overdrafts

          20     (68)    (31)    (46)
                            

                846     683     839 
                            

         
          
          
          
         Fair
        value,
        hedging
        and
        exchange
        reserve
        £ million
         Retained earnings/(deficit) Equity
        attributable
        to parent
        company
        shareholders
        £ million
          
          
         
         
         Share
        capital
        £ million
         Share
        premium
        £ million
         Capital
        redemption
        reserve
        £ million
         Own
        shares
        £ million
         Other
        retained
        earnings
        £ million
         Total
        £ million
         Non-
        controlling
        interests
        £ million
         Total
        equity
        £ million
         

        At 30 June 2007 as previously reported

          848  1,341  3,095  91  (2,600) 1,197  (1,403) 3,972  198  4,170 

        Prior year adjustments (see note 1)

                                       

        –      Amendment to IAS 38

                    (25) (25) (25)   (25)

        –      Returnables

                          (4) (4)
                              

        At 30 June 2007 as restated

          848  1,341  3,095  91  (2,600) 1,172  (1,428) 3,947  194  4,141 

        Total comprehensive income

                (57)   1,492  1,492  1,435  76  1,511 

        Employee share schemes

                  60  (14) 46  46    46 

        Share-based incentive plans

                    26  26  26    26 

        Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                    4  4  4    4 

        Tax on share-based incentive plans

                    (7) (7) (7)   (7)

        Shares issued

            1            1    1 

        Own shares repurchased

          (32)   32    (19) (1,113) (1,132) (1,132)   (1,132)

        Dividends paid

                    (857) (857) (857) (56) (913)

        Acquisitions

                          456  456 
                              

        At 30 June 2008 as restated

          816  1,342  3,127  34  (2,559) 703  (1,856) 3,463  670  4,133 

        Total comprehensive income

                99    841  841  940  193  1,133 

        Employee share schemes

                  33  (8) 25  25    25 

        Share-based incentive plans

                    31  31  31    31 

        Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                    3  3  3    3 

        Tax on share-based incentive plans

                    (6) (6) (6)   (6)

        Own shares repurchased

          (19)   19    184  (601) (417) (417)   (417)

        Dividends paid

                    (870) (870) (870) (98) (968)

        Acquisitions

                          (2) (2)

        Acquisition adjustment

                          (58) (58)
                              

        At 30 June 2009 as restated

          797  1,342  3,146  133  (2,342) 93  (2,249) 3,169  705  3,874 

        Total comprehensive income

                (34)   1,662  1,662  1,628  181  1,809 

        Employee share schemes

                  89  (3) 86  86    86 

        Share-based incentive plans

                    31  31  31    31 

        Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                    3  3  3    3 

        Tax on share-based incentive plans

                    4  4  4    4 

        Dividends paid

                    (914) (914) (914) (107) (1,021)
                              

        At 30 June 2010

          797  1,342  3,146  99  (2,253) 876  (1,377) 4,007  779  4,786 
                              

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of thesethe consolidated financial statements.

        Comparatives have been restated following the adoption of the amendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assets and the change to the accounting treatment of returnable bottles and crates. For an explanation of the effect of the restatements see note 1 – New accounting policies.


        Table of Contents


        Consolidated statement of cash flows

         
         Notes Year ended
        30 June 2010
         Year ended
        30 June 2009
        (restated)
         Year ended
        30 June 2008
        (restated)
         
         
          
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cash flow from operating activities

                              

        Cash generated from operations

          29     3,184     2,654     2,325 

        Interest received

                307     63     67 

        Interest paid

                (612)    (478)    (387)

        Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

                (107)    (98)    (56)

        Taxation paid

                (474)    (522)    (369)
                            

        Net cash from operating activities

                2,298     1,619     1,580 

        Cash flows from investing activities

                              

        Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

             143     14     66    

        Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

             (374)    (355)    (348)   

        Net (purchase)/disposal of other investments

             (43)    (24)    4    

        Payment into escrow in respect of the UK Pension Scheme

                  (50)    (50)   

        Disposal of businesses

             1     1     4    

        Purchase of businesses

          30  (206)    (102)    (575)   
                         

        Net cash outflow from investing activities

                (479)    (516)    (899)

        Cash flows from financing activities

                              

        Proceeds from issue of share capital

                       1    

        Net sale/(purchase) of own shares for share schemes

             85     (38)    (78)   

        Own shares repurchased

                  (354)    (1,008)   

        Net (decrease)/increase in loans

             (422)    256     1,094    

        Equity dividends paid

             (914)    (870)    (857)   
                         

        Net cash outflow from financing activities

                (1,251)    (1,006)    (848)
                            

        Net increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents

                568     97     (167)

        Exchange differences

                (16)    66     11 

        Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

                846     683     839 
                            

        Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

                1,398     846     683 
                            

        Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:

                              

        Cash and cash equivalents

          20     1,453     914     714 

        Bank overdrafts

          21     (55)    (68)    (31)
                            

                1,398     846     683 
                            

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

        Comparatives have been restated following the adoption of the amendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assets and the change to the accounting treatment of returnable bottles and crates. For an explanation of the effect of the restatements see note 1 – New accounting policies.


        Table of Contents


        Accounting policies of the group

        Basis of preparation

        The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. No reconciliation to US GAAP is included in the financial statements following the adoptionin accordance with a rule adopted by the US Securities and Exchange Commission of a rule accepting financial statements from foreign private issuers prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without that reconciliation.

                The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention, except that biological assets and certain financial instruments are stated at their fair value.

                The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgement, are set out in 'Critical accounting policies' in the Business review section of this Annual Report.

                The information set out in these accounts does not constitute the statutory accounts of the group within the meaning of the Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2010, 2009 2008 or 2007.2008. KPMG Audit Plc has reported on those accounts; their audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 237 (2)237(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the accounts for the years ended 30 June 20082009 or 20072008 nor a statement under section 498 (2) or498(2)_or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2009.2010. The accounts for 20082009 and 20072008 have been delivered to the registrar of companies and those for 20092010 will be delivered in due course.

        Basis for preparation of financial statements on a going concern basis

        Information on the business environment that the group operates in, the group's strategy and the principal risk factors that the group faces is contained in the Business combinationsreview. The financial position of the group, its cash flows, borrowings, borrowing facilities, commitments and the group's policies to manage its financial risk are described in the Business review under Liquidity and capital resources', 'Contractual obligations' and 'Risk management'. Further information is disclosed in notes 21, 22 and 23 to the consolidated financial statements.

                At 30 June 2010 the group has cash and cash equivalents of £1,453 million and committed bank facilities of £2,533 million, with borrowings and bank overdrafts due within one year of £587 million. The group owns a diverse portfolio of beverage alcohol products and operates in numerous countries around the world. The group also has a wide diversity of customers and suppliers. The directors believe that the group is well positioned to manage its business and financial risks successfully.

                The directors have a reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.


        Table of Contents


        Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        Business combination

        The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group's attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. The results of subsidiaries sold or acquired are included in the income statement up to, or from, the date that control passes.

                On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to the net assets including identifiable intangible assets acquired. Adjustments to fair values include those made to bring accounting policies into line with those of the group.

        Sales

        Sales comprise revenue from the sale of goods, royalties receivable and rents receivable. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise and importother duties which the group pays as principal but excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as value added tax. Sales are recognised depending upon individual customer terms at the time of despatch, delivery or some other specified point when



        Accounting policies of the group (continued)


        the risk of loss transfers. Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Sales are stated net of price discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and certain promotional activities and similar items.

        Advertising and promotion costs

        Advertising production costs, point of sale materials and sponsorship payments are charged in the income statement when the advertisement is first showncompany has a right of access to the public.goods or services acquired.

        Research and development

        Research expenditure in respect of new drinks products and package design is written off in the periodyear in which it is incurred. Any subsequent development expenditure in the period leading up to product launch that meets the recognition criteria set out in the relevant standard is capitalised. If capitalised, any intangible asset is amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of the expected benefit.

        Share-based payments –employee benefits

        The fair value of equity-settled share options granted is initially measured at grant date based on the binomial or Monte Carlo models and is charged in the income statement over the vesting period. Shares of Diageo plc held by the company for the purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect of various employee share plans around the group are deducted from equity in the consolidated balance sheet. Any surplus or deficit arising on the sale of the Diageo plc shares held by the group is included as an adjustment toa movement in reserves.

        Pensions and other post employment benefits

        The group's principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition, the group has defined contribution plans, unfunded post employment medical benefit liabilities and other unfunded defined benefit post employment liabilities. For defined benefit plans, the amount charged in the income statement is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus any fully vested benefit improvements granted to members by the group during the year. It also includes a credit equivalent to the group's expected return on the pension plans' assets over the year, offset by a charge equal to the expected increase in the plans' liabilities over the year. The difference between the fair


        Table of Contents


        Accounting policies of the group (continued)


        value of the plans' assets and the present value of the plans' liabilities is disclosed as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet. Any differences between the expected return on assets and that actually achieved, and any changes in the liabilities over the year due to changes in assumptions or experience within the plans, are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. Any recognised income and expense.asset is limited to any future refunds from the plan or the present value of reductions in future contributions to the plan.

                Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred.

        Capitalisation of finance costs

        Finance costs attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, being an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of that asset. All other finance costs are recognised as charges in the income statement for the period in which they are incurred.



        Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        Exceptional items

        Exceptional items are those that in management's judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed either in the notes to the consolidated financial statements or on the face of the consolidated income statement.

        Foreign currencies

        Items included in the financial statements of the group's subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent company.

                The income statements and cash flows of overseas entities are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange, other than substantial transactions that are translated at the rate on the date of the transaction. The adjustment to closing rates is taken to reserves.

                Balance sheets are translated at closing rates. Exchange differences arising on the re-translation at closing rates of the opening balance sheets of overseas entities are taken to reserves, as are exchange differences arising on related foreign currency borrowings and financial instruments designated as net investment hedges, to the extent that they are effective. Tax charges and credits arising on such items are also taken to reserves. Other exchange differences are taken to the income statement.

                The results of operations in hyper-inflationaryhyperinflationary economies are adjusted to reflect the changes in the purchasing power of the local market currency of the entity.entity before being translated to sterling.

                Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. If hedged forward, the impact of hedging is recognised, where permitted, under hedge accounting (refer to accounting policy for derivative financial instruments).

        Brands, goodwill and other intangible assets

        When the cost of an acquisition exceeds the fair values attributable to the group's share of the net assets acquired, the difference is treated as purchased goodwill. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior


        Table of Contents


        Accounting policies of the group (continued)


        to 1 July 1998 was eliminated against reserves, and this goodwill has not been restated. Goodwill arising subsequent to 1 July 1998 has been capitalised.

                Acquired brands and other intangible assets are recognised when they are controlled through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured.

                Intangible assets that are regarded as having limited useful economic lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over those lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill and intangible assets that are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives are not amortised. These assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually or when there is an indication that the assets may be impaired. To ensure that assets are not carried at above their recoverable amounts, the impairment reviews compare the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the value in use. Amortisation and any impairment writedowns are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement.



        Accounting policies of the group (continued)

                Computer software is amortised on a straight-line basis to estimated residual value over its expected useful life. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives are up to five years.

        Property, plant and equipment

        Land and buildings are stated at cost less depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Leaseholds are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease. Other property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives, and these values and lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives fall within the following ranges: industrial and other buildings – 10 to 50 years; plant and machinery – 5 to 25 years; fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years; and casks and containers – 15 to 20 years; and returnable bottles and crates 5 to 10 years.

                Reviews are carried out if there is some indication that impairment may have occurred, to ensure that property, plant and equipment are not carried at above their recoverable amounts.

        Leases

        Where the group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease is treated as a finance lease. Other leases are treated as operating leases, with payments and receipts taken to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

        Biological assets

        Grape cultivation by the group's wine business is accounted for as an agricultural activity. Accordingly, the group's biological assets (grape vines and grapes on the vine) are carried at fair value which, in the absence of third party valuations, is computed on the basis of a discounted cash flow computation. Agricultural produce (harvested grapes) is valued at market value on transfer into inventory.

        Associates and joint ventures

        An associate is an undertaking in which the group has a long term equity interest and over which it has the power to exercise significant influence. The group's interest in the net assets of associates is


        Table of Contents


        Accounting policies of the group (continued)


        included in investments in the consolidated balance sheet and its interest in their results is included in the income statement below the group's operating profit. Joint ventures, where there is contractual joint control over the entity, are accounted for by including on a line by lineline-by-line basis the attributable share of the results, assets and liabilities.

        Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses, an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated on an actual usage basis for maturing inventories and on a first in, first out basis for other inventories.

        Assets held for sale

        Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their net book value is expected to be recovered through sale rather than continuing use. This condition is only met when the sale is highly probable and the non-current asset, or disposal group, is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of net book value and the fair value less selling costs.

        Financial assets

        Trade receivables    Trade receivables are non interestnon-interest bearing and are stated at their nominal amount thatwhich is usually the original invoiced amount less provisions made for bad and doubtful receivables. Estimated irrecoverable amounts are based on the ageing of the receivable balances and historical



        Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        experience. Individual trade receivables are provided against when management deems them not to be fully collectable.

        Cash and cash equivalents    Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less at acquisition, including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.

        Available-for-sale financial assets    Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date. Available-for-sale financial assets are currently primarily represented by cash and cash equivalents and amounts held in escrow accounts for pension schemes.

        Financial liabilities

        Borrowings    Borrowings are initially measured at cost, (whichwhich is equal to fair value at inception),inception, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.cost. Any difference between the proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the settlement or redemption of borrowings is recognised over the term of the borrowings using the effective interest rate method.

                The fair value adjustments for all loans designated as hedged items in a fair value hedge are disclosed separately as a net figure. The fair value adjustment is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on unadjusted market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments. This technique uses unadjusted market data.

        Trade payables    Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are stated at their nominal value.


        Table of Contents


        Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        Derivative financial instruments

        The group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposures to fluctuations in interest and exchange rates and commodity prices. The derivative instruments used by Diageo consist mainly of currency forwards, foreign currency swaps, interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps.

                Derivative financial instruments are recognised in the balance sheet at fair value that is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on unadjusted market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments. This technique uses unadjusted market data. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are reported in the income statement.

                The purpose of hedge accounting is to mitigate the impact of potential volatility in the group income statement due to changes in exchange or interest rates or commodity prices, by matching the impact of the hedged item and the hedging instrument in the income statement. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. At the inception of the transaction, the group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking all derivatives designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities or to specific firm commitments or forecast transactions. The group also documents its assessment, at hedge inception and on a quarterly basis, as to whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been, and are likely to continue to be, effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items.



        Accounting policies of the group (continued)

                Diageo designates derivatives which qualify as hedges for accounting purposes as either: (a) a hedge of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (fair value hedge); (b) a hedge of a forecast transaction or the cash flow risk from a change in interest rates or exchange rates (cash flow hedge); or (c) a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations.

                The method of recognising the resulting gains or losses from movements in fair values is dependent on whether the derivative contract is designated to hedge a specific risk and qualifies for hedge accounting.

                Derivative financial instrumentsFair value hedges are used to manage the currency and/or interest rate risks to which the fair value of certain assets and liabilities are exposed. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are fair value hedges are recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability. If such a hedge relationship is de-designated, fair value movements on the derivative continue to be taken to the income statement while any fair value adjustments made to the underlying hedged item to that date are amortised through the income statement over its remaining life.life using the effective interest rate.

                Derivative financial instrumentsCash flow hedges are used to hedge the currency risk of highly probable future foreign currency cash flows, as well as the cash flow risk from changes in interest rates and exchange rates. The effective part of the changes in fair value of cash flow hedges is recognised in the statement of recognisedcomprehensive income, and expense, while any ineffective part is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts recorded in the statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense are transferred to the income statement in the same period in which the underlying interest or foreign exchange exposure affects the income statement.

                Net investment hedges take the form of either foreign currency borrowings or derivatives. All foreign exchange gains or losses arising on translation of net investments are recorded in the statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense and included in cumulative translation differences.the exchange reserve. Liabilities used as hedging instruments in a net investment hedge are revalued at closing exchange rates. The resulting gains or losses are


        Table of Contents


        Accounting policies of the group (continued)


        taken to the statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense to the extent that they are effective, with any ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement. Foreign exchange contracts hedging net investments in foreign operations are carried at fair value. Effective fair value movements are taken to the statement of recognisedcomprehensive income, and expense, with any ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement.

        Provisions

        Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis, where the effect is material to the original undiscounted provision. The carrying amounts of provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.

        Taxation

        Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments.



        Accounting policies of the group (continued)

                Full provision for deferred tax is made for temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their tax bases. The amount of deferred tax reflects the expected recoverable amount and is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realised in the future. No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.

                Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Any interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge.

        Discontinued operations

        DisposalDiscontinued operations comprise disposal groups are classified as discontinued operations where they represent a major line of business or geographical area of operations or business activities that the group no longer participates in or did not form part of the group's operations.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements

        1.     New accounting policies

        (a)   Adopted by the group    The following accounting standards and interpretations, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)IASB or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), are effective for the first time in the current financial year and have been adopted by the group with no significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position:

        An amendment toIAS 23 – Borrowing costs requires that finance costs attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, being an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of that asset. The group has adopted this amendment for capital expenditure incurred on significant projects that commenced after 1 July 2007. In the year ended 30 June 2009, the amount of borrowing costs capitalised was £4 million and the interest rates used for projects financed in sterling and other currencies were 5.2% and 6.2%, respectively.group:

        IFRIC 14Amendment to IFRS 7 – IAS 19:Improving disclosures about financial instruments.This amendment resulted in enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements of financial instruments by using a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the valuation techniques used in fair value calculations. The limit on a defined benefit asset, minimum funding requirements and their interactionamended standard also extended disclosures in respect of liquidity risk. Details are provided in the Business review – Fair value measurements.

        IFRS 8 – Operating segments. provides additional guidance on assessing the amount of a defined benefit pension surplusIFRS 8 requires that can be recognised as an asset, and as a consequence the amount of deferred tax on that surplus. The group has adopted IFRIC 14 as at 1 July 2008, with no material impactentity's operating segments are reported on the balance sheet of the group at 30 June 2009 and no impact on the income statement for the year then ended. No restatement of prior year financial information is necessarysame basis as the amounts involved are immaterial.

        IFRIC 12 – Service concession arrangements, IFRIC 13 – Customer loyalty programmes andIFRIC 16 – Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation have alsointernally reported information that is provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker has been adopted byidentified as the group with no significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position.

        (b)   Not adopted by the group    The following standards and interpretations, issued by the IASB or IFRIC, have not yet been adopted by the group. The group does not currently believeexecutive committee. Following the adoption of these standards or interpretations would have a material impact on the consolidated results or financial position ofIFRS 8, the group unless stated otherwise below:has revised its reported operating segments and provided further information in respect of these segments as well as additional disclosures. Details are provided in note 2 to the financial statements.

        IAS 1 (Revised) – Presentation of financial statementsstatements. (effective for annual periods beginning onIAS 1 (Revised) has resulted in the group presenting both a consolidated statement of comprehensive income and a consolidated statement of changes in equity as primary statements. The group has chosen to disclose other comprehensive income as a separate statement from the income statement. The application of this standard has not affected the measurement of the group's consolidated results or after 1 January 2009, endorsed by the EU in December 2008).financial position.

        IAS 27 (Revised) – Consolidated and separate financial statements (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009, endorsed by the EU in June 2009).

        ImprovementsAmendment to International Financial Reporting Standards 2008(effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009, endorsed by the EU in January 2009) include an amendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assetsassets. whichThis amendment to IAS 38 clarifies the accounting for advertising expenditure. The group will be required to chargecharges advertising expenditure to the income statement when it has a right of access to the goods or services acquired, as opposed to charging such costs to the income statement when the advertisement is first shown to the public. It is expected that applicationAdvertisements, non-depreciable point of sale material, costs in respect of events and some sponsorship payments previously recorded in the income statement when delivered to the final customer are now expensed when delivered to the company. The impact of this change in accounting policy reduced operating profit, by increasing marketing expenditure, for the year ended 30 June 2009 by £15 million (2008 – £5 million), reduced share of associates' profits after tax for the year ended 30 June 2009 by £nil (2008 – £1 million), reduced the taxation charge for the year ended 30 June 2009 by £3 million (2008 – £1 million) and reduced basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended 30 June 2009 by 0.5 pence (2008 – 0.2 pence). In addition, the adoption of the amendment will result in a minor restatement of prior year information.

        Amendments to IAS 39 andIFRIC 9 – Embedded derivatives (effective for annual periods beginning on or afterdecreased inventories at 30 June 2009 by £3 million (2008 – £2 million), decreased trade and other receivables included in current assets at 30 June 2009 by £54 million (2008 – £36 million), increased deferred tax assets at 30 June 2009 by £6 million (2008 – £3 million), reduced investment in associates at 30 June 2009 by £4 million (2008 – £4 million) and reduced deferred tax liabilities at 30 June 2009 by £9 million (2008 – £7 million). It is not yet endorsed bypracticable to calculate the EU).impact on the results for the year ended 30 June 2010 of the amendment to IAS 38 in view of other changes introduced into the group's practices and processes for commissioning and executing marketing programmes.

        Amendment to IAS 39IFRS 3 (Revised) – Eligible hedged itemsBusiness combinations. (effectiveThe group has adopted IFRS 3 (Revised) for annual periods beginning on oracquisitions completed after 1 July 2009, not yet endorsed by2009. The revised standard has resulted in a number of changes, notably that directly attributable acquisition costs are to be expensed rather than included as part of the EU).

        Amendmentpurchase price, contingent consideration is to IFRS 2 – Share-based payment: vesting conditions and cancellations (effectivebe accounted for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009, endorsed byat fair value at the EUacquisition date with subsequent changes in December 2008).the fair value being recognised in the income statement. In addition, where a


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        1.     New accounting policies (continued)


        group gains control of a subsidiary undertaking through a step acquisition, the standard requires the existing interest owned to be remeasured at fair value with the difference between fair value and book value being recognised in the income statement. During the year ended 30 June 2010, Diageo incurred directly attributable transaction costs of £12 million which have been included in other external charges and made a gain of £11 million, included in sale of businesses, when an associate became a subsidiary undertaking, following the purchase of additional equity.

                In addition, the group has changed its accounting policy in respect of returnable bottles and crates (returnables) as the change more appropriately reflects the usage of these assets. These are now held within property, plant and equipment and depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives. Formerly a number of returnable bottles and crates were held within inventories and written down on purchase to their net realisable value. The impact of the adoption of this accounting policy reduced operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2009 by £10 million (2008 – £9 million), reduced the taxation charge for the year ended 30 June 2009 by £3 million (2008 – £3 million) and reduced basic and diluted earnings per share by 0.1 pence (2008 – 0.1 pence). Of the charge for the year ended 30 June 2009, £3 million was in respect of non-controlling interests (2008 – £3 million). On the consolidated balance sheet at 30 June 2009 inventories reduced by £81 million (2008 – £49 million), property plant and equipment increased by £58 million (2008 – £53 million), trade and other payables reduced by £1 million (2008 – an increase of £18 million), deferred tax liabilities reduced by £6 million (2008 – £4 million) and non-controlling interests reduced by £10 million (2008 – £7 million). There is no material impact on the results for the year ended 30 June 2010 of the change in accounting policy in respect of returnables.

                Where appropriate, comparatives in the consolidated financial statements have been restated in accordance with the above changes in accounting policies.

                The following accounting standards and interpretations, issued by the IASB or IFRIC, have been adopted by the group with no significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position:

        IFRIC 13 – Customer loyalty programmes

        IFRIC 15 – Agreements for the construction of real estate

        IFRIC 16 – Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation

        IFRIC 17 – Distribution of non-cash assets to owners

        IFRIC 18 – Transfers of assets from customers

        Amendment to IAS 27 – Consolidated and separate financial statements

        Amendment to IAS 32 – Financial instruments

        Amendment to IAS 38 – Intangible assets, fair value of intangible asset acquired in a business combination

        Amendment to IAS 39 – Financial instruments: recognition and measurement – Eligible hedged items

        Amendment to IFRS 2 – Group cash-settled share-based payment transactionsShare based payment: vesting conditions and cancellations

        Amendment to IFRIC 9 – Reassessment of embedded derivatives

        (b)   Not adopted by the group    The following standards and amendments, issued by the IASB or IFRIC and endorsed by the EU, unless otherwise stated, have not yet been adopted by the group. The


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        1.     New accounting policies (continued)


        group does not currently believe the adoption of these standards or interpretations would have a material impact on the consolidated results or financial position of the group.

        Amendment to IFRS 5 – Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2010, not yet endorsed by the EU).2010)

        IFRS 3 (Revised)9 – Business combinations (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009, endorsed by the EU in June 2009) continues to apply the acquisition method to business combinations but with some significant changes, particularly in respect of the measurement of contingent payments, the calculation of goodwill and the treatment of transaction costs.

        Amendment to IFRS 7 – Improving disclosures about financialFinancial instruments (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009,2013, not yet endorsed by the EU) requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements of financial instruments by using a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the inputs to valuation techniques used in fair value calculations. The amended standard also requires improved disclosures relating to liquidity risk.

        IFRS 8Amendment to IAS 7 – Operating segmentsClassification of expenditures on unrecognised assets (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009, endorsed by the EU in November 2007) contains requirements for the disclosure of information about an entity's operating segments and also about the entity's products and services, the geographical areas in which it operates, and its major customers. The standard is concerned only with disclosure and replacesIAS 14 – Segment reporting. The group is currently assessing the impact this standard would have on the presentation of its consolidated results.2010)

        ImprovementsAmendment to International Financial Reporting Standards 2009IAS 17 – Classification of leases of land and buildings (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009, not yet endorsed by the EU).January 2010)

        2.     Segmental information

        Diageo is an international manufacturer and distributor of premium drinks. The group produces, markets and distributes a wide range of premium brands, including Smirnoff vodka, Johnnie Walker, scotch whisky,Smirnoff, Baileys, Original Irish Cream liqueur, Captain Morgan, rum, JeB, scotch whisky, Tanqueray gin and Guinness stout.Guinness. In addition, Diageo also owns the distribution rights for the JoséJose Cuervo tequila brands in North America and many other markets.

                Diageo also owns a number of investments in unconsolidated associates, the principal investment being a 34% interest in Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wines subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA. Moët Hennessy is based in France and is a leading producer and exporter of champagne and cognac.

                IFRS 8 – Operating segments replacesIAS 14 – Segment reportingand requires segment information to be presented on the same basis as that used for internal management reporting. Disclosures have been amended and comparatives for the years ended 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008 have been restated.

                Diageo presents segmental information for the manufacture, distribution and selling of premium drinks in operating segments based on the geographical location of third party customers. The group's operations compriseinformation presented is consistent with internal reporting provided to the following segments: Diageochief operating decision maker, which has been identified as the executive committee.

                The executive committee considers the business principally from a geographical perspective and the business analysis is presented under the operating segments of North America, (United StatesEurope, International and Canada), Diageo Europe (all European countriesAsia Pacific. In addition to these geographical selling segments, a further segment reviewed by the executive committee is Global Supply which manufactures and territories including Russia), Diageo International (Latin Americadistributes premium drinks within the group. Continuing operations also include the Corporate function. In view of the focus on the geographical segments in explaining the group's performance in the Business review, the results of the Global Supply segment have, in order to provide additional reconciling information, been allocated to the geographical segments. This gives an additional basis of presenting the group's performance and Caribbean, Africa, Global Travel and Middle East), Diageo Asia Pacific (Greater China, India, Japan, Korea, South East Asia and Australia), Moët Hennessy and Corporate and other.

        results on the basis of the location of third party customers. Corporate revenues and costs are in respect of central costs, including finance, human resources and legal, as well as certain information systems, facilities and employee costs that aredo not directly allocatedrelate to the geographical operating units.segments or to Global Supply and hence are not allocated. They also include the revenues and costs related to rents receivable in respect of properties not used by Diageo in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drinks exchange movements on short term intercompany balances and the results of Gleneagles Hotel.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        2.     Segmental information (continued)


        Gleneagles Hotel. The group also owns a 34% interest in Moët Hennessy which is based in France and accounted for as an associate.

                The segmental information for net sales and operating profit is reported at budgeted exchange rates in line with internal reporting. For management reporting purposes Diageo measures the current year at, and restates the prior year net sales and operating profit to, the current year's budgeted foreign exchange rates. These exchange rates are set prior to the financial year as part of the financial planning process and provide a consistent exchange rate to measure the performance of the business throughout the year. The adjustments required to retranslate the segmental information to actual exchange rates and to reconcile it to Diageo's reported results are shown in the tables below. The comparative segmental information, prior to re-translation, has not been restated at the current year's budgeted exchange rates but is presented at the budgeted rates for the years ended 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008.

                In addition, for management reporting purposes Diageo excludes the impact on net sales and operating profit of acquisitions and disposals completed in the current and prior year from the results of the geographical segments in order to provide comparable results. The impact of acquisitions and disposals has been allocated to the appropriate geographical segments in the tables below. These acquisitions and disposals are the same as those disclosed in the Business review but for management reporting purposes they are excluded from the current year altogether and are disclosed here at budgeted rates.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        2.     Segmental information (continued)

        (a)   Business segmentSegmental information for the consolidated income statement – continuing operations

         
         North
        America
         Europe Inter-
        national
         Asia
        Pacific
         Moët
        Hennessy
         Corporate
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009

                              

        Sales

          3,858  4,279  2,803  1,268    75  12,283 
                        

        Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

          1,156  856  645  164    (208) 2,613 

        Exceptional items charged to operating profit

          (25) (66) (22) (36)   (21) (170)
                        

        Operating profit/(loss)

          1,131  790  623  128    (229) 2,443 

        Share of associates' profits after tax

            6  3  4  151    164 
                        

        Profit/(loss) before interest, net finance charges and tax

          1,131  796  626  132  151  (229) 2,607 
                        

        Depreciation

          (47) (95) (57) (17)   (7) (223)

        Exceptional accelerated depreciation

            (15) (3)       (18)

        Intangible asset amortisation

          (4) (17) (3) (6)   (5) (35)

        Capital expenditure on segment assets

          16  50  63  12    185  326 

        Segment assets

          999  1,045  969  408    600  4,021 

        Investments in associates

          7  25  121  78  1,814    2,045 

        Unallocated assets

                    12,030  12,030 
                        

        Total assets

          1,006  1,070  1,090  486  1,814  12,630  18,096 
                        

        Segment liabilities

          302  640  344  190    393  1,869 

        Unallocated liabilities

                    12,291  12,291 
                        

        Total liabilities

          302  640  344  190    12,684  14,160 
                        

        2008

                              

        Sales

          2,965  4,046  2,376  1,168    88  10,643 
                        

        Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

          907  798  593  170    (164) 2,304 

        Exceptional items charged to operating profit

            (78)         (78)
                        

        Operating profit/(loss)

          907  720  593  170    (164) 2,226 

        Sale of investments and businesses

            5  4        9 

        Share of associates' profits after tax

            7  6  3  161    177 
                        

        Profit/(loss) before interest, net finance income and tax

          907  732  603  173  161  (164) 2,412 
                        

        Depreciation

          (40) (85) (50) (17)   (6) (198)

        Exceptional accelerated depreciation

            (4)         (4)

        Intangible asset amortisation

          (5) (15) (2) (5)   (4) (31)

        Capital expenditure on segment assets

          23  56  102  25    168  374 

        Segment assets

          879  1,213  882  426    386  3,786 

        Investments in associates

          10  26  82  48  1,643    1,809 

        Unallocated assets

                    10,432  10,432 
                        

        Total assets

          889  1,239  964  474  1,643  10,818  16,027 
                        

        Segment liabilities

          272  695  318  179    430  1,894 

        Unallocated liabilities

                    9,958  9,958 
                        

        Total liabilities

          272  695  318  179    10,388  11,852 
                        

         
         North
        America
         Europe Inter-
        national
         Asia
        Pacific
         Global
        Supply
         Eliminate
        inter-
        segment
        sales
         Total
        operating
        segments
         Corporate
        and
        other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                                    

        Sales

          3,853  4,371  3,222  1,442  2,627  (2,627) 12,888  70  12,958 
                            

        Net sales

                                    

        At budgeted exchange rates*

          2,980  2,510  2,551  923  2,561  (2,460) 9,065  68  9,133 

        Acquisitions and disposals

          47  9  7        63    63 

        Global Supply allocation

          18  55  16  12  (101)        

        Retranslation to actual exchange rates

          261  185  53  83  167  (167) 582  2  584 
                            

        Net sales

          3,306  2,759  2,627  1,018  2,627  (2,627) 9,710  70  9,780 
                            

        Operating profit/(loss)

                                    

        At budgeted exchange rates*

          1,039  756  800  170  114    2,879  (180) 2,699 

        Acquisitions and disposals

          (3) 1  (5) (7)     (14)   (14)

        Global Supply allocation

          56  55  5  (2) (114)        

        Retranslation to actual exchange rates

          78  47  (29) 15      111  (45) 66 
                            

        Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

          1,170  859  771  176      2,976  (225) 2,751 

        Exceptional items

          (38) (53) (5) (30) (39)   (165) (12) (177)
                            

        Operating profit/(loss)

          1,132  806  766  146  (39)   2,811  (237) 2,574 
                             

        Sale of businesses

                                  (15)

        Net finance charges

                                  (462)

        Share of associates' profits after tax

                                    

        – Moët Hennessy

                                  134 

        – Other associates

                                  8 
                                    

        Profit before taxation

                                  2,239 
                                    

        *
        These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and Global Supply segments.

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        2.     Segmental information (continued)

         
         North
        America
         Europe Inter-
        national
         Asia
        Pacific
         Global
        Supply
         Eliminate
        inter-
        segment
        sales
         Total
        operating
        segments
         Corporate
        and
        other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009 (restated)

                                    

        Sales

          3,858  4,279  2,803  1,268  2,353  (2,353) 12,208  75  12,283 
                            

        Net sales

                                    

        At budgeted exchange rates*

          2,535  2,406  1,964  821  2,175  (2,067) 7,834  72  7,906 

        Acquisitions and disposals

          129  5  3  1      138    138 

        Global Supply allocation

          22  57  15  14  (108)        

        Retranslation to actual exchange rates

          604  282  304  74  286  (286) 1,264  3  1,267 
                            

        Net sales

          3,290  2,750  2,286  910  2,353  (2,353) 9,236  75  9,311 
                            

        Operating profit/(loss)

                                    

        At budgeted exchange rates*

          885  780  598  170  13    2,446  (139) 2,307 

        Acquisitions and disposals

          46  (2)         44  (2) 42 

        Global Supply allocation

          22  3  (3) (9) (13)        

        Retranslation to actual exchange rates

          185  72  54  (2)     309  (70) 239 
                            

        Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

          1,138  853  649  159      2,799  (211) 2,588 

        Exceptional items

          (23) (52) (22) (35) (17)   (149) (21) (170)
                            

        Operating profit/(loss)

          1,115  801  627  124  (17)   2,650  (232) 2,418 
                             

        Net finance charges

                                  (592)

        Share of associates' profits after tax

                                    

        – Moët Hennessy

                                  151 

        – Other associates

                                  13 
                                    

        Profit before taxation

                                  1,990 
                                    

        2008 (restated)

                                    

        Sales

          2,965  4,046  2,376  1,168  1,929  (1,929) 10,555  88  10,643 

        Net sales

                                    

        At budgeted exchange rates*

          2,653  2,475  1,947  841  2,048  (1,954) 8,010  87  8,097 

        Acquisitions and disposals

          6  1          7    7 

        Global Supply allocation

          14  53  15  12  (94)        

        Retranslation to actual exchange rates

          (150) 101  9  24  (25) 25  (16) 2  (14)
                            

        Net sales

          2,523  2,630  1,971  877  1,929  (1,929) 8,001  89  8,090 
                            

        Operating profit/(loss)

                                    

        At budgeted exchange rates*

          945  771  580  167  6    2,469  (154) 2,315 

        Acquisitions and disposals

          (1)   1          (1) (1)

        Global Supply allocation

          21  5  (12) (8) (6)        

        Retranslation to actual exchange rates

          (37) 12  7        (18) (6) (24)
                            

        Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

          928  788  576  159      2,451  (161) 2,290 

        Exceptional items

                  (78)   (78)   (78)
                            

        Operating profit/(loss)

          928  788  576  159  (78)   2,373  (161) 2,212 
                             

        Sale of businesses

                                  9 

        Net finance charges

                                  (319)

        Share of associates' profits after tax

                                    

        – Moët Hennessy

                                  160 

        – Other associates

                                  16 
                                    

        Profit before taxation

                                  2,078 
                                    

        *
        These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and Global Supply segments.

        (a)   Business segmentTable of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        2.     Segmental information (continued)

         
         North
        America
         Europe Inter-
        national
         Asia
        Pacific
         Moët
        Hennessy
         Corporate
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2007

                              

        Sales

          2,915  3,765  2,031  1,131    75  9,917 
                        

        Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

          850  723  499  196    (149) 2,119 

        Exceptional items credited to operating profit

                    40  40 

        Operating profit/(loss)

          850  723  499  196    (109) 2,159 

        Sale of investments and businesses

              1      (2) (1)

        Share of associates' profits after tax

            5  7  1  136    149 
                        

        Profit/(loss) before interest, net finance income and tax

          850  728  507  197  136  (111) 2,307 
                        

        Depreciation

          (30) (83) (39) (23)   (6) (181)

        Intangible asset amortisation

          (7) (15) (1) (3)   (3) (29)

        Capital expenditure on segment assets

          19  63  53  20    170  325 

        Segment assets

          832  1,041  789  369    312  3,343 

        Investments in associates

          10  22  19  37  1,348    1,436 

        Unallocated assets

                    9,177  9,177 
                        

        Total assets

          842  1,063  808  406  1,348  9,489  13,956 
                        

        Segment liabilities

          262  616  244  130    425  1,677 

        Unallocated liabilities

                    8,109  8,109 
                        

        Total liabilities

          262  616  244  130    8,534  9,786 
                        
        (i)
        The segmental analysis of sales and operating profit/(loss) is based on the location of the third party customers.

        (ii)
        The net sales figures for Global Supply reported to the executive committee primarily comprise inter-segment sales and these are eliminated in a separate column in the above segmental analysis. Apart from sales by the Global Supply segment to the other operating segments, inter-segmental sales are not material.

        (iii)
        The group's interest expense isnet finance charges are managed centrally and isare not attributable to individual activities.

        operating segments.
        (iii)

        Segmental(b)   Other segmental information for

         
         North
        America
         Europe Inter-
        national
         Asia
        Pacific
         Global
        Supply
         Corporate
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                              

        Capital expenditure

          1  16  91  14  193  59  374 

        Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

          (3) (16) (68) (20) (143) (41) (291)

        Exceptional accelerated depreciation

                  (44) (2) (46)

        Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

            (35)         (35)
                        

        2009

                              

        Capital expenditure

          18  20  98  11  183  25  355 

        Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

          (28) (17) (70) (18) (113) (36) (282)

        Exceptional accelerated depreciation

              (3)   (15)   (18)
                        

        2008

                              

        Capital expenditure

          19  25  113  21  128  42  348 

        Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

          (26) (15) (55) (17) (99) (32) (244)

        Exceptional accelerated depreciation

                  (4)   (4)
                        

                Capital expenditure represents the 'Corporateamount paid in the year. Due to a change in the organisational structure, capital expenditure and other' segment, which includes unallocated assets and liabilities, is as follows:

        Sales, operating profit/(loss), profit/(loss) before interest, net finance charges/income and tax, depreciation and amortisation comprise central items not readily allocable toin respect of wine production in the group's operating segments.

        InUnited States were reported under Global Supply in the year ended 30 June 2007,2010 and in the operating loss of £109 million included an exceptional credit of £40 millionyears ended 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008 were reported in respect of the sale of the site of the former brewery at Park Royal.

        Capital expenditure on segment assets of £185 million (2008 – £168 million; 2007 – £170 million) includes expenditure on intangible assets and property, plant and equipment of £182 million (2008 – £158 million; 2007 – £138 million) in respect of unallocated assets relating to the worldwide supply of product which is not readily allocable to the group's operating segments.

        Segment assets of £600 million (2008 – £386 million; 2007 – £312 million) comprise: intangible assets of £21 million (2008 – £18 million; 2007 – £41 million); property, plant and equipment of £94 million (2008 – £81 million; 2007 – £80 million); inventories of £51 million (2008 – £58 million; 2007 – £61 million); and other assets of £434 million (2008 – £229 million; 2007 – £130 million).
        North America.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
        Table of Contents

        2.     Segmental information (continued)

        (a)   Business segment information (continued)

        (b)   Geographical information

         
         Great
        Britain
         Rest of
        Europe
         North
        America
         Asia
        Pacific
         Latin
        America
         Rest of
        World
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009

                              

        Sales

          1,577  2,854  3,887  1,314  1,167  1,484  12,283 

        Segment assets

          756  882  995  408  200  780  4,021 

        Capital expenditure on segment assets

          172  31  44  13  7  59  326 
                        

        2008

                              

        Sales

          1,530  2,657  3,001  1,208  963  1,284  10,643 

        Segment assets

          555  1,044  858  427  200  702  3,786 

        Capital expenditure on segment assets

          146  42  51  28  8  99  374 
                        

        2007

                              

        Sales

          1,470  2,442  2,958  1,179  813  1,055  9,917 

        Segment assets

          468  895  813  371  182  614  3,343 

        Capital expenditure on segment assets

          131  53  59  22  9  51  325 
                        
        (i)
        The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of the third party customers and an allocation of certain corporate items. Certain businesses have been reallocated from the business segment in which they are managed, for internal purposes and have been reported within the appropriate region in the geographical analysis above.

        (ii)
        The geographical analysis of segment assets and related capital expenditure is based on the geographical location of the assets and excludes investments in associates and assets and capital expenditure which are not readily allocable to the group's operating segments.


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        2.     Segmental information (continued)

        (c)   Geographical information

         
         Great
        Britain
         United
        States
         Nether-
        lands
         Rest of
        World
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                        

        Sales

          1,680  3,615  46  7,617  12,958 

        Non-current assets

          1,122  3,348  2,327  4,655  11,452 
                    

        2009

                        

        Sales

          1,577  3,615  38  7,053  12,283 

        Non-current assets

          1,203  3,086  2,230  4,349  10,868 
                    

        2008

                        

        Sales

          1,530  2,769  35  6,309  10,643 

        Non-current assets

          1,081  2,599  2,002  4,038  9,720 
                    
        (i)
        The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of the third party customers.

        (ii)
        The geographical analysis of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets and comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, biological assets, investments in associates, other investments and non-current other receivables.

        (d)   Sales by product

         
         Spirits Beer Wine Ready
        to drink
         Other Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

          8,475  2,752  642  917  172  12,958 

        2009

          7,968  2,654  615  871  175  12,283 

        2008

          6,811  2,300  542  826  164  10,643 
        (e)
        Foreign exchange rates    The principal foreign exchange rates used in the translation of financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2009,2010, expressed in US dollars and euros per £1, were as follows:

         
         US dollar Euro 
         
         2009 2008 2007 2009 2008 2007 
         
         $
         $
         $
         
         
         
         

        Weighted average rates used to translate income statements

          1.60  2.01  1.93  1.17  1.36  1.48 

        Year end rates used to translate balance sheet assets and liabilities

          1.65  1.99  2.01  1.17  1.26  1.48 
         
         US dollar Euro 
         
         2010 2009 2008 2010 2009 2008 
         
         $
         $
         $
         
         
         
         

        Weighted average rates used to translate income statements

          1.57  1.60  2.01  1.13  1.17  1.36 

        Year end rates used to translate balance sheet assets and liabilities

          1.50  1.65  1.99  1.22  1.17  1.26 

                The group uses foreign exchange transaction hedges to mitigate the effect of exchange rate movements.

        (d)   Discontinued operations    Discontinued operations are adjustments in respect of the former quick service restaurants business (Burger King, sold 13 December 2002) and the former packaged food business (Pillsbury, sold 31 October 2001).

                In connection with the past disposal of the Pillsbury business, Diageo guaranteed the debt of a third party until November 2009. In        The results for the year ended 30 June 2010 include operating profit for Venezuela denominated in Venezuelan bolivar fuerte of VEF 485 million, translated at the official exchange of $1 = VEF2.15 (£1 = VEF3.51) for the six months ended 31 December 2009 profit after tax from discontinued operations of £2 million (2008 – £2 million) represents a provision release in respect of this guarantee. In addition, inand $1 = VEF4.3 (£1 = VEF6.4) for the yearsix months ended 30 June 2008, discontinued operations included a tax credit of £24 million relating to the Pillsbury disposal.

                In the year ended 30 June 2007, a tax benefit of £82 million arose from the recognition of capital losses arising on the past disposals of the Pillsbury and Burger King businesses. In addition, a tax credit of £57 million arose following resolution with tax authorities of various audit issues.2010.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        2.     Segmental information (continued)

        (f)
        Discontinued operations    Discontinued operations comprise a charge of £19 million in respect of anticipated future payments to new thalidomide claimants. In the two years ended 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008 discontinued operations represent adjustments in respect of the former packaged food business, Pillsbury (sold 31 October 2001).

        (g)
        Assets and liabilities    The management information provided to the chief operating decision maker does not include an analysis by geographical segment of assets and liabilities and accordingly no analysis by geographical segment of total assets or total liabilities is disclosed.

        3.     Operating costs

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Excise duties

          2,972  2,553  2,436 

        Cost of sales

          3,883  3,245  3,003 

        Marketing expenses

          1,312  1,239  1,162 

        Other operating expenses

          1,673  1,380  1,157 
                

          9,840  8,417  7,758 
                

        Comprising:

                  

        Excise duties – United States

          564  442  443 

                               – Other

          2,408  2,111  1,993 

        Increase in inventories

          (220) (115) (65)

        Raw materials and consumables

          1,993  1,713  1,692 

        Marketing expenses

          1,312  1,239  1,162 

        Other external charges

          2,250  1,672  1,345 

        Staff costs (note 4)

          1,232  1,073  993 

        Depreciation and amortisation

          276  233  210 

        Gains on disposal of property

          (6) (24) (62)

        Net foreign exchange losses

          65  81  55 

        Other operating income

          (34) (8) (8)
                

          9,840  8,417  7,758 
                

         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Excise duties

          3,178  2,972  2,553 

        Cost of sales

          4,099  3,893  3,254 

        Marketing expenses

          1,419  1,327  1,244 

        Other operating expenses

          1,688  1,673  1,380 
                

          10,384  9,865  8,431 
                

        Comprising:

                  

        Excise duties  – Great Britain

          820  747  685 

                                 – United States

          542  564  442 

                                 – Other

          1,816  1,661  1,426 

        Increase in inventories

          (111) (220) (115)

        Raw materials and consumables

          2,099  1,993  1,713 

        Marketing expenses

          1,419  1,327  1,244 

        Other external charges(a)

          2,165  2,236  1,669 

        Staff costs (note 4)

          1,269  1,232  1,073 

        Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

          372  300  248 

        Gains on disposal of property

          (89) (6) (24)

        Net foreign exchange losses

          127  65  81 

        Other operating income

          (45) (34) (11)
                

          10,384  9,865  8,431 
                
        (a)
        Other external charges    Other external charges include operating lease rentals for plant and equipment of £16 million (2009 – £11 million (2008million; 2008 – £14 million; 2007 – £7 million), other operating lease rentals (mainly properties) of £74 million (2009 – £76 million (2008million; 2008 – £65 million; 2007 – £58 million), research and development expenditure of £17£13 million (2008(2009 – £17 million; 20072008 – £17 million), and maintenance and repairs of £103 million (2009 – £90 million (2008million; 2008 – £83 million; 2007 – £53 million).

        (b)
        Exceptional operating costsitems    In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, there arewere exceptional net operating costscharges of £166£177 million for the global restructuring programme and an additional £4 million for the restructuring(2009 – £170 million; 2008 – £78 million) of the Irish brewing operations. Of these exceptional costs,which £82 million (2009 – £82 million; 2008 – £nil) is included in staff costs, £100 million (2009 – £70 million is includedmillion; 2008 – £74 million) in other external charges, and£46 million (2009 – £18 millionmillion; 2008 – £4 million) accelerated depreciation is includedand £35 million (2009 and 2008 – £nil) impairment in depreciation, and amortisation.

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        3.     Operating costs (continued)

        (c)
        Auditor fees    The fees of the principal auditor of the group, KPMG Audit Plc, and its affiliates were as follows:
         
         United
        Kingdom
         Rest of
        World
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Audit of these financial statements

          0.8  0.2  1.0  0.9  0.8 

        Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

          2.2  3.3  5.5  5.0  4.2 

        Other services pursuant to legislation

          0.7  0.6  1.3  1.1  2.5 
                    

        Total audit-related fees

          3.7  4.1  7.8  7.0  7.5 

        Other services relevant to taxation

          0.5  0.9  1.4  2.3  1.0 

        All other services

          1.2  0.8  2.0  1.5  1.1 
                    

          5.4  5.8  11.2  10.8  9.6 
                    

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Rest of
        World
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Audit of these financial statements

          0.8  0.2  1.0  1.0  0.9 

        Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

          2.0  3.6  5.6  5.5  5.0 

        Other services pursuant to legislation(i)

          0.3  1.0  1.3  1.3  1.1 
                    

        Total audit fees

          3.1  4.8  7.9  7.8  7.0 

        Other services relevant to taxation(ii)

          0.2  0.4  0.6  1.4  2.3 

        Audit related fees under SEC regulations(iii)

          0.6  0.5  1.1  1.3  0.7 

        All other fees(iv)

          0.1  0.3  0.4  0.7  0.8 
                    

          4.0  6.0  10.0  11.2  10.8 
                    
        (i)
        Other services pursuant to legislation relate principally to reporting required under section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

        (ii)
        Other services relevant to taxation comprise principally tax compliance services and tax advice. All other services relate principally to advisory services, including services in respect of due diligence and services in relation to acquisitions and disposals. Fees for audit services in respect of employee pension funds and benefit plans were £0.3 million (2008 – £0.3 million; 2007 – £0.3 million).

                Under

        (iii)
        Audit-related fees under SEC regulations, the auditor fees of £11.2 million (2008 – £10.8 million; 2007 – £9.6 million) are required to be presented as follows: audit £7.8 million (2008 – £7.0 million; 2007 – £7.1 million); audit-related £1.3 million (2008 – £0.7 million; 2007 – £1.1 million); tax £1.4 million (2008 – £2.3 million; 2007 – £1.0 million); and all other fees £0.7 million (2008 – £0.8 million; 2007 – £0.4 million). For these purposes, audit-related fees comprise the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements and are not reported under 'audit''total audit fees'. Tax fees are the aggregate fees billed for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.

        (iv)
        All other fees are the aggregate fees billed for productsrelate principally to advisory services, including services in respect of due diligence and services other than the services reported under 'audit', 'audit-related' or 'tax'.

        in relation to acquisitions and disposals.

        In addition, to the amounts above, £0.2 million (2008(2009 – £0.1£0.2 million; 20072008 – £0.1 million) was charged in relation to thefor audit services by firms other than KPMG.KPMG Audit Plc. KPMG Audit Plc fees for audit services in respect of employee pension funds and benefit plans were £0.2 million (2009 – £0.3 million; 2008 – £0.3 million).

        4.     Employees

                The average number of employees is disclosed on a full time equivalent basis, excluding employees of associates.

         
         2009 2008 2007 

        Average number of employees

                  

        Full time

          23,802  23,908  22,086 

        Part time

          468  465  434 
                

          24,270  24,373  22,520 
                

         
         2010 2009 2008 

        North America

          1,615  2,258  2,234 

        Europe

          3,007  3,253  3,144 

        International

          5,097  4,952  5,000 

        Asia Pacific

          2,636  2,668  2,923 

        Global Supply

          8,171  8,116  8,238 

        Corporate and other

          2,761  2,792  2,605 
                

          23,287  24,039  24,144 
                

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)


        The average number of employees of the group, including part time employees, for the year was 23,521 (2009 – 24,270; 2008 – 24,373).

                During the year the supply operations of the US wine business were transferred from North America to Global Supply resulting in the transfer of employees between the two operating segments.

                Employees of corporate functions whose costs are charged to the operating segments, such as those in shared service operations, are included in 'Corporate and other' in the analysis above.

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Aggregate remuneration

                  

        Wages and salaries

          1,063  870  796 

        Share-based incentive plans

          31  26  25 

        Employer's social security

          73  78  68 

        Employer's pension

          68  95  97 

        Other post employment

          (3) 4  7 
                

          1,232  1,073  993 
                

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Aggregate remuneration

                  

        Wages and salaries

          1,070  1,063  870 

        Share-based incentive plans

          31  31  26 

        Employer's social security

          82  73  78 

        Employer's pension

          91  68  95 

        Other post employment

          (5) (3) 4 
                

          1,269  1,232  1,073 
                

        The costs of post employment benefits and share-based incentive plans have been included in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 20092010 as follows: cost of sales £54 million (2009 – £53 million (2008million; 2008 – £45 million; 2007 – £48 million) and other operating expenses £63 million (2009 – £43 million (2008million; 2008 – £80 million; 2007 – £81 million). Included within aggregate remuneration is £82 million (2009 – £82 million) in respect of exceptional operating items.

                Employer's pension costs include £6 million (2009 – £5 million (2008million; 2008 – £3 million; 2007 – £2 million) in respect of defined contribution plans, representing contributions payable to these plans by the group at rates specified in the rules of the plans.

        Retirement benefits    The group operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, devised in accordance with local conditions and practices.

                The larger plans are generally of the defined benefit type and are funded by payments to separately administered funds or insurance companies. The principal plans are in the United Kingdom, Ireland, United States and Canada. All valuations were performed by independent actuaries using the projected unit method to determine pension costs. The most recent full valuations of the significant defined benefit pension plans were carried out as follows: United Kingdom on 31 March 2006;2009; Ireland on 31 December 2006;2009; and United States on 1 January 2009. The triennial valuation of the principal UK plan as at 31 March 2009 is in progress. The results of this valuation are expected to be agreed by Diageo and the plan trustee later in calendar year 2009.2010. The measurement dates used to calculate the disclosures in the consolidated financial statements are the respective balance sheet dates. In the United Kingdom, the DiageoUK Pension Scheme (a final salary defined benefit pension plan) closed to new members in November 2005. Employees who have joined Diageo in the United Kingdom thereafter have been eligible to become members of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan (a cash balance defined benefit pension plan).

                The assets of the UK and Irish pension plans are held in separate funds administered by trustees to meet long term pension liabilities to past and present employees. The trustees are required to act in the best interests of the plans' beneficiaries. The two largest pension plans are the DiageoUK Pension Scheme in the United Kingdom and the Guinness Ireland Pension Scheme in Ireland. For the DiageoUK Pension Scheme in the United Kingdom, the trustee is Diageo Pension Trust Limited. The appointment of the


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)


        directors to the board is determined by the Scheme's trust documentation. There is a policy that one-third of all directors should be nominated by members of the Scheme. Two member nominated directors have been appointed from the pensioner member community and two from the active member community. For the Guinness Ireland Pension Scheme, the appointment of trustees is a company decision. Currently the company makes three nominations and appoints three further



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)


        candidates nominated by representative groupings. The chairman is a former employee of the company and is viewed as independent.

                The group also operates a number of plans, primarily in the United States, which provide employees with post employment benefits in respect of medical costs. These plans are generally unfunded. In addition, there are a number of other plans which provide post employment benefits other than pensions and medical benefits. These plans are also included in the figures presented below.

        (a)    The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the group's deficit/surplus in the main post employment plans at 30 June in the relevant year. The assumptions used to calculate the charge/credit in the consolidated income statement for the year to 30 June are based on the assumptions disclosed as at the previous 30 June.

         
         United Kingdom Ireland United States 
         
         2009 2008 2007 2009 2008 2007 2009 2008 2007 
         
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        Rate of general increase in salaries

          4.6  5.2  4.4  4.4  5.0  4.6  5.6  6.3  6.3 

        Rate of increase to pensions in payment

          3.7  4.0  3.3  2.1  2.6  2.3       

        Rate of increase to deferred pensions

          3.4  4.0  3.2  2.0  2.6  2.2       

        Medical inflation

          n/a  n/a  n/a  n/a  n/a  n/a  8.8  9.3  10.0 

        Discount rate for plan liabilities

          6.2  6.7  5.8  5.7  6.5  5.3  5.7  6.1  6.2 

        Inflation

          3.4  4.0  3.2  2.0  2.6  2.2  1.6  2.4  2.3 

         
         United Kingdom Ireland United States 
         
         2010 2009 2008 2010 2009 2008 2010 2009 2008 
         
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        Rate of general increase in salaries

          4.6  4.6  5.2  4.0  4.4  5.0  5.6  5.6  6.3 

        Rate of increase to pensions in payment

          3.6  3.7  4.0  2.1  2.1  2.6       

        Rate of increase to deferred pensions

          3.3  3.4  4.0  2.0  2.0  2.6       

        Medical inflation

          n/a  n/a  n/a  n/a  n/a  n/a  9.0  8.8  9.3 

        Discount rate for plan liabilities

          5.4  6.2  6.7  4.9  5.7  6.5  4.7  5.7  6.1 

        Inflation

          3.3  3.4  4.0  2.0  2.0  2.6  1.6  1.6  2.4 

        For the main plans in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States, the salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age related promotional salary increases. The 20092010 assumption for medical inflation in the United States reduces by 0.5% per year to 5% (2008(2009 – 0.5% per year to 5%).

                In assessing the group's post retirement liabilities, the mortality assumption for the DiageoUK Pension Scheme in the United Kingdom (the largest plan) is based on the mortality experience of that plan. This has been updated to reflect the mortality experience analysis carried outreviewed as part of the 2009 triennial funding valuation which is in progress.valuation. The mortality assumption is based on the SAPSCMI birth year tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan. The assumption also allows for future improvements in life expectancy in line with the long cohort with a proportion of 80% for males and 60% for females. The mortality assumption for the largest plan in Ireland is also based on the mortality experience of that plan with suitable future improvements. The mortality assumptions for the other plans around the world are based on relevant standard mortality tables and standard mortality improvements in each country.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

                For the main UK and Irish pension funds, the table below illustrates the expected age at death of an average worker who retires currently at the age of 65, and one who is currently aged 45 and subsequently retires at the age of 65:

         
         United Kingdom Ireland 
         
         2009
        Age
         2008
        Age
         2007
        Age
         2009
        Age
         2008
        Age
         2007
        Age
         

        Retiring currently at age 65

                           

        Male

          85.3  84.5  84.4  85.5  85.4  85.3 

        Female

          86.7  87.2  87.1  88.1  88.1  87.9 

        Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65

                           

        Male

          88.3  86.7  86.7  87.3  87.2  87.1 

        Female

          89.3  89.5  89.4  89.9  89.8  89.7 


         
         United Kingdom Ireland 
         
         2010
        Age
         2009
        Age
         2008
        Age
         2010
        Age
         2009
        Age
         2008
        Age
         

        Retiring currently at age 65

                           

        Male

          86.0  85.3  84.5  85.6  85.5  85.4 

        Female

          87.7  86.7  87.2  88.2  88.1  88.1 

        Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65

                           

        Male

          88.3  88.3  86.7  87.4  87.3  87.2 

        Female

          90.1  89.3  89.5  90.0  89.9  89.8 


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

        (b)    In respect of defined benefit post employment plans, the net amounts charged to the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense for the three years ended 30 June 20092010 are set out below:

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009

                     

        Operating profit

                     

        Current service cost

          (54) (16) (29) (99)

        Past service cost

              (2) (2)

        Gains on curtailments

          12  21  8  41 
                  

        Total (charge)/credit to operating profit

          (42) 5  (23) (60)

        Net credit/(cost) to other finance income (note 6(b))

          11    (9) 2 
                  

        (Charge)/credit before taxation

          (31) 5  (32) (58)
                  

        Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

                     

        Actual return on post employment plan assets

          (302) (212) (56) (570)

        Expected return on post employment plan assets

          (259) (85) (32) (376)
                  

        Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

          (561) (297) (88) (946)

        Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

          42  18    60 

        Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

          (79) (47) (1) (127)
                  

        Actuarial loss recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

          (598) (326) (89) (1,013)

        Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            (2) 9  7 

        Impact of minimum funding requirement

              (1) (1)
                  

        Net actuarial loss recognisable in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

          (598) (328) (81) (1,007)
                  

        2008

                     

        Operating profit

                     

        Current service cost

          (52) (17) (25) (94)

        Past service cost

          (1) (2)   (3)

        Gains on curtailments

              1  1 
                  

        Total charge to operating profit

          (53) (19) (24) (96)

        Net credit/(cost) to other finance income (note 6(b))

          36  16  (6) 46 
                  

        Charge before taxation

          (17) (3) (30) (50)
                  

        Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

                     

        Actual return on post employment plan assets

          192  (66) (4) 122 

        Expected return on post employment plan assets

          (252) (80) (26) (358)
                  

        Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

          (60) (146) (30) (236)

        Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

          (12) (48) 6  (54)

        Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

          139  129  4  272 
                  

        Actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

          67  (65) (20) (18)

        Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

              3  3 
                  

        Net actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

          67  (65) (17) (15)
                  

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                     

        Operating profit

                     

        Current service cost

          (49) (19) (31) (99)

        Past service gain

          13      13 

        Gains on curtailments

          8    1  9 

        Losses on settlements

            (3)   (3)
                  

        Total charge to operating profit

          (28) (22) (30) (80)

        Net charge to other finance income (note 6(b))

          (21) (12) (14) (47)
                  

        Charge before taxation

          (49) (34) (44) (127)
                  

        Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

                     

        Actual return on post employment plan assets

          566  164  18  748 

        Expected return on post employment plan assets

          (217) (68) (28) (313)
                  

        Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

          349  96  (10) 435 

        Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

          181  32  16  229 

        Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

          (447) (140) (77) (664)
                  

        Actuarial loss recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

          83  (12) (71)  

        Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            2  6  8 
                  

        Net actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in other comprehensive income

          83  (10) (65) 8 
                  

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009

                     

        Operating profit

                     

        Current service cost

          (54) (16) (29) (99)

        Past service cost

              (2) (2)

        Gains on curtailments

          12  21  8  41 
                  

        Total (charge)/credit to operating profit

          (42) 5  (23) (60)

        Net credit/(charge) to other finance income (note 6(b))

          11    (9) 2 
                  

        (Charge)/credit before taxation

          (31) 5  (32) (58)
                  

        Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

                     

        Actual return on post employment plan assets

          (302) (212) (56) (570)

        Expected return on post employment plan assets

          (259) (85) (32) (376)
                  

        Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

          (561) (297) (88) (946)

        Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

          42  18    60 

        Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

          (79) (47) (1) (127)
                  

        Actuarial loss recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

          (598) (326) (89) (1,013)

        Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            (2) 9  7 

        Impact of minimum funding requirement

              (1) (1)
                  

        Net actuarial loss recognisable in other comprehensive income

          (598) (328) (81) (1,007)
                  

        2008

                     

        Operating profit

         ��           

        Current service cost

          (52) (17) (25) (94)

        Past service cost

          (1) (2)   (3)

        Gains on curtailments

              1  1 
                  

        Total charge to operating profit

          (53) (19) (24) (96)

        Net credit/(charge) to other finance income (note 6(b))

          36  16  (6) 46 
                  

        Charge before taxation

          (17) (3) (30) (50)
                  

        Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

                     

        Actual return on post employment plan assets

          192  (66) (4) 122 

        Expected return on post employment plan assets

          (252) (80) (26) (358)
                  

        Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

          (60) (146) (30) (236)

        Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

          (12) (48) 6  (54)

        Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

          139  129  4  272 
                  

        Actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

          67  (65) (20) (18)

        Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

              3  3 
                  

        Net actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in other comprehensive income

          67  (65) (17) (15)
                  

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

         

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2007

                     

        Operating profit

                     

        Current service cost

          (57) (17) (24) (98)

        Past service cost

          (4)     (4)
                  

        Total charge to operating profit

          (61) (17) (24) (102)

        Net credit/(cost) to other finance income (note 6(b))

          36  17  (5) 48 
                  

        Charge before taxation

          (25)   (29) (54)
                  

        Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

                     

        Actual return on post employment plan assets

          374  150  44  568 

        Expected return on post employment plan assets

          (230) (70) (24) (324)

        Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

          144  80  20  244 

        Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

          (100) 7  (17) (110)

        Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

          200  10  (21) 189 
                  

        Actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

          244  97  (18) 323 

        Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

              5  5 
                  

        Net actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

          244  97  (13) 328 
                  


         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Total cumulative gain/(loss) recognised in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

                     

        At 30 June 2006

          247  13  (39) 221 

        Recognised in the year

          244  97  (13) 328 
                  

        At 30 June 2007

          491  110  (52) 549 

        Recognised in the year

          67  (65) (17) (15)
                  

        At 30 June 2008

          558  45  (69) 534 

        Recognised in the year

          (598) (328) (81) (1,007)
                  

        At 30 June 2009

          (40) (283) (150) (473)
                  

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Total cumulative gain/(loss) recognised in other comprehensive income

                     

        At 30 June 2007

          491  110  (52) 549 

        Recognised in the year

          67  (65) (17) (15)
                  

        At 30 June 2008

          558  45  (69) 534 

        Recognised in the year

          (598) (328) (81) (1,007)
                  

        At 30 June 2009

          (40) (283) (150) (473)

        Recognised in the year

          83  (10) (65) 8 
                  

        At 30 June 2010

          43  (293) (215) (465)
                  


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

        (c)    The expected long term rates of return and fair values of the assets of the defined benefit post employment plans were as follows:

         
         United Kingdom Ireland United States and other Total 
         
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         
         
         %
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         

        2009

                                 

        Fair value of plan assets

                                 

        Equities

          8.3  1,528  8.6  371  8.4  198  8.4  2,097 

        Bonds

          5.5  1,280  5.3  539  4.9  147  5.4  1,966 

        Property

          7.3  358  7.6  97  13.5  13  7.5  468 

        Other

          4.6  11  4.0  20  6.5  30  5.3  61 
                              

             3,177     1,027     388     4,592 

        Present value of funded plan liabilities

             (3,845)    (1,364)    (584)    (5,793)

        Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

             (76)    (23)    (73)    (172)
                              

        Deficit in post employment plans

             (744)    (360)    (269)    (1,373)

        Surplus restriction

                  (2)    (7)    (9)

        Impact of minimum funding requirement

                       (1)    (1)
                              

        Post employment benefit liabilities

             (744)    (362)    (277)    (1,383)
                              

        2008

                                 

        Fair value of plan assets

                                 

        Equities

          8.3  2,209  8.4  507  8.2  215  8.3  2,931 

        Bonds

          6.1  825  5.9  225  5.3  118  6.0  1,168 

        Property

          7.3  296  7.4  193  12.7  12  7.5  501 

        Other

          5.4  252  4.6  287  6.5  26  5.0  565 
                              

             3,582     1,212     371     5,165 

        Present value of funded plan liabilities

             (3,684)    (1,254)    (479)    (5,417)

        Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

             (68)         (74)    (142)
                              

        Deficit in post employment plans

             (170)    (42)    (182)    (394)

        Surplus restriction

                       (14)    (14)
                              

        Post employment benefit liabilities

             (170)    (42)    (196)    (408)
                              

        2007

                                 

        Fair value of plan assets

                                 

        Equities

          8.4  1,988  8.0  574  8.4  230  8.3  2,792 

        Bonds

          5.6  749  4.8  325  5.5  116  5.4  1,190 

        Property

          7.4  455  7.0  161  11.6  11  7.4  627 

        Other

          5.8  299  3.0  83  6.2  28  5.3  410 
                              

             3,491     1,143     385     5,019 

        Present value of funded plan liabilities

             (3,702)    (1,125)    (464)    (5,291)

        Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

             (64)         (66)    (130)
                              

        (Deficit)/surplus in post employment plans

             (275)    18     (145)    (402)

        Surplus restriction

                       (17)    (17)
                              

        Post employment benefit liabilities

             (275)    18     (162)    (419)
                              

         
         United Kingdom Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         
         
         %
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         

        2010

                                 

        Fair value of plan assets

                                 

        Equities

          8.1  1,709  8.2  415  8.0  234  8.1  2,358 

        Bonds

          4.8  1,370  4.8  548  4.4  161  4.8  2,079 

        Property

          8.1  427  8.2  78  9.2  11  8.1  516 

        Other

          4.7  313  4.1  60  5.3  41  4.7  414 
                              

             3,819     1,101     447     5,367 

        Present value of funded plan liabilities

             (4,205)    (1,458)    (712)    (6,375)

        Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

             (74)    (23)    (97)    (194)
                              

        Deficit in post employment plans

             (460)    (380)    (362)    (1,202)

        Surplus restriction

                       (2)    (2)

        Impact of minimum funding requirement

                       (1)    (1)
                              

        Post employment benefit net liabilities

             (460)    (380)    (365)    (1,205)
                              

        2009

                                 

        Fair value of plan assets

                                 

        Equities

          8.3  1,528  8.6  371  8.4  198  8.4  2,097 

        Bonds

          5.5  1,280  5.3  539  4.9  147  5.4  1,966 

        Property

          7.3  358  7.6  97  13.5  13  7.5  468 

        Other

          4.6  11  4.0  20  6.5  30  5.3  61 
                              

             3,177     1,027     388     4,592 

        Present value of funded plan liabilities

             (3,845)    (1,364)    (584)    (5,793)

        Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

             (76)    (23)    (73)    (172)
                              

        Deficit in post employment plans

             (744)    (360)    (269)    (1,373)

        Surplus restriction

                  (2)    (7)    (9)

        Impact of minimum funding requirement

                       (1)    (1)
                              

        Post employment benefit net liabilities

             (744)    (362)    (277)    (1,383)
                              

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

         
         United Kingdom Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         Expected
        long term
        rates of
        return
         Fair
        value
         
         
         %
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         

        2008

                                 

        Fair value of plan assets

                                 

        Equities

          8.3  2,209  8.4  507  8.2  215  8.3  2,931 

        Bonds

          6.1  825  5.9  225  5.3  118  6.0  1,168 

        Property

          7.3  296  7.4  193  12.7  12  7.5  501 

        Other

          5.4  252  4.6  287  6.5  26  5.0  565 
                              

             3,582     1,212     371     5,165 

        Present value of funded plan liabilities

             (3,684)    (1,254)    (479)    (5,417)

        Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

             (68)         (74)    (142)
                              

        Deficit in post employment plans

             (170)    (42)    (182)    (394)

        Surplus restriction

                       (14)    (14)
                              

        Post employment benefit net liabilities

             (170)    (42)    (196)    (408)
                              

        Included in the post employment plan deficit of £1,202 million (2009 – £1,373 million (2008million; 2008 – £394 million; 2007 – £402 million) are £180 million (2009 – £141 million (2008million; 2008 – £115 million; 2007 – £111 million) in respect of post employment medical benefit liabilities and £30 million (2009 – £35 million (2008million; 2008 – £43 million; 2007 – £40 million) in respect of other non pensionnon-pension post employment liabilities.

                Within the plan assets above there is no investment in the ordinary shares of Diageo plc (2008(2009 – £0.4 million; 2007£nil; 2008 – £1£0.4 million). Included in equities in the UK plans at 30 June 20092010 are £356 million (2009 – £391 million (2008million; 2008 – £376 million) invested in hedge funds and £247 million (2009 – £191 million (2008million; 2008 – £192 million) invested in private equity. Included in other assets at 30 June 20092010 are swaps with a fair value loss in the UK plans of £51 million (2009 – £46 million (2008loss; 2008 – £169 million gain) and a fair value gain in the Irish plans of £61 million (2009 – £11 million (2008gain; 2008 – £22 million gain).

                The asset classes include some cash holdings that are temporary. This cash is likely to be invested in the relevant asset class imminently and so has been included in the asset class where it is anticipated to be invested in the long term. UK plan assets include temporary cash of £27 million (2009 – £35 million (2008million; 2008 – £54 million) in 'equities', £36 million (2009 – £152 million (2008million; 2008 – £149 million) in 'bonds' and £30 million (2009 – £11 million (2008million; 2008 – £2 million) in 'property'. Irish plan assets include temporary cash of £10 million (2009 – £7 million (2008million; 2008 – £10 million) in 'equities' and £105 million (2009 – £64 million (2008million; 2008 – £112 million) in 'bonds'.


                Included in other assets inTable of Contents


        Notes to the UK plans at 30 June 2007 was cash of approximately £350 million intended for subsequent investment in bonds. The expected long term rate of return on other assets in the UK plans was adjusted to reflect this.consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

                Post employment benefit assets and liabilities are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet, depending on whether an individual plan is in surplus or deficit, as follows:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

          41  47 

        Non-current liabilities

          (1,424) (455)
              

          (1,383) (408)
              

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

          49  41 

        Non-current liabilities

          (1,254) (1,424)
              

          (1,205) (1,383)
              

        The expected long term rates of return for equities have been determined by reference to government bond rates (minimum risk rates) in the countries in which the plans are based. As at 30 June 2009,2010, to reflect the additional risks associated with equities, expected long term rates of return on equities include a risk premium of 4% per year (2008 and 2007(2009 – 4%; 2008 – 3.25% per year)) in excess of the expected return from government bonds. This risk premium is a long term assumption which is set after taking actuarial advice and considering the assumptions used by other FTSE 100 companies. The expected long term rates of return for other assets are determined in a similar way, by using an appropriate risk premium relative to government bonds in the relevant country.

                The investment strategy for the group's funded post employment plans is decided locally by the trustee of the plan and/or Diageo, as appropriate, and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The objective for the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in excess of the return on the liabilities, while taking an acceptable amount of investment risk relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented by using specific allocations to a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long term to deliver the target rate of return. Most investment strategies have significant allocations to equities, with the intention that this will result in the ongoing cost to the



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)


        group of the post employment plans being lower over the long term, and will be within acceptable boundaries of risk. Each investment strategy is also designed to control investment risk by managing allocations to asset classes, geographical exposures and individual stock exposures.

                At 30 June 2009,2010, approximately 40% (200833% (2009 and 2008 – 40%) of the UK Diageo Pension Scheme's liabilities and approximately 40% (200838% (2009 and 2008 – 40%) of the Guinness Ireland Pension Scheme's liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation through the use of swaps.

                The discount rate is based on the yields of high quality, fixed income investments. For the UK pension plans, which represent approximately 66%65% of total plan liabilities, the discount rate is determined by reference to the yield curves on AA rated corporate bonds for which the timing and amount of cash outflows are similar to those of the plans. A similar process is used to determine the discount rate for the non-UK plans.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

                The percentages of investments at fair value held by the pension plans at 30 June 20092010 and 30 June 2008,2009, analysed by category, were as follows:

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        2009

                     

        Equities

          48  36  51  46 

        Bonds

          41  53  38  43 

        Property

          11  9  3  10 

        Other

            2  8  1 
                  

          100  100  100  100 
                  

        2008

                     

        Equities

          62  42  58  57 

        Bonds

          23  19  32  23 

        Property

          8  16  3  10 

        Other

          7  23  7  10 
                  

          100  100  100  100 
                  

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        2010

                     

        Equities

          45  38  52  44 

        Bonds

          36  50  36  39 

        Property

          11  7  3  10 

        Other

          8  5  9  7 
                  

          100  100  100  100 
                  

        2009

                     

        Equities

          48  36  51  46 

        Bonds

          41  53  38  43 

        Property

          11  9  3  10 

        Other

            2  8  1 
                  

          100  100  100  100 
                  

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

        (d)    Movements in the present value of plan liabilities during the three years ended 30 June 2009:2010:

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Present value of plan liabilities

                     

        At 30 June 2006

          3,761  1,149  514  5,424 

        Exchange differences

            (25) (34) (59)

        Current service cost

          57  17  24  98 

        Past service cost

          4      4 

        Interest cost

          194  53  29  276 

        Actuarial (gain)/loss

          (100) (17) 38  (79)

        Employee contributions

          10  2    12 

        Benefits paid

          (160) (54) (41) (255)
                  

        At 30 June 2007

          3,766  1,125  530  5,421 

        Exchange differences

            191  18  209 

        Current service cost

          52  17  25  94 

        Past service cost

          1  2    3 

        Interest cost

          216  64  32  312 

        Actuarial gain

          (127) (81) (10) (218)

        Employee contributions

          11  2  1  14 

        Benefits paid

          (167) (66) (35) (268)

        Curtailments

              (1) (1)

        Settlements

              (7) (7)
                  

        At 30 June 2008

          3,752  1,254  553  5,559 

        Exchange differences

            97  83  180 

        Acquisition of businesses

              16  16 

        Current service cost

          54  16  29  99 

        Past service cost

              2  2 

        Interest cost

          248  85  41  374 

        Actuarial loss

          37  29  1  67 

        Employee contributions

          14  3  1  18 

        Benefits paid

          (172) (76) (52) (300)

        Curtailments

          (12) (21) (8) (41)

        Settlements

              (9) (9)
                  

        At 30 June 2009

          3,921  1,387  657  5,965 
                  

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Present value of plan liabilities

                     

        At 30 June 2007

          3,766  1,125  530  5,421 

        Exchange differences

            191  18  209 

        Current service cost

          52  17  25  94 

        Past service cost

          1  2    3 

        Interest cost

          216  64  32  312 

        Actuarial gain

          (127) (81) (10) (218)

        Employee contributions

          11  2  1  14 

        Benefits paid

          (167) (66) (35) (268)

        Curtailments

              (1) (1)

        Settlements

              (7) (7)
                  

        At 30 June 2008

          3,752  1,254  553  5,559 

        Exchange differences

            97  83  180 

        Acquisition of businesses

              16  16 

        Current service cost

          54  16  29  99 

        Past service cost

              2  2 

        Interest cost

          248  85  41  374 

        Actuarial loss

          37  29  1  67 

        Employee contributions

          14  3  1  18 

        Benefits paid

          (172) (76) (52) (300)

        Curtailments

          (12) (21) (8) (41)

        Settlements

              (9) (9)
                  

        At 30 June 2009

          3,921  1,387  657  5,965 

        Exchange differences

            (69) 73  4 

        Current service cost

          49  19  31  99 

        Past service gain

          (13)     (13)

        Interest cost

          238  80  42  360 

        Actuarial loss

          266  108  61  435 

        Employee contributions

          14  3  1  18 

        Benefits paid

          (188) (84) (51) (323)

        Curtailments/settlements

          (8) 3  (1) (6)

        Settlements

              (4) (4)

        Transfer from other payables

            34    34 
                  

        At 30 June 2010

          4,279  1,481  809  6,569 
                  

        In the year ended 30 June 2010 agreement was reached with a group of employees whereby part of their redundancy settlement, previously included in other payables, was settled by an enhanced pension entitlement. Cash contributions will be made by the group to the relevant pension funds for those obligations.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

        (e)    Movements in the fair value of plan assets during the three years ended 30 June 2009:2010:

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Fair value of plan assets

                     

        At 30 June 2006

          3,210  1,059  378  4,647 

        Exchange differences

            (22) (26) (48)

        Expected return on plan assets

          230  70  24  324 

        Actuarial gain

          144  80  20  244 

        Contributions by the group

          57  8  30  95 

        Employee contributions

          10  2    12 

        Benefits paid

          (160) (54) (41) (255)
                  

        At 30 June 2007

          3,491  1,143  385  5,019 

        Exchange differences

            190  11  201 

        Expected return on plan assets

          252  80  26  358 

        Actuarial loss

          (60) (146) (30) (236)

        Contributions by the group

          55  9  20  84 

        Employee contributions

          11  2  1  14 

        Benefits paid

          (167) (66) (35) (268)

        Settlements

              (7) (7)
                  

        At 30 June 2008

          3,582  1,212  371  5,165 

        Exchange differences

            93  52  145 

        Acquisition of businesses

              15  15 

        Expected return on plan assets

          259  85  32  376 

        Actuarial loss

          (561) (297) (88) (946)

        Contributions by the group

          55  7  66  128 

        Employee contributions

          14  3  1  18 

        Benefits paid

          (172) (76) (52) (300)

        Settlements

              (9) (9)
                  

        At 30 June 2009

          3,177  1,027  388  4,592 
                  

         
         United
        Kingdom
         Ireland United States
        and other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Fair value of plan assets

                     

        At 30 June 2007

          3,491  1,143  385  5,019 

        Exchange differences

            190  11  201 

        Expected return on plan assets

          252  80  26  358 

        Actuarial loss

          (60) (146) (30) (236)

        Contributions by the group

          55  9  20  84 

        Employee contributions

          11  2  1  14 

        Benefits paid

          (167) (66) (35) (268)

        Settlements

              (7) (7)
                  

        At 30 June 2008

          3,582  1,212  371  5,165 

        Exchange differences

            93  52  145 

        Acquisition of businesses

              15  15 

        Expected return on plan assets

          259  85  32  376 

        Actuarial loss

          (561) (297) (88) (946)

        Contributions by the group

          55  7  66  128 

        Employee contributions

          14  3  1  18 

        Benefits paid

          (172) (76) (52) (300)

        Settlements

              (9) (9)
                  

        At 30 June 2009

          3,177  1,027  388  4,592 

        Exchange differences

            (52) 46  (6)

        Expected return on plan assets

          217  68  28  313 

        Actuarial gain

          349  96  (10) 435 

        Contributions by the group

          103  43  49  195 

        Transfer of escrow account

          147      147 

        Employee contributions

          14  3  1  18 

        Benefits paid

          (188) (84) (51) (323)

        Settlements

              (4) (4)
                  

        At 30 June 2010

          3,819  1,101  447  5,367 
                  

        (f)    History of funded status of plans at 30 June:June 2010:

         
         2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Fair value of plan assets

          4,592  5,165  5,019  4,647  4,136 

        Present value of plan liabilities

          (5,965) (5,559) (5,421) (5,424) (5,412)
                    

        Deficit in post employment plans

          (1,373) (394) (402) (777) (1,276)

        Unrecognised surplus

          (9) (14) (17) (24) (18)

        Impact of minimum funding requirement

          (1)        
                    

        Post employment benefit liabilities

          (1,383) (408) (419) (801) (1,294)
                    

         
         2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Fair value of plan assets

          5,367  4,592  5,165  5,019  4,647 

        Present value of plan liabilities

          (6,569) (5,965) (5,559) (5,421) (5,424)
                    

        Deficit in post employment plans

          (1,202) (1,373) (394) (402) (777)

        Surplus restriction

          (2) (9) (14) (17) (24)

        Impact of minimum funding requirement

          (1) (1)      
                    

        Post employment benefit liabilities

          (1,205) (1,383) (408) (419) (801)
                    

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

        The group has agreed a deficit funding plan with the trustee of the UK Diageo Pension Scheme (the UK Scheme), which provides for the group to fund a portion of the UK Scheme deficit over a four year period that



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)


        commenced in the year ended 30 June 2007. For these purposes, the value of the deficit, calculated using the trustee's actuarial valuation of the Scheme, was ascertained through the triennial valuation as at 31 March 2006. Following the completion of that valuation, Diageo undertook to make an annual £50 million cash contribution in each of the four years of the funding plan. The first payment of £50 million was made inDuring the year ended 30 June 2007, with further contributions of £502010 £197 million was paid into the UK Scheme in eachrespect of the years ended 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2009. Payments are made into an escrow account subject to an agreement between the group anddeficit funding plan, of which £147 million had previously been held in escrow. The company has agreed a further 10 year funding plan with the trustee with release from escrow either to the group or to the trustee determined by an agreed formula in the light of the UK Scheme based on the trustee's actuarial valuation of the Scheme as at 31 March 2009. It is anticipated that the escrow2009 whereby a structure has been created which will be released to the trustee and invested intogenerate annual income for the Scheme duringof approximately £25 million to fund the year ending 30 June 2010. This amount held in escrow is currently included in other investmentsdeficit. Further information on the consolidated balance sheet andagreement is not includedgiven in the table above, but if the escrow is released to the trustee, then it will be shown as a contribution by the group to the Scheme during the year ending 30 June 2010.

        note 35. In addition to the deficit funding, Diageo continues to make a cash contribution in respect of current service costcosts based on the trustee's valuation; thisvaluation. This contribution is expected to be £46£50 million in the year ending 30 June 2010. Total cash contributions to the Scheme during the year ending 30 June 2010 are therefore expected to amount to £240 million, of which £144 million is already recorded in other investments on the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2009. Funding arrangements are being reviewed and may be adjusted following agreement between Diageo and the trustee, based on the results of the valuation as at 31 March 2009. Additionally, funding arrangements will be reviewed and adjusted in the light of future triennial actuarial valuations.2011.

                Contributions to other plans in the year ending 30 June 20102011 are expected to be approximately £125£150 million.

        (g)    History of experience gains and losses:

         
         2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

          (946) (236) 244  337  197 

        Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

          60  (54) (110) (55) (24)

        Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

          (127) 272  189  183  (419)
                    

        Actuarial (loss)/gain recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

          (1,013) (18) 323  465  (246)
                    


         
         2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

          435  (946) (236) 244  337 

        Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

          229  60  (54) (110) (55)

        Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

          (664) (127) 272  189  183 
                    

        Actuarial (loss)/gain recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

            (1,013) (18) 323  465 
                    


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

        (h)    Changes in the assumptions used for determining post employment costs and liabilities may have a material impact on the income statement and balance sheet. For the significant assumptions, the


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        4.     Employees (continued)

        following sensitivity analyses give an estimate of thesethe potential impacts on the income statement for the year ended 30 June 20092010 and on the balance sheet as at 30 June 2009:2010:

         
         Estimated impact on income statement 
         
         Operating
        profit
         Other
        finance
        income
         Profit
        before
        taxation
         Taxation Profit for
        the year
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009

                        

        Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate:

                        

        Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

          8  1  9  (2) 7 

        Effect of 1% increase in expected rates of return on plan assets:

                        

        Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

            48  48  (12) 36 

        Effect of one year increase in life expectancy:

                        

        Approximate increase in annual post employment cost

          (2) (11) (13) 3  (10)

        Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation:

                        

        Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

          8  21  29  (7) 22 

        Effect of 1% increase in medical care inflation:

                        

        Approximate increase in annual post employment cost

          (1) (1) (2) 1  (1)

        Effect of 1% decrease in medical care inflation:

                        

        Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

          1  1  2  (1) 1 

         
         Estimated impact on income statement 
         
         Operating
        profit
         Other
        finance
        charges
         Profit
        before
        taxation
         Taxation Profit for
        the year
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                        

        Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate:

                        

        Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

          9  (6) 3  (1) 2 

        Effect of 1% increase in expected rates of return on plan assets:

                        

        Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

            51  51  (13) 38 

        Effect of one year increase in life expectancy:

                        

        Approximate increase in annual post employment cost

          (2) (12) (14) 3  (11)

        Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation:

                        

        Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

          9  18  27  (6) 21 

        Effect of 1% increase in medical care inflation:

                        

        Approximate increase in annual post employment cost

          (1) (1) (2) 1  (1)

        Effect of 1% decrease in medical care inflation:

                        

        Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

          1  1  2  (1) 1 

         

         
         Estimated impact on balance sheet 
         
         Net post
        employment
        benefit
        liabilities
         Net
        deferred
        tax assets
         Net
        assets
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009

                  

        Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate:

                  

        Approximate decrease in post employment deficit

          421  (105) 316 

        Effect of one year increase in life expectancy:

                  

        Approximate increase in post employment deficit

          (186) 48  (138)

        Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation:

                  

        Approximate decrease in post employment deficit

          351  (85) 266 

        Effect of 1% increase in medical care inflation:

                  

        Approximate increase in post employment deficit

          (18) 7  (11)

        Effect of 1% decrease in medical care inflation:

                  

        Approximate decrease in post employment deficit

          16  (6) 10 

         
         Estimated impact on balance sheet 
         
         Net post
        employment
        benefit
        liabilities
         Net
        deferred
        tax assets
         Net
        assets
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                  

        Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate:

                  

        Approximate decrease in post employment deficit

          420  (106) 314 

        Effect of one year increase in life expectancy:

                  

        Approximate increase in post employment deficit

          (232) 58  (174)

        Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation:

                  

        Approximate decrease in post employment deficit

          327  (79) 248 

        Effect of 1% increase in medical care inflation:

                  

        Approximate increase in post employment deficit

          (22) 8  (14)

        Effect of 1% decrease in medical care inflation:

                  

        Approximate decrease in post employment deficit

          19  (7) 12 

        (i)    Information on transactions between the group and its pension plans is given in note 30.32.

        5.     Exceptional items

        IAS 1 (Revised) – Presentation of financial statements requires material items of income and expense to be disclosed separately. Exceptional items are items which, in management's judgement, need to be



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        5.     Exceptional items (continued)

        disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        5.     Exceptional items (continued)

                In the three years ended 30 June 2009,2010, the following exceptional items arosearose:

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Items included in operating profit

                  

        Global restructuring programme(a)

          (85) (166)  

        Restructuring of Global Supply operations(b)

          (93)    

        Restructuring of US wine operations(c)

          48     

        Restructuring of Irish brewing operations(d)

          (12) (4) (78)

        Ursus brand impairment(e)

          (35)    
                

          (177) (170) (78)
                

        Sale of businesses

                  

        US wine operations(c)

          (26)    

        Step acquisition of Nuvo(f)

          11     

        Other

              9 
                

          (15)   9 
                

        Exceptional items before taxation

          (192) (170) (69)
                

        Items included in taxation

                  

        Tax on exceptional operating items

          39  37  8 

        Tax on sale of businesses

          10     

        Settlements with tax authorities

            155   
                

        Total taxation on exceptional items

          49  192  8 
                

        Exceptional items in continuing operations

          (143) 22  (61)

        Discontinued operations net of taxation

          (19) 2  26 
                

        Total exceptional items

          (162) 24  (35)
                

        (a)    In February 2009 the group announced a global restructuring programme which was designed to ensure improved routes to market, stronger brand positions and enhanced financial strength. The programme affected all operating segments including corporate. The majority of the costs were in respect of continuing operations:

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Items included in operating profit

                  

        Global restructuring programme

          (166)    

        Restructuring of Irish brewing operations

          (4) (78)  

        Disposal of Park Royal property

              40 
                

          (170) (78) 40 

        Sale of businesses

            9  (1)
                

        Exceptional items before taxation

          (170) (69) 39 
                

        (a)    The chargesa reduction in respectthe number of employees and were spread over the global restructuring programme comprise: staff costs of £100 million, which are net of £17 million gains on post employment plan curtailments; other external charges of £63 million in respect of service contract terminations and restructuring projects; and accelerated depreciation of £3 million.two years ended 30 June 2010. These restructuring charges are included in the group's income statement in other operating expenses. It

        (b)    On 1 July 2009 the group announced a restructuring of its supply operations in Scotland. The plans include the consolidation of distilling, packaging and warehousing activities into fewer sites and involve the closure of a packaging plant, a distillery and a cooperage over a two-year period. New investment is concentrated in the production sites in Leven in Fife and in Shieldhall near Glasgow. The cost of the restructuring is expected to be approximately £100 million of which £81 million has been incurred in the year ended 30 June 2010. The costs include redundancies and additional depreciation spread over the period to the date that therethe sites are closed.

                In addition, the group announced the closure of the Dorval bottling plant in Quebec Canada resulting in a charge of £6 million principally in respect of employee severance and loss on disposal of


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        5.     Exceptional items (continued)


        fixed assets. Also, during the year, a restructuring of the Daventry distribution centre was announced resulting in an exceptional charge of £6 million.

        (c)    In the year ended 30 June 2010, the group carried out a restructuring of its US wine operations which resulted in a restructuring charge of £41 million in respect of a reduction in the number of employees, early contract terminations and inventory impairment.

                On 24 June 2010 the group completed a sale and leaseback transaction of certain land and facilities located in the Napa Valley, California for $260 million (£174 million). The land and facilities were purchased by a third party and leased back to the group for 20 years with Diageo holding options, exercisable at fair value, to extend the lease term up to a total of 80 years. Diageo remains the operator of the facilities under the lease agreement and retains the ownership of the brands, vines and grapes. The lease of land was accounted for as an operating lease and the gain arising of £89 million accounted for as an exceptional property profit. The lease of the facilities is accounted for as a finance lease and the gain arising is included in accruals and deferred income.

                In addition, as part of the restructuring of the US wine operations, it is highly probable that a number of non-strategic wine businesses will be a further charge insold during the year ending 30 June 2010 in respect2011. The loss on disposal of this programme.these businesses is expected to be £26 million.

        (b)(d)    In the year ended 30 June 2008, operating profit included an exceptional charge of £78 million for the cost of restructuring the Irish brewing operations, which primarily comprised severance and associated costs. A re-evaluation of this restructuring duringThe charge for the year ended 30 June 2009 concluded that, although some2010 of the facilities initially identified for closure would remain in use, the restructuring programme would continue to be implemented and in some areas extended, resulting in an additional charge of £4 million.£12 million is principally accelerated depreciation.

        (c)(e)    In the year ended 30 June 2007,2010 an impairment loss of £35 million was charged to other operating profit included an exceptional gainexpenses in respect of the Ursus brand. One of the principal markets for Ursus is Greece where the economy suffered a significant downturn and shows no signs of recovery. The Greek discount rate used by the group for impairment calculations was increased significantly due to a deterioration in the country's sovereign risk rate and the long term growth rate assumption for Greece was reduced due to a fall in demand for premium products which resulted in an impairment of the brand value.

        (f)    On 29 June 2010 Diageo acquired an additional equity stake in the London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand, an ultra premium sparkling liqueur, taking its equity ownership from 42.5% to 71.25%. The London Group was formerly accounted for as an associate and following the acquisition of further shares it became a subsidiary. In accordance with IFRS 3 (Revised) the difference between the market value of the equity owned prior to the acquisition of £21 million and the book value of the associate of £10 million is recognised in the income statement, resulting in a gain of £11 million which is included in sale of businesses.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the siteconsolidated financial statements (continued)

        6.     Interest and other finance income and charges

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        (a) Net interest

                  

        Interest receivable

          188  102  84 

        Fair value gain on interest rate instruments

          281  150  69 
                

        Total interest income

          469  252  153 
                

        Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

          (20) (14) (4)

        Interest payable on all other borrowings

          (549) (590) (415)

        Fair value loss on interest rate instruments

          (275) (164) (75)
                

        Total interest expense

          (844) (768) (494)
                

          (375) (516) (341)
                

        (b) Net other finance income and charges

                  

        Net finance income in respect of post employment plans

            2  46 

        Other finance income

          4     

        Net exchange movements on short term intercompany loans

              5 
                

        Total other finance income

          4  2  51 
                

        Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans

          (47)    

        Unwinding of discounts

          (18) (21) (17)

        Hyperinflation adjustment

          (16)    

        Other finance charges

            (13) (6)

        Net exchange movements on short term intercompany loans

          (10) (33)  

        Net exchange movements on net borrowings not meeting hedge accounting criteria

            (11) (6)
                

        Total other finance charges

          (91) (78) (29)
                

        Net finance (charges)/income

          (87) (76) 22 
                

        Interest on post employment plan liabilities

          (360) (374) (312)

        Expected return on post employment plan assets

          313  376  358 
                

        Net finance (charge)/income in respect of post employment plans

          (47) 2  46 
                

        The amount of the former brewery at Park Royalborrowing costs capitalised in London. The land was sold for £49 million, offset by £9 million expenditure in the year on preparing the site for sale.

        Items included in taxation    In the year ended 30 June 2010 was £5 million (2009 – £4 million; 2008 – £nil). The interest rates used for calculating interest capitalised on projects financed in sterling and euro were 4.8% (2009 – 5.2%) and 4.8% (2009 – 6.5%), respectively.

                In December 2009 exceptional tax creditsVenezuela became a hyperinflationary country. Hyperinflationary accounting requires the restatement of £192the subsidiary undertaking's income statement to current purchasing power. The impact of applying hyperinflationary accounting to the group's operations in Venezuela in the year ended 30 June 2010 was immaterial to the individual lines of the income statement but did result in a £16 million comprise a £99charge to other finance charges, an increase in current assets of £9 million current tax credit and a £56credit of £25 million deferred tax creditto other comprehensive income. The index used to calculate the hyperinflationary adjustment was the INPC which changed from 145.0 to 190.4 in respectthe year ended 30 June 2010, an increase of settlements agreed with tax authorities, and a £37 million tax credit (2008 – £8 million credit; 2007 – £nil) in respect of exceptional operating items.31%.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        6.     Interest and other finance income and charges

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        (a) Net interest

                  

        Interest receivable

          102  84  78 

        Fair value gain on interest rate instruments

          150  69  33 
                

        Total interest income

          252  153  111 
                

        Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

          (14) (4) (16)

        Interest payable on all other borrowings

          (590) (415) (316)

        Fair value loss on interest rate instruments

          (164) (75) (30)
                

        Total interest expense

          (768) (494) (362)
                

          (516) (341) (251)
                

        (b) Net other finance income and charges

                  

        Interest on post employment plan liabilities

          (374) (312) (276)

        Expected return on post employment plan assets

          376  358  324 
                

        Net finance income in respect of post employment plans

          2  46  48 

        Net exchange movements on short term intercompany loans

            5  6 

        Net exchange movements on net borrowings not meeting hedge accounting criteria

              1 
                

        Total other finance income

          2  51  55 
                

        Unwinding of discounts

          (21) (17) (16)

        Other finance charges

          (13) (6)  

        Net exchange movements on short term intercompany loans

          (33)    

        Net exchange movements on net borrowings not meeting hedge accounting criteria

          (11) (6)  
                

        Total other finance charges

          (78) (29) (16)
                

          (76) 22  39 
                

        Following the adoption of the amendment to IAS 23, the amount of borrowing costs capitalised in the year ended 30 June 2009 was £4 million (2008 and 2007 – £nil). The interest rates used for projects financed in sterling and other currencies were 5.2% and 6.2%, respectively.

        7.     Associates

        The group's share of profit after tax from associates was £142 million (2009 – £164 million (2008million; 2008 – £177 million; 2007 – £149176 million).

                The group's 34% share of operating profit and of profit for the year of Moët Hennessy werewas £229 million and £134 million, respectively (2009 – £242 million and £151 million, respectively (2008respectively; 2008 – £252£251 million and £161 million, respectively; 2007 – £218 million and £136£160 million, respectively).

                In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, the group received dividends from its associates of £111 million (2009 – £179 million (2008million; 2008 – £143 million; 2007 – £119 million), of which £161£98 million was received from Moët Hennessy (2008(2009 – £131£161 million; 20072008 – £109£131 million). These dividends included £31 million (2009 – £60 million (2008million; 2008 – £49 million;



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        7.     Associates (continued)


        2007 – £42 million) of receipts from Moët Hennessy in respect of amounts payable to the tax authorities.

                Information on transactions between the group and its associates is given in note 30.32. Summarised financial information for the group's investments in associates is presented below:

        (a)    Moët Hennessy    Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS in euros to 31 December each year. Summary information for Moët Hennessy for the three years ended 30 June 20092010 after adjustment to align Moët Hennessy's accounting policies and accounting periods with those of the group, translated at £1 = €1.17 (2008€1.13 (2009 – £1 = €1.36; 2007€1.17; 2008 – £1 = €1.48)€1.36), is set out below:

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         € million
         £ million
         € million
         £ million
         € million
         £ million
         

        Sales

          2,892  2,472  3,168  2,329  3,066  2,072 

        Profit for the year

          518  443  647  475  594  401 

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         € million
         £ million
         € million
         £ million
         € million
         £ million
         

        Sales

          2,935  2,597  2,892  2,472  3,168  2,329 

        Profit for the year

          446  395  518  443  647  475 

        Profit for the year is after minoritynon-controlling interests.

        (b)    Other associates    For all of the group's investments in associates other than Moët Hennessy, summarised financial information, aggregating 100% of the sales and results of each associate, is presented below:

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Sales

          892  485  378 

        Profit for the year

          88  81  60 

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Sales

          1,202  892  485 

        Profit for the year

          79  88  81 

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        8.     Taxation

        (a)    Analysis of taxation charge in the year

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Current tax

                  

        Current year

          400  333  387 

        Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

          (56) (8)  

        Adjustments in respect of prior periods

          (40) 38  6 
                

          304  363  393 
                

        Deferred tax

                  

        Origination and reversal of temporary differences

          116  165  233 

        Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

            (3) (12)

        Changes in tax rates

          (17)   93 

        Adjustments in respect of prior periods

          (111) (3) (29)
                

          (12) 159  285 
                

        Taxation on profit from continuing operations

          292  522  678 
                


         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Current tax

                  

        Current year

          354  400  333 

        Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

            (56) (8)

        Adjustments in respect of prior years

          (80) (40) 38 
                

          274  304  363 
                

        Deferred tax

                  

        Origination and reversal of temporary differences

          176  110  161 

        Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

          (3)   (3)

        Changes in tax rates

          1  (17)  

        Adjustments in respect of prior years

          29  (111) (3)
                

          203  (18) 155 
                

        Taxation on profit from continuing operations

          477  286  518 
                


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        8.     Taxation (continued)

        Adjustments in respect of prior periodsyears for current tax comprise a UK tax credit of £47 million (2009 – £42 million (2008credit; 2008 – £14 million charge; 2007 – £18 million credit)charge) and an overseas tax chargecredit of £33 million (2009 – £2 million (2008 – £24 million charge; 20072008 – £24 million charge).

                The taxation charge includes the following material items: in the year ended 30 June 2010 a tax credit on exceptional operating items of £39 million and a tax credit in respect of sale of businesses of £10 million; in the year ended 30 June 2009, a current tax credit of £99 million and a deferred tax credit of £56 million in respect of settlements agreed with tax authorities, and a tax credit of £37 million on exceptional operating items; in the year ended 30 June 2008, a tax credit of £8 million on exceptional operating items; and in the year ended 30 June 2007, a net tax chargeitems.

         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Current tax

                  

        United Kingdom

          (57) (72) 12 

        Overseas

          331  376  351 
                

          274  304  363 
                

        Deferred tax

                  

        United Kingdom

          29  (73) 32 

        Overseas

          174  55  123 
                

          203  (18) 155 
                

        Taxation on profit from continuing operations

          477  286  518 
                

        Table of £24 million from intra group reorganisations of brand businesses, a reduction in the carrying value of deferred tax assets of £74 million primarily following a reduction in tax rates, and a provision for settlement of tax liabilities relatedContents


        Notes to the GrandMet/Guinness merger of £64 million.consolidated financial statements (continued)

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Current tax

                  

        United Kingdom

          (72) 12  49 

        Overseas

          376  351  344 
                

          304  363  393 
                

        Deferred tax

                  

        United Kingdom

          (71) 31  38 

        Overseas

          59  128  247 
                

          (12) 159  285 
                

        Taxation on profit from continuing operations

          292  522  678 
                

        8.     Taxation (continued)

        (b)    Factors affecting tax charge for the year

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Profit from continuing operations before taxation

          2,015  2,093  2,095 
                

        Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 28% (2008 – 29.5%; 2007 – 30%)

          564  617  629 

        Elimination of notional tax on share of associates' profits after tax

          (45) (52) (45)

        Differences in effective overseas tax rates

          (4) (45) (35)

        Items not chargeable

          (211) (141) (59)

        Items not deductible

          212  119  205 

        Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

          (56) (11) (12)

        Deferred tax on intra group transfers

              (75)

        Changes in tax rates

          (17)   93 

        Adjustments in respect of prior periods

          (151) 35  (23)
                

        Tax charge for the year

          292  522  678 
                

         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Profit from continuing operations before taxation

          2,239  1,990  2,078 
                

        Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 28% (2009 – 28%; 2008 – 29.5%)

          627  557  613 

        Elimination of notional tax on share of associates' profits after tax

          (38) (45) (52)

        Differences in effective overseas tax rates

          (3) (4) (45)

        Items not chargeable

          (172) (211) (141)

        Items not deductible

          116  213  119 

        Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

          (3) (56) (11)

        Changes in tax rates

          1  (17)  

        Adjustments in respect of prior years

          (51) (151) 35 
                

        Tax charge for the year

          477  286  518 
                

        (c)    Factors that may affect future tax charges    As a group involved in worldwide operations, Diageo is subject to several factors which may affect future tax charges, principally settlements with tax authorities, the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing policies and tax rates imposed.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        8.     Taxation (continued)imposed and settlements with tax authorities.

        (d)    Corporate tax payable    The current corporate tax liability of £532£391 million (2008(2009 – £685£532 million) represents the amount of taxes payable in respect of current and prior periodsyears that exceed payments made, and includes any interest and penalties payable thereon included in the corporation tax charge.

        (e)    Material tax liabilities    In the past, the group has undergone significant restructuring activity involving the acquisition and disposal of material businesses and the transfer of businesses within the group. As a consequence of this restructuring activity, a number of potential tax exposures have arisen. In addition, as the group operates throughout the world, it faces a number of potential transfer pricing issues in many jurisdictions relating to goods, services and financing.

                Having agreed a number of settlements with tax authorities in relation to these exposures during the year endedAs at 30 June 2009, covering a number of entities and a number of years,2010, the group has a liability (after applicable reliefs) of £65£96 million (2008(2009 – £386£65 million) for these exposures, which is included in corporate tax payable in current liabilities. The group continues to have a number of tax audits ongoing worldwide but does not currently expect material additional tax exposures to arise, above the amounts provided, as and when audits are concluded.

                Payments of approximately £160 million will be made during the year ended 30 June 2010 in respect of settlements agreed with tax authorities in the year ended 30 June 2009.

        9.     Discontinued operations

        In connection withDiscontinued operations comprise a charge of £19 million (£24 million less deferred tax of £5 million) in respect of the past disposaldiscounted value of anticipated future payments to new thalidomide claimants. Discontinued operations in the years ended 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008 represents adjustments in respect of the Pillsbury business Diageo guaranteed the debt of a third party until November 2009. In the year ended 30 June 2009, profit after tax from discontinued operations of(2009 – £2 million (2008credit, 2008 – £2 million) represents a provision release in respect of this guarantee. In addition, in the year ended 30 June 2008, discontinued operations included a tax credit of £24£26 million relating to the Pillsbury disposal.

                In the year ended 30 June 2007, a tax benefit of £82 million arose from the recognition of capital losses arising on the past disposals of the Pillsbury and Burger King businesses. In addition, a tax credit of £57 million arose following resolution with tax authorities of various audit issues.credit).


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        10.   Earnings per share

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Profit attributable to equity shareholders

                  

        Continuing operations

          1,619  1,495  1,350 

        Discontinued operations

          2  26  139 
                

          1,621  1,521  1,489 
                

        Pence per share

                  

        Continuing operations

                  

        – basic earnings

          65.1p  58.3p  50.2p 

        – diluted earnings

          64.9p  57.9p  49.9p 

        Continuing and discontinued operations

                  

        – basic earnings

          65.2p  59.3p  55.4p 

        – diluted earnings

          65.0p  58.9p  55.0p 

         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Profit attributable to equity shareholders

                  

        Continuing operations

          1,648  1,603  1,487 

        Discontinued operations

          (19) 2  26 
                

          1,629  1,605  1,513 
                

        Excluding own shares held, the weighted average number of shares for the year ended 30 June 2009 was 2,485 million (2008 – 2,566 million; 2007 – 2,688 million). The effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares was to increase the weighted average number of shares for the year ended 30 June 2009 by 9 million to 2,494 million (2008 – increase by 17 million to 2,583 million; 2007 – increase by 19 million to 2,707 million).

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         million
         million
         million
         

        Weighted average number of shares

                  

        Shares in issue excluding own shares held

          2,486  2,485  2,566 

        Dilutive potential ordinary shares

          5  9  17 
                

          2,491  2,494  2,583 
                

        Pence per share

                  

        Continuing operations

                  

        – basic earnings

          66.3p  64.5p  58.0p 

        – diluted earnings

          66.2p  64.3p  57.6p 

        Continuing and discontinued operations

                  

        – basic earnings

          65.5p  64.6p  59.0p 

        – diluted earnings

          65.4p  64.4p  58.6p 

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        11.   Intangible assets

         
         Brands Goodwill Other
        intangibles
         Computer
        software
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cost

                        

        At 30 June 2007

          4,085  180  58  174  4,497 

        Exchange differences

          21  13  (8) 6  32 

        Acquisition of businesses

          33  174  911    1,118 

        Other additions

              4  25  29 

        Disposals

                (1) (1)

        Transfers

                4  4 
                    

        At 30 June 2008

          4,139  367  965  208  5,679 

        Exchange differences

          474  47  188  13  722 

        Acquisition of businesses

          8  25      33 

        Acquisition adjustment

            (58)     (58)

        Other additions

              2  20  22 

        Disposals

                (4) (4)

        Transfers

                11  11 
                    

        At 30 June 2009

          4,621  381  1,155  248  6,405 
                    

        Amortisation and impairment loss

                        

        At 30 June 2007

            15  23  76  114 

        Exchange differences

            2  (1) 3  4 

        Amortisation for the year

              5  26  31 
                    

        At 30 June 2008

            17  27  105  149 

        Exchange differences

            1    9  10 

        Amortisation for the year

              6  29  35 

        Disposals

                (4) (4)
                    

        At 30 June 2009

            18  33  139  190 
                    

        Carrying amount

                        

        At 30 June 2009

          4,621  363  1,122  109  6,215 
                    

        At 30 June 2008

          4,139  350  938  103  5,530 
                    

        At 30 June 2007

          4,085  165  35  98  4,383 
                    

         
         Brands Goodwill Other
        intangibles
         Computer
        software
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cost

                        

        At 30 June 2008

          4,139  367  965  208  5,679 

        Exchange differences

          474  47  188  13  722 

        Acquisition of businesses

          8  25      33 

        Acquisition adjustment

            (58)     (58)

        Other additions

              2  20  22 

        Disposals

                (4) (4)

        Transfers

                11  11 
                    

        At 30 June 2009

          4,621  381  1,155  248  6,405 

        Exchange differences

          344  18  112  14  488 

        Acquisition of businesses

          62  19      81 

        Other additions

                45  45 

        Disposals

                (4) (4)

        Transfers to assets held for sale

          (22)       (22)
                    

        At 30 June 2010

          5,005  418  1,267  303  6,993 
                    

        Amortisation and impairment loss

                        

        At 30 June 2008

            17  27  105  149 

        Exchange differences

            1    9  10 

        Amortisation for the year

              6  29  35 

        Disposals

                (4) (4)
                    

        At 30 June 2009

            18  33  139  190 

        Exchange differences

              2  9  11 

        Amortisation for the year

              6  29  35 

        Exceptional impairment

          35        35 

        Disposals

                (4) (4)
                    

        At 30 June 2010

          35  18  41  173  267 
                    

        Carrying amount

                        

        At 30 June 2010

          4,970  400  1,226  130  6,726 
                    

        At 30 June 2009

          4,621  363  1,122  109  6,215 
                    

        At 30 June 2008

          4,139  350  938  103  5,530 
                    

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        11.   Intangible assets (continued)

        (a)    Brands are stated at fair value on acquisition. At 30 June 2009,2010, the principal acquired brands, all of which are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, wereare as follows:

         
         Principal market Product 2009 2008 
         
          
          
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Carrying amount of acquired brands

                   

        Smirnoff

         Global Vodka  499  414 

        Johnnie Walker

         Global Whisky  625  625 

        Captain Morgan

         Global Rum  728  604 

        Crown Royal

         United States Whisky  888  736 

        Windsor Premier

         Korea Whisky  414  416 

        Cacique

         Spain Rum  181  168 

        Bell's

         Great Britain Whisky  179  179 

        Bushmills

         United States Whiskey  144  144 

        Seagram's 7 Crown

         United States Whiskey  135  113 

        Gordon's

         Great Britain Gin  119  119 

        Seagram's VO

         United States Whisky  115  96 

        Old Parr

         Venezuela Whisky  95  78 

        Ursus

         Southern Europe Vodka  72  67 

        Tanqueray

         United States Gin  72  60 

        Bundaberg

         Australia Rum  66  65 

        Chalone Vineyard

         United States Wine  64  52 

        White Horse

         Russia and Eastern Europe Whisky  53  53 

        Romana Sambuca

         United States Liqueur  52  43 

        Other brands

              120  107 
                  

              4,621  4,139 
                  

         
         Principal markets 2010 2009 
         
          
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Carrying amount of acquired brands

                 

        Johnnie Walker whisky

         Global  625  625 

        Smirnoff vodka

         Global  550  499 

        Captain Morgan

         Global  801  728 

        Crown Royal whisky

         United States  976  888 

        Windsor premier whisky

         Korea  475  414 

        Bell's whisky

         Great Britain  179  179 

        Cacique rum

         Spain  173  181 

        Seagram's 7 Crown whiskey

         United States  149  135 

        Bush mills whiskey

         United States  144  144 

        Seagram's VO whisky

         United States  127  115 

        Gordon's gin

         Great Britain  119  119 

        Old Parr whisky

         Venezuela  109  95 

        Tanqueray gin

         United States  79  72 

        Bundaberg rum

         Australia  76  66 

        Nuvo liqueur

         United States  62   

        Romana Sambuca liqueur

         United States  57  52 

        White Horse whisky

         Russia  53  53 

        Ursus vodka

         Greece/United States  37  72 

        Other brands

            179  184 
                

            4,970  4,621 
                

        Capitalised brands are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives and have therefore not been amortised. These brands are protected by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely, in all of the major markets where they are sold. There are not believed to be any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful lives of these brands. The nature of the premium drinks industry is that obsolescence is not a common issue, with indefinite brand lives being commonplace, and Diageo has a number of brands that were originally created more than 100 years ago. Accordingly, the directors believe that it is appropriate that the brands are treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        11.   Intangible assets (continued)

                (b)    For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been attributed to cash-generating units as follows:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        North America – United States

          192  195 

        Europe – Ireland

          43  43 
         

        – Southern Europe

          69  65 
         

        – Russia and Eastern Europe

          42  28 

        Other cash-generating units

          17  19 
              

          363  350 
              

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        North America – United States

          224  192 

        Europe – Ireland

          46  43 
         

        – Southern Europe

          66  69 
         

        – Russia and Eastern Europe

          42  42 

        Other cash-generating units

          22  17 
              

          400  363 
              

        Goodwill has arisen on acquisitions of businesses and distribution rights and includes synergies arising from cost savings and the opportunity to utilise the group's distribution network to leverage marketing of the acquired products.

                In the year ended 30 June 2008, the minoritynon-controlling interest recognised on the acquisition of the distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products excluded the minority'snon-controlling party's share of the deferred tax liability relating to the intangible asset that representsrepresenting the distribution rights. This omission has beenwas corrected in the current year ended 30 June 2009, and the effect of the adjustment iswas to reduce goodwill attributed to the United States by £58 million and reduce minoritynon-controlling interests by the same amount.

                (c)    Other intangibles comprise principally comprise distribution rights. In the year ended 30 June 2008, Diageo acquired the global distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products in perpetuity, and the directors believe that it is appropriate to treat these rights as having an indefinite life for accounting purposes. The carrying value at 30 June 20092010 was £1,200 million (2009 – £1,091 million (2008 – £905 million).

        All other distribution rights are amortised on a straight-line basis over the length of the distribution arrangements, generally between 10 and 20 years, unless there is an indication that the asset may be impaired, in which case, if necessary, the asset is written down or the amortisation period is reassessed and changed. Amortisation of other intangible assets is recognised in other operating expenses in the income statement.

                (d)    Computer software includes £25£65 million (2008(2009 – £35£25 million) in respect of projects in the course of development. Amortisation of computer software is recognised in other operating expenses in the income statement.

        Impairment testing    To ensure that brands, goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite useful lives are not carried at above their recoverable amount, impairment reviews are performed comparing the net carrying value with the recoverable amount using value in use calculations. For goodwill the recoverable amount is calculated in respect of the cash-generating unit including the attributed goodwill. These calculations are performed annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The value in use calculations are based on discounted forecast cash flows and terminal values calculated on the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity at the long term growth rate of each country or region.

                Cash flows are forecast for each brand, other intangible and cash-generating unit for the next financial year in the group's annual financial plan, which is approved by the board and reflects


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        11.   Intangible assets (continued)


        management's expectations of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past experience and external sources of information.

                For global brands, theThe discount raterates used for the value in use calculations isare calculated as the group's weighted average cost of capital with appropriate adjustmentsappropriated adjustment where necessary to reflect a market participant's assessment. For other brands and other intangibles, the rate used is the group's weighted average costassessment of capital for global brands, adjusted for appropriatethe specific risks inrelating to the relevant countrymarket or region where the cash flows are generated.region. The long term growth rates applied at the end of the forecast period are taken as the real gross domestic product (GDP) growth rate of the country or region plus its inflation rate, based on a three-year average.five-year average adjusted to take into account expectations specific to the group. For goodwill, these assumptions are based on the cash-generating unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated. For brands, and other intangibles, the rates usedthey are based on a weighted average taking into account the country or countries where the cash flowssales are generated. For goodwill this is based on the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill is attributed. For the Ketel One vodka distribution rights, the principal market is the United States.a discount rate of 10% and a long term growth rate of 3.4% have been used.

                For some recently acquired intangible assets, management expects to achieve growth, driven by Diageo's sales, marketing and distribution expertise, which is in excess of the long term growth rates for the applicable countries or regions. In these circumstances, the cash flow forecast is extended beyond the next financial year by up to fiveeight years using a detailed plan. For the Ketel One vodka distribution rights, a seven-yearsix-year plan has been used, as an eight-year plan was agreed with the Nolet Group on the date of the acquisition (9 June 2008), and principally reflects the benefits forecast to arise when Ketel One vodka is launched in a number of countries throughout the world during that longer period.

                The pre-tax discount rates and long term growth rates used for impairment testing are as follows:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         Pre-tax
        discount
        rate
         Long term
        growth
        rate
         Pre-tax
        discount
        rate
         Long term
        growth
        rate
         
         
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        Global brands

          12  4.9  12  5.4 

        North America – United States

          12  3.4  13  4.2 

        Europe – Great Britain

          12  4.9  12  4.0 
         

        – Ireland

          10  2.9  12  3.3 
         

        – Spain

          11  3.7  12  3.3 
         

        – Southern Europe

          11  2.9  12  3.3 
         

        – Russia and Eastern Europe

          28  12.1  24  17.4 

        International – Venezuela

          54  31.3  43  27.5 

        Asia Pacific – Australia

          14  4.5  13  6.3 
         

        – Korea

          16  7.1  14  6.9 

         
         2010 2009 
         
         Pre-tax
        discount
        rate
         Long term
        growth
        rate
         Pre-tax
        discount
        rate
         Long term
        growth
        rate
         
         
         %
         %
         %
         %
         

        Global brands

          12  4.9  12  4.9 

        North America – United States

          13  3.4  12  3.4 

        Europe – Great Britain

          13  4.6  12  4.9 
         

        – Ireland

          9  2.9  10  2.9 
         

        – Spain

          14  2.9  11  3.7 
         

        – Greece

          19  1.8  11  2.7 
         

        – Southern Europe

          18  2.9  11  2.9 
         

        – Russia

          18  9.5  28  12.0 
         

        – Eastern Europe

          17  8.4  28  12.1 

        International – Venezuela

          74  30.3  54  31.3 

        Asia Pacific – Australia

          13  4.5  14  4.5 
         

        – Korea

          13  4.5  16  7.1 

        The impairment testing for Ketel One vodka distribution rights uses both the pre-tax discount rate and the long term growth rate for the United States for the period after the seven-year plan.

        Any impairment writedownswrite downs identified are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement. In the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, there arewas an impairment loss of £35 million (2009 and 2008 – £nil) in respect of the Ursus brand. One of the principal markets for Ursus is Greece where the economy suffered a significant downturn and shows no signs of recovery. The Greek discount rate used by the group for impairment writedowns (2008calculations was increased significantly due to a deterioration in the country's sovereign risk rate and 2007 – £nil).the long term growth rate assumption for Greece was reduced due to a fall in demand for premium products which resulted in an impairment of the brand value.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        11.   Intangible assets (continued)

        Sensitivity to change in key assumptions    Impairment testing is dependent on management's estimates and judgements, in particularinparticular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applied to those cash flows and the expected long term growth rates.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        11.   Intangible assets (continued)

                The impairment reviews of the Bushmills and Ursus brand and Ketel One vodka distribution rightsbrands show limited headroom. This is becauseheadroom as they were recently acquired in recent years and have been affected in the short term by the slowdown in the worldwide economy experienced during the year.

        economy. The recoverable amount of the UrsusBushmills brand is equal to the book value. For the Ketel One vodka distribution rights, the recoverable amount exceeds the book value by £10£16 million. Management will closely monitor the value in use of these intangibles.

                For all intangibles with an indefinite life, other than UrsusBushmills and Ketel One vodka,Ursus, management has concluded that no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which it has determined the recoverable amounts would cause their carrying values to exceed their recoverable amounts.

                The table below shows the impairment charge that would be required if the assumptions in the calculation of their value in use were changed:

         
         1%
        increase in
        discount
        rate
         1%
        decrease in
        long term
        growth rate
         5%
        decrease
        in forecast
        annual
        cash flows
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Brands

                  
         

        – Ursus

          9  8  3 
         

        – Other brands

               

        Goodwill

               

        Other intangibles – Ketel One vodka

          105  65  44 

         
         1ppt
        increase in
        discount
        rate
         1ppt
        decrease in
        long term
        growth rate
         5%
        decrease in
        annual
        cash flows
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Brands – Bushmills

          2     
         

        – Ursus

          3  2  1 
         

        – Other brands

               

        Goodwill

               

        Other intangibles

               

        It remains possible that changes in assumptions could arise in excess of those indicated in the table above.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        12.   Property, plant and equipment

         
         Land and
        buildings
         Plant and
        equipment
         Fixtures and
        fittings
         Under
        construction
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cost

                        

        At 30 June 2007

          883  1,734  158  164  2,939 

        Exchange differences

          38  120  7  4  169 

        Acquisition of businesses

            2      2 

        Other additions

          26  110  21  188  345 

        Disposals

          (21) (145) (11)   (177)

        Transfers

          16  76  5  (104) (7)
                    

        At 30 June 2008

          942  1,897  180  252  3,271 

        Exchange differences

          60  92  6  13  171 

        Acquisition of businesses

          7  3      10 

        Other additions

          35  100  10  159  304 

        Disposals

          (5) (74) (8)   (87)

        Transfers

          28  162  14  (215) (11)
                    

        At 30 June 2009

          1,067  2,180  202  209  3,658 
                    

        Depreciation

                        

        At 30 June 2007

          174  733  100    1,007 

        Exchange differences

          12  71  4    87 

        Depreciation charge for the year

          30  148  20    198 

        Exceptional accelerated depreciation

            4       4 

        Disposals

          (11) (127) (9)   (147)
                    

        At 30 June 2008

          205  829  115    1,149 

        Exchange differences

          13  55  3    71 

        Depreciation charge for the year

          34  168  21    223 

        Exceptional accelerated depreciation

            18      18 

        Disposals

          (3) (61) (7)   (71)
                    

        At 30 June 2009

          249  1,009  132    1,390 
                    

        Carrying amount

                        

        At 30 June 2009

          818  1,171  70  209  2,268 
                    

        At 30 June 2008

          737  1,068  65  252  2,122 
                    

        At 30 June 2007

          709  1,001  58  164  1,932 
                    

         
         Land and
        buildings
         Plant and
        equipment
         Fixtures and
        fittings
         Returnable
        bottles and
        crates
         Under
        construction
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cost

                           

        At 30 June 2008 as previously reported

          942  1,897  180    252  3,271 

        Prior year adjustment – returnables

            (199)   309    110 
                      

        At 30 June 2008 as restated

          942  1,698  180  309  252  3,381 

        Exchange differences

          60  84  6  9  13  172 

        Acquisition of businesses

          7  3        10 

        Other additions

          35  98  10  30  159  332 

        Disposals

          (5) (50) (8) (39)   (102)

        Transfers

          28  162  14    (215) (11)
                      

        At 30 June 2009 as restated

          1,067  1,995  202  309  209  3,782 

        Exchange differences

          60  106  12  (1) 11  188 

        Acquisition of businesses

          2          2 

        Other additions

          24  90  6  41  228  389 

        Disposals

          (63) (51) (30) (11) 1  (154)

        Transfers

          12  131  13  13  (169)  

        Transfers to assets held for sale

          (42) (27) (1)     (70)
                      

        At 30 June 2010

          1,060  2,244  202  351  280  4,137 
                      

        Depreciation

                           

        At 30 June 2008 as previously reported

          205  829  115      1,149 

        Prior year adjustment – returnables

            (149)   206    57 
                      

        At 30 June 2008 as restated

          205  680  115  206    1,206 

        Exchange differences

          13  49  3  6    71 

        Depreciation charge for the year

          34  163  21  29    247 

        Exceptional accelerated depreciation

            18        18 

        Disposals

          (3) (39) (7) (37)   (86)
                      

        At 30 June 2009 as restated

          249  871  132  204    1,456 

        Exchange differences

          20  70  12  (4)   98 

        Depreciation charge for the year

          40  173  19  24    256 

        Exceptional accelerated depreciation

          5  41        46 

        Disposals

          (9) (47) (30) (10)   (96)

        Transfers

          15  (9) (6)      

        Transfers to assets held for sale

          (6) (21)       (27)
                      

        At 30 June 2010

          314  1,078  127  214    1,733 
                      

        Carrying amount

                           

        At 30 June 2010

          746  1,166  75  137  280  2,404 
                      

        At 30 June 2009

          818  1,124  70  105  209  2,326 
                      

        At 30 June 2008

          737  1,018  65  103  252  2,175 
                      

        (a)    The net book value of land and buildings comprises freeholds of £787£679 million (2008(2009 – £714£787 million), long leaseholds of £25£22 million (2008(2009 – £19£25 million) and short leaseholds of £6£45 million (2008(2009 – £4£6 million). Depreciation was not charged on £198£140 million (2008(2009 – £180£198 million) of land.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        12.   Property, plant and equipment (continued)

        (b)    Included in the total net book value of property, plant and equipment is £23£60 million (2008(2009 – £12£23 million) in respect of assets held under finance leases; depreciation for the year on these assets was £6£3 million (2008(2009 – £4£6 million).

        (c)    Transfers represent assets brought into use during the year, including £11 million (2008 – £4 million) reclassified to computer software.year. In the year ended 30 June 2008, there were also asset reclassifications of £72009 £11 million was reclassified to biological assets and £4 million from inventories.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
        computer software.

        13.   Biological assets

         
         £ million 

        Fair value

            

        At 30 June 20072008

          1231 

        Exchange differences

          16 

        Harvested grapes transferred to inventories

          (2024)

        Changes in fair value

          31

        Transfers

        7

        At 30 June 2008

        31

        Exchange differences

        6

        Harvested grapes transferred to inventories

        (24)

        Changes in fair value

        24 
            

        At 30 June 2009

          37 

        Exchange differences

        3

        Harvested grapes transferred to inventories

        (23)

        Transfer to assets held for sale

        (6)

        Changes in fair value

        19

        At 30 June 2010

        30
            

        Biological assets comprise grape vines and grapes on the vine. At 30 June 2009,2010, these assets comprise approximately 2,2061,725 hectares (2008(2009 – 2,206 hectares) of vineyards, ranging from newly established vineyards to vineyards that are 9091 years old. As part of the restructuring of the US wines operations, 481 hectares of vineyards are expected to be sold in the year ending 30 June 2011. These are classified as assets held for sale.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        14.   Investments in associates

         
         Moët
        Hennessy
         Other
        associates
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cost less provisions

                  

        At 30 June 2007

          1,348  88  1,436 

        Exchange differences

          206  4  210 

        Additions

            71  71 

        Share of retained profits

          79  4  83 

        Share of reserve movements

          10    10 

        Disposals

            (1) (1)
                

        At 30 June 2008

          1,643  166  1,809 

        Exchange differences

          118  34  152 

        Additions

            42  42 

        Share of retained profits/(losses)

          50  (5) 45 

        Share of reserve movements

          3    3 

        Acquisition of remaining shares in associate

            (6) (6)
                

        At 30 June 2009

          1,814  231  2,045 
                

         
         Moët
        Hennessy
         Other
        associates
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cost less provisions

                  

        At 30 June 2008 as previously reported

          1,643  166  1,809 

        Prior year adjustment – amendment to IAS 38

          (4)   (4)
                

        At 30 June 2008 as restated

          1,639  166  1,805 

        Exchange differences

          118  34  152 

        Additions

            42  42 

        Share of retained profits/(losses)

          50  (5) 45 

        Share of movements in other comprehensive income

          3    3 

        Acquisition of remaining shares in associate

            (6) (6)
                

        At 30 June 2009 as restated

          1,810  231  2,041 

        Exchange differences

          (48) 18  (30)

        Additions

            32  32 

        Share of retained profits/(losses)

          67  (5) 62 

        Share of movements in other comprehensive income

          (15)   (15)

        Transfer to assets held for sale

            (20) (20)

        Step acquisition of Nuvo

            (10) (10)
                

        At 30 June 2010

          1,814  246  2,060 
                

        Investments in associates comprise the cost of shares, less goodwill written off on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 of £1,256 million 2009 – £1,264 million (2008 – £1,127 million),plus the group's share of post acquisition reserves of £781£804 million (2008(2009 – £682£777 million).

                (a)    Moët Hennessy    Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS in euros to 31 December each year. A summary of Moët Hennessy's consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2009



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        14.   Investments in associates (continued)


        2010 and 30 June 2008,2009, including acquisition fair value adjustments and translated at £1= €1.17 (2008£1 = €1.22 (2009 – £1 = €1.26)€1.17), is set out below:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         € million
         £ million
         € million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

          4,108  3,511  4,071  3,231 

        Current assets

          5,170  4,419  4,840  3,841 
                  

        Total assets

          9,278  7,930  8,911  7,072 
                  

        Current liabilities

          (1,721) (1,471) (1,486) (1,179)

        Non-current liabilities

          (1,315) (1,124) (1,338) (1,061)
                  

        Total liabilities

          (3,036) (2,595) (2,824) (2,240)
                  

        Net assets attributable to equity shareholders of the company

          6,242  5,335  6,087  4,832 
                  

         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         
         
         € million
         £ million
         € million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

          4,139  3,393  4,108  3,511 

        Current assets

          5,279  4,327  5,155  4,406 
                  

        Total assets

          9,418  7,720  9,263  7,917 
                  

        Current liabilities

          (1,666) (1,366) (1,721) (1,471)

        Non-current liabilities

          (1,242) (1,018) (1,315) (1,124)
                  

        Total liabilities

          (2,908) (2,384) (3,036) (2,595)
                  

        Net assets

          6,510  5,336  6,227  5,322 
                  

        The 34% net investment in Moët Hennessy has been accounted for by aggregating the group's share of the net assets of Moët Hennessy with fair value adjustments on acquisition, principally in respect of Moët Hennessy's brands.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        14.   Investments in associates (continued)

                (b)    Other associates    For all of the group's investments in associates other than Moët Hennessy, summarised financial information, aggregating 100% of the assets and liabilities of each associate, including acquisition fair value adjustments, is presented below:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

          539  242 

        Current assets

          412  349 
              

        Total assets

          951  591 
              

        Current liabilities

          (318) (188)

        Non-current liabilities

          (74) (28)
              

        Total liabilities

          (392) (216)
              

        Net assets

          559  375 
              

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

          637  539 

        Current assets

          432  412 
              

        Total assets

          1,069  951 
              

        Current liabilities

          (349) (318)

        Non-current liabilities

          (122) (74)
              

        Total liabilities

          (471) (392)
              

        Net assets

          598  559 
              

        Included in other associates is a 19% (2008(2009 – 17%19%) effective interest held indirectly in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Joint Stock Company Limited (ShuiJingFang)Co., Ltd. (ShuiJing Fang), a manufacturer and distributor of Chinese white spirits, which is quotedlisted on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. At 30 June 2009,2010, the carrying value of the group's interest in ShuiJingFang was £78£96 million (2008(2009 – £48£78 million), while the quoted value, was £140 million (2008 – £127 million), based on a share price of RMB16.54 (2008RMB18.41 (2009 – RMB20.86)RMB16.54) was £172 million (2009 – £140 million).



        Notes to As at 16 August 2010, the consolidated financial statements (continued)
        share price of ShuiJingFang was RMB21.82 per share. Information on potential increase in the group's effective interest in ShuiJingFang is given in note 31.

        15.   Investments in joint ventures

        The group consolidates its attributable share of the results and net assets of joint ventures on a line-by-line basis, measured according to the terms of the arrangements. The group's principal joint ventures that are consolidated on a proportional basis are as follows:

         
         Country of
        incorporation
         Country of
        operation
         Percentage of
        equity owned
         Principal activities

        Don Julio BV

         Netherlands Mexico  5050%%Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

        Guinness Anchor Berhad

         Malaysia Malaysia  5050%%Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

        Moët Hennessy Diageo (China) Co Ltd

         China China  5050%%Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

        In addition, the group consolidates on a proportional basis a number of other joint ventures involved in the production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks in Europe, South Africa and the Far East.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        15.   Investments in joint ventures (continued)

                Included in the consolidated financial statements are the following amounts that represent the group's interest in the results and assets and liabilities of joint ventures:

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Sales

          579  516  479 

        Operating costs

          (535) (474) (449)
                

        Profit before tax

          44  42  30 
                

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Sales

          568  579  516 

        Operating costs

          (495) (535) (474)
                

        Profit before tax

          73  44  42 
                

         

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

          120  111 

        Current assets

          245  239 
              

        Total assets

          365  350 
              

        Current liabilities

          (186) (191)

        Non-current liabilities

          (26) (24)
              

        Total liabilities

          (212) (215)
              

        Net assets

          153  135 
              

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Non-current assets

          132  120 

        Current assets

          288  245 
              

        Total assets

          420  365 
              

        Current liabilities

          (180) (186)

        Non-current liabilities

          (29) (26)
              

        Total liabilities

          (209) (212)
              

        Net assets

          211  153 
              

        16.   Other investments

         
         Escrow
        account
         Loans and
        other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cost less provisions or fair value

                  

        At 30 June 2008

          100  68  168 

        Additions

          52  24  76 

        Repayments

            (7) (7)

        Fair value adjustments and provisions

          (8) 2  (6)
                

        At 30 June 2009

          144  87  231 

        Exchange differences

            5  5 

        Additions

            58  58 

        Repayments

            (26) (26)

        Transfer to the UK Diageo Pension Scheme (note 4 (f))

          (147)   (147)

        Fair value adjustments and provisions

          3  (7) (4)
                

        At 30 June 2010

            117  117 
                

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        16.   Other investments

         
         Escrow
        account
         Loans and
        other
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cost less provisions or fair value

                  

        At 30 June 2007

          50  78  128 

        Additions

          50  16  66 

        Disposals and repayments

            (26) (26)
                

        At 30 June 2008

          100  68  168 

        Additions

          52  24  76 

        Repayments

            (7) (7)

        Fair value adjustments

          (8) 2  (6)
                

        At 30 June 2009

          144  87  231 
                

        Other investments at 30 June 2009 include £144 million (2008 – £100 million; 2007 – £50 million) paid into an escrow account and invested subject to an agreement between the group and the trustee of the Diageo Pension Scheme in the United Kingdom. This amount is not available for the general use of the group (see note 4(f)).

        17.   Inventories

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Raw materials and consumables

          351  294 

        Work in progress

          25  21 

        Maturing inventories

          2,274  1,939 

        Finished goods and goods for resale

          512  485 
              

          3,162  2,739 
              

         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Raw materials and consumables

          297  270  245 

        Work in progress

          21  25  21 

        Maturing inventories

          2,506  2,274  1,939 

        Finished goods and goods for resale

          457  509  483 
                

          3,281  3,078  2,688 
                

        Maturing inventories include whisky, rum and wines. The following amounts of inventories are expected to be utilised after more than one year:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Raw materials and consumables

          42  35 

        Maturing inventories

          1,875  1,595 
              

          1,917  1,630 
              

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Raw materials and consumables

          46  42  35 

        Maturing inventories

          2,093  1,875  1,595 
                

          2,139  1,917  1,630 
                

        Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence, an analysis of which is as follows:

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Balance at beginning of the year

          38  43  44 

        Exchange differences

          1  2  (2)

        Income statement charge

          22  2  9 

        Written off

          (6) (9) (8)
                

          55  38  43 
                

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Balance at beginning of the year

          55  38  43 

        Exchange differences

          3  1  2 

        Income statement charge

          63  22  2 

        Written off

          (24) (6) (9)
                

          97  55  38 
                

        18.   Trade and other receivables

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         Current
        assets
         Non-current
        assets
         Current
        assets
        (restated)
         Non-current
        assets
         Current
        assets
        (restated)
         Non-current
        assets
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Trade receivables

          1,495    1,568    1,650   

        Other receivables

          363  107  250  12  297  7 

        Prepayments and accrued income

          150  8  159  6  68  4 
                      

          2,008  115  1,977  18  2,015  11 
                      

        Current other receivables at 30 June 2010 includes £123 million deposited with China's securities depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch in connection with a potential Chinese acquisition (see note 31 (f)).

                As at 30 June 2010 non-current other receivables includes £92 million in respect of the assessment of excise duties made by the Korean customs authorities (see note 31 (e)).


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        18.   Trade and other receivables (continued)

         
         2009 2008 
         
         Current
        assets
         Non-current
        assets
         Current
        assets
         Non-current
        assets
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Trade receivables

          1,568    1,650   

        Other receivables

          250  12  297  7 

        Prepayments and accrued income

          213  6  104  4 
                  

          2,031  18  2,051  11 
                  

        The aged analysis of trade receivables, net of provisions, is as follows:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Not overdue

          1,452  1,488 

        Overdue 1 – 30 days

          44  69 

        Overdue 31 – 60 days

          17  21 

        Overdue 61 – 90 days

          10  8 

        Overdue 91 – 180 days

          22  34 

        Overdue more than 180 days

          23  30 
              

          1,568  1,650 
              

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Not overdue

          1,440  1,452  1,488 

        Overdue 1 – 30 days

          27  44  69 

        Overdue 31 – 60 days

          6  17  21 

        Overdue 61 – 90 days

          3  10  8 

        Overdue 91 – 180 days

          6  22  34 

        Overdue more than 180 days

          13  23  30 
                

          1,495  1,568  1,650 
                

        Trade and other receivables are disclosed net of provisions for bad and doubtful debts, an analysis of which is as follows:

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Balance at beginning of the year

          50  53  65 

        Exchange differences

          2  3  (2)

        Income statement charge

          14  5  5 

        Written off

          (12) (11) (15)
                

          54  50  53 
                

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Balance at beginning of the year

          54  50  53 

        Exchange differences

          3  2  3 

        Income statement charge

          16  14  5 

        Written off

          (12) (12) (11)
                

          61  54  50 
                

        19.    Assets and disposal groups held for sale


        2010

        £ million

        Non-current assets

        65

        Current assets

        47

        Assets held for sale

        112

        Current liabilities

        (6)

        Non-current liabilities

        (4)

        Liabilities held for sale

        (10)

        The assets and disposal groups held for sale comprise a number of non-strategic wine businesses in California, France and Ireland and the group's investment in Tanzania Breweries Limited.

                No assets and disposal groups were classified as held for sale at 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008.

        20.    Cash and cash equivalents

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cash at bank

          653  556 

        Cash equivalents

          261  158 
              

          914  714 
              

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Cash at bank

          630  653 

        Cash equivalents

          823  261 
              

          1,453  914 
              

        Cash equivalents comprise investments in liquidity funds and term deposits with original maturities of three months or less.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
        Table of Contents

        20.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts

         
         Repayment
        date
         Currency Year end
        interest
        rates
         2009 2008 
         
          
          
         %
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Bank overdrafts

          On demand Various  Various  68  31 

        Commercial paper

          2008-2009 US dollar  Various  5  783 

        Bank and other loans

          Various Various  Various  117  125 

        Credit support obligations

                  51   

        Medium term notes

          2008 US dollar  Floating    126 

        Medium term notes

          2009 Euro  3.875    397 

        Medium term notes

          2009 US dollar  Floating    201 

        Medium term notes

          2009 US dollar  7.25  182   

        Guaranteed bonds 2010

          2010 US dollar  4.375  453   

        Fair value adjustment to borrowings

                  14   
                      

        Borrowings due within one year and bank overdrafts

                  890  1,663 
                      

        Guaranteed bonds 2010

          2010 US dollar  4.375    376 

        Guaranteed bonds 2011

          2011 US dollar  3.875  301  250 

        Guaranteed bonds 2012

          2012 US dollar  5.125  363  301 

        Guaranteed bonds 2012

          2012 Euro  Floating  641  594 

        Guaranteed bonds 2013

          2013 US dollar  5.2  455  377 

        Guaranteed bonds 2013

          2013 US dollar  5.5  363  301 

        Guaranteed bonds 2013

          2013 Euro  5.5  981  909 

        Guaranteed bonds 2014

          2014 US dollar  7.375  913   

        Guaranteed bonds 2014

          2014 Euro  6.625  853   

        Guaranteed bonds 2015

          2015 US dollar  5.3  454  376 

        Guaranteed bonds 2016

          2016 US dollar  5.5  363  301 

        Guaranteed bonds 2017

          2017 US dollar  5.75  756  627 

        Guaranteed bonds 2035

          2035 US dollar  7.45  243  201 

        Guaranteed bonds 2036

          2036 US dollar  5.875  361  299 

        Guaranteed debentures 2011

          2011 US dollar  9.0  181  151 

        Guaranteed debentures 2022

          2022 US dollar  8.0  180  149 

        Medium term notes

          2009 US dollar  7.25    150 

        Medium term notes

          2018 US dollar  4.85  121  101 

        Bank and other loans

          Various Various  Various  44  58 

        Fair value adjustment to borrowings

                  112  24 
                      

        Borrowings due after one year

                  7,685  5,545 
                      

        Total borrowings before derivative financial instruments

                  8,575  7,208 

        Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards

          Various Various  Various  (170) (29)

        Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

          Various Various  Various  (93) (27)
                      

        Total borrowings after derivative financial instruments

                  8,312  7,152 
                      


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        20.21.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)

         
         Repayment
        date
         Currency Year end interest rates 2010 2009 
         
          
          
         %
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Bank overdrafts

          On demand Various  Various  55  68 

        Commercial paper

           US dollar  Various    5 

        Bank and other loans

          Various Various  Various  106  117 

        Credit support obligations

          2010 Various  Various  80  51 

        Medium term notes

           US dollar  7.25    182 

        Guaranteed bonds 2010

           US dollar  4.375    453 

        Guaranteed bonds 2011

          2011 US dollar  3.875  333   

        Fair value adjustment to borrowings

                  13  14 
                      

        Borrowings due within one year and bank overdrafts

                  587  890 
                      

        Guaranteed bonds 2011

          2011 US dollar  3.875    301 

        Guaranteed bonds 2012

          2012 US dollar  5.125  399  363 

        Guaranteed bonds 2012

          2012 Euro  0.93  615  641 

        Guaranteed bonds 2013

          2013 US dollar  5.2  500  455 

        Guaranteed bonds 2013

          2013 US dollar  5.5  400  363 

        Guaranteed bonds 2013

          2013 Euro  5.5  941  981 

        Guaranteed bonds 2014

          2014 US dollar  7.375  540  913 

        Guaranteed bonds 2014

          2014 Euro  6.625  818  853 

        Guaranteed bonds 2015

          2015 US dollar  5.3  499  454 

        Guaranteed bonds 2015

          2015 US dollar  3.25  332   

        Guaranteed bonds 2016

          2016 US dollar  5.5  399  363 

        Guaranteed bonds 2017

          2017 US dollar  5.75  832  756 

        Guaranteed bonds 2020

          2020 US dollar  4.828  390   

        Guaranteed bonds 2035

          2035 US dollar  7.45  267  243 

        Guaranteed bonds 2036

          2036 US dollar  5.875  397  361 

        Guaranteed debentures 2011

          2011 US dollar  9.0  200  181 

        Guaranteed debentures 2022

          2022 US dollar  8.0  198  180 

        Medium term notes

          2018 US dollar  4.85  133  121 

        Bank and other loans

          Various Various  Various  51  44 

        Fair value adjustment to borrowings

                  266  112 
                      

        Borrowings due after one year

                  8,177  7,685 
                      

        Total borrowings before derivative financial instruments

                  8,764  8,575 

        Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards

          Various Various  Various  (227) (170)

        Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

          Various Various  Various  (191) (93)
                      

        Total borrowings after derivative financial instruments

                  8,346  8,312 
                      

                Bank overdrafts form an integral part of the group's cash management and are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated cash flow statement. All bonds, medium term notes, debentures and commercial paper are guaranteed by Diageo plc.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        21.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)

                Included in borrowings due within one year are credit support obligations. When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, Diageo may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a pre-determined threshold. At 30 June 2009,2010, the collateral received under these agreements amounted to $80 million (£54 million) and €32 million (£26 million) (2009 – $84 million, (£51£51 million) (2008 – $nil, £nil).

                The interest rates shown in the table above are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before taking into account any interest rate protection (see note 22)23). Based on average monthly net borrowings and interest charge, taking into account interest rate protection, the effective interest rate for the year was 6.2% (20084.8% (2009 – 5.9%6.2%; 20072008 – 5.5%5.9%). For this calculation, the interest charge excludes finance charges unrelated to net borrowings, the forward element on derivative financial instruments and fair value adjustments to interest rate swaps and borrowings. The loans above are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £84 million (2009 – £12 million (2008 – £14 million; 20072008 – £14 million).

                The weighted average interest rate, before interest rate protection, for short term borrowings at 30 June 20092010 was 5.6% (2009 – 6.4% (2008; 2008 – 3.5%). The weighted average interest rate, before interest rate protection, for bonds and medium term notes included within borrowings due after one year at 30 June 20092010 was 5.64% (20085.5% (2009 – 5.57%5.6%; 2008 – 5.6%). The group's policy on the management of liquidity risk and a sensitivity analysis are reported in the Business review (see 'Risk management' and 'Market risk sensitivity analysis').

                Certain borrowings are reported in the table above at amortised cost with a fair value adjustment shown separately. The financial instruments disclosures in note 2223 detail the fair value hedge relationships between the group's borrowings and interest rate swaps.

        (a)   Analysis of net borrowings

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Bank overdrafts

          (68) (31)

        Borrowings due within one year

          (822) (1,632)

        Borrowings due after one year

          (7,685) (5,545)

        Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards

          170  29 

        Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

          93  27 

        Finance lease liabilities

          (21) (9)
              

        Gross borrowings

          (8,333) (7,161)

        Offset by:

               

        Cash and cash equivalents

          914  714 
              

        Net borrowings

          (7,419) (6,447)
              

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Bank overdrafts

          (55) (68)

        Borrowings due within one year

          (532) (822)

        Borrowings due after one year

          (8,177) (7,685)

        Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards

          227  170 

        Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

          191  93 

        Finance lease liabilities

          (61) (21)
              

        Gross borrowings

          (8,407) (8,333)

        Offset by:

               

        Cash and cash equivalents

          1,453  914 
              

        Net borrowings

          (6,954) (7,419)
              

        £6856 million (2008(2009 – £56£68 million) of net borrowings due within one year and £34£24 million (2008(2009 – £39£34 million) of net borrowings due after one year were secured on assets of the group.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        20.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)

                Interest rate hedging instruments, foreignForeign currency swaps and forwards, interest rate hedging instruments and finance lease liabilities are included as appropriate in other financial assets and other financial liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.liabilities.

        (b)   Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Net borrowings at beginning of the year

          (6,447) (4,845)

        Increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents before exchange

          97  (167)

        Cash flow from change in loans

          (256) (1,094)
              

        Change in net borrowings from cash flows

          (159) (1,261)

        Exchange differences on net borrowings

          (784) (372)

        Finance leases acquired

          (15)  

        Other non-cash items

          (14) 31 
              

        Net borrowings at end of the year

          (7,419) (6,447)
              

        21.   Other financial assets and liabilities

         
         Non-current
        assets
         Current
        assets
         Current
        liabilities
         Non-current
        liabilities
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009

                     

        Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                     

        Designated in a cash flow hedge

          251  59  (132) (23)

        Designated in a fair value hedge

          82  11     

        Designated in a net investment hedge

            16  (29)  

        Not designated in a hedge relationship

          31  12  (55) (59)
                  

          364  98  (216) (82)

        Non-derivative liabilities

                     

        Finance lease liabilities

              (4) (17)
                  

        Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

          364  98  (220) (99)
                  

        2008

                     

        Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                     

        Designated in a cash flow hedge

          81  88  (93) (55)

        Designated in a fair value hedge

          30      (3)

        Designated in a net investment hedge

            16  (24)  

        Not designated in a hedge relationship

              (5) (40)
                  

          111  104  (122) (98)

        Non-derivative liabilities

                     

        Contingent consideration payable

                (21)

        Finance lease liabilities

              (4) (5)
                  

              (4) (26)
                  

        Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

          111  104  (126) (124)
                  

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        21.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)

        (b)   Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Net borrowings at beginning of the year

          (7,419) (6,447)

        Increase in net cash and cash equivalents before exchange

          568  97 

        Net decrease/(increase) in loans

          422  (256)
              

        Change in net borrowings from cash flows

          990  (159)

        Exchange differences on net borrowings

          (429) (784)

        Other non-cash items

          (96) (29)
              

        Net borrowings at end of the year

          (6,954) (7,419)
              

        22.   Other financial assets and liabilities

         
         Non-current
        assets
         Current
        assets
         Current
        liabilities
         Non-current
        liabilities
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                     

        Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                     

        Designated in a cash flow hedge

          252  46  (91) (36)

        Designated in a fair value hedge

          187  8    (4)

        Designated in a net investment hedge

            33  (38)  

        Not designated in a hedge relationship

          33  11  (48) (35)
                  

          472  98  (177) (75)

        Non-derivative liabilities

                     

        Deferred consideration payable

              (3) (25)

        Finance lease liabilities

              (6) (55)

              (9) (80)
                  

        Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

          472  98  (186) (155)
                  

        2009

                     

        Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                     

        Designated in a cash flow hedge

          251  59  (132) (23)

        Designated in a fair value hedge

          82  11     

        Designated in a net investment hedge

            16  (29)  

        Not designated in a hedge relationship

          31  12  (55) (59)
                  

          364  98  (216) (82)

        Non-derivative liabilities

                     

        Finance lease liabilities

              (4) (17)
                  

        Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

          364  98  (220) (99)
                  

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        22.   Other financial assets and liabilities (continued)

                The Smirnov brand in Russia is owned by a company in which the group held a 75% interest at 30 June 2008. Diageo acquired the remaining 25% interest in December 2008. Contingent considerationFinance lease liabilities are payable of £21 million was included in non-current liabilities at 30 June 2008 in respect of the 25% interest.as follows:

         
         2010 2009 
         
         Future
        minimum
        lease
        payments
         Future
        finance
        charges
         Present
        value of
        minimum
        lease
        payments
         Future
        minimum
        lease
        payments
         Future
        finance
        charges
         Present
        value of
        minimum
        lease
        payments
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Less than one year

          (8) 2  (6) (5) 1  (4)

        Between one and five years

          (28) 16  (12) (10) 4  (6)

        More than five years

          (80) 37  (43) (16) 5  (11)
                      

          (116) 55  (61) (31) 10  (21)
                      

        22.23.   Financial instruments and risk management

        Derivative financial instruments are used to hedge exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity price movements that arise in the normal course of the group's business. The group's treasury objectives, risk management strategies and policies are disclosed in the Business review (see 'Risk management').

        (a)    Currency risk    The group publishes its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency exchange risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group's transaction costs and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign operations. Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for hedge effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the income statement to be material.

        Hedge of net investment in foreign operations    The group hedges a substantial portion of its exposure to fluctuations on the translation into sterling value of its foreign operations by designating net borrowings held in foreign currencies and by using foreign currency swaps and forwards. Where a liquid foreign exchange market exists, the group's policy approved by the board is to seek to hedge currency exposure on its net investment in foreign operations within the following percentage bands: 80% to 100% for US dollars, 80% to 100% for euros and 50% to 100% for other significant currencies. As at 30 June 2010, these ratios were 91% and 89% for US dollars and euros, respectively, and between 66-75% for other significant currencies.

                Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of foreign currency borrowings (including foreign currency swaps and forwards), to the extent that they are in an effective hedge relationship, are recognised in the statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense to match exchange differences on net investments in foreign operations. Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings not in a hedge relationship and any ineffectiveness are taken to the income statement.

        Transaction exposure hedging    For currencies in which there is an active market, the group's policy approved by the board is to seek to hedge between 60% and 100% of forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk, for up to a maximum of 21 months forward, using forward foreign currency exchange contracts with coverage levels increasing nearer to the forecast transaction date. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


        recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

        Hedge of foreign currency debt    The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the forward foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated bonds. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

                At 30 June 2009,2010, as a result of the net investment, transaction exposure and foreign currency debt cover outlined above, the group had outstanding gross foreign exchange contracts as disclosed in



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        22.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


        note 22(f)23(f). Further quantitative analysis of the sensitivity to movements in currency rates is reported in the 'Market risk sensitivity analysis' in the Business review.

        (b)    Commodity price risk    The group uses long term purchase and commodity futures contracts to hedge against price risk in certain commodities. Long term purchase contracts are used to secure prices with suppliers to protect against volatility in commodity prices.

        All commodity futures contracts hedge a projected future purchase of raw material. Commodity futures contracts are held in the balance sheet at fair value. To the extent that they are considered an effective hedge, the fair value movements are recognised in the statement of recognisedcomprehensive income and expense and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement.

                Realised net losses recognised in the income statement in the year ended 30 June 20092010 were £nil (2009 – £5 million (2008 – £4 million gains)losses). There were no open deals on the balance sheet at 30 June 2009 (20082010 (2009 – £nil) as all commodity futures contracts had been sold before that date.nil).

        (c)    Interest rate risk    The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate term debt and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices serve to reduce the volatility of the group's reported financial performance. To facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting, the group's policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of projected net borrowings, and the overall net borrowings portfolio is managed according to a duration measure.

        Analysis of netgross borrowings by currency

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         

        US dollar

          (2,990) 40  (2,556) 39 

        Euro

          (1,789) 24  (2,232) 35 

        Sterling

          (2,041) 28  (1,136) 18 

        Other

          (599) 8  (523) 8 
                  

        Net borrowings

          (7,419) 100  (6,447) 100 
                  

        Other net borrowings of £599 million (2008 – £523 million) include £236 million (2008 – £258 million) of Korean won. At 30 June 2009, the currency split of cash and cash equivalents was: US dollar 29%, euro 30%, sterling 9% and other 32% (2008 – 21%, 16%, 13% and 50%, respectively).

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         

        US dollar

          (3,864) 46  (3,256) 39 

        Euro

          (1,840) 22  (2,065) 25 

        Sterling

          (1,690) 20  (2,120) 25 

        Korean won

          (316) 4  (236) 3 

        Other

          (697) 8  (656) 8 
                  

        Gross borrowings

          (8,407) 100  (8,333) 100 
                  

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        22.23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        Analysis of cash and cash equivalents by currency

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         

        US dollar

          844  58  266  29 

        Euro

          118  8  276  30 

        Sterling

          69  5  79  9 

        Other

          422  29  293  32 
                  

        Cash and cash equivalents

          1,453  100  914  100 
                  

        Analysis of net borrowings by interest rate profile

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         

        Fixed rate

          (4,303) 58  (3,733) 58 

        Floating rate

          (3,310) 45  (2,814) 43 

        Interest free

          58  (1) 68  (1)

        Impact of financial derivatives and fair value adjustments

          136  (2) 32   
                  

        Net borrowings

          (7,419) 100  (6,447) 100 
                  

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         %
         £ million
         %
         

        Fixed rate

          (3,391) 49  (4,303) 58 

        Floating rate

          (3,766) 54  (3,310) 45 

        Interest free

          64  (1) 58  (1)

        Impact of financial derivatives and fair value adjustments

          139  (2) 136  (2)
                  

        Net borrowings

          (6,954) 100  (7,419) 100 
                  

        The split of fixed and floating rate net borrowings above is after taking into account of interest rate protection.hedging instruments. The average monthly net borrowings for the year were £8,064£7,912 million (2008(2009 – £5,778£8,064 million) and the effective interest rate was 6.2% (20084.8% (2009 – 5.9%6.2%). At 30 June 2009, afterAfter taking account of interest rate derivative instruments, the average fixed interest rates for the year for US dollar, euro and sterling borrowings were 6.5%, 5.5% and 5.2%, respectively (2009 – 6.1%, 5.2% and 5.2%, respectively (2008 – 5.8%, 4.4%respectively).


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        23.   Financial instruments and 5.2%, respectively).risk management (continued)

        Portfolio of interest rate derivative instruments

         
         Receive
        fixed
        notional
         Pay fixed
        notional
         Weighted
        average
        fixed
        interest rate
         Weighted
        average
        time to
        maturity
         Maturity 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         %
         years
         years
         

        2009

                        

        Currency instrument

                        

        US dollar:

                        

        Interest rate swaps

          2,879    4.2  2.9  2009-2018 

        Interest rate swaps

            515  3.9  8.5  2017-2018 

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          727    5.7  17.3  2016-2036 

        Euro:

                        

        Interest rate swaps

          855    3.4  5.4  2014 

        Sterling:

                        

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

            632  5.2  17.3  2016-2036 

        2008

                        

        Currency instrument

                        

        US dollar:

                        

        Interest rate swaps

          1,834    4.5  2.4  2009-2018 

        Interest rate swaps

            302  5.6  3.8  2009-2018 

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          604    5.7  18.3  2016-2036 

        Sterling:

                        

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

            632  5.2  18.3  2016-2036 

         
         Receive
        fixed
        notional
         Pay fixed
        notional
         Weighted
        average
        fixed
        interest rate
         Weighted
        average
        time to
        maturity
         Maturity 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         %
         years
         years
         

        2010

                        

        Currency instrument

                        

        US dollar:

                        

        Interest rate swaps

          3,633    3.4  5.1  2011-2022 

        Interest rate swaps

            267  4.6  7.6  2017-2018 

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          800    5.7  16.3  2016-2036 

        Euro:

                        

        Interest rate swaps

          820    2.5  4.4  2014 

        Sterling:

                        

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

            632  5.4  16.3  2016-2036 

        2009

                        

        Currency instrument

                        

        US dollar:

                        

        Interest rate swaps

          2,879    4.2  2.9  2009-2018 

        Interest rate swaps

            515  3.9  8.5  2017-2018 

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          727    5.7  17.3  2016-2036 

        Euro:

                        

        Interest rate swaps

          855    3.4  5.4  2014 

        Sterling:

                        

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

            632  5.2  17.3  2016-2036 

        (d)    Liquidity risk    Details of the group's liquidity risk management and exposures are presented under 'Risk management' in the Business review.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        22.23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        Maturity of cash flows on financial liabilities

         
         Bank
        loans and
        overdrafts
         Other
        borrowings
         Interest on
        borrowings
         Interest
        rate swaps
         Credit
        support
        obligations
         Other Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009

                              

        Analysis by year of repayment:

                              

        After five years

          (27) (3,343) (1,317) (5)   (18) (4,710)

        From four to five years

          (12) (1,892) (330) (1)   (4) (2,239)

        From three to four years

          (1) (818) (373) (2)   (1) (1,195)

        From two to three years

          (2) (1,186) (409) (3)   (6) (1,606)

        From one to two years

          (2) (302) (429) (5)   (40) (778)
                        

        Due after one year

          (44) (7,541) (2,858) (16)   (69) (10,528)

        Due within one year

          (185) (640) (503) (5) (51) (2,290) (3,674)
                        

          (229) (8,181) (3,361) (21) (51) (2,359) (14,202)
                        

        2008

                              

        Analysis by year of repayment:

                              

        After five years

          (16) (2,973) (1,212) (3)   (3) (4,207)

        From four to five years

          (5) (678) (212) (1)   (3) (899)

        From three to four years

          (24) (1,048) (266) (1)   (1) (1,340)

        From two to three years

          (6) (251) (283) (1)   (5) (546)

        From one to two years

          (7) (527) (317) (2)   (31) (884)
                        

        Due after one year

          (58) (5,477) (2,290) (8)   (43) (7,876)

        Due within one year

          (156) (1,507) (298) (10)   (2,181) (4,152)
                        

          (214) (6,984) (2,588) (18)   (2,224) (12,028)
                        

         
         Bank
        loans and
        overdrafts
         Other
        borrowings
         Interest on
        borrowings
         Interest
        rate swaps
         Credit
        support
        obligations
         Finance
        lease
        liabilities
         Other Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                                 

        Analysis by year of repayment:

                                 

        After five years

          (7) (3,198) (1,335) (5)   (80) (8) (4,633)

        From four to five years

          (31) (1,153) (254) (2)   (5) (1) (1,446)

        From three to four years

          (4) (1,478) (346) (7)   (7) (22) (1,864)

        From two to three years

          (4) (900) (394) (8)   (8) (8) (1,322)

        From one to two years

          (5) (1,215) (435) (9)   (8) (86) (1,758)
                          

        Due after one year

          (51) (7,944) (2,764) (31)   (108) (125) (11,023)

        Due within one year

          (161) (333) (461) (8) (80) (8) (2,079) (3,130)
                          

          (212) (8,277) (3,225) (39) (80) (116) (2,204) (14,153)
                          

        2009

                                 

        Analysis by year of repayment:

                                 

        After five years

          (27) (3,343) (1,317) (5)   (16) (2) (4,710)

        From four to five years

          (12) (1,892) (330) (1)   (2) (2) (2,239)

        From three to four years

          (1) (818) (373) (2)   (1)   (1,195)

        From two to three years

          (2) (1,186) (409) (3)   (3) (3) (1,606)

        From one to two years

          (2) (302) (429) (5)   (4) (36) (778)
                          

        Due after one year

          (44) (7,541) (2,858) (16)   (26) (43) (10,528)

        Due within one year

          (185) (640) (503) (5) (51) (6) (2,284) (3,674)
                          

          (229) (8,181) (3,361) (21) (51) (32) (2,327) (14,202)
                          

        Other financial liabilities primarily consist of trade payables finance lease obligations and foreign currency swaps and forwards. Amounts are shown on an undiscounted basis. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, it is assumed that rates will remain unchanged fromof each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve at the last business day of the years ended 30 June 20092010 and 2009. Finance lease liabilities at 30 June 2008 until maturity2010 of the investments.£116 million include £55 million interest.

                The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Expiring within one year

          242  503 

        Expiring between one and two years

          655  452 

        Expiring after two years

          1,212  668 
              

          2,109  1,623 
              


        2010

        £ million

        Expiring within one year

        920

        Expiring between one and two years

        833

        Expiring after two years

        780

        2,533

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        Commitment fees are paid on the undrawn portion of these facilities and accounted for on an accruals basis. Borrowings under these facilities will be at prevailing LIBOR rates (dependent on the period of drawdown) plus an agreed margin. These facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group's commercial paper programmes.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        22.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

                There are no financial covenants on the abovegroup's short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges (and related sale and lease back provisions).pledges.

                The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of associates' profits after tax, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

                Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo's financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain notes and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants throughout each of the years presented.

        Maturity of cash flows on financial assets

         
         Interest
        rate swaps
         Cross currency
        swaps cash
        inflow
         Cross currency
        swaps cash
        outflow
         Other Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                        

        Analysis by year of repayment:

                        

        After five years

          (8) 1,336  (1,034) 85  379 

        From four to five years

          15  46  (34) 1  28 

        From three to four years

          23  46  (34) 1  36 

        From two to three years

          57  46  (34) 2  71 

        From one to two years

          80  46  (34) 143  235 
                    

        Due after one year

          167  1,520  (1,170) 232  749 

        Due within one year

          98  46  (34) 1,790  1,900 
                    

          265  1,566  (1,204) 2,022  2,649 
                    

        2009

                        

        Analysis by year of repayment:

                        

        After five years

          23  1,259  (1,028) 63  317 

        From four to five years

          (1) 41  (33) 1  8 

        From three to four years

            41  (33) 1  9 

        From two to three years

          18  41  (33) 23  49 

        From one to two years

          53  41  (33) 79  140 
                    

        Due after one year

          93  1,423  (1,160) 167  523 

        Due within one year

          82  41  (33) 1,903  1,993 
                    

          175  1,464  (1,193) 2,070  2,516 
                    

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

                Other financial assets primarily consist of trade receivables and foreign currency swaps and forwards. Amounts are shown on an undiscounted basis. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve at the last business day of the years ended 30 June 2010 and 2009.

        (e)    Total financial assets and liabilities    The table below sets out the group's accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values at 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008.values.

         
         Instruments
        in a hedge
        relationship(i)
         Other
        derivatives
        at fair value(ii)
         Available
        for sale
         Loans and
        receivables
         Amortised
        cost
         Total
        carrying
        value
         Fair value 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2009

                              

        Cash and cash equivalents

              914      914  914 

        Bank overdrafts

                  (68) (68) (68)

        Borrowings due within one year

          (650)       (172) (822) (824)

        Borrowings due after one year

          (2,690)       (4,995) (7,685) (8,119)

        Derivative assets

          419  43        462  462 

        Derivative liabilities

          (184) (114)       (298) (298)

        Other assets

              148  79  1,759  1,986  1,986 

        Other liabilities

                  (2,115) (2,115) (2,115)
                        

          (3,105) (71) 1,062  79  (5,591) (7,626) (8,062)
                        

        2008

                              

        Cash and cash equivalents

              714      714  714 

        Bank overdrafts

                  (31) (31) (31)

        Borrowings due within one year

                  (1,632) (1,632) (1,632)

        Borrowings due after one year

          (1,555)       (3,990) (5,545) (5,899)

        Derivative assets

          215          215  215 

        Derivative liabilities

          (175) (45)       (220) (220)

        Other assets

              100  64  1,945  2,109  2,109 

        Other liabilities

            (21)     (2,092) (2,113) (2,113)
                        

          (1,515) (66) 814  64  (5,800) (6,503) (6,857)
                        

         
         Instruments
        in a hedge
        relationship(i)
         Other
        instruments at
        fair value(ii)
         Cash and
        cash
        equivalents
         Available
        for sale
         Loans and
        receivables
         Financial
        liabilities at
        amortised
        cost
         Total
        carrying
        value
         Fair
        value
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        2010

                                 

        Cash and cash equivalents

              1,453        1,453  1,453 

        Bank overdrafts

                    (55) (55) (55)

        Borrowings due within one year

          (346)         (186) (532) (526)

        Borrowings due after one year

          (4,080)         (4,097) (8,177) (8,892)

        Derivative assets

          526  44          570  570 

        Derivative liabilities

          (169) (83)         (252) (252)

        Other assets

                4  1,982    1,986  1,986 

        Other liabilities

            (28)       (2,247) (2,275) (2,275)
                          

          (4,069) (67) 1,453  4  1,982  (6,585) (7,282) (7,991)
                          

        2009

                                 

        Cash and cash equivalents

              914        914  914 

        Bank overdrafts

                    (68) (68) (68)

        Borrowings due within one year

          (650)         (172) (822) (824)

        Borrowings due after one year

          (2,690)         (4,995) (7,685) (8,119)

        Derivative assets

          419  43          462  462 

        Derivative liabilities

          (184) (114)         (298) (298)

        Other assets

                148  1,838    1,986  1,986 

        Other liabilities

                    (2,115) (2,115) (2,115)
                          

          (3,105) (71) 914  148  1,838  (7,350) (7,626) (8,062)
                          

        (i)
        Includes borrowings designated as hedged items in fair value hedging relationships with respect to interest rate risks.

        (ii)
        Derivative financial instruments not designated in hedging relationships.


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        22.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        All derivative financial instruments not in a hedge relationship are classified as trading derivatives with fair value changes recorded in the income statement. The group does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. All transactions in derivative financial instruments are initially undertaken to manage the risks arising from underlying business activities.

                The fair values of borrowings are based on unadjusted market data. The fair values of derivatives and financial instruments are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using the appropriate yield curves at 30 June each year. As at 30 June 20092010 and 30 June 2008,2009, the carrying


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


        values of cash and cash equivalents, bank overdrafts, other assets and other liabilities were considered to approximate fair values.

        Fair value hedging relationships    Certain borrowings due within and after one year are part of qualifying fair value interest rate hedging relationships. Accordingly, there is a fair value adjustment for these liabilities with respect to the hedged interest rate risk, with changes being recognised in the income statement, as disclosed in note 22(f)23(f). Diageo has not designated any non-derivative financial assets or liabilities at fair value.

        (f)    Hedging instruments    Diageo designates derivatives which qualify as hedges for accounting purposes as either: (i) a hedge of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (fair value hedge); (ii) a hedge of a forecast transaction or the cash flow risk from a change in interest rates or foreign exchange rates (cash flow hedge); or (iii) a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations. The accounting treatment for hedges is disclosed in 'Accounting policies of the group'.

                Diageo tests effectiveness on a prospective and retrospective basis. Methods for testing effectiveness include dollar offset, critical terms, regression analysis, hypothetical derivative method and volatility reduction.

                All fair value hedging relationships were effective during the year. The gain on hedging instruments for the year was £92£163 million (2008(2009 – £47£92 million gain) and the loss on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks was £102£163 million (2008(2009 – £47£102 million loss).

                All cash flow hedges were effective in the year and gainslosses of £90£27 million (2008(2009 – £26£90 million gains) have been recognised in equityother comprehensive income due to changes in fair value. A loss of £53£47 million and a gain of £124£73 million have been transferred out of equityother comprehensive income to other operating expenses and to other finance income, respectively, in the year (2008(2009 – £63£53 million loss and a gain of £124 million have been transferred out of other comprehensive income to other operating incomeexpenses and £6 million gain to other finance income, respectively).

                With respect to hedges of forecast transactions and the cash flow risk from a change in interest rates, based on year end interest and foreign exchange rates, balances related to cash flow hedged items at 30 June 20092010 will affect the income statement in 20102011 and 20112012 by £3£51 million and £(2)£12 million, respectively. With respect to hedges of the cash flow risk from a change in forward foreign exchange rates using cross currency interest rate swaps, the retranslation of the related bond principal to closing foreign exchange rates and recognition of interest on the related bonds will affect the income statement atin each period end dateyear until the related bonds mature in 2016 and 2036. Foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the hedged bonds taken to the income statement is expected to offset against the foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the cross currency swaps in each of the years.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        22.23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        Cash flow and net investment hedges    The following table shows the contractual maturities of designated transaction, cross currency interest rate swaps and derivative net investment hedging instruments at 30 June 2009 and 30 June 2008:instruments:

         
         Foreign currency amount Percentage of total  
         
         
         Year ending
        30 June
         
         
         Purchase Sell Total US dollar Euro 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         %
         %
          
         

        2009

                           

        Transaction

          1,177  2,457  3,634  46  36  2010 

        Transaction

          499  1,317  1,816  48  37  2011 
                         

        Total transaction hedges

          1,676  3,774  5,450  47  37  2010-2011 
                         

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          364    364  100    2017 

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          364    364  100    2037 
                         

        Total cross currency interest rate swaps

          728    728  100    2017-2037 
                         

        Net investment hedging instruments

          2,938  1,594  4,532  60  17  2009 
                         

        2008

                           

        Transaction

          1,269  2,639  3,908  39  38  2009 

        Transaction

          448  1,031  1,479  44  40  2010 
                         

        Total transaction hedges

          1,717  3,670  5,387  40  38  2009-2010 
                         

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          302    302  100    2017 

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          302    302  100    2037 
                         

        Total cross currency interest rate swaps

          604    604  100    2017-2037 
                         

        Net investment hedging instruments

          2,912  2,370  5,282  58  21  2009 
                         

         
         Foreign currency amount Percentage of total  
         
         
         Year ending
        30 June
         
         
         Purchase Sell Total US dollar Euro 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         %
         %
          
         

        2010

                           

        Transaction

          693  1,741  2,434  44  30  2011 

        Transaction

          443  969  1,412  48  30  2012 
                         

        Total transaction hedges

          1,136  2,710  3,846  45  30  2011-2012 
                         

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          400    400  100    2017 

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          400    400  100    2037 
                         

        Total cross currency interest rate swaps

          800    800  100    2017-2037 
                         

        Net investment hedging instruments

          3,295  2,464  5,759  62  14  2011 
                         

        2009

                           

        Transaction

          1,177  2,457  3,634  46  36  2010 

        Transaction

          499  1,317  1,816  48  37  2011 
                         

        Total transaction hedges

          1,676  3,774  5,450  47  37  2010-2011 
                         

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          364    364  100    2017 

        Cross currency interest rate swaps

          364    364  100    2037 
                         

        Total cross currency interest rate swaps

          728    728  100    2017-2037 
                         

        Net investment hedging instruments

          2,938  1,594  4,532  60  17  2009 
                         

        (g)    Credit risk    Details of the group's credit risk policies and exposures are presented under 'Risk management' in the Business review.

                Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less at acquisition including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments. At 30 June 2009,2010, approximately 11%46%, 19% and 46%18% of the group's cash and cash equivalents of £914£1,453 million wereare invested with counterparties based in the United Kingdom, and in the United States and Luxembourg respectively.

                At 30 June 2009,2010, approximately 16%18% and 20%18% of the group's trade receivables of £1,568£1,495 million wereare due from counterparties based in the United Kingdom and in the United States, respectively.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        23.24.   Trade and other payables

         
         2009 2008 
         
         Current
        liabilities
         Non-current
        liabilities
         Current
        liabilities
         Non-current
        liabilities
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Trade payables

          655    664   

        Tax and social security excluding income tax

          293    311  1 

        Other payables

          559  30  485  33 

        Accruals and deferred income

          666    683   
                  

          2,173  30  2,143  34 
                  

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         Current
        liabilities
         Non-current
        liabilities
         Current
        liabilities
        (restated)
         Non-current
        liabilities
         Current
        liabilities
        (restated)
         Non-current
        liabilities
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Trade payables

          843    655    664   

        Tax and social security excluding income tax

          324    293    311  1 

        Other payables

          595  63  558  30  503  33 

        Accruals and deferred income

          853  13  666    683   
                      

          2,615  76  2,172  30  2,161  34 
                      

                Non-current accruals and deferred income at 30 June 2010 includes deferred income of £13 million arising on the sale and leaseback of facilities in Napa Valley, California which will be credited to the income statement over the length of the leases.

        24.25.   Provisions

         
         Thalidomide
        Trust
         Onerous
        contracts
         Restructuring Vacant
        properties
         Other Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2008

          141  79  78  19  84  401 

        Exchange differences

            17  6    11  34 

        Provisions charged during the year

              70  5  45  120 

        Provisions used during the year

          (8) (19) (5) (8) (51) (91)

        Acquisition of businesses

                  5  5 

        Unwinding of discounts

          10  5  1  1    17 
                      

        At 30 June 2009

          143  82  150  17  94  486 
                      

        Included in current liabilities

          9  14  103  6  40  172 

        Included in non-current liabilities

          134  68  47  11  54  314 
                      

          143  82  150  17  94  486 
                      

         
         Thalidomide Onerous
        contracts
         Restructuring Vacant
        properties
         Other Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2009

          143  82  150  17  94  486 

        Exchange differences

            6  2    8  16 

        Provisions charged during the year

          24  1  30  4  32  91 

        Provisions used during the year

          (9) (20) (29) (8) (19) (85)

        Transfers to other payables

              (46)     (46)

        Transfers to liabilities held for sale

            (5)       (5)

        Unwinding of discounts

          9  5  1  1    16 
                      

        At 30 June 2010

          167  69  108  14  115  473 
                      

        Included in current liabilities

          15  17  67  4  52  155 

        Included in non-current liabilities

          152  52  41  10  63  318 
                      

          167  69  108  14  115  473 
                      

        Provisions by their nature are subject to uncertainties with respect to the timing and outcomes of future events.

        (a)    The Thalidomide TrustA provision was established in the year ended 30 June 2005 in respect of the discounted value of the group's commitment to the UK Thalidomide Trust, and will be utilised over the period of the commitment up to 2037. An additional provision of £24 million has been created in the year ended 30 June 2010 in respect of anticipated future payments to new thalidomide claimants. It is expected that the additional provision will be utilised over the period of the commitment, up to 2030.

        (b)    Included in onerous contracts provisions is £75£68 million (2008(2009 – £73£75 million) in respect of the discounted value of an onerous supply contract arising on the acquisition of the Seagram spirits and wine businesses on 21 December 2001. This provision is being utilised over the 10-year10 year duration of the contract and includes a payment on termination of the contract.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        25.   Provisions (continued)

        (c)    The group is undergoing a number of restructuring programme,programmes, which involvesinvolve the rationalisation of operations around the world. Employee charges, incremental costs in respect of service contracts,contract and information systems infrastructure charges in connection with the programmeprogrammes are recognised in the restructuring provision, which is expected to be substantially utilised in the two years ending 30 June 2011.2012.

        (d)    The vacant property provision is based on the estimated discounted rental shortfall over the terms of the leases up to 2031.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        24.   Provisions (continued)

        (e)    Other provisions include £44£47 million (2008(2009 – £33£44 million) in respect of employee deferred compensation plans and £4 million (2008 – £7 million) arising from commitments in respect of businesses sold which will predominantly be utilised withinwhen employees leave or retire from the next few years.company.

        25.26.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities

        The amounts of deferred tax accounted for in the consolidated balance sheet comprise the following net deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

         
         Property,
        plant and
        equipment
         Intangible
        assets
         Post
        employment
        plans
         Tax losses Other
        temporary
        differences
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2007

          (216) 54  136  21  194  189 

        Exchange differences

          (7) (1) 2  2  5  1 

        Recognised in income

          (10) (136) (12) (8) 7  (159)

        Recognised in equity

              (4)   2  (2)

        Acquisition of businesses

            (115)       (115)
                      

        At 30 June 2008

          (233) (198) 122  15  208  (86)

        Exchange differences

          (7) (127) 14  1  13  (106)

        Recognised in income

          39  (34) (25) 37  (5) 12 

        Recognised in equity

              236    (6) 230 

        Acquisition of businesses

              1      1 
                      

        At 30 June 2009

          (201) (359) 348  53  210  51 
                      

         
         Property,
        plant and
        equipment
         Intangible
        assets
         Post
        employment
        plans
         Tax losses Other
        temporary
        differences
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2008 as previously reported

          (233) (198) 122  15  208  (86)

        Prior year adjustments

                           

         – Amendment to IAS 38

                  10  10 

         – Returnables

          (15)       19  4 
                      

        At 30 June 2008 as restated

          (248) (198) 122  15  237  (72)

        Exchange differences

          (7) (127) 14  1  14  (105)

        Recognised in income – continuing operations

          38  (34) (25) 37  2  18 

        Recognised in other comprehensive income

              236    (6) 230 

        Acquisition of businesses

              1      1 
                      

        At 30 June 2009 as restated

          (217) (359) 348  53  247  72 

        Exchange differences

          (12) (94) 8  1  7  (90)

        Recognised in income – continuing operations

          40  (148) (51) (42) (2) (203)

        Recognised in income – discontinued operations

                  5  5 

        Recognised in other comprehensive income

                  3  3 

        Step acquisition of Nuvo

            (2)       (2)
                      

        At 30 June 2010

          (189) (603) 305  12  260  (215)
                      

        Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes items such as the Thalidomide Trust provision,thalidomide provisions, restructuring provision,provisions, share-based payments and intra group sales of products.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        26.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)

                After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax assetliability comprises:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Deferred tax assets

          672  590 

        Deferred tax liabilities

          (621) (676)
              

          51  (86)
              

         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Deferred tax assets

          529  678  593 

        Deferred tax liabilities

          (744) (606) (665)
                

          (215) 72  (72)
                

        The net deferred tax liability of £603 million (2009 – £359 million (2008million; 2008 – £198 million) in respect of intangible assets comprises deferred tax assets of £623 million (2009 – £720 million (2008million; 2008 – £735 million) less deferred tax liabilities of £1,226 million (2009 – £1,079 million (2008million; 2008 – £933 million). Deferred tax assets of £234£187 million (2008(2009 – £237 million; 2008 – £2 million) have been recognised in jurisdictions which made currentprior year taxable losses. It is considered more likely than not that there will be sufficient future taxable profits to support recognition of these deferred tax assets due to a reduction in future interest charges in those jurisdictions.

        Unrecognised deferred tax assets    Deferred tax assets have been recognised to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        25.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)


        reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Where this is not the case, deferred tax assets have not been recognised, as set out below:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         Tax losses Other Tax losses Other 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Gross deferred tax assets

          239  898  249  927 

        Amounts not recognised

          (186) (178) (234) (192)
                  

          53  720  15  735 
                  

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         Tax losses Other Tax losses Other Tax losses Other 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Gross deferred tax assets

          185  794  239  898  249  927 

        Amounts not recognised

          (173) (171) (186) (178) (234) (192)
                      

          12  623  53  720  15  735 
                      

        OfAll of the amounts recognised in respect of tax losses £21 million hashave expiration dates through to 2020 (2009 – £21 million through to 2019, (2008£32 million carried forward indefinitely; 2008 – £13 million;million through to 2018) and £322018, £2 million (2008 – £2 million) can be carried forward indefinitely.indefinitely). Of the amounts unrecognised in respect of tax losses, £15£7 million has expiration dates through to 2019 (20082020 (2009 – £15 million through to 2019; 2008 – £12 million;million through to 2018) and £166 million (2009 – £171 million (2008million; 2008 – £222 million) can be carried forward indefinitely.

        Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities    No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of unrecognised deferred tax liabilities in respect of these unremitted earnings.

                The aggregate amount of temporary difference associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is £13.5 billion (2009 – £11.8 billion (2008billion; 2008 – £10.1 billion). This has been calculated based upon the temporary differences arising between the group accounting basis and tax basis of each investment.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
        Table of Contents

        26.   Total equity – movements in capital and reserves

         
          
          
          
         Fair value,
        hedging
        and
        exchange
        reserve
         Retained earnings/(deficit) Equity
        attributable
        to parent
        company
        shareholders
          
          
         
         
         Share
        capital
         Share
        premium
         Capital
        redemption
        reserve
         Own
        shares
         Other
        retained
        earnings
         Total Minority
        interests
         Total
        equity
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2006

          883  1,340  3,060  108  (2,404) 1,515  (889) 4,502  179  4,681 

        Total recognised income and expense

                (17)   1,736  1,736  1,719  59  1,778 

        Share trust arrangements

                  67  (15) 52  52    52 

        Share-based incentive plans

                    25  25  25    25 

        Tax on share-based incentive plans

                    12  12  12    12 

        Shares issued

            1            1    1 

        Own shares repurchased

          (35)   35    (263) (1,218) (1,481) (1,481)   (1,481)

        Dividends paid

                    (858) (858) (858) (41) (899)

        Acquisitions

                          1  1 
                              

        At 30 June 2007

          848  1,341  3,095  91  (2,600) 1,197  (1,403) 3,972  198  4,170 

        Total recognised income and expense

                (55)   1,500  1,500  1,445  79  1,524 

        Share trust arrangements

                  60  (14) 46  46    46 

        Share-based incentive plans

                    26  26  26    26 

        Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                    4  4  4    4 

        Tax on share-based incentive plans

                    (7) (7) (7)   (7)

        Shares issued

            1            1    1 

        Own shares repurchased

          (32)   32    (19) (1,113) (1,132) (1,132)   (1,132)

        Dividends paid

                    (857) (857) (857) (56) (913)

        Acquisitions

                          456  456 
                              

        At 30 June 2008

          816  1,342  3,127  36  (2,559) 736  (1,823) 3,498  677  4,175 

        Total recognised income and expense

                100    857  857  957  196  1,153 

        Share trust arrangements

                  33  (8) 25  25    25 

        Share-based incentive plans

                    31  31  31    31 

        Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                    3  3  3    3 

        Tax on share-based incentive plans

                    (6) (6) (6)   (6)

        Own shares repurchased

          (19)   19    184  (601) (417) (417)   (417)

        Dividends paid

                    (870) (870) (870) (98) (968)

        Acquisitions

                          (2) (2)

        Acquisition adjustment

                          (58) (58)
                              

        At 30 June 2009

          797  1,342  3,146  136  (2,342) 142  (2,200) 3,221  715  3,936 
                              


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        26.   Total equity – movements in27.   Tax on other comprehensive income

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Exchange differences

          (17) 15  4 

        Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

          1  2  15 

        Net actuarial gain/(loss) on post employment plans

            237  (4)
                

        Tax on other comprehensive income

          (16) 254  15 
                

        28.   Share capital and reserves (continued)

        (a)   Share capital    The authorised share capital of the company at 30 June 2009 was 5,329 million ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each (2008 and 2007 – 5,329 million) with an aggregate nominal value of £1,542 million (2008 and 2007 – £1,542 million).

        (a)   Allotted and fully paid share capital – ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

         
         Number
        of shares
         Nominal
        value
         
         
         million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2006

          3,051  883 

        Shares purchased and subsequently cancelled (consideration including expenses £1,213 million)

          (120) (35)
              

        At 30 June 2007

          2,931  848 

        Shares purchased and subsequently cancelled (consideration including expenses £1,008 million)

          (97) (28)

        Treasury shares cancelled

          (12) (4)
              

        At 30 June 2008

          2,822  816 

        Shares purchased and subsequently cancelled (consideration including expenses £354 million)

          (38) (11)

        Treasury shares cancelled

          (30) (8)
              

        At 30 June 2009

          2,754  797 
              

         
         Number
        of shares
         Nominal
        value
         
         
         million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2007

          2,931  848 

        Shares purchased and subsequently cancelled (consideration including expenses £1,008 million)

          (97) (28)

        Treasury shares cancelled

          (12) (4)
              

        At 30 June 2008

          2,822  816 

        Shares purchased and subsequently cancelled (consideration including expenses £354 million)

          (38) (11)

        Treasury shares cancelled

          (30) (8)
              

        At 30 June 2010 and at 30 June 2009

          2,754  797 
              

        (b)   Share premium    During the year, 0.1 million ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal value of less than £0.1 million were allotted under employee share option schemes for a total consideration of £0.4 million (2009 – 0.1 million shares, nominal value less than £0.1 million, consideration £0.5 million (2008 and 2007million; 2008 – 0.1 million shares, nominal value less than £0.1 million, consideration £1 million).

        (c)   Capital redemption reserve    DuringMovements in the year, the companycapital redemption reserve are in respect of purchases and cancellations of own shares.

         
         Number
        of shares
         Nominal
        value
         % of
        ordinary
        share
        capital(i)
         
         
         million
         £ million
          
         

        At 30 June 2007

             3,095    

        Shares purchased and subsequently cancelled

          97  28  4.0 

        Shares cancelled

          12  4  0.5 
                  

        At 30 June 2008

             3,127    

        Shares purchased and subsequently cancelled

          38  11  1.3 

        Shares cancelled

          30  8  1.1 
                  

        At 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2009

             3,146    
                  

        (i)
        Excluding treasury shares.

        No shares were purchased and subsequently cancelled, 38 million ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal value of £11 million, representing approximately 1% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares) (2008 – 97 million shares, nominal value £28 million, 4% of issued share capital; 2007 – 120 million shares, nominal value £35 million, 4% of issued share capital). In addition, 30 million treasury shares with an aggregate nominal value of £8 million, representing approximately 1% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares), wereor cancelled in the year (2008 – 12 million shares, nominal value £4 million, 0.5% of issued share capital; 2007 – nil, £nil, nil).

        (d)   Fair value, hedging and exchange reserve    Movements in the fair value, hedging and exchange reserve represent changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges and changes in the impacts of foreign currency on the translation of foreign operations.

                The cumulative fair value and hedging reserve increased by £21 million to £42 million atended 30 June 2009 from £21 million at 30 June 2008. The effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges taken to equity in the year was a gain of £90 million, of which £nil was recognised in respect of associates (2008 – £26 million gain, £6 million in respect of associates; 2007 – £28 million gain, £nil in respect of associates). The effective portion of changes in fair value transferred to the income statement in the year was a loss of £71 million (2008 – £69 million loss; 2007 – £35 million gain). The2010.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        26.   Total equity – movements in28.   Share capital and reserves (continued)


        tax in respect of these movements in the year was a credit of £2 million (2008 – £15 million credit; 2007 – £15 million charge).

                The cumulative translation reserve increased by £79 million to £94 million at 30 June 2009 from £15 million at 30 June 2008 due to(d)   Fair value, hedging and exchange differences that have arisen during the year. The exchange differences in the year on translation of foreign operations were offset by losses in respect of foreign currency borrowings and derivative financial instruments which form part of the group's net investment in foreign operations of £773 million (2008 – losses of £366 million; 2007 – gains of £199 million).reserve

         
         Fair
        value and
        hedging
        reserve
         Exchange
        reserve
         Total 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2008 as previously reported

          21  15  36 

        Prior year adjustment – amendment to IAS 38

            (2) (2)
                

        At 30 June 2008 as restated

          21  13  34 

        Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                  

        – taken to other comprehensive income – subsidiaries

          90    90 

        – transferred to the income statement

          (71)   (71)

        Exchange differences

            63  63 

        Tax in respect of movements above

          2  15  17 
                

        At 30 June 2009 as restated

          42  91  133 

        Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                  

        – taken to other comprehensive income – subsidiaries

          (9)   (9)

        – taken to other comprehensive income – associates

          (18)   (18)

        – transferred to the income statement

          (26)   (26)

        Exchange differences

            35  35 

        Tax in respect of movements above

          1  (17) (16)
                

        At 30 June 2010

          (10) 109  99 
                

        (e)   Own shares    Own shares comprise shares in the company held by employee share trusts, shares repurchased as part of the company's share buyback programmes and held as treasury shares, shares


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        28.   Share capital and shares reserves (continued)


        held as treasury shares and call options held for hedging share scheme grants provided to employees during the year,year. Movements in shares are as follows:

         
         Own shares held by
        employee share trusts
         Treasury shares
        repurchased under
        buyback programmes
         Treasury shares for
        hedging share scheme
        grants to employees
         Total own shares 
         
         Number
        of shares
         Purchase
        consideration
         Number
        of shares
         Purchase
        consideration
         Number
        of shares
         Purchase
        consideration
         Number
        of shares
         Purchase
        consideration
         
         
         million
         £ million
         million
         £ million
         million
         £ million
         million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2006

          42  334  250  2,049  2  21  294  2,404 

        Share trust arrangements

          (9) (67)         (9) (67)

        Shares purchased

              21  191  9  82  30  273 

        Shares used to satisfy options

                  (1) (10) (1) (10)
                          

        At 30 June 2007

          33  267  271  2,240  10  93  314  2,600 

        Share trust arrangements

          (7) (49)         (7) (49)

        Shares purchased

                  11  124  11  124 

        Shares cancelled

              (12) (105)     (12) (105)

        Shares used to satisfy options

                  (1) (11) (1) (11)
                          

        At 30 June 2008

          26  218  259  2,135  20  206  305  2,559 

        Share trust arrangements

          (3) (30)         (3) (30)

        Shares purchased

                  6  63  6  63 

        Shares cancelled

              (30) (247)     (30) (247)

        Shares transferred

              (6) (47) 6  47     

        Shares used to satisfy options

                    (3)   (3)
                          

        At 30 June 2009

          23  188  223  1,841  32  313  278  2,342 
                          

         
         Own shares and
        options held by
        employee share trusts
         Treasury shares
        repurchased under
        buyback programmes
         Treasury shares for
        hedging share scheme
        grants to employees
         Total own shares 
         
         Number
        of shares
         Purchase
        consideration
         Number
        of shares
         Purchase
        consideration
         Number
        of shares
         Purchase/(sale)
        consideration
         Number
        of shares
         Purchase
        consideration
         
         
         million
         £ million
         million
         £ million
         million
         £ million
         million
         £ million
         

        At 30 June 2007

          33  267  271  2,240  10  93  314  2,600 

        Share trust arrangements

          (7) (49)         (7) (49)

        Shares purchased

                  11  124  11  124 

        Shares cancelled

              (12) (105)     (12) (105)

        Shares used to satisfy options

                  (1) (11) (1) (11)
                          

        At 30 June 2008

          26  218  259  2,135  20  206  305  2,559 

        Share trust arrangements

          (3) (30)         (3) (30)

        Shares purchased

                  6  63  6  63 

        Shares cancelled

              (30) (247)     (30) (247)

        Shares transferred

              (6) (47) 6  47     

        Shares used to satisfy options

                    (3)   (3)
                          

        At 30 June 2009

          23  188  223  1,841  32  313  278  2,342 

        Share trust arrangements

          (8) (58)         (8) (58)

        Share call options purchased

            23            23 

        Shares sold to fund call options

                  (3) (24) (3) (24)

        Shares used to satisfy options

                  (3) (30) (3) (30)
                          

        At 30 June 2010

          15  153  223  1,841  26  259  264  2,253 
                          

        AtDuring the year, call options over 8 million shares were purchased at a cost of £24 million to satisfy share grants awarded to employees. These options were held by the employee share trusts. Call options denominated in US dollars of £1 million are included in other financial assets.

                In addition, at 30 June 2009,2010, employee share trusts funded by the group held shares in the company as follows: 19.212 million ordinary shares held in respect of long term incentive plans for executive directors and senior executives;executives and 3.43 million ordinary shares held in respect of grants under UK, Irish and US savings-related share option schemes. The market value of these shares at 30 June 20092010 was £159 million (2009 – 22.6 million shares, market value £197 million (2008million; 2008 – 26.2 million shares, market value £241 million; 2007 – 32.7 million shares, market value £339 million). Dividends are waived on all shares in the company owned by the employee share trusts.

                During the year ended 30 June 2009, the company purchased 6 million2010, no ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal value of £2 million, representing approximately 0.3% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares),were purchased to be held as treasury shares (2008(2009 – 6 million shares, aggregate nominal value £2 million, 0.3% of issued share capital (excluding treasury shares); 2008 – 11 million shares, nominal value £3 million, 0.4% of issued share


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        26.   Total equity – movements in28.   Share capital and reserves (continued)


        value £3 million, 0.4% of issued share capital; 2007 – 30 million shares, nominal value £9 million, 1% of issued share capital)capital (excluding treasury shares)). These shares have not been cancelled, but are deducted from shareholders' equity. Dividends are waived on these shares.

                During the year ended 30 June 2009, the2010, no cancellation of ordinary shares held as treasury shares was carried out (2009 – 30 million shares, aggregate nominal value £8 million; 2008 – 12 million shares, nominal value £4 million). The company cancelled 30utilised 3 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £8£1 million, (2008to satisfy options exercised by employees during the year (2009 – 120.3 million shares, nominal value £4of £0.1 million; 20072008 – nil, £nil)1 million shares, nominal value £0.3 million) . In addition, the company utilised 0.3sold 3 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £0.1£1 million, to satisfypurchase call options exercised by employees during the year (2008to hedge share option grants (2009 and 20072008 – 1 millionnil shares nominal value £0.3 million)and £ nil).

        (f)    Dividends

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         
        Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year          
        Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2008
        21.15 pence per share (2007 – 20.15 pence; 2006 – 19.15 pence)
          527  523  524 
        Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2009
        13.90 pence per share (2008 – 13.20 pence; 2007 – 12.55 pence)
          345  336  334 
                
           872  859  858 
        Adjustment in respect of prior year dividends  (2) (2)  
                
           870  857  858 
                
        Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2009          
        22.20 pence per share (2008 – 21.15 pence; 2007 – 20.15 pence)  550  527  523 
                

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         
        Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year          
        Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2009
        22.20 pence per share (2008 – 21.15 pence; 2007 – 20.15 pence)
          551  527  523 
        Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2010
        14.60 pence per share (2009 – 13.90 pence; 2008 – 13.20 pence)
          363  345  336 
                
           914  872  859 
        Adjustment in respect of prior year dividends    (2) (2)
                
           914  870  857 
                
        Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2010          
        23.50 pence per share (2009 – 22.20 pence; 2008 – 21.15 pence)  586  550  527 
                

        The proposed final dividend was approved by the board of directors on 2625 August 2009.2010. As this was after the balance sheet date and the dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, this dividend has not been included as a liability in these consolidated financial statements. There are no corporate tax consequences arising from this treatment.

        (g)   Acquisition adjustment    AnIn the year ended 30 June 2009 an adjustment has beenwas made to reduce both goodwill and minoritynon-controlling interests by £58 million in respect of the acquisition in the year ended 30 June 2008 of the distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products in the year ended 30 June 2008 (see note 11(b)).


        27.Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        29.   Cash generated from operations

         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million £ million £ million £ million £ million £ million 

        Profit for the year

          1,743     1,706     1,586    

        Discontinued operations

          19     (2)    (26)   

        Taxation

          477     286     518    

        Share of associates' profits after tax

          (142)    (164)    (176)   

        Net interest and net other finance charges

          462     592     319    

        Loss/(gain) on disposal of businesses

          15          (9)   
                      

        Operating profit

             2,574     2,418     2,212 

        Increase in inventories

          (104)    (236)    (202)   

        Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

          69     193     (197)   

        Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables and provisions

          369     (210)    131    
                      

        Net movement in working capital

             334     (253)    (268)

        Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

             372     300     248 

        Dividend income

             111     179     143 

        Other items

             (207)    10     (10)
                         

        Cash generated from operations

             3,184     2,654     2,325 
                         

        In the consolidated cash flow statement, cash generated from operations is stated after £145 million (2009 – £53 million (2008million; 2008 – £4 million; 2007 – £nil)million) of cash outflows in respect of exceptional operating items.

                In the calculation of cash generated from operations, otherOther items include £114 million of cash contributions to post employment schemes in excess of the income statement charge (2009 – £68 million higher contributions; 2008 – £13 million lower contributions) and gains on sale of property of £89 million (2009 – £6 million; 2008 – £24 million) partly offset by the fair value charge in respect of share-based incentive plans of £31 million (2008(2009 – £31 million; 2008 – £26 million; 2007 – £25 million) and in the year ended 30 June 2007, they also included the £40 million exceptional gain on the sale of the site of the former brewery at Park Royal..


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        28.30.   Purchase of businesses

         
         Net assets acquired and consideration 
         
         Book
        value
         Fair value
        adjustments
         2009
        Fair value
         2008
        Fair value
         2007
        Fair value
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Brands

            8  8  33  20 

        Intangible assets

                911   

        Property, plant and equipment

          10    10  2   

        Working capital

          (1)   (1) 10  4 

        Deferred taxation

          1    1  (115) (3)

        Post employment liability

          (3) 2  (1)    

        Bank overdrafts

                  (3)
                    

        Net identifiable assets and liabilities

          7  10  17  841  18 
                       

        Goodwill arising on acquisition

                25  174  28 

        Acquisition of remaining shares in associate

                (6)    

        Minority interests

                2  (456) (1)
                      

        Consideration payable

                38  559  45 
                      

        Satisfied by:

                     

        Cash consideration paid

                53  524  30 

        Movement in financial liability

                (23) 32   

        Deferred/contingent consideration payable

                8  3  15 
                      

                38  559  45 
                      

        Cash consideration paid for investments in subsidiaries

                53  524  30 

        Cash consideration payable for investments in associates

                42  62  48 

        Deferred consideration payable for investments in associates

                  (11)  

        Bank overdrafts acquired

                    3 

        Prior year purchase consideration adjustment

                7    (11)
                      

        Net cash outflow

                102  575  70 
                      

         
         Net assets acquired and consideration 
         
         2010
        Fair value
         2009
        Fair value
         2008
        Fair value
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Brands

          62  8  33 

        Intangible assets

              911 

        Property, plant and equipment

          2  10  2 

        Cash

          4     

        Working capital

          (1) (1) 10 

        Deferred taxation

          (2) 1  (115)

        Post employment liability

            (1)  
                

        Net identifiable assets and liabilities

          65  17  841 

        Goodwill arising on acquisition

          19  25  174 

        Step acquisition of Nuvo

          (21)    

        Acquisition of remaining shares in associate

            (6)  

        Non-controlling interests

            2  (456)
                

        Consideration payable

          63  38  559 
                

        Satisfied by:

                  

        Cash consideration paid

          37  53  524 

        Movement in financial liability

            (23) 32 

        Deferred/contingent consideration payable

          26  8  3 
                

          63  38  559 
                

        Cash consideration paid for investments in subsidiaries

          37  53  524 

        Cash consideration paid for investments in associates

          41  42  51 

        Cash acquired

          (4)    

        Prior year purchase consideration adjustment

            7   

        Transaction costs paid in respect of acquisition of businesses

          9     

        Deposit for potential Chinese acquisition

          123     
                

        Net cash outflow on purchase of businesses

          206  102  575 
                

        On 29 June 2010 Diageo acquired an additional 28.75% equity stake in the London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand, for a consideration of £29 million ($45 million). The London Group was formerly accounted for as an associate and following the acquisition of further shares became a subsidiary. In addition, the group agreed to acquire the remaining shares in the London Group at a pre-agreed profit multiple, reflecting fair value in 2013. The net present value of this deferred consideration of £26 million is included in other financial liabilities. The principal asset of the London Group is the Nuvo brand fair valued at £60 million. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of £15 million is in repect of future synergies expected from combining operations. Nuvo was, prior to the transaction, distributed exclusively through the Diageo network and therefore the acquisition of an additional stake does not change reported sales. The impact of the Nuvo acquisition to the group's profit is not material.

                On 1 March 2010, Diageo entered into an equity transfer agreement to acquire an additional 4% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd. (Quanxing) from Chengdu Yingsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd. The consideration for the additional 4% equity stake is RMB 140 million


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        30.   Purchase of businesses (continued)


        (£14 million). The acquisition of the 4% equity stake, which is subject to a number of regulatory approvals, would bring Diageo's shareholding in Quanxing to 53%. Quanxing is a holding company controlling a 39.7% stake in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Co., Ltd. (ShuiJingFang), a super premium Chinese white spirits company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. If the acquisition of the 4% equity stake is approved, Diageo would become the indirect controlling shareholder of ShuiJingFang and, in accordance with Chinese takeover regulations, would be required to make a mandatory tender offer to all the other shareholders of ShuiJingFang. Were all other ShuiJingFang shareholders to accept the tender offer, the amount payable would be RMB 6.3 billion (approximately £615 million). As required by Chinese law, 20% of the maximum consideration payable under the tender offer (£123 million) was deposited with China's securities depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch. Diageo also made a capital contribution to Quanxing of £8 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. In respect of the potential acquisition of the additional 4% equity stake, directly attributable transaction costs of £7 million have been charged to other external charges in the year.

        On 16 June 2009, Diageo acquired the remaining 80% of equity in Stirrings LLC for £6 million and provided £7 million as deferred consideration payable. The value of the acquired brand was recognised by a fair value adjustment on acquisition of £8 million. Goodwill of £10 million arose as a result of expected synergies from combining distribution networks and administrative functions. Diageo initially acquired a 20% equity stake for £5 million in the year ended 30 June 2007.

                On 17 December 2008, Diageo purchased for £35 million the remaining 25% stake in the company that owns the Smirnov brand. Diageo initially acquired a 75% stake for £28 million in the year ended 30 June 2007, with an agreement to acquire the remaining 25% at fair value. Net assets acquired at fair value were £17 million with goodwill of £26 million arising on the acquisition. On acquiring the final 25% interest, additional goodwill of £13 million was recognised.

                On 30 July 2008, Diageo acquired a further 6% of the equity of Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Limited (Quanxing), raising its investment to 49%, having previously acquired a 43%



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        28.   Purchase of businesses (continued)

        equity stake in Quanxing for £37 million on 27 January 2007. At that date Quanxing held 39.48% of the equity in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Joint Stock Company Limited (ShuiJingFang) and subsequently increased its equity stake in ShuiJingFang to 39.7%.

                On 9 June 2008, Diageo completed the acquisition of Ketel One Worldwide BV (KOW), a 50:50 company based in the Netherlands, which owns the exclusive rights to market, sell, import and distribute Ketel One vodka products throughout the world in perpetuity. The manufacture of Ketel One vodka products remained with the Nolet Group through their controlled supply company. Diageo paid £471 million (including acquisition costs) for a 50% equity stake in KOW. Additional costs of £1 million in respect of the acquisition were incurred in the year ended 30 June 2009.

                Diageo consolidates 100% of KOW with a 50% minority interest. Diageo has the power to govern KOW's key operating and financial policies by means of a legal agreement between it and the Nolet Group shareholders. This agreement sets out the governance of the company, in particular giving Diageo the right to approve and execute the annual business plan, to approve material amendments to the strategic business plan and to have the casting vote on all other key operating and financial policies.

                The Nolet Group has an option to sell their 50% equity stake in the company to Diageo for $900 million (£545600 million) plus interest from 9 June 2011 to 9 June 2013. If the Nolet Group exercises this option but Diageo chooses not to buy their stake, Diageo will pay $100 million (£6167 million) and the Nolet Group may then pursue a sale of their stake to a third party, subject to rights of first offer and last refusal on Diageo's part. The group recognised a financial liability of £32 million at fairin respect of the discounted value forof the potentialestimated amount payable to the Nolet Group, as part of consideration payable.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        30.   Purchase of businesses (continued)

                Fair value adjustments on acquisition included the recognition of worldwide distribution rights into perpetuity of Ketel One vodka products valued at £911 million and the establishment of a deferred tax liability of £116 million. Goodwill of £166 million was recognised on the acquisition.

                On 1 May 2008, a venture, DHN Drinks, was formed between Diageo, Heineken and Namibia Breweries Limited (NBL) to market their combined beer, cider and ready to drink businesses in South Africa. Diageo and Heineken each own 42.25% of DHN Drinks and NBL ownsown 15.5%. Diageo equity accounts for this investment. The cost of this acquisition in the year ended 30 June 2008 was £43 million, with an additional costinvestment of £3£29 million recognised in the year ended 30 June 2009.2010 (2009 – £3 million) .

                Diageo and Heineken also entered into an agreement whereby an entity, Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited, was created on 1 May 2008 to construct a brewery and bottling plant in South Africa. Heineken owns 75% and Diageo owns 25% of Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited. The cost of this acquisition in the year ended 30 June 2008 was £8 million, included in investments in associates, with an additional cost of £19 million recognised in the year ended 30 June 2009.

                On 29 February 2008, 100% of the equity of Rosenblum Cellars was acquired for £53 million (including acquisition costs). Additional costs of £1 million relating to the acquisition were incurred in the year ended 30 June 2009. Net assets acquired at fair value were £46 million, including a brand valued at £33 million, with goodwill of £8 million arising on the acquisition.

        29.31.   Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings

        (a)    Guarantees    In connection with the disposalAs of Pillsbury, Diageo has guaranteed the debt of a third party to the amount of $200 million (£121 million) until November 2009. Including this guarantee,



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        29.   Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings (continued)

        but net of the amount provided in the consolidated financial statements, at 30 June 20092010 the group has givenno material performance guarantees andor indemnities to third parties of £148 million.

                There has been no material change since 30 June 2009 in the group's performance guarantees and indemnities.parties.

        (b)    Colombian litigation    An action was filed on 8 October 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York by the Republic of Colombia and a number of its local government entities against Diageo and other spirits companies. The complaint alleges several causes of action. Included among the causes of action is a claim that the defendants allegedly violated the Federal RICO Act by facilitating money laundering in Colombia through their supposed involvement in the contraband trade to the detriment of government owned spirits production and distribution businesses. Diageo is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which the lawsuit may give rise. Diageo intends to defend itself vigorously against this lawsuit.

        (c)    Turkish customs litigation    In common with other beverage alcohol importers, litigation is ongoing against Diageo's Turkish subsidiary (Diageo Turkey) in the Turkish Civil Courts in connection with the methodology used by the Turkish customs authorities in assessing the importation value of and ad valorem import duty payable on the beverage alcohol products sold in the domestic channel in Turkey.Turkey between 2001 and April 2009. The matter involves multiple cases against Diageo's Turkish subsidiaryDiageo Turkey at various stages of litigation, including a group of cases under correction appeal following an adverse finding at the Turkish Supreme Court.Court, and a group of cases decided on corrections appeal against Diageo Turkey that are now under further appeal. Diageo Turkey is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which these cases may give rise. Diageo'sIf all of these cases were finally to be decided against Diageo Turkey, the aggregate theoretical loss could exceed £100 million. Diageo Turkey has been using available opportunities to indicate to the Turkish subsidiaryauthorities that, if suitable enabling legislation were in place, Diageo Turkey would be amenable to agreeing a settlement at a level that is proportionate to the scale of Diageo Turkey's business, which earns operating profit of less than £


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        31.   Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings (continued)


        10 million a year. In this context, Diageo believes that any eventual liability is unlikely to be material to the Diageo group as a whole. Diageo recognises that, in absence of a settlement, the ongoing situation creates potential uncertainty regarding Diageo Turkey's continuing operations in Turkey. Diageo Turkey intends to defend its position vigorously.

        (d)    SEC investigation    As previously reported, Diageo Korea and several of its current and former employees have been subject to investigations by Korean authorities regarding various regulatory and control matters. Convictions for improper payments to a Korean customs official have been handed down against two former Diageo Korea employees, and threea former and two current and former Diageo Korea employees have been convicted on various counts of tax evasion. Diageo had previously voluntarily reported the allegations relating to the convictions for improper payments to the US Department of Justice and the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC has commenced an investigation into these and other matters, and Diageo is in the process of responding to the regulators' inquiries.enquiries regarding activities in Korea, Thailand, India and elsewhere. Diageo's own internal investigation in Korea, Thailand, India and elsewhere isremains ongoing. The US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and related statutes and regulations provide for potential monetary penalties, criminal sanctions and may result in some cases in debarment from doing business with governmental entities in connection with FCPA violations. Diageo is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which these matters may give rise.

        (e)    Korean customs litigation    Litigation is ongoing at the Korean National Tax Tribunal in connection with the application of the methodology used in transfer pricing on spirits imports since 2004. On 24 December 2009, Diageo Korea received a final customs audit assessment notice from the Korean customs authorities, covering the period from 1 February 2004 to 30 June 2007, for Korean won 194 billion or approximately £105 million (including £13 million of value added tax). In order to preserve its right to appeal, Diageo Korea is required to pay the full amount of the assessment. Diageo Korea paid £4 million to the Korean customs authorities in the year ended 30 June 2009, £57 million in the year ended 30 June 2010, and expects to pay an additional £44 million in the year ending 30 June 2011, in respect of the period prior to 30 June 2007. On 22 January 2010, Diageo Korea appealed this customs audit assessment to the Korean National Tax Tribunal. No assessments have been received for any period subsequent to 30 June 2007. Diageo Korea is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which these claims may give rise. Diageo Korea intends to defend its position vigorously.

        (f)    Potential Chinese acquisition    On 1 March 2010, Diageo entered into an equity transfer agreement to acquire an additional 4% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd. (Quanxing) from Chengdu Yingsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd. The consideration for the additional 4% equity stake is RMB 140 million (£14 million). The acquisition of the 4% equity stake, which is subject to a number of regulatory approvals, would bring Diageo's shareholding in Quanxing to 53%. Quanxing is a holding company controlling a 39.7% stake in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Co., Ltd. (ShuiJingFang), a super premium Chinese white spirits company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. If the acquisition of the 4% equity stake is approved, Diageo would become the indirect controlling shareholder of ShuiJingFang and, in accordance with Chinese takeover regulations, would be required to make a mandatory tender offer to all the other shareholders of ShuiJingFang. Were all other ShuiJingFang shareholders to accept the tender offer, the amount payable would be RMB 6.3 billion (approximately £615 million). As required by Chinese law, 20% of the


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        31.   Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings (continued)


        maximum consideration payable under the tender offer (£123 million) was deposited with China's securities depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch.

        (g)    Other    The group has extensive international operations and is defendant in a number of legal proceedings incidental to these operations. There are a number of legal claims against the group, the outcome of which cannot at present be foreseen and the possible loss or range of loss of which cannot at present be meaningfully quantified.foreseen.

        Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo, nor any member of the Diageo group, is or has been engaged in, nor (so far as Diageo is aware) is there pending or threatened by or against it, any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have a significant effect on the financial position of the Diageo group.



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        30.32.   Related party transactions

        Transactions between the group and its related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

        Subsidiaries    Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed.

        Associates    Transactions between the group and its associates were as follows:

        Additions to property, plant and equipment in the year ended 30 June 2009 include a warehouse acquired from Moët Hennessy for £16 million, and inventories include the purchase from Moët Hennessy of related maturing inventories for £8 million. Diageo has granted a two-year lease to Moët Hennessy in respect of this property and rental income of £1 million is included in other operating income.

                Additions to loans include £56 million (2009 – £15 millionmillion) of loans to associates in South Africa, comprising £30 million (2009 – £8 millionmillion) to DHN Drinks, and£25 million (2009 – £7 millionmillion) to Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited and £1 million (2009 – £nil) to Namibia Breweries Limited.

        Joint ventures    Due to the nature of the proportional basis of consolidation applied according to the relevant contractual arrangements, transactions between the group and its joint ventures are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        32.   Related party transactions (continued)

        Key management personnel    The key management of the group comprises the executive and non-executive directors, the members of the executive committee and the company secretary. They are listed under 'Board of directors and executive committee'.

         
         2009 2008 2007 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Salaries and short term employee benefits

          12  12  12 

        Non-executive directors' fees

          1  1  1 

        Share-based payments

          10  6  6 

        Other long term benefits

          1    2 

        Post employment benefits

          3  3  3 
                

          27  22  24 
                

         
         2010 2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Salaries and short term employee benefits

          21  12  12 

        Non-executive directors' fees

          1  1  1 

        Share-based payments

          10  10  6 

        Other long term benefits

            1   

        Post employment benefits

          4  3  3 
                

          36  27  22 
                

        Non-executive directors do not receive share-based payments or post employment benefits.

                Details are given in the directors' remuneration report of the individual directors' remuneration and transactions between the group and key management personnel.

        Pension plans    The Diageo pension plans are recharged with the cost of administration services provided by the company to the pension plans and with professional fees paid for by the company in respecton behalf of the pension plans. The total amount recharged for the year was £28 million (2009 – £14 million (2008million; 2008 – £15 million; 2007 – £17 million).

                At 30 June 2009, other investments on the consolidated balance sheet include £144 million paid into an escrow account subject to an agreement between the group and the trustee of the Diageo Pension Scheme in the United Kingdom. It is anticipated that the escrow will be released to the trustee and invested into the Scheme during the year ending 30 June 2010 (see note 4(f)).



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        31.33.   Commitments

        Capital expenditure    Commitments for expenditure on property, plant and equipment not provided for in these consolidated financial statements are estimated at £152£112 million (2008(2009 – £130£152 million).

        Operating lease commitments    The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable leases at 30 June 2009,2010, principally in respect of properties, are as follows:

         
         2009 2008 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Payments falling due:

               

        Within one year

          93  73 

        Between one and two years

          69  73 

        Between two and three years

          53  62 

        Between three and four years

          43  50 

        Between four and five years

          39  42 

        After five years

          219  220 
              

          516  520 
              

         
         2010 2009 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Payments falling due:

               

        Within one year

          95  93 

        Between one and two years

          81  69 

        Between two and three years

          66  53 

        Between three and four years

          58  43 

        Between four and five years

          50  39 

        After five years

          322  219 
              

          672  516 
              

        There are no significant leases for which contingent rent is payable, nor any that have purchase options, escalation clauses or restrictions. A number of the operating leases have renewal clauses that are all at fair market value. In respect of property not currently utilised, the group has entered into sub-leases for which the minimum amount receivable is £57 million (2009 – £72 million,million), of which


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        33.   Commitments (continued)


        £11 million (2009 – £12 millionmillion) falls due inwithin one year of the year ending 30 June 2010.balance sheet date. The amount received under these leases is included in sales in the income statement.

        32.34.   Employee share compensation

        The group uses a number of equity settled share plans to grant options and share awards to its directors and employees. For the year ended 30 June 2009,2010, the fair value charge to the consolidated income statement in respect of these plans was £31 million (2008(2009 – £31 million; 2008 – £26 million; 2007 – £25 million), including £2£1 million of exceptional operating costs (2008 and 2007(2009 – £2 million; 2008 – £nil).

        Executive share option plans

        (a)    Diageo Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (DELTIP)    This scheme was introduced to replace DSOP (described below). The first grant under the scheme was made in November 2009 to North American participants, with grants being extended to other participants in March 2010. Awards made to executives under the plan are in the form of shares and share options at the market value at the time of grant. Executives are given the opportunity to elect to have their awards in the form of share options or shares or a combination of both. Share awards vest/are released on the third anniversary of the grant date. Share options granted under this scheme may normally be exercised between three and ten years after the grant date. There are no performance conditions to be satisfied, although the top 80 senior executives are required to hold shares in Diageo plc. US executives are granted awards over the company's ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares).

        (b)    Diageo executive share option plan (DSOP)    This scheme was introduced in December 1999 and grants options to executives at the market value at the time of grant. The last grant made under this scheme was in September 2009. Options granted under this scheme may normally be exercised between three and 10 years after the date granted. There are no performance conditions to be satisfied, although the top 80 senior executives are required to hold shares in Diageo plc. US executives arewere granted options over the company's ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares).ADSs.

        (b)(c)    Diageo senior executive share option plan 2008 (SESOP 2008)    This scheme was introduced in October 2008 to replace the previous SESOP 1999 (described below) and grants options to senior executives at the market value at the time of grant. Options granted under this scheme may normally be exercised between three and 10 years after the date granted but only to the extent that a performance condition is satisfied. The current performance condition is based on the increase in Diageo's adjusted earnings per share (EPS) over a three-year period. Growth targets are set annually by the remuneration committee. For the 20082009 grant, targets were set at 6%3% to 10%7% compound annual growth in adjusted EPS. The proportion of options that can be exercised depends on the extent to which the EPS growth targets have been met. For the 20082009 grant, the exercise range is 30%25% for threshold performance up to 100% for achieving 10%7% or more compound annual growth in adjusted



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        32.   Employee share compensation (continued)


        EPS. Re-testing of the performance condition is not permitted. US executives are granted options over the company's ADSs.

        (c)(d)    Diageo senior executive share option plan 1999 (SESOP 1999)    This scheme was introduced with effect from 1 January 2000 and granted options to senior executives at the market value at the time of grant. The last grant under this scheme was made in September 2007. Options granted under the scheme would normally be exercised between three and 10 years after the date granted but only to the extent that a performance condition is satisfied. The performance condition for awards currently


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        34.   Employee share compensation (continued)


        outstanding is based on the increase in Diageo's adjusted EPS measure over a three-year period. If the increase in this EPS measure is at least 15 percentage points greater than the increase in the RPI over the same period, then all the options can be exercised. If the increase in this EPS measure is at least 12 percentage points greater than that of the RPI but less than 15 percentage points, half of the options can be exercised. Re-testing of the performance condition is not permitted on any options. US executives were granted options over the company's ADSs.

        (d)(e)    Diageo associated companies share option plan (DACSOP)    This scheme was introduced in March 2001 and grants options to executives in a number of associated companies. The main terms of the scheme are the same as for DSOP.

        Savings plans

        (a)    UK savings-related share option scheme (SRSOS)    The UK savings-related share option scheme is an HM Revenue & Customs approved scheme available to all UK employees. The scheme provides a long term savings opportunity for employees who can use their savings to pay the exercise price of a share option. Options may normally be exercised after three or five years, according to the length of the option period chosen by the employee, at a price that is not less than 80% of the market value of the shares at the time of the option grant.

        (b)    ROI savings-related share option scheme (ISRSOS)    The ROI savings-related share option scheme operates on a similar basis to the equivalent UK scheme (described above) for employees based in the Republic of Ireland.

        (c)    US employee stock purchase plan (USESPP)    This plan provides a long term savings and investment opportunity for US employees who can use their savings to pay the exercise price of a share option. Options may normally be exercised 12 months after grant at a price equivalent to 85% of the market value of the ADSs at the time of the option grant.

        (d)    International savings-related share option plan (International)    The group also operates an international savings-related share option plan. The plan provides a long term savings opportunity for employees outside the United Kingdom who can use their savings to pay the exercise price of a share option. Options may be exercised between one and five years after grant. The option exercise price can be set at a discount to the market value at the time of grant, ranging from nil to 20%, in accordance with local conditions and practices.

        Executive share award plans

        (a)    Performance share plan (PSP 2008)    This plan was introduced in October 2008 to replace the TSR plan (described below). Under the PSP, share awards can take a number of different forms. No payment is made for awards. To date, participants have been granted conditional rights to receive shares. Awards normally vest after a three-year period – the 'performance cycle' – subject to achievement of two performance tests. The primary performance test is a comparison of Diageo's



        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        32.   Employee share compensation (continued)

        three-year total shareholder return (TSR) – the percentage growth in Diageo's share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are reinvested) – with the TSR of a peer group of 16 companies including Diageo. TSR calculations are converted into a common currency (US dollars). The vesting range is 25% if Diageo's TSR produces a median ranking compared with the TSR of the peer group companies, up to 100% if Diageo is ranked first or second in the peer group. The second performance test requires the remuneration committee to consider that there has been an underlying improvement


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        34.   Employee share compensation (continued)

        in Diageo's three-year financial performance, typically measured by improvement in an adjusted EPS measure. Re-testing of the performance condition is not permitted. Dividends are accrued on awards and are given to participants to the extent that the awards actually vest at the end of the performance cycle. Dividends can be paid in the form of cash or shares.

        (b)    Total shareholder return plan (TSR 1998)    Under the TSR plan, participants were granted a conditional right to receive shares. No payment was made for awards. The last award under this plan was made in September 2007. All conditional rights awarded vest after a three-year period – the 'performance cycle' subject to achievement of two performance tests. The primary performance test is a comparison of Diageo's three-year TSR with the TSR of a peer group of 16 companies including Diageo. TSR calculations are converted into a common currency (US dollars). The second performance test requires the remuneration committee to consider that there has been an underlying improvement in Diageo's three-year financial performance, typically measured by improvement in an adjusted EPS measure.

        (c)    Discretionary incentive plan 2009 (DIP 2009)    This scheme was introduced in October 2009 to replace the previous Discretionary incentive plan (described below). The first awards were granted in March 2010 to a small number of senior executives. No payment is made for awards. Awards over shares or ADSs are granted under the plan, normally in the form of conditional rights to receive shares or ADSs. Awards vest over a three to five-year period with performance criteria varying by employee.

        (d)    Discretionary incentive plan (DIP), formerly Diageo share incentive plan    The firstlast awards were granted in the year ended 30 June 2000September 2009 to a small number of senior executives. No payment is made for awards. Awards over shares or ADSs are granted under the plan, normally in the form of conditional rights to receive shares or ADSs. Awards vest over a three to five-year period with performance criteria varying by employee.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        32.34.   Employee share compensation (continued)

                For the three years ended 30 June 2009,2010, the calculation of the fair value of each option and share award used the binomial (share option and savings plans) and Monte Carlo (share award plans) option pricing models and the following weighted average assumptions:

         
         Executive
        share option
        plans
         Savings
        plans
         Executive
        share award
        plans
         

        2009

                  

        Weighted average assumptions

                  

        Risk free interest rate

          4.2% 4.0% 3.6%

        Expected life of the options

          60 months  43 months  36 months 

        Expected volatility

          14% 15%  

        Dividend yield

          4.2% 4.2% 4.2%

        Weighted average share price

          987p  906p  902p 

        Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

          132p  159p  428p 

        Number of options/awards granted in the year

          10.9 million  3.0 million  3.1 million 

        Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

          £14 million  £5 million  £13 million 

        2008

                  

        Weighted average assumptions

                  

        Risk free interest rate

          5.0% 5.0% 5.0%

        Expected life of the options

          60 months  36 months  36 months 

        Expected volatility

          17% 15%  

        Dividend yield

          3.0% 3.0% 3.0%

        Weighted average share price

          1072p  1088p  1067p 

        Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

          188p  269p  660p 

        Number of options/awards granted in the year

          7.6 million  2.9 million  2.1 million 

        Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

          £14 million  £8 million  £14 million 

        2007

                  

        Weighted average assumptions

                  

        Risk free interest rate

          4.9% 5.1% 5.0%

        Expected life of the options

          60 months  35 months  36 months 

        Expected volatility

          18% 13%  

        Dividend yield

          4.0% 3.7% 4.0%

        Weighted average share price

          940p  941p  942p 

        Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

          144p  200p  841p 

        Number of options/awards granted in the year

          8.3 million  2.7 million  2.1 million 

        Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

          £12 million  £5 million  £18 million 

         
         Executive
        share option
        plans
         Savings
        plans
         Executive
        share award
        plans
         

        2010

                  

        Weighted average assumptions

                  

        Risk free interest rate

          2.8% 1.8% 2.2%

        Expected life of the options

          60 months  36 months  36 months 

        Expected volatility

          18% 17%  

        Dividend yield

          3.6% 3.6% 3.6%

        Weighted average share price

          986p  1030p  985p 

        Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

          135p  224p  516p 

        Number of options/awards granted in the year

          8.2 million  2.8 million  4.1 million 

        Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

          £11 million  £6 million  £21 million 

        2009

                  

        Weighted average assumptions

                  

        Risk free interest rate

          4.2% 4.0% 3.6%

        Expected life of the options

          60 months  43 months  36 months 

        Expected volatility

          14% 15%  

        Dividend yield

          4.2% 4.2% 4.2%

        Weighted average share price

          987p  906p  902p 

        Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

          132p  159p  428p 

        Number of options/awards granted in the year

          10.9 million  3.0 million  3.1 million 

        Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

          £14 million  £5 million  £13 million 

        2008

                  

        Weighted average assumptions

                  

        Risk free interest rate

          5.0% 5.0% 5.0%

        Expected life of the options

          60 months  36 months  36 months 

        Expected volatility

          17% 15%  

        Dividend yield

          3.0% 3.0% 3.0%

        Weighted average share price

          1072p  1088p  1067p 

        Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

          188p  269p  660p 

        Number of options/awards granted in the year

          7.6 million  2.9 million  2.1 million 

        Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

          £14 million  £8 million  £14 million 

        The risk free interest rate is based on the UK treasury coupon strips in effect at the time of the grant, for the expected life of the option. The expected life of the options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The group uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model. Expected volatility is based on implied volatilities from traded options on the group's shares, historical volatility of the group's shares and other factors.


        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        32.34.   Employee share compensation (continued)

                Option holdings in the following tables are stated as ordinary share equivalents in pence. Options prices are translated at the following exchange rates: grants at actual exchange rates; exercises and cancellations at average exchange rates; and closing balances at year end exchange rates.

        (a)    Outstanding options    Options over ordinary shares and over ADSs (US schemes only) outstanding at 30 June 2009 were2010 are as follows:

         
         Range of
        exercise
        prices
        pence
         Number at
        30 June
        2009
         Weighted
        average
        remaining
        contractual
        life
        months
         Weighted
        average
        exercise
        price
        pence
         

        Executive share option plans

          400-499  35,989  8  407 

          500-599  992,338  19  559 

          600-699  4,017,521  48  652 

          700-799  7,108,396  57  738 

          800-899  6,773,035  90  840 

          900-999  7,355,777  82  918 

          1000-1099  10,296,281  98  1040 

          1100-1199  4,391,912  111  1125 

          1200-1299  3,025,672  99  1279 
                     

             43,996,921  82  920 
                     

        Savings plans

          500-599  631,582  11  567 

          600-699  661,359  20  651 

          700-799  1,452,972  22  746 

          800-899  3,511,646  38  846 

          900-999  1,008,244  5  917 

          1000-1099  332,272  23  1046 

          1100-1199  2,084  21  1132 
                     

             7,600,159  26  805 
                     

         
         Range of
        exercise
        prices
        pence
         Number at
        30 June
        2010
         Weighted
        average
        remaining
        contractual
        life
        months
         Weighted
        average
        exercise
        price
        pence
         

        Executive share option plans

          600-699  1,743,696  23  643 

          700-799  3,524,606  42  741 

          800-899  5,125,167  72  847 

          900-999  11,117,363  89  955 

          1000-1099  8,195,173  95  1046 

          1100-1199  4,531,388  88  1146 

          1200-1299  4,196,444  98  1237 

          1300-1399  91,900  92  1346 

          1400-1499  2,807,664  86  1409 
                     

             41,333,401  82  1009 
                     

        Savings plans

          500-599  17,421  9  569 

          600-699  488,172  10  653 

          700-799  2,179,883  38  748 

          800-899  3,817,773  24  846 

          900-999  431,471  12  962 

          1000-1099  140,648  14  1014 

          1100-1199  42,396  9  1157 

          1200-1299  41,579  9  1248 
                     

             7,159,343  26  817 
                     

        Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        32.34.   Employee share compensation (continued)

        (b)    Transactions on schemes    Transactions on the share option and share award plans and the weighted average grant date fair value for options and shares for the three years ended 30 June 20092010 were as follows:

         
         Executive
        share option
        plans
         Savings plans Executive
        share award
        plans
         
         
         Number of
        options
         Weighted
        average
        exercise
        price
        pence
         Number of
        options
         Weighted
        average
        exercise
        price
        pence
         Number of
        awards
         

        Balance outstanding at 30 June 2006

          41,360,593  689  7,847,392  576  3,415,584 

        Granted

          8,259,306  930  2,657,279  758  2,141,688 

        Exercised/awarded

          (8,818,488) 641  (2,238,254) 526  (735,318)

        Forfeited/expired

          (1,429,186) 667  (426,485) 584  (464,747)
                      

        Balance outstanding at 30 June 2007

          39,372,225  726  7,839,932  644  4,357,207 

        Granted

          7,630,791  1054  2,895,869  866  2,105,292 

        Exercised/awarded

          (7,281,171) 642  (2,350,804) 638  (473,387)

        Forfeited/expired

          (998,740) 838  (609,522) 689  (295,971)
                      

        Balance outstanding at 30 June 2008

          38,723,105  806  7,775,475  745  5,693,141 

        Granted

          10,899,101  992  3,001,884  840  3,074,613 

        Exercised/awarded

          (3,436,934) 719  (1,750,400) 612  (616,112)

        Forfeited/expired

          (2,188,351) 946  (1,426,800) 1010  (894,916)
                      

        Balance outstanding at 30 June 2009

          43,996,921  920  7,600,159  805  7,256,726 
                      

        Number of options exercisable at:

                        

        30 June 2009

          18,993,999  754  110,737  863    
                     

        30 June 2008

          15,744,487  647  48,938  665    
                     

        30 June 2007

          14,461,984  621  77,842  564    
                     

         
         Executive
        share option
        plans
         Savings plans Executive
        share award
        plans
         
         
         Number of
        options
         Weighted
        average
        exercise
        price
        pence
         Number of
        options
         Weighted
        average
        exercise
        price
        pence
         Number of
        awards
         

        Balance outstanding at 30 June 2007

          39,372,225  726  7,839,932  644  4,357,207 

        Granted

          7,630,791  1054  2,895,869  866  2,105,292 

        Exercised/awarded

          (7,281,171) 642  (2,350,804) 638  (473,387)

        Forfeited/expired

          (998,740) 838  (609,522) 689  (295,971)
                      

        Balance outstanding at 30 June 2008

          38,723,105  806  7,775,475  745  5,693,141 

        Granted

          10,899,101  992  3,001,884  840  3,074,613 

        Exercised/awarded

          (3,436,934) 719  (1,750,400) 612  (616,112)

        Forfeited/expired

          (2,188,351) 946  (1,426,800) 1010  (894,916)
                      

        Balance outstanding at 30 June 2009

          43,996,921  920  7,600,159  805  7,256,726 

        Granted

          8,241,770  966  2,751,197  794  4,102,143 

        Exercised/awarded

          (9,116,692) 786  (2,108,686) 751  (196,894)

        Forfeited/expired

          (1,788,598) 943  (1,083,327) 902  (1,925,184)
                      

        Balance outstanding at 30 June 2010

          41,333,401  1009  7,159,343  817  9,236,791 
                      

        Number of options exercisable at:

                        

        30 June 2010

          16,415,347  687  78,738  916    
                     

        30 June 2009

          18,993,999  754  110,737  863    
                     

        30 June 2008

          15,744,487  647  48,938  665    
                     

        (c)    Employee share trusts, potential issues of ordinary shares and voting rights    

        (i)    In order to hedge its obligations under the share option and share award plans, the group either purchases own shares directly and holds them as treasury shares, or it funds trusts to acquire shares in the company. The shares held are accounted for as a deduction in arriving at shareholders' equity. Call options are used to manage some of the group's obligations. Dividends receivable by the employee share trusts on the shares are waived.

        (ii)    Shares used to satisfy the group's obligations under the employee share plans can be newly issued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased on the open market by the employee share trusts.

        (iii)    Where shares held by employee share trusts have been allocated to employee share plan participants, they may exercise their voting rights. Where shares are held by employee share trusts and have not been allocated to participants, the trustee abstains from voting.


        33.Table of Contents


        Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        35.   Post balance sheet events

        On 1 July 2009,2010 Diageo announced that agreement has been reached with the group announcedtrustee of the UK Diageo Pension Scheme (the UK Scheme) with respect to a further restructuring programme,10 year funding plan. A pension funding partnership has been formed (the PFP), which includes changesas at 31 July 2010 held £487 million of maturing whisky spirit assets, and provides the trustee with collateral against Diageo's current funding obligations to supply operationsthe UK Scheme. The PFP will be consolidated by Diageo and therefore the creation of the structure will not impact the group's consolidated balance sheet. The structure is expected to generate annual income, commencing in Scotland. In the year ending 30 June 2011, to the UK Scheme of approximately £25 million over the term of the PFP. The PFP is expected to be in place for 15 years after which time the trustee will be able to sell its PFP interests to Diageo for an amount expected to be no greater than the deficit on the UK Scheme at that time, up to a maximum of £430 million.

                Diageo has also agreed to underwrite the reduction of the UK Scheme deficit through an agreement to make conditional cash contributions into an escrow account of up to £338 million if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over a period of 10 years. If asset performance targets are not achieved, contributions to an escrow account would commence, following the finalisation of the actuarial valuation of the UK Scheme at 31 March 2012, and payments from the escrow to the UK Scheme could commence in the year ending 30 June 2015.

                In addition, on 1 July 2010, Diageo announced that it had provisionally agreed a deficit funding arrangement with the group expectstrustee in respect of the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme (the Irish Scheme). This deficit funding arrangement is expected to incur exceptional operating chargesresult in additional annual contributions to the Irish Scheme of £200approximately €21 million before taxation(£17 million) over a period of 18 years, provision for restructuring activities.additional cash contributions if the anticipated reduction in the deficit is not achieved and the Irish Scheme having access to a contingent asset.


        Table of Contents


        Principal group companies

         
         Country of
        incorporation
         Country of
        operation
         Percentage of
        equity owned
         Business description

        Subsidiaries

                 

        Diageo Ireland

         Ireland Worldwide  100100%%Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

        Diageo Great Britain Limited

         England Worldwide  100100%%Production, marketingMarketing and distribution of premium drinks

        Diageo Scotland Limited

         Scotland Worldwide  100100%%Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

        Diageo Brands BV

         Netherlands Worldwide  100100%%Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

        Diageo North America, Inc

         United States Worldwide  100100%%Production, importing and distribution of premium drinks

        Diageo Capital plc(a)

         Scotland United Kingdom  100100%%Financing company for the group

        Diageo Finance plc(a)

         England United Kingdom  100100%%Financing company for the group

        Diageo Capital BV

         Netherlands Netherlands  100100%%Financing company for the group

        Diageo Finance BV

         Netherlands Netherlands  100100%%Financing company for the group

        Diageo Investment Corporation

         United States United States  100100%%Financing company for the US group

        Associate

                 

        Moët Hennessy, SNC(b)

         France France  3434%%Production and distribution of premium drinks

        (a)
        Directly owned by Diageo plc.

        (b)
        French partnership.

        All percentages, unless otherwise stated, relate to holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.


        Table of Contents


        Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firmindependent registered public accounting firm – Internal Controlsinternal controls

        The board of directors and shareholders
        Diageo plc:

                We have audited Diageo plc's internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2009,2010, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Diageo plc's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying management's report on internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Corporate Governance Report in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

                We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

                Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

                In our opinion, Diageo plc maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2009,2010, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

                We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Diageo plc and subsidiaries on pages 125143 to 198228 which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of 30 June 2010, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of recognisedcomprehensive income, and expense,consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flow statementsflows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2009,2010, including the disclosures identified as 'part of the


        Table of Contents


        Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls (continued)


        audited financial statements' within the 'Risk



        Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Internal Controls (continued)


        Management' management' section on pages 7185 to 74,88, the 'Fair value measurements' section on pages 88 and 89, the 'Market risk sensitivity analysis' section on pages 7489 and 7590 and the 'Critical accounting policies' section on pages 7590 to 7793 and our report dated 2625 August 20092010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

        KPMG Audit Plc


        London, England
        2625 August 20092010


        Table of Contents


        Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends

         
         Year ended 30 June 
         
         2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Earnings

                        

        Income before taxes on income, minority interests and discontinued operations

          2,015  2,093  2,095  2,146  1,925 

        Less: Share of associates' income other than 50% associates

          (164) (177) (149) (131) (121)

        Add: Dividend income receivable from associates other than 50% associates

          179  143  119  106  104 

        Add: Fixed charges

          869  549  400  284  325 

        Less: Preferred share dividends payable

                  (11)
                    

          2,899  2,608  2,465  2,405  2,222 
                    

        Fixed charges

                        

        Interest payable and other finance charges

          836  523  378  261  289 

        Add: Interest capitalized

          4         

        Add: Preferred share dividends payable

                  11 

        Add: One third of rental expense for continuing operations

          29  26  22  23  25 
                    

          869  549  400  284  325 
                    

         

         

        ratio

         

        ratio

         

        ratio

         

        ratio

         

        ratio

         

        Ratio

          3.3  4.8  6.2  8.5  6.8 
                    

         
         Year ended 30 June 
         
         2010 2009
        (restated)
         2008
        (restated)
         2007
        (restated)
         2006
        (restated)
         
         
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         £ million
         

        Earnings

                        

        Income before taxes on income, non-controlling interests and discontinued operations

          2,239  1,990  2,078  2,096  2,133 

        Less: Share of associates' income

          (142) (164) (176) (149) (131)

        Add: Dividend income receivable from associates

          111  179  143  119  106 

        Add: Fixed charges

          966  869  549  400  284 
                    

          3,174  2,874  2,594  2,466  2,392 
                    

        Fixed charges

                        

        Interest payable and other finance charges (note(1))

          931  836  523  378  261 

        Add: Interest capitalised

          5  4       

        Add: One third of rental expense

          30  29  26  22  23 
                    

          966  869  549  400  284 
                    

         

         

        ratio

         

        ratio

         

        ratio

         

        ratio

         

        ratio

         

        Ratio

          3.3  3.3  4.7  6.2  8.4 
                    

        Notes

        (1)
        The fixed charges infigures have been restated following the calculationadoption of the ratioamendment toIAS 38 – Intangible assetsandIFRS 8 – Operating segmentsand the change to the accounting treatment of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends excludes interest on post employment plan liabilities.returnables.

        (2)
        Interest payable and other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 20092010 includes a £275 million charge (30 June 2009 – £164 million charge (2008charge; 30 June 2008 – a £75 million charge; 30 June 2007 – a £30 million charge; 30 June 2006 – a £15 million charge; 2005 – £nil)charge) in respect of fair value adjustments to the group's derivative instruments and a £10 million charge (30 June 2009 – £33 million charge (2008charge; 30 June 2008 – £nil; 30 June 2007 – £nil; 30 June 2006 – £2 million charge; 2005 – £8 million charge) in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements that do not meet the accounting criteria for recognition in equity and aequity. In the year ended 30 June 2009 there was an £11 million charge (2008(30 June 2008 – £6 million charge; 30 June 2007 – £nil; 30 June 2006 – a £2 million charge; 2005 – £nil)charge) in respect of exchange movements on net borrowings not in a hedge relationship and therefore recognised in the income statement.

        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders

        Legal proceedings

        Information on legal proceedings is set out in note 2931 to the consolidated financial statements.

        Related party transactions

        Transactions with directors are disclosed in the directors' remuneration report (see 'Directors' remuneration report – Additional information') and transactions with other related parties are disclosed in note 3032 to the consolidated financial statements.

        Material contracts

        Agreement for the acquisition of the Seagram spirits and wine businesses    On 19 December 2000, Diageo and Pernod Ricard SA entered into a stock and asset purchase agreement (the SAPA) with Vivendi Universal SA, whereby Pernod Ricard and Diageo agreed to acquire stock and assets of the worldwide spirits, wines, wine and malt coolers, other malt beverages, fortified wines, non-alcoholic mixers and other alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages business of The Seagram Company Limited. The acquisition was completed on 21 December 2001.

                The acquisition consideration, under the SAPA, was $8.15 billion (£5.62 billion) in cash, subject to a number of adjustments. Diageo's share of the purchase price, after adjustment, was £3.7 billion. The terms of the bidding and acquisition arrangements between Pernod Ricard and Diageo for the Seagram acquisition were governed by the Framework Implementation Agreement, a formal agreement entered into on 4 December 2000 which was subsequently amended and restated (the FIA). The FIA set out (amongst other things) principles governing the split of the Seagram spirits and wine businesses, the integration process for the business and the interim management of the non-core businesses. The FIA was terminated by the execution of a further agreement on 21 December 2002 which was subsequently amended and supplemented (the SOFIA) although this termination is without prejudice to any prior breaches of the FIA. Under the SOFIA, all material assets that were jointly acquired by Pernod Ricard and Diageo from Vivendi Universal are allocated between Diageo and Pernod Ricard. A number of the provisions of the FIA have been carried forward into the SOFIA in modified form. These include provisions relating to the parties' responsibility for liabilities incurred by or in connection with the various businesses acquired under the SAPA including for the sharing of certain liabilities between the parties. Where liability is to be shared between Diageo and Pernod Ricard, this is generally on the basis of the same 60.9/39.1 ratio adopted for the FIA (subject to, amongst other things, de minimis limitations that limit the ability of one party to recover from the other in certain cases and to detailed conduct of claims provisions). The SOFIA also provides for the settlement of various historic and ongoing claims between the parties under the FIA and for the settlement of various costs and expenses (including future costs and expenses). In addition, the SOFIA provides the basis for the management of the remaining jointly-owned businesses including for their future restructuring and/or liquidation.

        Share capital

        As at 7 September 2009, Diageo had an authorised share capital of 5,329 million ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each with an aggregate nominal value of £1,542 million, and an allotted and fully paid share capital of 2,754 million ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each with an aggregate nominal value of £797 million (including treasury shares and shares owned by the employee share trusts).


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Share capital (continued)

        Major shareholders    At 78 September 2009,2010, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the company's ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified to the company.

        Shareholder
         Number of
        ordinary
        shares
         Percentage of issued
        ordinary share capital
        (excluding treasury shares)
         Date of
        notification
        of interest
         

        Capital Research and Management Company (indirect holding)

          124,653,096  4.99% 28 April 2009 

        Legal & General Group Plc
        (direct holding)

          107,824,143  4.12% 26 October 2007 

        Shareholder
         Number of
        ordinary
        shares
         Percentage of issued
        ordinary share capital
        (excluding treasury shares)
         Date of
        notification
        of interest
         

        BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (indirect holding)

          147,296,928  5.89%  3 December 2009 

        Capital Research and Management Company (indirect holding)

          124,653,096  4.99%  28 April 2009 

        Legal & General Group Plc (direct holding)

          99,894,002  3.99%  20 October 2009 

        The company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in its securities. The company's substantial shareholders do not have different voting rights. Diageo, so far as is known by the company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. Diageo knows of no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the company.

                As at the close of business on 78 September 2009, 544,471,9702010, 542,985,927 ordinary shares, including those held through ADSs, were held by approximately 2,7732,691 holders (including American Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders) with registered addresses in the United States, representing approximately 22% of the outstanding ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares). At such date, 135,935,563135,565,292 ADSs were held by 2,0872,001 registered ADR holders. Since certain of such ordinary shares and ADSs are held by nominees or former GrandMet or Guinness Group ADR holders who have not re-registered their ADSs, the number of holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners in the United States or the ordinary shares held by them.

        Trading market for shares    The Diageo plc ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange (the Exchange) and on the Dublin and Paris Stock Exchanges. Diageo plc American Depositary Shares (ADSs), representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares each, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

                The principal trading market for the ordinary shares is the Exchange. Shares are traded on the Exchange's electronic order book. Orders placed on the order book are displayed on-screen through a central electronic system and trades are automatically executed, in price and then time priority, when orders match with corresponding buy or sell orders.

                Only member firms of the Exchange can enter or delete orders on behalf of clients or on their own account. All orders are anonymous. Although use of the order book is not mandatory, all trades, whether or not executed through the order book and regardless of size, must be published immediately after execution unless they are large trades eligible for deferred publication.

                The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) repealed the Investment Services Directive (ISD) on 1 November 2007. It replaced the worked principal agreement basis for delayed reporting of large trades with a sliding scale requirement based on qualifying minimum thresholds for the amount of consideration to be paid/the proportion of average daily turnover (ADT) of a stock represented by a trade. Provided that a trade/consideration equals or exceeds the qualifying minimum size, it will be eligible for deferred publication ranging from 60 minutes from time of trade to three


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Share capital (continued)


        trading days after time of trade. Diageo ordinary shares have an ADT of £80 million. The ADT for



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Share capital (continued)


        each equity security is calculated as the yearly turnover divided by the number of trading days, excluding negotiated trades (i.e. those trades privately negotiated but executed within the exchange).

                Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the US dollar will affect the US dollar equivalent of the pound sterling price of the ordinary shares on the Exchange and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs on the NYSE. In addition, such fluctuations will affect the US dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion of cash dividends paid in pounds sterling on the underlying ordinary shares.

                The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations (which represent an average of bid and asked prices) for the ordinary shares on the Exchange, taken from its Daily Official List, and the highest and lowest sales prices for ADSs as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

         
         Per ordinary share Per ADS 
         
         High Low High Low 
         
         pence
         pence
         $
         $
         

        Year ended 30 June

                     

        2005

          824  658  60.96  48.58 

        2006

          928  777  68.98  55.11 

        2007

          1094  895  86.79  65.83 

        2008

          1122  911  92.55  72.70 

        2009

          1065  733  76.65  41.14 

        Three months ended

                     

        September 2007

          1086  990  87.82  78.93 

        December 2007

          1122  1050  92.55  84.90 

        March 2008

          1081  943  85.83  76.32 

        June 2008

          1075  911  85.99  72.70 

        September 2008

          1065  857  76.65  67.59 

        December 2008

          987  794  70.10  50.25 

        March 2009

          989  733  58.44  41.14 

        June 2009

          889  772  58.84  45.54 

        2009 monthly

                     

        January

          989  902  58.44  51.33 

        February

          950  819  55.62  46.49 

        March

          792  733  45.03  41.14 

        April

          813  772  47.94  45.54 

        May

          881  815  54.56  48.66 

        June

          889  840  58.84  54.00 

        July

          938  867  62.38  56.42 

        August

          997  917  64.29  60.68 

        Up to 7 September 2009

          973  953  63.30  61.98 

         
         Per ordinary share Per ADS 
         
         High Low High Low 
         
         pence
         pence
         $
         $
         

        Year ended 30 June

                     

        2006

          928  777  68.98  55.11 

        2007

          1094  895  86.79  65.83 

        2008

          1122  911  92.55  72.70 

        2009

          1065  733  76.65  41.14 

        2010

          1160  867  71.99  56.42 

        Three months ended

                     

        September 2008

          1065  857  76.65  67.59 

        December 2008

          987  794  70.10  50.25 

        March 2009

          989  733  58.44  41.14 

        June 2009

          889  772  58.84  45.54 

        September 2009

          996  867  64.44  56.42 

        December 2009

          1090  947  69.66  60.71 

        March 2010

          1116  1000  70.92  62.87 

        June 2010

          1160  1025  71.99  59.22 

        2010 monthly

                     

        January

          1084  1048  70.92  67.19 

        February

          1071  1000  68.09  62.87 

        March

          1116  1079  67.45  65.20 

        April

          1160  1104  71.99  67.21 

        May

          1115  1025  68.14  59.22 

        June

          1119  1058  66.49  61.21 

        July

          1143  1033  70.90  63.05 

        August

          1127  1050  71.59  65.26 

        September (to 8 September 2010)

          1105  1085  68.09  67.17 

        At close of business on 78 September 2009,2010, the market prices for ordinary shares and ADSs were 972.51085 pence and $63.30,$67.17 respectively.


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        MemorandumAmerican depositary shares

        Fees and articlescharges payable by ADS holders

        The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the depositary (the 'Depositary') for Diageo's ADS programme. Pursuant to the deposit agreement between Diageo, the Depositary and owners and holders of ADSs (the 'Deposit Agreement'), ADS holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid. In particular, the Depositary, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, shall charge a fee of $0.05 or less per ADS (or portion thereof) relating to (i) the issuance, execution and delivery of ADSs or (ii) the withdrawal of shares underlying the ADSs, a fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable, if securities distributed by Diageo had been ordinary shares and the ordinary shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs. In addition, ADS holders may be required under the Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary (i) any tax, duty, governmental charge or fee or stock transfer or registration fee arising in connection with the foregoing transactions or otherwise, (ii) any expense resulting from the conversion of a foreign currency into US dollars and (iii) the expense of certain communications made, at the request of the ADS holder, by cable, telex or facsimile. The Depositary may (i) withhold dividends or other distributions or sell any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order to satisfy any tax or governmental charge and (ii) deduct from any cash distribution any tax payable thereon or the cost of any currency conversion.

        Direct and indirect payments by the Depositary

        The Depositary reimburses Diageo for certain expenses it incurs in connection with the ADS programme, subject to a ceiling set out in the agreement pursuant to which the Depositary provides services to Diageo. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard fees associated with the administration of the programme.

                During the financial year ended 30 June 2010, the company received from the Depositary $1,200,000 for continuing annual stock exchange listing fees, routine reporting and programme maintenance, standard out-of-pocket maintenance costs for the ADSs (consisting of the expenses of postage and envelopes for mailing annual financial reports, printing and distributing dividend checks, electronic filing of US Federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile, and telephone calls), legal fees and certain investor relationship programmes and investor relations promotional activities.

        Articles of association

        Diageo is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307.

        The following description summarises certain provisions of Diageo's memorandum of association and of its articles of association (as amendedadopted by special resolution at the Annual General Meeting on 1514 October 2008)2009) and applicable English law concerning companies (the Companies Acts), in each case as at 1016 August 2009.2010. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Acts and Diageo's memorandum and articles of association. Information on where investors can obtain copies of the memorandum and articles of association is provided under 'Additional information for shareholders – Documents on display' below.

                A resolution will be put to the Annual General Meeting to be held on 14 October 2009 to adopt new articles of association. The proposed changes reflect the final phase of the implementation of the Companies Act 2006 and the implementation of the Companies (Shareholders' Rights) Regulations 2009. If adopted, the changes will be reflected in the summary of the articles which will appear in the 2010 Annual Report.

                All of Diageo's ordinary shares are fully paid. Accordingly, no further contribution of capital may be required by Diageo from the holders of such shares.


        Objects and purposes    Diageo is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307. Diageo's objects and purposes are set forth in the fourth clauseTable of its memorandumContents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Articles of association and cover a wide range of activities, including carrying on the business of a holding company, carrying on the business of producing, distributing and marketing branded drinks and brewing, distilling and manufacturing wines, spirits and mineral or other types of water, as well as doing anything incidental or conducive to the attainment of its objectives. The memorandum of association grants Diageo a broad range of powers to effect these objectives.(continued)

        Directors    Diageo's articles of association provide for a board of directors, consisting (unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders) of not fewer than three directors and not more than 25 directors, in which all powers to manage the business and affairs of Diageo are vested. Directors may be elected by the members in a general meeting or appointed by the board of directors. At each annual general meeting, the following are required to retire and are then reconsidered for re-election, assuming they wish to stand for re-election: any director who has been appointed by the board of directors since the last annual general meeting; any director who has been in office during the two previous general meetings and did not retire at either of them; and any director who has been in office, other than in an executive position, for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the meeting. There is no age limit requirement in respect of directors.

                Under Diageo's articles of association, a director cannot vote in respect of any proposal in which the director has an interest. However, this restriction on voting does not apply where the interest cannot reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict of interest, nor to resolutions (a) giving the director any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of obligations or liabilities incurred for the benefit of Diageo, (b) giving any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third party in respect of obligations of Diageo for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee or by the giving of security, (c) relating to an offer of securities of Diageo in which the director participates or may participate as a holder of shares or other securities or in the underwriting, (d) relating to any contract in which the director is interested by virtue of the director's interest in securities of Diageo or by reason of any other interest in or through Diageo, (e) concerning any other company in which the director is directly or indirectly interested, provided that the director does not have a relevant interest in that company, (f) relating to the arrangement of any employee benefit



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Memorandum and articles of association (continued)


        (including (including any retirement benefit plan) in which the director will share equally with other employees, (g) relating to any insurance that Diageo purchases or maintains for its directors or any group of people, including directors, (h) giving the director an indemnity where all the other directors are being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms, and (i) for the funding by Diageo of the director's expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by Diageo of anything to enable the director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all the other directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements. A director cannot vote in relation to any resolution of the board concerning his own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with Diageo or any company in which Diageo is interested.

                Under the articles of association, compensation awarded to directors may be decided by the board or any authorised committee of the board. The remuneration committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board concerning matters relating to remuneration policy. It is comprised of all the non-executive directors except for the chairman.

                The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of Diageo to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all net external borrowings of the group outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to twice the aggregate of the group's adjusted capital and reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in the articles of association, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of Diageo's shareholders.

                Directors are not required to hold any shares of Diageo as a qualification to act as a director.

        Dividend rights    Holders of Diageo's ordinary shares may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the directors. The directors


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Articles of association (continued)


        may also pay interim dividends or fixed rate dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution. All of Diageo's ordinary shares rank equally for dividends, but the board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of Diageo's shares from a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in the articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts. Dividends may be paid in currencies other than pounds sterling and such dividends will be calculated using an appropriate market exchange rate as determined by the directors in accordance with Diageo's articles of association.

                If a dividend has not been claimed, the directors may invest the dividend or use it in some other way for the benefit of Diageo until the dividend is claimed. If the dividend remains unclaimed for 12 years after the date such dividend was declared or became due for payment, it will be forfeited and will revert to Diageo (unless the directors decide otherwise). Diageo may stop sending cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments in payment of dividends by post in respect of any shares or may cease to employ any other means for payment of dividends if either (a) at least two consecutive payments have remained uncashed or are returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed, or (b) one payment remains uncashed or is returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new postal address or account of the holder. Diageo must resume sending dividend cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments or employing that means of payment if the holder requests such resumption in writing.

                Diageo's articles of association permit payment or satisfaction of a dividend wholly or partly by distribution of specific assets, including fully paid shares or debentures of any other company. Such



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Memorandum and articles of association (continued)


        action must be directed by the general meeting which declared the dividend and upon the recommendation of the directors.

        Voting rights    Voting on any resolution at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands, (a) every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting, and every proxy appointed by any one shareholder and present at a general meeting, has/have one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder (or, subject to (b), represented by the proxy), and (b) every proxy present at a general meeting who has been appointed by more than one shareholder has one vote regardless of the number of shareholders who have appointed him or the number of shares held by those shareholders, unless he has been instructed to vote for a resolution by one or more shareholders and to vote against the resolution by one or more shareholders, in which case he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder, but a shareholder or proxy entitled to more than one vote need not cast all his votes or cast them all in the same way (the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set out in the form of proxy).

                A poll may be demanded by any of the following:


        Table of Contents



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Articles of association (continued)

        Diageo's articles of association and the Companies Acts provide for matters to be transacted at general meetings of Diageo by the proposing and passing of two kinds of resolutions:

        An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. The necessary quorum for a meeting of Diageo is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

                In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting is entitled to cast the deciding vote in addition to any other votes he may have.



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Memorandum and articles of association (continued)

                A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of any share held by him if he has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts.

        Liquidation rights    In the event of the liquidation of Diageo, after payment of all liabilities and deductions taking priority in accordance with English law, the balance of assets available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them.

        Pre-emptive rights and new issues of shares    While holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under the articles of association, the ability of the directors to cause Diageo to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted. Under the Companies Acts, the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained in a company's articles of association or given by its shareholders in general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies Acts, Diageo may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders.

        Disclosure of interests in Diageo's shares    There are no provisions in the articles of association whereby persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of Diageo's shares are required


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Articles of association (continued)


        to make disclosure of their ownership percentage, although there are such requirements under the Companies Acts. The basic disclosure requirement under Part 6 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules made by the Financial Services Authority imposes a statutory obligation on a person to notify Diageo and the Financial Services Authority of the percentage of the voting rights in Diageo he directly or indirectly holds or controls, or has rights over, through his direct or indirect holding of certain financial instruments, if the percentage of those voting rights:

        The Disclosure and Transparency Rules set out in detail the circumstances in which an obligation of disclosure will arise, as well as certain exemptions from those obligations for specified persons.

                Under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, Diageo may, by notice in writing, require a person that Diageo knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or was during the three years preceding the date of notice interested in Diageo's shares to indicate whether or not that is the case and, if that person does or did hold an interest in Diageo's shares, to provide certain information as set out in that Act.

                Rule 3 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules further requires persons discharging managerial responsibilities within Diageo (and their connected persons) to notify Diageo of transactions conducted



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Memorandum and articles of association (continued)


        on their own account in Diageo shares or derivatives or certain financial instruments relating to Diageo shares.

                The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.

        General meetings and notices    At least 21 clear days' written notice of an annual general meeting is required. Any general meeting which is not an annual general meeting is called a `general'general meeting'. Since the coming into force of the Companies (Shareholders' Rights) Regulations 2009, the minimum notice period for general meetings has increased from 14 to 21 clear days. This can, however, be reduced to 14 clear days, subject to shareholder approval, and offering shareholders the facility to vote electronically. Diageo already offers shareholders the facility to vote by electronic means (via its online proxy service), and intends to put the necessary resolution to the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, as it did in 2009, to approve the holding of subsequent general meetings on not less than 14 clear days' notice. This approval will expire at the next Annual General Meeting.

                An annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months of Diageo's accounting reference date and at a time and place determined by the directors.

                The chairman of any general meeting is entitled to refuse admission to (or eject from) that general meeting any person who fails to comply with any security arrangements or restrictions that the board may impose.

        Variation of rights    If, at any time, Diageo's share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts,


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Articles of association (continued)


        either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

                At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of the articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that (a) the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be at least two) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or, if such quorum is not present on an adjourned meeting, one person who holds shares of the class regardless of the number of shares he holds, (b) any holder of shares of the class who is present in person or by proxy may demand a poll, and (c) each shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote will have one vote per share held in that particular class in the event a poll is taken.

                Class rights are deemed not to have been varied by the creation or issue of new shares ranking equally with or subsequent to that class of shares in all respects or by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares or by the purchase or redemption by Diageo of its own shares, in each case in accordance with the Companies Acts and the articles of association.

        Repurchase of shares    Subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, Diageo may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Acts. Any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby reducing the amount of Diageo's issued share capital. Diageo currently has shareholder authority to buy back up to 252250 million ordinary shares during the period up to the next Annual General Meeting. The minimum price which must be paid for such shares is 28101/108 pence and



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Memorandum and articles of association (continued)


        the maximum price is the higher of (a) an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out.

        Restrictions on transfers of shares    The board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated Diageo share unless the instrument of transfer (a) is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the board to be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the right to transfer as the board may reasonably require, (b) is in respect of only one class of share and (c) if to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.

                Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in the articles of association) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.

                The board may decline to register a transfer of any of Diageo's certificated shares by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in the articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts, unless the transfer is shown to the board to be pursuant to an arm's lengtharm's-length sale (as defined in the articles of association).


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Exchange controls

        There are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends to US persons on Diageo's ordinary shares or on the conduct of Diageo's operations.

                There are no restrictions under the company's memorandum and articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the company's ordinary shares.

                Please refer to the 'Taxation' section below for details relating to the taxation of dividend payments.

        Documents on display

        The latest Annual Report, the Annual ReviewForm 20-F and any relatedother documents offiled by the company with the US Securities Exchange Commission may be inspected at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the public reference room can be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1 800 SEC 0330.

        Taxation

        This section provides a descriptive summary of certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences that are likely to be material to the holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs, who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes. It does not purport to be a complete technical



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Taxation (continued)

        analysis or a listing of all potential tax effects relevant to the ownership of the ordinary shares and ADSs. This section does not apply to any holder who is subject to special rules, including:

        For UK tax purposes, this section applies only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of their shares or ADSs and who hold their shares or ADSs as investments. It assumes that holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition to those persons mentioned above, this section does not apply to holders that are banks, regulated investment companies, other financial institutions or to persons who have or are deemed to have acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs in the course of an employment or trade. This summary does not apply to persons who are treated as non-domiciled and resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of UK tax law. This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Taxation (continued)

        amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, the laws of the United Kingdom and the practice of Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs, all as currently in effect, as well as on the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Tax on Income and Capital Gains (the Treaty). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

                In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. In general, and taking into account this assumption, for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Treaty, holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK tax on profits or gains.

                A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes:



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Taxation (continued)

        This section is not intended to provide specific advice and no action should be taken or omitted in reliance upon it. This section addresses only certain aspects of US federal income tax and UK income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and stamp taxes. Holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult their own tax adviser regarding the US federal, state and local, and UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the shares or ADSs in their respective circumstances. In particular, holders are encouraged to confirm with their adviser whether they are a US holder eligible for the benefits of the Treaty.

        DividendsUK taxation    There is no UK withholding tax on dividends. A shareholder who is an individual resident for UK tax purposes in the United Kingdom that receives a dividend from the company will generally be entitled to a tax credit equal to one-ninth of the dividend. The individual will be taxable on the total of the dividend and the related credit, known as the gross dividend, which will be regarded as the top slice of the individual's income. TheIn the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at basic rate, the tax credit will however, be treated as discharging the individual's liability to income tax in respect of the gross dividend. In case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the higher rate, the individual will be subject to tax on the gross dividend unless and exceptat the rate of 32.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax in which casewhen it is treated (as mentioned above) as the individualtop slice of individual's income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual's liability to that extent, payincome tax on the gross dividend, calculatedso that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 22.5% of the gross dividend. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the additional rate, the individual will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 42.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the additional rate of


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Taxation (continued)


        income tax when it is treated (as mentioned above) as the top slice of the individual's income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual's liability to income tax on the gross dividend, so that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 32.5% of the gross dividend lessdividend. Shareholders within the relatedcharge to UK corporation tax credit. A shareholder that is a company resident for taxwhich are small companies (for the purposes inof the United KingdomUK taxation of dividends) will not generally be taxablesubject to tax on any dividend it receives in respect of the shares. The UK Government has published draft legislation that would, if passed in its current form, significantly change the tax treatment of dividends received byfrom Diageo. Other shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax. Such shareholders should consult their independent professional tax advisers aboutwill not be subject to tax on dividends from Diageo so long as the implicationsdividends fall within an exempt class and certain conditions are met. In general, dividends paid on shares that are ordinary share capital for UK tax purposes and are not redeemable and dividends paid to a person holding less than 10% of the legislation, once finally enacted.issued share capital of the payer (or any class of that share capital) are examples of dividends that fall within an exempt class. A shareholder who is not liable for tax on dividends received on the shares will not be entitled to claim payment of the tax credit in respect of those dividends.

                Eligible US holders will not normally be entitled to a tax credit under the Treaty, nor will they be subject to a withholding tax by the United Kingdom.

        US taxation    Under the US federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend paid to a US holder by Diageo in respect of its ordinary shares or ADSs out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) is subject to US federal income taxation. Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to the holder at a maximum tax rate of 15%, provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs are held for more than 60 days during the 121 day121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by Diageo with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs will be qualified dividend income to US holders that meet the holding period requirement. Under the Treaty, dividends will not be subject to UK withholding tax. Therefore, the US holder will include in income for US federal income tax purposes the amount of the dividend received, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.

                The dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receives the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Taxation (continued)


        dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and, depending on the US holder's circumstances, will generally either be 'passive' or 'general' income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. The amount of the dividend distribution that must be included in income of a US holder will be the US dollar value of the pence payments made, determined at the spot UKpounds sterling/US dollar foreign exchange rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is included in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder's basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Taxation (continued)

        Taxation of capital gainsUK taxation    A citizen or resident (for tax purposes) of the United States who has at no time been either resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by the holder in the United Kingdom through a UK branch, agency or a permanent establishment. A disposal (or deemed disposal) of shares or ADSs by a shareholder, or holder of ADSs, who is resident or (in the case of an individual) resident or ordinarily resident in the UK may, depending on the shareholder's or ADS holder's particular circumstances, and subject to any available exemption or relief, give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of UK taxation of chargeable gains.

        US taxation    Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that is realised and the tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder that is recognised in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2011 isgenerally taxed at a maximum rate of 15%preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

                A US holder who is liable for both UK and US tax on a gain on the disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be entitled, subject to certain limitations, to a credit against the holder's US federal income tax liability for the amount of any UK tax paid in respect of such gain.

        PFIC rules    Diageo believes that ordinary shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If treated as a PFIC, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, US holders would be treated as if the holder had realised such gain and certain 'excess distributions' pro-rated over the holder's holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received from Diageo will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if



        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Taxation (continued)


        Diageo is a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

        UK inheritance tax    Subject to certain provisions relating to trusts or settlements, an ordinary share or ADS held by an individual shareholder who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate and gift taxes (the Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual's death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during the individual's lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs independent personal services. In a case where an ordinary share or ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax payable in


        Table of Contents


        Additional information for shareholders (continued)

        Taxation (continued)


        the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.

        UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax    Stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) arises upon the deposit of an underlying ordinary share with the Depositary, generally at the higher rate of 1.5% of its issue price or, as the case may be, of the consideration for transfer. The Depositary will pay the SDRT but will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial holders of ADSs. No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADSs in practice, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom. Furthermore, an agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

                Purchases of ordinary shares will be subject to UK stamp duty, or SDRT as the case may be, at the rate of 0.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer. However, where ordinary shares being acquired are transferred direct to the Depositary's nominee, the only charge will generally be the higher SDRT charge of 1.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares so acquired.


        Table of Contents


        Signature

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

         DIAGEO plc
        (REGISTRANT)

         

        /s/ NC ROSE

        NC Rose
        Chief financial officer

        1114 September 20092010


        Table of Contents


        Exhibits

        1.1
        Memorandum and Articles of Association of Diageo plc, dated as of 1514 October 20082009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Diageo plc's report on Form 6-K dated 1615 October 20082009 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        2.1
        Indenture, among Diageo Capital plc, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon, dated as of 3 August 1998* (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Diageo plc's Registration Statement on Form F-3 (Commission File No. 333-8874))

        2.2
        Indenture, among Diageo Investment Corporation, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon, dated as of 1 June 1999* (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2001 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        2.3
        Indenture, among Diageo Finance B.V., Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon, dated as of 8 December 2003* (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Diageo plc's Registration Statement on Form F-3 (Commission File No. 333-110804))

        4.1
        SOFIA: an agreement relating to the termination of the Framework and Implementation Agreement between Diageo plc and Pernod Ricard S.A., dated 21 December 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2003 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.2
        Service Agreement between Diageo plc and Paul S. Walsh, dated 1 November 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2006 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.3
        Service Agreement between Diageo plc and Nicholas C. Rose, dated 14 February 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2006 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.4
        Service Agreement between Diageo plc and Deirdre A. Mahlan, dated 1 July 2010

        4.5
        Letter of Agreement between Diageo plc and Dr Franz B. Humer, dated 19 July 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.54.6
        Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United Kingdom dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2007 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.64.7
        Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United States dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2007 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.74.8
        The Diageo plc 2008 Performance Share Plan dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Diageo plc's Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated 16 October 2008 (Commission File No. 333-154338))

        4.84.9
        The Diageo plc 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Diageo plc's Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated 16 October 2008 (Commission File No. 333-154338))

        4.94.10
        The Diageo plc Senior Executive Share Option Plan dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))


        Table of Contents

        4.104.11
        The Diageo plc Executive Share Option Plan dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))


        4.114.12
        The Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Option Plan dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.124.13
        Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.134.14
        The Discretionary Incentive Plan dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.144.15
        The Diageo plc 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.154.16
        The Diageo plc 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.164.17
        Diageo plc UK Sharesave Scheme 2000 dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.174.18
        The Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan dated as of 7 February 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        4.184.19
        Addendum to Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United States (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 (Commission File No. 1-10691))

        7.1
        Description of ratio of earnings to fixed charges (included on page 202232 of the Annual Report)

        8.1
        Principal group companies (included on page 199229 of the Annual Report)

        12.1
        Certification of Paul S. Walsh filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)

        12.2
        Certification of Nicholas C. Rose filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)

        13.1
        Certification of Paul S. Walsh furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b)

        13.2
        Certification of Nicholas C. Rose furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b)

        15.1
        Consent of independent registered public accounting firm

        *
        Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among the company, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under the company's indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999.

        Table of Contents


        Cross reference to Form 20-F

        The information in this document that is referenced in the following table and the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 2631 and 2732 is included in Diageo's 20092010 Form 20-F and is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

        Item
         
        Required item in 20-F
         Page
        Part I  
        1. Identity of directors, senior management and advisers
        Not applicable  

        2.

         

        Offer statistics and expected timetable
        Not applicable

         



        Not applicable 

        3.

         

        Key information

         

         

         

        Selected financial data

        1-5
          

        Risk factors

         21-26Selected financial data1-5
        Risk factors24-30

        4.

         

        Information on the company

         

         

         

        Business description

        6-27
          

        Business description6-32
        Principal group companies

         199229

        4A.

         

        Unresolved Staff Comments

         

         


          Not applicable  

        5.

         

        Operating and financial review and prospects

         

         

         

        Operating results

        28-64
          

        Trend information

         65Operating results33-78
          

        Liquidity and capital resources

         66-70Trend information78
          

        Contractual obligations

         70-71Liquidity and capital resources79-83
          

        Off-balance sheet arrangements

         71Contractual obligations84-85
          

        Critical accounting policies

         75-77Off-balance sheet arrangements85
          

        Critical accounting policies90-93
        New accounting standards

         7793, 155-157

        6.

         

        Directors, senior management and employees

         

         

         

        Directors and senior management

        78-82
          

        Directors' remuneration report

         83-104Directors and senior management94-98
          

        Directors' remuneration report99-121
        Corporate governance report – Board of directors

         105-108122-125
          

        Audit committee

         108-110Audit committee125-127
          

        Remuneration committee

         110Remuneration committee128
          

        Directors' report ��� Directors

         120Directors' report – Directors138
          

        Employees

         15-16Employees17-18

        7.

         

        Major shareholders and related party transactions

         

         

         

        Related party transactions

        192
          

        Major shareholders

         204Related party transactions220-221
        Major shareholders234-235

        8.

         

        Financial information

         

         

         

        Dividends

        3
          

        Dividends3-4
        Report of independent registered public accounting firm

         124142
          

        Consolidated primary financial statements

         125-128143-147
          

        Accounting policies

         129-135Accounting policies148-154
          

        Notes to the consolidated financial statements

         136-198155-228
          

        Legal proceedings

         203Legal proceedings218-220, 233

        Table of Contents

        Item
         
        Required item in 20-F
         Page

        9.

         

        The offer and listing

         



         
          

        Trading market for shares

         204-205234-235

        10.

         

        Additional information

         

         

         

        Material contracts

        203
          

        Share capital

         203-205Material contracts233
          

        Memorandum and articles of association

         206-211Share capital234-235
          

        Exchange controls

         211Memorandum and articles of association236-241
          

        Documents on display

         211Exchange controls242
          

        Taxation

         211-215Documents on display242
        Taxation242-246

        11.

         

        Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

         

         

         

        Risk management

        71-74
          

        Sensitivity analysis

         74-75Risk management85-88
        Fair value measurements88-89
        Sensitivity analysis89-90

        12.

         

        Description of securities other than equity securities

         

         


          Not applicable American depositary shares236 

        Part II







         

         
        13. Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies  
          Not applicable  

        14.

         

        Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

         

         


          Not applicable  

        15.

         

        Controls and procedures

         

         


          

        Filings assurance committee

         112129
          Management's report on internal control over financial reporting 116133-134
          Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls 200-201230-231
          Internal control and risk management 112-113129-131

        16A.

         

        Audit committee financial expert

         

         


          Audit committee 108-110125-127

        16B.

         

        Code of ethics

         

         


          Compliance and ethics programme 113-114131

        16C.

         

        Principal accountant fees and services

         

         


          Auditor fees 143164

        16D.

         

        Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees

         

         


          Not applicable  

        16E.

         

        Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

         

         


          Capital repayments 67-6881
          Purchases of own shares (Not applicable) 120

        16F.

         

        Change in registrant's certifying accountant

         

         


          Not applicable  

        16G.

         

        Corporate governance

         

         
        Corporate governance118-119

        17.


        Financial statements

         

         
          Not applicable Corporate governance135-137 

        Table of Contents

        Item
         
        Required item in 20-F
         Page

        Part III

         







         
        18.17. Financial statements  
          

        Not applicable


        18.


        Financial statements




        Report of independent registered public accounting firm

         124142
          

        Consolidated primary financial statements

         125-128143-147
          

        Accounting policies

         129-135Accounting policies148-154
          

        Notes to the consolidated financial statements

         136-198155-228

        19.

         

        Exhibits

         


        217-218248-249


        Additional information



         

         
        Corporate governance 105122-137
        Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends 202232
        Glossary of terms and US equivalents 222253

                It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Diageo plc with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at the SEC's public reference room, located at 450 5th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and on the web site maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.


        Table of Contents


        Glossary of terms and US equivalents

        In this document the following words and expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

        Term used in UK annual report
         US equivalent or definition

        Acquisition accounting

         Purchase accounting

        Associates

         Entities accounted for under the equity method

        American Depositary Receipt (ADR)

         Receipt evidencing ownership of an ADS

        American Depositary Share (ADS)

         Registered negotiable security, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

        Called up share capital

         Common stock

        Capital allowances

        Tax depreciation

        Capital redemption reserve

         Other additional capital

        Company

         Diageo plc

        Creditors

         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

        Debtors

         Accounts receivable

        Employee share schemes

         Employee stock benefit plans

        Employment or staff costs

         Payroll costs

        Equivalent units

         An equivalent unit represents one nine litrenine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. To convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine litrenine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine litrenine-litre cases divide by 10, and certain pre-mixed products classified as ready to drink in nine litrenine-litre cases divide by five.

        Euro, €, ¢

         Euro currency

        Exceptional items

         Items that, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or incidence

        Excise duty

         Tax charged by a sovereign territory on the production, manufacture, sale or distribution of selected goods (including imported goods) within that territory. It is generally based on the quantity or alcohol content of goods, rather than their value, and is typically applied to alcohol products and fuels.

        Finance lease

         Capital lease

        Financial year

         Fiscal year

        Fixed asset investments

         Non-current investments

        Free cash flow

         Net cash flow from operating activities, and net purchase and disposal of investments and property, plant and equipment

        Freehold

         Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity

        GAAP

         Generally accepted accounting principles

        Group and Diageo

         Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries

        IFRS

         International Financial Reporting Standards as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union and

        International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

        Impact Databank

         An international data resource for the beverage alcohol industry that is independent from industry participants

        Merger accounting

         Pooling of interests

        Net asset value

         Book value

        Net sales

         Sales after deducting excise duties

        Noon buying rate

         Buying rate at noon in New York City for cable transfers in pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

        Operating profit

         Net operating income

        Organic movement

         At level foreign exchange rates and after adjusting for exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals for continuing operations

        Own shares

         Treasury stock

        Pound sterling, sterling, £, pence, p

         UK currency

        Profit

         Earnings

        Profit and loss account

         Statement of income/accumulated earnings

        Profit for the year

         Net income

        Provisions

         Accruals for losses/contingencies

        Recognised income and expense

        Comprehensive income

        Redundancy charges

         Early release scheme expenses

        Reserves

         Accumulated earnings, other comprehensive income and additional paid in capital

        RPI

         UK retail prices index

        Scrip dividend

        Stock dividend

        SEC

         US Securities and Exchange Commission

        Share premium

         Additional paid in capital or paid in surplus

        Shareholders' funds

         Shareholders' equity

        Shares

         Common stock

        Shares and ordinary shares

         Diageo plc's ordinary shares

        Shares in issue

         Shares issued and outstanding

        Trade and other payables

         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

        Trade and other receivables

         Accounts receivable

        US dollar, US$, $, ¢

         US currency



        QuickLinks

        Contents
        Historical information
        Business description
        Business review
        Directors and senior management
        Executive committee
        Directors' remuneration report
        Corporate governance report
        Directors' report
        Consolidated financial statements – contents
        Report of independent registered public accounting firm
        Consolidated income statement
        Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense
        Consolidated balance sheet
        Consolidated cash flow statement
        Accounting policies of the group
        Notes to the consolidated financial statements
        Principal group companies
        Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Internal Controls
        Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred share dividends
        Additional information for shareholders
        Legal proceedings
        Related party transactions
        Material contracts
        Share capital
        Memorandum and articles of association
        Exchange controls
        Documents on display
        Taxation
        Glossary of terms and US equivalents